sqlite3.c

Go to the documentation of this file.

/******************************************************************************
** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
** version 3.8.2.  By combining all the individual C code files into this 
** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation
** unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
** possible if the files were compiled separately.  Performance improvements
** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
** translation unit.
**
** This file is all you need to compile SQLite.  To use SQLite in other
** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines
** the programming interface to the SQLite library.  (If you do not have 
** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy embedded within
** the text of this file.  Search for "Begin file sqlite3.h" to find the start
** of the embedded sqlite3.h header file.) Additional code files may be needed
** if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of programming
** language. The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell is also in a
** separate file. This file contains only code for the core SQLite library.
*/
#define SQLITE_CORE 1
#define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1
#ifndef SQLITE_PRIVATE
# define SQLITE_PRIVATE static
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_API
# define SQLITE_API
#endif
/************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library
** presents to client programs.  If a C-function, structure, datatype,
** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is
** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without
** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite.
**
** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as
** "experimental".  Experimental interfaces are normally new
** features recently added to SQLite.  We do not anticipate changes
** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes
** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent.
**
** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived
** from comments in this file.  This file is the authoritative source
** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate.
**
** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in".
** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting
** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as
** part of the build process.
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
#define _SQLITE3_H_
#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */

/*
** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
*/
#if 0
extern "C" {
#endif


/*
** Add the ability to override 'extern'
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN
# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_API
# define SQLITE_API
#endif


/*
** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those
** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental.  New applications
** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are support for backwards
** compatibility only.  Application writers should be aware that
** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases.
**
** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that
** would generate warning messages when they were used.  But that
** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports
** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple
** noop macros.
*/
#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED
#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL

/*
** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION
# undef SQLITE_VERSION
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
#endif

/*
** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers
**
** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header
** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the
** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for
** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^
** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer
** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same
** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^
** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also
** be larger than the release from which it is derived.  Either Y will
** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented
** and Z will be reset to zero.
**
** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the
** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management
** system</a>.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to
** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite
** within its configuration management system.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
** hash of the entire source tree.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.8.2"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008002
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2013-12-06 14:53:30 27392118af4c38c5203a04b8013e1afdb1cebd0d"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
** but are associated with the library instead of the header file.  ^(Cautious
** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to
** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in
** the header, and thus insure that the application is
** compiled with matching library and header files.
**
** <blockquote><pre>
** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
** </pre></blockquote>)^
**
** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION]
** macro.  ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the
** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant.  The sqlite3_libversion()
** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have
** direct access to string constants within the DLL.  ^The
** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].  ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns 
** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the 
** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro.
**
** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics
**
** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 
** indicating whether the specified option was defined at 
** compile time.  ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the 
** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used().  
**
** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating
** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by
** returning the N-th compile time option string.  ^If N is out of range,
** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer.  ^The SQLITE_ 
** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by 
** sqlite3_compileoption_get().
**
** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used()
** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the 
** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time.
**
** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and
** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma].
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName);
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N);
#endif

/*
** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe
**
** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if
** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the
** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0.
**
** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes.  When
** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes
** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe.  When the
** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, 
** the mutexes are omitted.  Without the mutexes, it is not safe
** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread.
**
** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty.
** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable
** the mutexes.  But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled.
** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled.
**
** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the
** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with
** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro.
**
** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting
** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag.  If SQLite is compiled with
** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but
** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()]
** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD],
** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX].  ^(The return value of the
** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of
** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by
** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe()
** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^
**
** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle
** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections}
**
** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of
** the opaque structure named "sqlite3".  It is useful to think of an sqlite3
** pointer as an object.  The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()]
** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors.  There are many other
** interfaces (such as
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and
** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an
** sqlite3 object.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3;

/*
** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types
** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64
**
** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types
** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers.
**
** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions.
** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards
** compatibility only.
**
** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values
** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive.  ^The
** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values 
** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
  typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64;
  typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
  typedef __int64 sqlite_int64;
  typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64;
#else
  typedef long long int sqlite_int64;
  typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64;
#endif
typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64;
typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64;

/*
** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
** substitute integer for floating-point.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# define double sqlite3_int64
#endif

/*
** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection
**
** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors
** for the [sqlite3] object.
** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return SQLITE_OK if
** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated
** resources are deallocated.
**
** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared
** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close()
** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY].
** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements
** and unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes
** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the
** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is
** finished.  The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with
** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which
** destructors are called is arbitrary.
**
** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements],
** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and 
** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated
** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object.  ^If
** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has
** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or
** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns SQLITE_OK but the deallocation
** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles],
** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed.
**
** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open,
** the transaction is automatically rolled back.
**
** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)]
** must be either a NULL
** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained
** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or
** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed.
** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer
** argument is a harmless no-op.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*);

/*
** The type for a callback function.
** This is legacy and deprecated.  It is included for historical
** compatibility and is not documented.
*/
typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);

/*
** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface
**
** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()],
** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL
** without having to use a lot of C code. 
**
** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded,
** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument,
** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st
** argument.  ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to
** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row
** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements.  ^The 4th argument to
** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each
** callback invocation.  ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec()
** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are
** ignored.
**
** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into
** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and
** subsequent statements are skipped.  ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec()
** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained
** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter.
** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()]
** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of
** of sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed.
** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors
** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to
** NULL before returning.
**
** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec()
** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and
** without running any subsequent SQL statements.
**
** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the
** number of columns in the result.  ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec()
** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from
** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column.  ^If an element of a
** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the
** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer.  ^The 4th argument to the
** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each
** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained
** from [sqlite3_column_name()].
**
** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer
** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or 
** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database
** is not changed.
**
** Restrictions:
**
** <ul>
** <li> The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec()
**      is a valid and open [database connection].
** <li> The application must not close the [database connection] specified by
**      the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
** <li> The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into
**      the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
** </ul>
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
  sqlite3*,                                  /* An open database */
  const char *sql,                           /* SQL to be evaluated */
  int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**),  /* Callback function */
  void *,                                    /* 1st argument to callback */
  char **errmsg                              /* Error msg written here */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Result Codes
** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes}
** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes}
**
** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown
** here in order to indicate success or failure.
**
** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite.
**
** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes],
** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes].
*/
#define SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
/* beginning-of-error-codes */
#define SQLITE_ERROR        1   /* SQL error or missing database */
#define SQLITE_INTERNAL     2   /* Internal logic error in SQLite */
#define SQLITE_PERM         3   /* Access permission denied */
#define SQLITE_ABORT        4   /* Callback routine requested an abort */
#define SQLITE_BUSY         5   /* The database file is locked */
#define SQLITE_LOCKED       6   /* A table in the database is locked */
#define SQLITE_NOMEM        7   /* A malloc() failed */
#define SQLITE_READONLY     8   /* Attempt to write a readonly database */
#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT    9   /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/
#define SQLITE_IOERR       10   /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */
#define SQLITE_CORRUPT     11   /* The database disk image is malformed */
#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND    12   /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */
#define SQLITE_FULL        13   /* Insertion failed because database is full */
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN    14   /* Unable to open the database file */
#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL    15   /* Database lock protocol error */
#define SQLITE_EMPTY       16   /* Database is empty */
#define SQLITE_SCHEMA      17   /* The database schema changed */
#define SQLITE_TOOBIG      18   /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */
#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  19   /* Abort due to constraint violation */
#define SQLITE_MISMATCH    20   /* Data type mismatch */
#define SQLITE_MISUSE      21   /* Library used incorrectly */
#define SQLITE_NOLFS       22   /* Uses OS features not supported on host */
#define SQLITE_AUTH        23   /* Authorization denied */
#define SQLITE_FORMAT      24   /* Auxiliary database format error */
#define SQLITE_RANGE       25   /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */
#define SQLITE_NOTADB      26   /* File opened that is not a database file */
#define SQLITE_NOTICE      27   /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */
#define SQLITE_WARNING     28   /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */
#define SQLITE_ROW         100  /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
#define SQLITE_DONE        101  /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
/* end-of-error-codes */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes
** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes}
** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes}
**
** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer
** [SQLITE_OK | result codes].  However, experience has shown that many of
** these result codes are too coarse-grained.  They do not provide as
** much information about problems as programmers might like.  In an effort to
** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include
** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information
** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled
** on a per database connection basis using the
** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API.
**
** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here.
** One may expect the number of extended result codes will increase
** over time.  Software that uses extended result codes should expect
** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite.
**
** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended.  It will always
** be exactly zero.
*/
#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ              (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ        (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC             (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC         (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE          (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT             (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE            (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED           (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM             (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS            (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE         (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN           (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE           (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK           (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP            (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT      (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP              (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH       (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH          (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8))
#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE      (SQLITE_LOCKED |  (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR      (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR          (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8))
#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB            (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY       (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK       (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK       (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8))
#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK          (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK        (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8))
#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION     (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8))
#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL      (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8))
#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8))
#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER      (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8))
#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE       (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8))
#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB         (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8))
#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID        (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8))
#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL      (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX       (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8))

/*
** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations
**
** These bit values are intended for use in the
** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and
** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method.
*/
#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY         0x00000001  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE        0x00000002  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE           0x00000004  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE    0x00000008  /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE        0x00000010  /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY        0x00000020  /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI              0x00000040  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY           0x00000080  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB          0x00000100  /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB          0x00000200  /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB     0x00000400  /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL     0x00000800  /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL     0x00001000  /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL       0x00002000  /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL   0x00004000  /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX          0x00008000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX        0x00010000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE      0x00020000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE     0x00040000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL              0x00080000  /* VFS only */

/* Reserved:                         0x00F00000 */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics
**
** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods]
** object returns an integer which is a vector of these
** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage
** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods]
** refers to.
**
** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
** to xWrite().  The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that
** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a
** file that were written at the application level might have changed
** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are
** guaranteed to be unchanged.
*/
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC                 0x00000001
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512              0x00000002
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K               0x00000004
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K               0x00000008
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K               0x00000010
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K               0x00000020
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K              0x00000040
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K              0x00000080
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K              0x00000100
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND            0x00000200
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL             0x00000400
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN  0x00000800
#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    0x00001000

/*
** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels
**
** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second
** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods
** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object.
*/
#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE          0
#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED        1
#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED      2
#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING       3
#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE     4

/*
** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags
**
** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an
** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of
** these integer values as the second argument.
**
** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the
** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage.  Inode
** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag
** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics.
** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means
** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync().
**
** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags
** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL
** settings.  The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the
** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms.
** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how
** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and
** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code.
** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction
** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the
** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX
** cares about the difference.)
*/
#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL        0x00002
#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL          0x00003
#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY      0x00010

/*
** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle
**
** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the 
** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer].  Individual OS interface
** implementations will
** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields
** for their own use.  The pMethods entry is a pointer to an
** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing
** I/O operations on the open file.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file;
struct sqlite3_file {
  const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;  /* Methods for an open file */
};

/*
** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object
**
** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an
** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the
** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object.
** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations
** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object.
**
** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element 
** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method
** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed.  The
** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]
** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element
** to NULL.
**
** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or
** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL].  The first choice is the normal fsync().
** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync.  The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY]
** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file
** and not its inode needs to be synced.
**
** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of
** <ul>
** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE],
** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED],
** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or
** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE].
** </ul>
** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock.
** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection,
** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED,
** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file.  It returns true
** if such a lock exists and false otherwise.
**
** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom
** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the
** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface.  The second "op" argument is an
** integer opcode.  The third argument is a generic pointer intended to
** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to
** write return values.  Potential uses for xFileControl() might be
** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the
** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire
** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks.  The SQLite
** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use.
** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes
** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts.  VFS implementations should
** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not
** recognize.
**
** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the
** device that underlies the file.  The sector size is the
** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing
** other bytes in the file.  The xDeviceCharacteristics()
** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the
** underlying device:
**
** <ul>
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND]
** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL]
** </ul>
**
** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
** to xWrite().
**
** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill
** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros.  A VFS that
** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work.  However,
** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to
** database corruption.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods;
struct sqlite3_io_methods {
  int iVersion;
  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*);
  int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
  int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
  int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size);
  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags);
  int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
  int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
  int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
  int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut);
  int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*);
  int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*);
  /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */
  int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**);
  int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags);
  void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*);
  int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag);
  /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */
  int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp);
  int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p);
  /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */
  /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */
};

/*
** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes
**
** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method
** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()]
** interface.
**
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of
** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE])
** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability
** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST
** is defined.
** <ul>
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS
** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the
** current transaction.  This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it
** is often close.  The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database
** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database
** file run faster.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS
** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified
** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should 
** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use
** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large
** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and
** improve performance on some systems.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer
** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database
** connection.  See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for
** additional information.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]]
** ^(The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED] opcode is generated internally by
** SQLite and sent to all VFSes in place of a call to the xSync method
** when the database connection has [PRAGMA synchronous] set to OFF.)^
** Some specialized VFSes need this signal in order to operate correctly
** when [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] is set, but most 
** VFSes do not need this signal and should silently ignore this opcode.
** Applications should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this
** opcode as doing so may disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes
** that do require it.  
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]]
** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic
** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the
** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of
** anti-virus programs.  By default, the windows VFS will retry file read,
** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay
** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing
** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry.  This
** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay)
** to be adjusted.  The values are changed for all database connections
** within the same process.  The argument is a pointer to an array of two
** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second
** integer is the delay.  If either integer is negative, then the setting
** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written
** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be
** interrogated.  The zDbName parameter is ignored.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]]
** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the
** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting.  By default, the auxiliary
** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control
** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database
** closes.  Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after
** close.  Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not
** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want
** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist
** in order for the database to be readable.  The fourth parameter to
** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent
** WAL mode.  If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
** WAL persistence setting.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]]
** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the
** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting.  The PSOW setting
** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the
** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to
** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage
** mode.  If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
** zero-damage mode setting.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]]
** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening
** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some
** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current 
** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]]
** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of
** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack.  The names are of all VFS shims and the
** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from 
** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable
** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to.
** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done.  As with
** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually
** do anything.  Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL
** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented.  This file-control
** is intended for diagnostic use only.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]]
** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] 
** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding
** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument
** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of
** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array
** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the
** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument.  ^The handler for an
** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element
** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]
** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or
** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the
** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal 
** [PRAGMA] processing continues.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the
** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op
** prepared statement.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns
** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means
** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the
** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error.  ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so
** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]]
** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]
** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle
** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access
** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **)
** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points
** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections
** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in
** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation
** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the
** current operation.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]]
** ^Application can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control
** to have SQLite generate a
** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate
** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses.  The
** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename
** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].  The caller should
** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the
** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O.
** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that
** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map.  The
** pointer is overwritten with the old value.  The limit is not changed if
** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit 
** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number.  This
** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size].
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information
** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing.
** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims].
** The argument is a zero-terminated string.  Higher layers in the
** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if
** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled.
**
** </ul>
*/
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE             2
#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE             3
#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO                    4
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE              6
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER            7
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED            8
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY          9
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL            10
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE              11
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME                12
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    13
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA                 14
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER            15
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME           16
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE              18
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE                  19

/*
** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
**
** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex].  It only
** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object.
**
** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()].
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex;

/*
** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object
**
** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between
** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system.  The "vfs"
** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system".  See
** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information.
**
** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in
** future versions of SQLite.  Additional fields may be appended to this
** object when the iVersion value is increased.  Note that the structure
** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between
** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not
** modified.
**
** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file]
** structure used by this VFS.  mxPathname is the maximum length of
** a pathname in this VFS.
**
** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by
** the pNext pointer.  The [sqlite3_vfs_register()]
** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list
** in a thread-safe way.  The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface
** searches the list.  Neither the application code nor the VFS
** implementation should use the pNext pointer.
**
** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs
** structure that SQLite will ever modify.  SQLite will only access
** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex.
** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs
** object once the object has been registered.
**
** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module.  The name must
** be unique across all VFS modules.
**
** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]]
** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen
** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained
** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added.
** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will
** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than
** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters.
** ^SQLite further guarantees that
** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is
** called. Because of the previous sentence,
** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the
** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason.
** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen
** must invent its own temporary name for the file.  ^Whenever the 
** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the
** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE].
**
** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in
** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()].  Or if [sqlite3_open()]
** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least
** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. 
** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to
** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY].  Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set.
**
** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen()
** call, depending on the object being opened:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB]
** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL]
** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB]
** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL]
** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB]
** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL]
** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL]
** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]
** </ul>)^
**
** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to
** change the way it deals with files.  For example, an application
** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make
** the open of a journal file a no-op.  Writes to this journal would
** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return
** SQLITE_IOERR.  Or the implementation might recognize that a database
** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random
** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly.
**
** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method:
**
** <ul>
** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE]
** </ul>
**
** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be
** deleted when it is closed.  ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient
** databases, and subjournals.
**
** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction
** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly
** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open()
** API.  The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the 
** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always
** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists.
** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened 
** for exclusive access.
**
** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
** to hold the  [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third
** argument to xOpen.  The xOpen method does not have to
** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in.  Note that
** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either
** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL.  xOpen must do
** this even if the open fails.  SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods
** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success
** or failure of the xOpen call.
**
** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]]
** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS]
** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to
** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ]
** to test whether a file is at least readable.   The file can be a
** directory.
**
** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the
** output buffer xFullPathname.  The exact size of the output buffer
** is also passed as a parameter to both  methods. If the output buffer
** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is
** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor
** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value.
**
** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64()
** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are
** included in the VFS structure for completeness.
** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes
** of good-quality randomness into zOut.  The return value is
** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained.
** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at
** least the number of microseconds given.  ^The xCurrentTime()
** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as
** a floating point value.
** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian
** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in 
** a 24-hour day).  
** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current
** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or 
** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back
** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable.
**
** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces
** are not used by the SQLite core.  These optional interfaces are provided
** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding 
** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can
** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult
** or impossible to induce.  The set of system calls that can be overridden
** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the
** next.  Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any
** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change
** from one release to the next.  Applications must not attempt to access
** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs;
typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void);
struct sqlite3_vfs {
  int iVersion;            /* Structure version number (currently 3) */
  int szOsFile;            /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */
  int mxPathname;          /* Maximum file pathname length */
  sqlite3_vfs *pNext;      /* Next registered VFS */
  const char *zName;       /* Name of this virtual file system */
  void *pAppData;          /* Pointer to application-specific data */
  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*,
               int flags, int *pOutFlags);
  int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir);
  int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut);
  int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut);
  void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
  void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
  void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void);
  void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
  int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
  int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
  int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*);
  int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *);
  /*
  ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object
  ** definition.  Those that follow are added in version 2 or later
  */
  int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*);
  /*
  ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object.
  ** Those below are for version 3 and greater.
  */
  int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr);
  sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
  const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
  /*
  ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object.
  ** New fields may be appended in figure versions.  The iVersion
  ** value will increment whenever this happens. 
  */
};

/*
** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method
**
** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to
** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object.  They determine
** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for.
** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method
** simply checks whether the file exists.
** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method
** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable
** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within
** the directory).
** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the
** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future
** release of SQLite.
** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method
** checks whether the file is readable.  The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is
** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of
** SQLite.
*/
#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS    0
#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1   /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */
#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ      2   /* Unused */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method
**
** These integer constants define the various locking operations
** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods].  The
** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the
** xShmLock method:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
** </ul>
**
** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as
** was given no the corresponding lock.  
**
** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or
** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE.  It cannot transition between SHARED
** and EXCLUSIVE.
*/
#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK       1
#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK         2
#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED       4
#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE    8

/*
** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index
**
** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values
** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument.
** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a
** lock outside of this range
*/
#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK        8


/*
** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library
**
** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the
** SQLite library.  ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine
** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize().
** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and
** shutdown on embedded systems.  Workstation applications using
** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines.
**
** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is
** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of
** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown().  ^(Only an effective call
** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization.  All other calls
** are harmless no-ops.)^
**
** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first
** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize().  ^(Only
** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization.
** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^
**
** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown()
** is not.  The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a
** single thread.  All open [database connections] must be closed and all
** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking
** sqlite3_shutdown().
**
** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke
** sqlite3_os_init().  Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown()
** will invoke sqlite3_os_end().
**
** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success.
** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize
** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such
** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK].
**
** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other
** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to
** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly.  For example, [sqlite3_open()]
** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically
** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized
** already.  ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT]
** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize()
** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly
** prior to using any other SQLite interface.  For maximum portability,
** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize()
** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface.  Future releases
** of SQLite may require this.  In other words, the behavior exhibited
** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the
** default behavior in some future release of SQLite.
**
** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific
** initialization of the SQLite library.  The sqlite3_os_end()
** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init().  Typical tasks
** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation
** of static resources, initialization of global variables,
** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up
** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()].
**
** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init()
** or sqlite3_os_end() directly.  The application should only invoke
** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown().  The sqlite3_os_init()
** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and
** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown().  Appropriate
** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end()
** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2.
** When [custom builds | built for other platforms]
** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time
** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for
** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().  An application-supplied
** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end()
** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon
** failure.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library
**
** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration
** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of
** the application.  The default configuration is recommended for most
** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary.  It is
** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs.
**
** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe.  The application
** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other
** threads while sqlite3_config() is running.  Furthermore, sqlite3_config()
** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using
** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before
** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE.
** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the
** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()].
**
** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer
** [configuration option] that determines
** what property of SQLite is to be configured.  Subsequent arguments
** vary depending on the [configuration option]
** in the first argument.
**
** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK].
** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option
** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections
**
** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration
** changes to a [database connection].  The interface is similar to
** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single
** [database connection] (specified in the first argument).
**
** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...)  is the
** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code 
** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured.
** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb.
**
** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if
** the call is considered successful.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines
**
** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite
** and low-level memory allocation routines.
**
** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface.
** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to
** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC].  
** By creating an instance of this object
** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC])
** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative
** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its
** dynamic memory needs.
**
** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators]
** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications
** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications
** with specialized memory allocation requirements.  This object is
** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative
** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in
** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
** conditions.
**
** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the
** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library.
** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to
** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup.
**
** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc.  The allocated size
** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger.
**
** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of
** a memory allocation given a particular requested size.  Most memory
** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple
** of 8.  Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2.
** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()]
** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup.  If xRoundup returns 0, 
** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail.
**
** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator.  For example,
** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data
** structures.  The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by
** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired
** by xInit.  The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to
** xInit and xShutdown.
**
** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes
** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  The
** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
** not need to be threadsafe either.  For all other methods, SQLite
** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which
** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized.
** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other
** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for
** serialization.
**
** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
** call to xShutdown().
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods;
struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
  void *(*xMalloc)(int);         /* Memory allocation function */
  void (*xFree)(void*);          /* Free a prior allocation */
  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Resize an allocation */
  int (*xSize)(void*);           /* Return the size of an allocation */
  int (*xRoundup)(int);          /* Round up request size to allocation size */
  int (*xInit)(void*);           /* Initialize the memory allocator */
  void (*xShutdown)(void*);      /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */
  void *pAppData;                /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */
};

/*
** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options
** KEYWORDS: {configuration option}
**
** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface.
**
** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that
** the call worked.  The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a
** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
** is invoked.
**
** <dl>
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD</dt>
** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
** [threading mode] to Single-thread.  In other words, it disables
** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used
** by a single thread.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default
** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return 
** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
** configuration option.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD</dt>
** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
** [threading mode] to Multi-thread.  In other words, it disables
** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
** The application is responsible for serializing access to
** [database connections] and [prepared statements].  But other mutexes
** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded
** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same
** [database connection] at the same time.  ^If SQLite is compiled with
** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and
** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED</dt>
** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables
** all mutexes including the recursive
** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with
** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access
** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the
** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the
** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time.
** ^If SQLite is compiled with
** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and
** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt>
** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of
** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes
** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure
** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC</dt>
** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The [sqlite3_mem_methods]
** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^
** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation
** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or
** tracks memory usage, for example. </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS</dt>
** <dd> ^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a 
** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation 
** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the 
** following SQLite interfaces become non-operational:
**   <ul>
**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_used()]
**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_highwater()]
**   <li> [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
**   <li> [sqlite3_status()]
**   </ul>)^
** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is
** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory
** allocation statistics are disabled by default.
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH</dt>
** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
** scratch memory.  There are three arguments:  A pointer an 8-byte
** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be
** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz),
** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N).  The sz
** argument must be a multiple of 16.
** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer
** of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
** ^SQLite will use no more than two scratch buffers per thread.  So
** N should be set to twice the expected maximum number of threads.
** ^SQLite will never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6
** times the database page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional
** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then 
** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation.  
** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page
** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option.
** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned
** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N).
** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page
** (a power of two between 512 and 32768) plus a little extra for each
** page header.  ^The page header size is 20 to 40 bytes depending on
** the host architecture.  ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory,
** to make sz a little too large.  The first
** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its
** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache.  ^If additional
** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then
** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space.
** The pointer in the first argument must
** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite
** will be undefined.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use
** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided
** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
** There are three arguments: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory,
** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size.
** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts
** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation),
** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC].  ^If the
** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or
** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory
** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs.
** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte
** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined.
** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values
** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt>
** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place
** the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^  ^SQLite makes a copy of the
** content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to
** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with
** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will
** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX</dt>
** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The
** [sqlite3_mutex_methods]
** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^
** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation
** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance
** profiling or testing, for example.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will
** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
** <dd> ^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default
** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each
** [database connection].  The first argument is the
** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of
** slots allocated to each database connection.)^  ^(This option sets the
** <i>default</i> lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]
** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside
** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt>
** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to
** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  This object specifies the interface
** to a custom page cache implementation.)^  ^SQLite makes a copy of the
** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2</dt>
** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
** [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  SQLite copies of the current
** page cache implementation into that object.)^ </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG</dt>
** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite
** global [error log].
** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a
** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), 
** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is
** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event.  ^If the
** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op.
** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is
** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger
** function whenever that function is invoked.  ^The second parameter to
** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding
** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an
** [extended result code].  ^The third parameter passed to the logger is
** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()].
** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function
** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface.
** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger
** function must be threadsafe. </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_URI
** <dd>^(This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then
** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling
** is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames
** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or
** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless
** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database
** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are
** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the
** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally
** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the
** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
** <dd>^This option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as
** a boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for
** full table scans in the query optimizer.  ^The default setting is determined
** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on"
** if that compile-time option is omitted.
** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans
** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction
** when the optimization is enabled.  Providing the ability to
** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work
** without change even with newer versions of SQLite.
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]]
** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
** <dd> These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code.
** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops.
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]]
** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG
** <dd>This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the
** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should
** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int).
** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library
** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the
** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection
** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument
** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the
** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter
** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then
** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The
** third parameter is passed NULL In this case.  An example of using this
** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in
** the canonical SQLite source tree.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]]
** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE
** <dd>^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values
** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for
** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit.
** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using
** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the
** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control.  ^(The maximum allowed mmap size
** cannot be changed at run-time.  Nor may the maximum allowed mmap size
** exceed the compile-time maximum mmap size set by the
** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^
** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is
** changed to its compile-time default.
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]]
** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE
** <dd>^This option is only available if SQLite is compiled for Windows
** with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro defined.
** SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value
** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap.
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD  1  /* nil */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD   2  /* nil */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED    3  /* nil */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC        4  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC     5  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH       6  /* void*, int sz, int N */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE     7  /* void*, int sz, int N */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP          8  /* void*, int nByte, int min */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS     9  /* boolean */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX        10  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX     11  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ 
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE    13  /* int int */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE       14  /* no-op */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE    15  /* no-op */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG          16  /* xFunc, void* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI          17  /* int */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2      18  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2   19  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20  /* int */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG       21  /* xSqllog, void* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE    22  /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE      23  /* int nByte */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options
**
** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface.
**
** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that
** the call worked.  ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a
** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
** is invoked.
**
** <dl>
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the 
** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection].
** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.
** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb
** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the
** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the
** size of each lookaside buffer slot.  ^The third argument is the number of
** slots.  The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than
** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments.  The buffer
** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  ^If the second argument to
** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally
** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8.  ^(The lookaside memory
** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that
** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words
** when the "current value" returned by
** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero.
** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside
** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns 
** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY</dt>
** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of
** [foreign key constraints].  There should be two additional arguments.
** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement,
** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement
** unchanged.  The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on
** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back. </dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER</dt>
** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers].
** There should be two additional arguments.
** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers,
** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged.
** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled
** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
** which case the trigger setting is not reported back. </dd>
**
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE       1001  /* void* int int */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY     1002  /* int int* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER  1003  /* int int* */


/*
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes
**
** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result
** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid
**
** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables)
** has a unique 64-bit signed
** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available
** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those
** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If
** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column
** is another alias for the rowid.
**
** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface returns the [rowid] of the 
** most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table]
** on database connection D.
** ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not recorded.
** ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables
** have ever occurred on the database connection D, 
** then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns zero.
**
** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table]
** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted
** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running.
** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned 
** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual
** table method began.)^
**
** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this
** routine.  ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK,
** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this
** routine when their insertion fails.  ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE
** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail.  The
** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused
** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change
** the return value of this interface.)^
**
** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to
** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back.
**
** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the
** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function].
**
** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same
** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()]
** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid],
** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is
** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new
** last insert [rowid].
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified
**
** ^This function returns the number of database rows that were changed
** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement
** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter.
** ^(Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE],
** or [DELETE] statement are counted.  Auxiliary changes caused by
** triggers or [foreign key actions] are not counted.)^ Use the
** [sqlite3_total_changes()] function to find the total number of changes
** including changes caused by triggers and foreign key actions.
**
** ^Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger]
** are not counted.  Only real table changes are counted.
**
** ^(A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table
** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  Rows that
** are changed as side effects of [REPLACE] constraint resolution,
** rollback, ABORT processing, [DROP TABLE], or by any other
** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.)^
**
** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and
** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. 
** Most SQL statements are
** evaluated outside of any trigger.  This is the "top level"
** trigger context.  If a trigger fires from the top level, a
** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one
** trigger.  Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration.
**
** ^Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does
** not create a new trigger context.
**
** ^This function returns the number of direct row changes in the
** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same
** trigger context.
**
** ^Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the
** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
** that also occurred at the top level.  ^(Within the body of a trigger,
** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of
** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
** statement within the body of the same trigger.
** However, the number returned does not include changes
** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.)^
**
** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the
** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function].
**
** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned
** is unpredictable and not meaningful.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified
**
** ^This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT],
** [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements since the [database connection] was opened.
** ^(The count returned by sqlite3_total_changes() includes all changes
** from all [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger] contexts and changes made by
** [foreign key actions]. However,
** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints,
** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing.  The
** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger],
** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes 
** are counted.)^
** ^The sqlite3_total_changes() function counts the changes as soon as
** the statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle
** is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]).
**
** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the
** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function].
**
** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query
**
** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically
** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel"
** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt
** immediately.
**
** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the
** thread that is currently running the database operation.  But it
** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that
** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns.
**
** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when
** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity
** to be interrupted and might continue to completion.
**
** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction
** will be rolled back automatically.
**
** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running
** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete.  ^Any new SQL statements
** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the 
** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been
** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call.  ^New SQL statements
** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are
** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt().
** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running
** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements
** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns.
**
** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()]
** is running then bad things will likely happen.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete
**
** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the
** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or
** if additional input is needed before sending the text into
** SQLite for parsing.  ^These routines return 1 if the input string
** appears to be a complete SQL statement.  ^A statement is judged to be
** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a
** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement.  ^Semicolons that are embedded within
** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not
** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are
** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator.  ^Whitespace
** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored.
**
** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete.  ^If a
** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
**
** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.
**
** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior 
** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
** automatically by sqlite3_complete16().  If that initialization fails,
** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero
** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^
**
** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated
** UTF-8 string.
**
** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated
** UTF-16 string in native byte order.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors
**
** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever
** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread
** or process has locked.
**
** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock.  ^If the busy callback
** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments.
**
** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler().  ^The second argument to
** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
** been invoked for this locking event.  ^If the
** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned.
** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats.
**
** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler.
** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
** to promote to an exclusive lock.  The first process cannot proceed
** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot
** proceed because it is blocked by the first.  If both processes
** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress.  Therefore,
** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this
** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow
** the second process to proceed.
**
** ^The default busy callback is NULL.
**
** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the
** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache.  SQLite will
** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs
** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache
** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent
** readers.  ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory
** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error
** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to
** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].  ^This error code promotion
** forces an automatic rollback of the changes.  See the
** <a href="/cvstrac/wiki?p=CorruptionFollowingBusyError">
** CorruptionFollowingBusyError</a> wiki page for a discussion of why
** this is important.
**
** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
** [database connection].  Setting a new busy handler clears any
** previously set handler.)^  ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
** will also set or clear the busy handler.
**
** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
** database connection that invoked the busy handler.  Any such actions
** result in undefined behavior.
** 
** A busy handler must not close the database connection
** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout
**
** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps
** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked.  ^The handler
** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
** have accumulated.  ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].
**
** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
** turns off all busy handlers.
**
** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
** [database connection] any any given moment.  If another busy handler
** was defined  (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries
**
** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility.
** Use of this interface is not recommended.
**
** Definition: A <b>result table</b> is memory data structure created by the
** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface.  A result table records the
** complete query results from one or more queries.
**
** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns.  But
** these numbers are not part of the result table itself.  These
** numbers are obtained separately.  Let N be the number of rows
** and M be the number of columns.
**
** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array.  The first M pointers point
** to zero-terminated strings that  contain the names of the columns.
** The remaining entries all point to query results.  NULL values result
** in NULL pointers.  All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated
** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()].
**
** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations.
** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()].
** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()].
**
** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result
** is as follows:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**        Name        | Age
**        -----------------------
**        Alice       | 43
**        Bob         | 28
**        Cindy       | 21
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3).  Thus the
** result table has 8 entries.  Suppose the result table is stored
** in an array names azResult.  Then azResult holds this content:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**        azResult&#91;0] = "Name";
**        azResult&#91;1] = "Age";
**        azResult&#91;2] = "Alice";
**        azResult&#91;3] = "43";
**        azResult&#91;4] = "Bob";
**        azResult&#91;5] = "28";
**        azResult&#91;6] = "Cindy";
**        azResult&#91;7] = "21";
** </pre></blockquote>)^
**
** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more
** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8
** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the
** pointer given in its 3rd parameter.
**
** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(),
** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to
** release the memory that was malloced.  Because of the way the
** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling
** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly.  Only
** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely.
**
** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around
** [sqlite3_exec()].  The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access
** to any internal data structures of SQLite.  It uses only the public
** interface defined here.  As a consequence, errors that occur in the
** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not
** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or
** [sqlite3_errmsg()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table(
  sqlite3 *db,          /* An open database */
  const char *zSql,     /* SQL to be evaluated */
  char ***pazResult,    /* Results of the query */
  int *pnRow,           /* Number of result rows written here */
  int *pnColumn,        /* Number of result columns written here */
  char **pzErrmsg       /* Error msg written here */
);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions
**
** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
** from the standard C library.
**
** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
** The strings returned by these two routines should be
** released by [sqlite3_free()].  ^Both routines return a
** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
** memory to hold the resulting string.
**
** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from
** the standard C library.  The result is written into the
** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by
** the first parameter. Note that the order of the
** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^  This is an
** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking
** backwards compatibility.  ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf()
** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of
** characters actually written into the buffer.)^  We admit that
** the number of characters written would be a more useful return
** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf()
** now without breaking compatibility.
**
** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf()
** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated.  ^The first
** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for
** the zero terminator.  So the longest string that can be completely
** written will be n-1 characters.
**
** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf().
**
** These routines all implement some additional formatting
** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options.
**
** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated
** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^  By doubling each '\''
** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
** the string.
**
** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText
** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** This is correct.  Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL
** would have looked like this:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you should
** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal.
**
** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around
** the outside of the total string.  Additionally, if the parameter in the
** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without
** single quotes).)^  So, for example, one could say:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.
**
** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the
** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^
*/
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem
**
** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own
** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence
** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation.  The
** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations.
**
** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block
** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter.
** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free
** memory, it returns a NULL pointer.  ^If the parameter N to
** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns
** a NULL pointer.
**
** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned
** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so
** that it might be reused.  ^The sqlite3_free() routine is
** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer.  Passing a NULL pointer
** to sqlite3_free() is harmless.  After being freed, memory
** should neither be read nor written.  Even reading previously freed
** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error.
** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error
** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc().
**
** ^(The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a
** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the
** second parameter.  The memory allocation to be resized is the first
** parameter.)^ ^ If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc()
** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling
** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
** ^If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or
** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling
** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
** ^sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation
** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable.
** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed.
** ^If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation
** is not freed.
**
** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc()
** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a
** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time
** option is used.
**
** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define
** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in
** implementation of these routines to be omitted.  That capability
** is no longer provided.  Only built-in memory allocators can be used.
**
** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called
** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting
** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite
** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows
** installation.  Memory allocation errors were detected, but
** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or
** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM].
**
** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()]
** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior
** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have
** not yet been released.
**
** The application must not read or write any part of
** a block of memory after it has been released using
** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int);
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics
**
** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status
** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()]
** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem.
**
** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes
** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed).
** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum
** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark
** was last reset.  ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and
** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead
** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()],
** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library
** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call.
**
** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of
** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to
** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true.  ^The value returned
** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark
** prior to the reset.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void);
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator
**
** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to
** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that
** already uses the largest possible [ROWID].  The PRNG is also used for
** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions.  This interface allows
** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
**
** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P.
**
** ^The first time this routine is invoked (either internally or by
** the application) the PRNG is seeded using randomness obtained
** from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
** ^On all subsequent invocations, the pseudo-randomness is generated
** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
** method.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks
**
** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular
** [database connection], supplied in the first argument.
** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled
** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()],
** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].  ^At various
** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created
** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to
** see if those actions are allowed.  ^The authorizer callback should
** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the
** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be
** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be
** rejected with an error.  ^If the authorizer callback returns
** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY]
** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered
** the authorizer will fail with an error message.
**
** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation
** requested is ok.  ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
** access is denied. 
**
** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter
** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies
** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters
** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional
** details about the action to be authorized.
**
** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ]
** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the
** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute
** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.  The [SQLITE_IGNORE]
** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual
** columns of a table.
** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns
** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the
** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually.
**
** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing]
** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements
** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not
** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database.  For
** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary
** SQL queries for evaluation by a database.  But the application does
** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the
** database.  An authorizer could then be put in place while the
** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that
** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements.
**
** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources
** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()]
** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]
** in addition to using an authorizer.
**
** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection
** at a time.  Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the
** previous call.)^  ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback.
** The authorizer is disabled by default.
**
** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify
** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback.
** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
**
** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
**
** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless
** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes
** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
  sqlite3*,
  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
  void *pUserData
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes
**
** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must
** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order
** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted.  See the
** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional
** information.
**
** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code]
** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface.
*/
#define SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes
**
** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function
** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions.  The
** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies
** what action is being authorized.  These are the integer action codes that
** the authorizer callback may be passed.
**
** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be
** authorized.  The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization
** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these
** codes is used as the second parameter.  ^(The 5th parameter to the
** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp",
** etc.) if applicable.)^  ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback
** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from
** top-level SQL code.
*/
/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/
#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX          1   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE          2   /* Table Name      NULL            */
#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX     3   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE     4   /* Table Name      NULL            */
#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER   5   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW      6   /* View Name       NULL            */
#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER        7   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW           8   /* View Name       NULL            */
#define SQLITE_DELETE                9   /* Table Name      NULL            */
#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX           10   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE           11   /* Table Name      NULL            */
#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX      12   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE      13   /* Table Name      NULL            */
#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER    14   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW       15   /* View Name       NULL            */
#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER         16   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW            17   /* View Name       NULL            */
#define SQLITE_INSERT               18   /* Table Name      NULL            */
#define SQLITE_PRAGMA               19   /* Pragma Name     1st arg or NULL */
#define SQLITE_READ                 20   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
#define SQLITE_SELECT               21   /* NULL            NULL            */
#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* Operation       NULL            */
#define SQLITE_UPDATE               23   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
#define SQLITE_ATTACH               24   /* Filename        NULL            */
#define SQLITE_DETACH               25   /* Database Name   NULL            */
#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE          26   /* Database Name   Table Name      */
#define SQLITE_REINDEX              27   /* Index Name      NULL            */
#define SQLITE_ANALYZE              28   /* Table Name      NULL            */
#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE        29   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE          30   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
#define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* NULL            Function Name   */
#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT            32   /* Operation       Savepoint Name  */
#define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* No longer used */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions
**
** These routines register callback functions that can be used for
** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements.
**
** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at
** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()].
** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the
** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing.
** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur
** as each triggered subprogram is entered.  The callbacks for triggers
** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^
**
** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit
** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace().
**
** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked
** as each SQL statement finishes.  ^The profile callback contains
** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time
** of how long that statement took to run.  ^The profile callback
** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation
** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant
** digits in the time are meaningless.  Future versions of SQLite
** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback.  The
** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is
** subject to change in future versions of SQLite.
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
   void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks
**
** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback
** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to
** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for
** database connection D.  An example use for this
** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
**
** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the 
** callback function X.  ^The parameter N is the approximate number of 
** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive
** invocations of the callback X.  ^If N is less than one then the progress
** handler is disabled.
**
** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per
** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the
** old one.  ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler.
** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less
** than 1.
**
** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is
** interrupted.  This feature can be used to implement a
** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box.
**
** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify
** the database connection that invoked the progress handler.
** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
**
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection
**
** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the 
** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually
** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs.  The only exception is that
** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object,
** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3]
** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then
** [SQLITE_OK] is returned.  Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The
** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain
** an English language description of the error following a failure of any
** of the sqlite3_open() routines.
**
** ^The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if
** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and
** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used.
**
** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources
** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by
** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required.
**
** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open()
** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control
** over the new database connection.  ^(The flags parameter to
** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of
** the following three values, optionally combined with the 
** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE],
** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^
**
** <dl>
** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt>
** <dd>The database is opened in read-only mode.  If the database does not
** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>)^
**
** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt>
** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading
** only if the file is write protected by the operating system.  In either
** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.</dd>)^
**
** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]</dt>
** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if
** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for
** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>)^
** </dl>
**
** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the
** combinations shown above optionally combined with other
** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits]
** then the behavior is undefined.
**
** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection
** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread
** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time.  ^If the
** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens
** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was
** previously selected at compile-time or start-time.
** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be
** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared
** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()].  ^The
** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not
** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled.
**
** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the
** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that
** the new database connection should use.  ^If the fourth parameter is
** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used.
**
** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database
** is created for the connection.  ^This in-memory database will vanish when
** the database connection is closed.  Future versions of SQLite might
** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character.
** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with
** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as
** "./" to avoid ambiguity.
**
** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary
** on-disk database will be created.  ^This private database will be
** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed.
**
** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]] <h3>URI Filenames</h3>
**
** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument
** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI
** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is
** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has
** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the
** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option.
** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off
** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename
** interpretation by default.  See "[URI filenames]" for additional
** information.
**
** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an
** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string 
** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an 
** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if 
** present, is ignored.
**
** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file
** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, 
** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin 
** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI)
** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. 
** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path 
** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").
**
** [[core URI query parameters]]
** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted
** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation].
** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters:
**
** <ul>
**   <li> <b>vfs</b>: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of
**     a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should
**     be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to
**     an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown
**     VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is
**     present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over
**     the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
**
**   <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw",
**     "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is
**     an error)^. 
**     ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only 
**     access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the 
**     third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to 
**     "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) 
**     access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had 
**     been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both 
**     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE.  ^If the mode option is
**     set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads
**     or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for
**     the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by
**     the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
**
**   <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or
**     "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the
**     SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to
**     sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is 
**     equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit.
**     ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in
**     a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting
**     SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag.
** </ul>
**
** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an
** error.  Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query
** parameters.  See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for
** additional information.
**
** [[URI filename examples]] <h3>URI filename examples</h3>
**
** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5>
** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results
** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> 
**          Open the file "data.db" in the current directory.
** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br>
**          file:///home/fred/data.db <br> 
**          file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> 
**          Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db".
** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> 
**          An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority.
** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> 
**          file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db
**     <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive
**          C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly 
**          necessary - space characters can be used literally
**          in URI filenames.
** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> 
**          Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access.
**          Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by
**          default, use a private cache.
** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-nolock <td>
**          Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-nolock".
** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> 
**          An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter.
** </table>
**
** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and
** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a
** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits 
** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a
** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all 
** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the
** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding,
** the results are undefined.
**
** <b>Note to Windows users:</b>  The encoding used for the filename argument
** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever
** codepage is currently defined.  Filenames containing international
** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into
** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().
**
** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().  Otherwise, various
** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
  const void *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-16) */
  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
  sqlite3 **ppDb,         /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
  int flags,              /* Flags */
  const char *zVfs        /* Name of VFS module to use */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters
**
** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check
** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query 
** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter.
**
** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of 
** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or 
** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and
** P is the name of the query parameter, then
** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P
** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a 
** query parameter on F.  If P is a query parameter of F
** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns
** a pointer to an empty string.
**
** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean
** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value
** of P.  The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the
** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any
** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number.  The 
** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of
** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or
** if the value begins with a numeric zero.  If P is not a query
** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the
** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0).
**
** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a
** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not
** exist.  If the value of P is something other than an integer, then
** zero is returned.
** 
** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and
** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B.  If F is not a NULL pointer and
** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen
** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably
** undesirable.
*/
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault);
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages
**
** ^The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or
** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call
** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed
** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from
** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.  ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
** interface is the same except that it always returns the 
** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are
** disabled.
**
** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language
** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively.
** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally.
** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result.
** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by
** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^
**
** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text
** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8.
** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally
** and must not be freed by the application)^.
**
** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the
** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between
** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces.
** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these
** interfaces always report the most recent result.  To avoid
** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D
** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning
** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after
** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed.
**
** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface
** was invoked incorrectly by the application.  In that case, the
** error code and message may or may not be set.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int);

/*
** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object
** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements}
**
** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement.
** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a
** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement".
**
** The life of a statement object goes something like this:
**
** <ol>
** <li> Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related
**      function.
** <li> Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
**      interfaces.
** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times.
** <li> Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
**      to step 2.  Do this zero or more times.
** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()].
** </ol>
**
** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional
** information.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits
**
** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited
** on a connection by connection basis.  The first parameter is the
** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried.  The
** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a
** class of constructs to be size limited.  The third parameter is the
** new limit for that construct.)^
**
** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a 
** [limits | hard upper bound]
** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called
** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>].
** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^
** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
** silently truncated to the hard upper bound.
**
** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the 
** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit.
** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it,
** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1.
**
** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage
** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled
** by untrusted external sources.  An example application might be a
** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and
** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded
** off the Internet.  The internal databases can be given the
** large, default limits.  Databases managed by external sources can
** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service
** attack.  Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()]
** interface to further control untrusted SQL.  The size of the database
** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the
** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA].
**
** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories
** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories}
**
** These constants define various performance limits
** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()].
** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below.
** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite].
**
** <dl>
** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH</dt>
** <dd>The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.<dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH</dt>
** <dd>The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN</dt>
** <dd>The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the
** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index
** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH</dt>
** <dd>The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT</dt>
** <dd>The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP</dt>
** <dd>The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program
** used to implement an SQL statement.  This limit is not currently
** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of
** SQLite.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG</dt>
** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt>
** <dd>The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]]
** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt>
** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or
** [GLOB] operators.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]]
** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt>
** <dd>The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^
**
** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH</dt>
** <dd>The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.</dd>)^
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH                    0
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH                1
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN                    2
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH                3
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT           4
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP                   5
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG              6
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED                  7
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH       8
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           9
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH            10

/*
** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement
** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
**
** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
** program using one of these routines.
**
** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a
** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or
** [sqlite3_open16()].  The database connection must not have been closed.
**
** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded
** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16.  The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2()
** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
** use UTF-16.
**
** ^If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the
** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum
** number of  bytes read from zSql.  ^When nByte is non-negative, the
** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or
** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows
** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small
** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that
** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i>
** the nul-terminator bytes as this saves SQLite from having to
** make a copy of the input string.
**
** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte
** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql.  These routines only
** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to
** what remains uncompiled.
**
** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be
** executed using [sqlite3_step()].  ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set
** to NULL.  ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty
** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled
** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it.
** ppStmt may not be NULL.
**
** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK];
** otherwise an [error code] is returned.
**
** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are
** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained
** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged.
** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement
** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the
** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to
** behave differently in three ways:
**
** <ol>
** <li>
** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it
** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL
** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY]
** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error.
** </li>
**
** <li>
** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed
** [error codes] or [extended error codes].  ^The legacy behavior was that
** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code
** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()]
** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare
** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately.
** </li>
**
** <li>
** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the 
** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement,
** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been 
** a schema change, on the first  [sqlite3_step()] call following any change
** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. 
** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the 
** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled.
** </li>
** </ol>
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL
**
** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was
** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
*/
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database
**
** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if
** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to
** the content of the database file.
**
** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or
** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect.  
** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that 
** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would
** change the database file through side-effects:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**    SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2;
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file
** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^
**
** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK],
** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true,
** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but
** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the 
** database.  ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause
** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements
** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make 
** changes to the content of the database files on disk.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset
**
** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the
** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using 
** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not 
** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)].  ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S)
** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer.  If S is not a 
** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement]
** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable.
**
** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()]
** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database 
** connection that are in need of being reset.  This can be used,
** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared 
** statements that are holding a transaction open.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object
** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value}
**
** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values
** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing
** for the values it stores.  ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects
** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL.
**
** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected".
** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value.  Other interfaces
** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value.
** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies
** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value.
**
** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not
** a mutex is held.  An internal mutex is held for a protected
** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected
** sqlite3_value object.  If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded
** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes 
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]
** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected
** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably.  However,
** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications
** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected
** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required.
**
** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the
** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected.
** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by
** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected.
** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with
** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()].
** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of
** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects.
*/
typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value;

/*
** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object
**
** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an
** sqlite3_context object.  ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object
** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions].
** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this
** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()],
** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()],
** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()],
** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()].
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements
** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
**
** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following
** templates:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  ?
** <li>  ?NNN
** <li>  :VVV
** <li>  @VVV
** <li>  $VVV
** </ul>
**
** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal,
** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^  ^The values of these
** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters")
** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here.
**
** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always
** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants.
**
** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set.
** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1.  ^When the same named
** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent
** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence.
** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired.  ^The index
** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN.
** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()]
** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999).
**
** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter
** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null().
**
** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the
** number of bytes in the parameter.  To be clear: the value is the
** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.)^
** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
** is negative, then the length of the string is
** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then
** the behavior is undefined.
** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text()
** or sqlite3_bind_text16() then that parameter must be the byte offset
** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL
** terminated.  If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than 
** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will
** contain embedded NULs.  The result of expressions involving strings
** with embedded NULs is undefined.
**
** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
** string after SQLite has finished with it.  ^The destructor is called
** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlite3_bind_blob(),
** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails.  
** ^If the fifth argument is
** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the
** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.
** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then
** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before
** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns.
**
** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
** is filled with zeroes.  ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose
** content is later written using
** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines.
** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB.
**
** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer
** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which
** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()],
** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE].  If any sqlite3_bind_()
** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the
** result is undefined and probably harmful.
**
** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine.
** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL.
**
** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an
** [error code] if anything goes wrong.
** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
** index is out of range.  ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()],
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters
**
** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
** in a [prepared statement].  SQL parameters are tokens of the
** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as
** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound]
** to the parameters at a later time.
**
** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost)
** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the
** number of unique parameters.  If parameters of the ?NNN form are used,
** there may be gaps in the list.)^
**
** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter
**
** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns
** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P.
** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
** respectively.
** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?"
** is included as part of the name.)^
** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name
** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters".
**
** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0.
**
** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is
** nameless, then NULL is returned.  ^The returned string is
** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was
** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or
** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
**
** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
*/
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name
**
** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name.  ^The
** index value returned is suitable for use as the second
** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()].  ^A zero
** is returned if no matching parameter is found.  ^The parameter
** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement
** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
**
** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement
**
** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset
** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement].
** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set
**
** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL
** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]).
**
** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set
**
** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column
** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement.  ^The sqlite3_column_name()
** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string
** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated
** UTF-16 string.  ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement]
** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the
** column number.  ^The leftmost column is number 0.
**
** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement]
** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
** or until the next call to
** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column.
**
** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine
** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a
** NULL pointer is returned.
**
** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for
** that column, if there is an AS clause.  If there is no AS clause
** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from
** one release of SQLite to the next.
*/
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result
**
** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and
** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in
** [SELECT] statement.
** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as
** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string.  ^The _database_ routines return
** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and
** the origin_ routines return the column name.
** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed
** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
** or until the same information is requested
** again in a different encoding.
**
** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the
** database, table, and column.
**
** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement].
** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by
** the statement, where N is the second function argument.
** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines.
**
** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or
** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return
** NULL.  ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error
** occurs.  ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table,
** or column that query result column was extracted from.
**
** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return
** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8.
**
** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the
** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol.
**
** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same
** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are
** undefined.
**
** If two or more threads call one or more
** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces]
** for the same [prepared statement] and result column
** at the same time then the results are undefined.
*/
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result
**
** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement].
** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the
** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an
** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table
** column is returned.)^  ^If the Nth column of the result set is an
** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned.
** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded.
**
** ^(For example, given the database schema:
**
** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT);
**
** and the following statement to be compiled:
**
** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1;
**
** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result
** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^
**
** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing.  ^So just because a column
** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the
** data stored in that column is of the declared type.  SQLite is
** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static.  ^Type
** is associated with individual values, not with the containers
** used to hold those values.
*/
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement
**
** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy
** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function
** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement.
**
** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend
** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy
** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()].  The use of the
** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy
** interface will continue to be supported.
**
** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY],
** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE].
** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or
** [extended result codes] might be returned as well.
**
** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the
** database locks it needs to do its job.  ^If the statement is a [COMMIT]
** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the
** statement.  If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an
** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before
** continuing.
**
** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing
** successfully.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual
** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual
** machine back to its initial state.
**
** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW]
** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the
** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions].
** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data.
**
** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
** violation) has occurred.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on
** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()].
** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example,
** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth)
** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the
** [prepared statement].  ^In the "v2" interface,
** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step().
**
** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately.
** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has
** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had
** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE].  Or it could
** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or
** more threads at the same moment in time.
**
** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to
** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything
** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of
** sqlite3_step().  Failure to reset the prepared statement using 
** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from
** sqlite3_step().  But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began
** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather
** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE].  This is not considered a compatibility
** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error
** is broken by definition.  The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option
** can be used to restore the legacy behavior.
**
** <b>Goofy Interface Alert:</b> In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step()
** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any
** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE].  You must call
** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the
** specific [error codes] that better describes the error.
** We admit that this is a goofy design.  The problem has been fixed
** with the "v2" interface.  If you prepare all of your SQL statements
** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead
** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces,
** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly
** by sqlite3_step().  The use of the "v2" interface is recommended.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set
**
** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the
** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P.
** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return
** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of
** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0.
** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer.
** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to
** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE].  ^The sqlite3_data_count(P)
** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned
** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum]
** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step
** pragma returns 0 columns of data.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes
** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT
**
** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes:
**
** <ul>
** <li> 64-bit signed integer
** <li> 64-bit IEEE floating point number
** <li> string
** <li> BLOB
** <li> NULL
** </ul>)^
**
** These constants are codes for each of those types.
**
** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2
** for a completely different meaning.  Software that links against both
** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not
** SQLITE_TEXT.
*/
#define SQLITE_INTEGER  1
#define SQLITE_FLOAT    2
#define SQLITE_BLOB     4
#define SQLITE_NULL     5
#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT
# undef SQLITE_TEXT
#else
# define SQLITE_TEXT     3
#endif
#define SQLITE3_TEXT     3

/*
** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query
** KEYWORDS: {column access functions}
**
** These routines form the "result set" interface.
**
** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current
** result row of a query.  ^In every case the first argument is a pointer
** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*]
** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants)
** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information
** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0.
** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using
** [sqlite3_column_count()].
**
** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the
** column index is out of range, the result is undefined.
** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to
** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither
** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently.
** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or
** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned
** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined.
** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]
** are called from a different thread while any of these routines
** are pending, then the results are undefined.
**
** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the
** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type
** of the result column.  ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER],
** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL].  The value
** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type
** conversions have occurred as described below.  After a type conversion,
** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined.  Future
** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type()
** following a type conversion.
**
** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes()
** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts
** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes.
** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses
** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns
** the number of bytes in that string.
** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero.
**
** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16()
** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts
** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes.
** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses
** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns
** the number of bytes in that string.
** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero.
**
** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and 
** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end
** of the string.  ^For clarity: the values returned by
** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of
** bytes in the string, not the number of characters.
**
** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(),
** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated.  ^The return
** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer.
**
** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an
** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object.  An unprotected sqlite3_value object
** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()].
** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by
** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls
** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined.
**
** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate.  ^For
** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the
** conversion automatically.  ^(The following table details the conversions
** that are applied:
**
** <blockquote>
** <table border="1">
** <tr><th> Internal<br>Type <th> Requested<br>Type <th>  Conversion
**
** <tr><td>  NULL    <td> INTEGER   <td> Result is 0
** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Result is 0.0
** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   TEXT    <td> Result is a NULL pointer
** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   BLOB    <td> Result is a NULL pointer
** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>  FLOAT    <td> Convert from integer to float
** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the integer
** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   BLOB    <td> Same as INTEGER->TEXT
** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the float
** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   BLOB    <td> [CAST] to BLOB
** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>  FLOAT    <td> [CAST] to REAL
** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>   BLOB    <td> No change
** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>  FLOAT    <td> [CAST] to REAL
** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>   TEXT    <td> Add a zero terminator if needed
** </table>
** </blockquote>)^
**
** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi()
** and atof().  SQLite does not really use these functions.  It has its
** own equivalent internal routines.  The atoi() and atof() names are
** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most
** C programmers.
**
** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior
** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or
** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated.
** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur
** in the following cases:
**
** <ul>
** <li> The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or
**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  A zero-terminator might
**      need to be added to the string.</li>
** <li> The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or
**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  The content must be converted
**      to UTF-16.</li>
** <li> The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or
**      sqlite3_column_text() is called.  The content must be converted
**      to UTF-8.</li>
** </ul>
**
** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do
** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer
** that the prior pointer references will have been modified.  Other kinds
** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they
** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated.
**
** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines
** in one of the following ways:
**
** <ul>
**  <li>sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
**  <li>sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
**  <li>sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()</li>
** </ul>
**
** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(),
** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result
** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or
** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result.  Do not mix calls
** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to
** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16()
** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes().
**
** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as
** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or
** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called.  ^The memory space used to hold strings
** and BLOBs is freed automatically.  Do <b>not</b> pass the pointers returned
** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into
** [sqlite3_free()].
**
** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any
** of these routines, a default value is returned.  The default value
** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL
** pointer.  Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return
** [SQLITE_NOMEM].)^
*/
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object
**
** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement].
** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors
** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns
** SQLITE_OK.  ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then
** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or
** [extended error code].
**
** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during
** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S:
** before statement S is ever evaluated, after
** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call
** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has
** completed execution.
**
** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op.
**
** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid
** resource leaks.  It is a grievous error for the application to try to use
** a prepared statement after it has been finalized.  Any use of a prepared
** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and
** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object
**
** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement]
** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed.
** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values.
** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings.
**
** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S
** back to the beginning of its program.
**
** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE],
** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S,
** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK].
**
** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then
** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code].
**
** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values
** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions
** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines}
** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function}
** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions}
**
** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior
** of existing SQL functions or aggregates.  The only differences between
** these routines are the text encoding expected for
** the second parameter (the name of the function being created)
** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for
** the application data pointer.
**
** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL
** function is to be added.  ^If an application uses more than one database
** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added
** to each database connection separately.
**
** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or
** redefined.  ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8
** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator.  ^Note that the name
** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes.  
** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned.
**
** ^The third parameter (nArg)
** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or
** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or
** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit
** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]).  If the third
** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is
** undefined.
**
** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
** its parameters.  Every SQL function implementation must be able to work
** with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be.  But some implementations may be
** more efficient with one encoding than another.  ^An application may
** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple
** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep.
** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion.
** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what text
** encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be [SQLITE_ANY].
**
** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer.  The implementation of the
** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^
**
** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or
** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc
** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal
** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep
** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing
** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function
** callbacks.
**
** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL,
** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. 
** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being
** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^
** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to
** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails.
** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it
** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data 
** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2().
**
** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same
** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of
** arguments or differing preferred text encodings.  ^SQLite will use
** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the
** SQL function is used.  ^A function implementation with a non-negative
** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
** a negative nArg.  ^A function where the preferred text encoding
** matches the database encoding is a better
** match than a function where the encoding is different.  
** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
** between UTF8 and UTF16.
**
** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions.
**
** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other
** SQLite interfaces.  However, such calls must not
** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared
** statement in which the function is running.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
  sqlite3 *db,
  const char *zFunctionName,
  int nArg,
  int eTextRep,
  void *pApp,
  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
  sqlite3 *db,
  const void *zFunctionName,
  int nArg,
  int eTextRep,
  void *pApp,
  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2(
  sqlite3 *db,
  const char *zFunctionName,
  int nArg,
  int eTextRep,
  void *pApp,
  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings
**
** These constant define integer codes that represent the various
** text encodings supported by SQLite.
*/
#define SQLITE_UTF8           1
#define SQLITE_UTF16LE        2
#define SQLITE_UTF16BE        3
#define SQLITE_UTF16          4    /* Use native byte order */
#define SQLITE_ANY            5    /* sqlite3_create_function only */
#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED  8    /* sqlite3_create_collation only */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions
** DEPRECATED
**
** These functions are [deprecated].  In order to maintain
** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue 
** to be supported.  However, new applications should avoid
** the use of these functions.  To help encourage people to avoid
** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);
SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);
SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void);
SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),
                      void*,sqlite3_int64);
#endif

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values
**
** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses
** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on
** the function or aggregate.
**
** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters
** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates.
** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to
** [protected sqlite3_value] objects.  There is one [sqlite3_value] object for
** each parameter to the SQL function.  These routines are used to
** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects.
**
** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value]
** object results in undefined behavior.
**
** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions]
** except that  these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
**
** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
** in the native byte-order of the host machine.  ^The
** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
**
** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply
** numeric affinity to the value.  This means that an attempt is
** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point.  If
** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other
** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number)
** then the conversion is performed.  Otherwise no conversion occurs.
** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^
**
** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned
** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or
** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to
** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
** or [sqlite3_value_text16()].
**
** These routines must be called from the same thread as
** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters.
*/
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context
**
** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this
** routine to allocate memory for storing their state.
**
** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called 
** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite
** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer
** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to
** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance,
** the same buffer is returned.  Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally
** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one
** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked.  ^(When no rows match
** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function
** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once.
** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the
** first time from within xFinal().)^
**
** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer 
** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory
** allocate error occurs.
**
** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is
** determined by the N parameter on first successful call.  Changing the
** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within
** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory
** allocation.)^  Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set
** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no 
** pointless memory allocations occur.
**
** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by 
** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes.
**
** The first parameter must be a copy of the
** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter
** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate
** function.
**
** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
** the aggregate SQL function is running.
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);

/*
** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions
**
** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of
** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter)
** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
** registered the application defined function.
**
** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
** the application-defined function is running.
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions
**
** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of
** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter)
** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
** registered the application defined function.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data
**
** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to
** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to
** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under
** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved.  An example
** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching
** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as
** metadata associated with the pattern string.  
** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same,
** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
** invocations of the same function.
**
** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata
** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument
** value to the application-defined function. ^If there is no metadata
** associated with the function argument, this sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface
** returns a NULL pointer.
**
** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th
** argument of the application-defined function.  ^Subsequent
** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent
** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or
** NULL if the metadata has been discarded.
** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL,
** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly
** once, when the metadata is discarded.
** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including: <ul>
** <li> when the corresponding function parameter changes, or
** <li> when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the
**      SQL statement, or
** <li> when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same parameter, or
** <li> during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory 
**      allocation error occurs. </ul>)^
**
** Note the last bullet in particular.  The destructor X in 
** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the
** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns.  Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata()
** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the
** function implementation should not make any use of P after
** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called.
**
** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for
** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal
** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^
**
** These routines must be called from the same thread in which
** the SQL function is running.
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*));


/*
** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior
**
** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the
** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()].  ^If the destructor
** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant
** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  ^The
** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in
** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of
** the content before returning.
**
** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain
** C++ compilers.
*/
typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
#define SQLITE_STATIC      ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0)
#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1)

/*
** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function
**
** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that
** implement SQL functions and aggregates.  See
** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
** for additional information.
**
** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of
** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements.
** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from
** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed
** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the
** third parameter.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of
** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero
** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from
** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified
** by its 2nd argument.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions
** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception.
** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the
** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16()
** as the text of an error message.  ^SQLite interprets the error
** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite
** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native
** byte order.  ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error()
** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error
** message all text up through the first zero character.
** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or
** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many
** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message.
** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16()
** routines make a private copy of the error message text before
** they return.  Hence, the calling function can deallocate or
** modify the text after they return without harm.
** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code
** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function.  ^By default,
** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR.  ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error()
** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an
** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an
** error indicating that a memory allocation failed.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value
** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer
** value given in the 2nd argument.
** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value
** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer
** value given in the 2nd argument.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value
** of the application-defined function to be NULL.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(),
** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces
** set the return value of the application-defined function to be
** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order,
** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively.
** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from
** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces.
** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter
** through the first zero character.
** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined
** function result.  If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it
** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would
** appear if the string where NUL terminated.  If any NUL characters occur
** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd
** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the
** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined.
** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that
** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has
** finished using that result.
** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to
** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite
** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not
** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content
** when it has finished using that result.
** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT
** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from
** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of
** the application-defined function to be a copy the
** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter.  ^The
** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or
** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm.
** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an
** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either
** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface.
**
** If these routines are called from within the different thread
** than the one containing the application-defined function that received
** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences
**
** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated
** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument.
**
** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string
** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2()
** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16().
** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are
** considered to be the same name.
**
** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants:
** <ul>
** <li> [SQLITE_UTF8],
** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16LE],
** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16], or
** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED].
** </ul>)^
** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed
** to the collating function callback, xCallback.
** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep
** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order.
** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin
** on an even byte address.
**
** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed
** through as the first argument to the collating function callback.
**
** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function.
** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but
** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever
** function requires the least amount of data transformation.
** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is
** deleted.  ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted,
** that collation is no longer usable.
**
** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg 
** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified
** by the eTextRep argument.  The collating function must return an
** integer that is negative, zero, or positive
** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second,
** respectively.  A collating function must always return the same answer
** given the same inputs.  If two or more collating functions are registered
** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all
** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings.
** The collating function must obey the following properties for all
** strings A, B, and C:
**
** <ol>
** <li> If A==B then B==A.
** <li> If A==B and B==C then A==C.
** <li> If A&lt;B THEN B&gt;A.
** <li> If A&lt;B and B&lt;C then A&lt;C.
** </ol>
**
** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that
** collating function is  registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite
** is undefined.
**
** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation()
** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when
** the collating function is deleted.
** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later
** calls to the collation creation functions or when the
** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
**
** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the 
** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails.  Applications that invoke
** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should 
** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer
** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them.
** This is different from every other SQLite interface.  The inconsistency 
** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards 
** compatibility.
**
** See also:  [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
  sqlite3*, 
  const char *zName, 
  int eTextRep, 
  void *pArg,
  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
  sqlite3*, 
  const char *zName, 
  int eTextRep, 
  void *pArg,
  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
  sqlite3*, 
  const void *zName,
  int eTextRep, 
  void *pArg,
  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks
**
** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation
** sequence is required.
**
** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings
** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used,
** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order.
** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback.
**
** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or
** sqlite3_collation_needed16().  The second argument is the database
** connection.  The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation
** sequence function required.  The fourth parameter is the name of the
** required collation sequence.)^
**
** The callback function should register the desired collation using
** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or
** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
  sqlite3*, 
  void*, 
  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
  sqlite3*, 
  void*,
  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
);

#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
/*
** Specify the key for an encrypted database.  This routine should be
** called right after sqlite3_open().
**
** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
** of SQLite.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key(
  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key_v2(
  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
  const char *zDbName,           /* Name of the database */
  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
);

/*
** Change the key on an open database.  If the current database is not
** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it.  If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the
** database is decrypted.
**
** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
** of SQLite.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey(
  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey_v2(
  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
  const char *zDbName,           /* Name of the database */
  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
);

/*
** Specify the activation key for a SEE database.  Unless 
** activated, none of the SEE routines will work.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see(
  const char *zPassPhrase        /* Activation phrase */
);
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
/*
** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database.  Unless 
** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod(
  const char *zPassPhrase        /* Activation phrase */
);
#endif

/*
** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time
**
** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution
** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter.
**
** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with
** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to
** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually
** requested from the operating system is returned.
**
** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep()
** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.  If the xSleep() method
** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at
** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description
** in the previous paragraphs.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files
**
** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files
** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS]
** will be placed in that directory.)^  ^If this variable
** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
** temporary file directory.
**
** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
** thread.
** It is intended that this variable be set once
** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
** thereafter.
**
** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
** using [sqlite3_free].
** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
**
** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2].  Otherwise, various
** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.  Here is an
** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
** &nbsp;     TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
** char zPathBuf&#91;MAX_PATH + 1&#93;;
** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
** &nbsp;     NULL, NULL);
** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
** </pre></blockquote>
*/
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files
**
** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files
** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by
** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed
** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL
** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified
** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory
** for the process.  Only the windows VFS makes use of this global
** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS.
**
** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is
** open can result in a corrupt database.
**
** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
** thread.
** It is intended that this variable be set once
** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
** thereafter.
**
** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
** using [sqlite3_free].
** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
*/
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode
** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}
**
** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or
** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode,
** respectively.  ^Autocommit mode is on by default.
** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement.
** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK].
**
** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement
** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR],
** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the
** transaction might be rolled back automatically.  The only way to
** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after
** an error is to use this function.
**
** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database
** connection while this routine is running, then the return value
** is undefined.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement
**
** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle
** to which a [prepared statement] belongs.  ^The [database connection]
** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection]
** that was the first argument
** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to
** create the statement in the first place.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection
**
** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename
** associated with database N of connection D.  ^The main database file
** has the name "main".  If there is no attached database N on the database
** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then
** a NULL pointer is returned.
**
** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the
** xFullPathname method of the [VFS].  ^In other words, the filename
** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used
** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname.
*/
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only
**
** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N
** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not
** the name of a database on connection D.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement
**
** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after
** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb.  ^If pStmt is NULL
** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement
** associated with the database connection pDb.  ^If no prepared statement
** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL.
**
** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to
** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database
** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks
**
** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback
** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed].
** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
** for the same database connection is overridden.
** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback
** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back].
** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook()
** for the same database connection is overridden.
** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback.
** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero,
** then the commit is converted into a rollback.
**
** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions
** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function
** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
** the first call for each function on D.
**
** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant.
** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify
** the database connection that invoked the callback.  Any actions
** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit
** or rollback hook in the first place.
** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements,
** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify
** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
**
** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
**
** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT]
** operation is allowed to continue normally.  ^If the commit hook
** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK].
** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit
** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback.
**
** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been
** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or
** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur.
** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is
** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed.
**
** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface.
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks
**
** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function
** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument
** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in
** a rowid table.
** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function
** for the same database connection is overridden.
**
** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a
** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table.
** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument
** to sqlite3_update_hook().
** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE],
** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback
** to be invoked.
** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the
** database and table name containing the affected row.
** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row.
** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place.
**
** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^
** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified.
**
** ^In the current implementation, the update hook
** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an
** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause.  ^Nor is the update hook
** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization].
** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future
** release of SQLite.
**
** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify
** the database connection that invoked the update hook.  Any actions
** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook.
** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
**
** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function
** returns the P argument from the previous call
** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
** the first call on D.
**
** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()]
** interfaces.
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
  sqlite3*, 
  void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64),
  void*
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache
**
** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache
** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections]
** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true
** and disabled if the argument is false.)^
**
** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process.
** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite,
** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
**
** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent
** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()].
** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode
** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^
**
** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled
** successfully.  An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^
**
** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in
** future releases of SQLite.  Applications that care about shared
** cache setting should set it explicitly.
**
** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a
** 32-bit integer is atomic.
**
** See Also:  [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory
**
** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes
** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations
** held by the database library.   Memory used to cache database
** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory.
** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed,
** which might be more or less than the amount requested.
** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero
** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
**
** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection
**
** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap
** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the
** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even
** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is
** omitted.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size
**
** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the
** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite.
** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap
** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache
** as heap memory usages approaches the limit.
** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay
** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate
** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error.  In other words, the soft heap limit 
** is advisory only.
**
** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of
** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an
** error.  ^If the argument N is negative
** then no change is made to the soft heap limit.  Hence, the current
** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking
** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument.
**
** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled.
**
** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation
** if one or more of following conditions are true:
**
** <ul>
** <li> The soft heap limit is set to zero.
** <li> Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the
**      [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and
**      the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option.
** <li> An alternative page cache implementation is specified using
**      [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...).
** <li> The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied
**      by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than
**      from the heap.
** </ul>)^
**
** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced
** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]
** compile-time option is invoked.  With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT],
** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation.  Without
** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced
** when memory is allocated by the page cache.  Testing suggests that because
** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most
** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without
** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
**
** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may
** changes in future releases of SQLite.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface
** DEPRECATED
**
** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
** interface.  This routine is provided for historical compatibility
** only.  All new applications should use the
** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one.
*/
SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table
**
** ^This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific
** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle
** passed as the first function argument.
**
** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to
** this function. ^The second parameter is either the name of the database
** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified
** table or NULL. ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched
** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to
** resolve unqualified table references.
**
** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column
** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters
** may be NULL.
**
** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th
** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be
** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted.
**
** ^(<blockquote>
** <table border="1">
** <tr><th> Parameter <th> Output<br>Type <th>  Description
**
** <tr><td> 5th <td> const char* <td> Data type
** <tr><td> 6th <td> const char* <td> Name of default collation sequence
** <tr><td> 7th <td> int         <td> True if column has a NOT NULL constraint
** <tr><td> 8th <td> int         <td> True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
** <tr><td> 9th <td> int         <td> True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT]
** </table>
** </blockquote>)^
**
** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the
** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next
** call to any SQLite API function.
**
** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
**
** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an
** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output
** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no
** explicitly declared [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the output
** parameters are set as follows:
**
** <pre>
**     data type: "INTEGER"
**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
**     not null: 0
**     primary key: 1
**     auto increment: 0
** </pre>)^
**
** ^(This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an
** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column
** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left
** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).)^
**
** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension
**
** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file.
**
** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an
** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile.  If
** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load
** with various operating-system specific extensions added.
** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like
** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might
** be tried also.
**
** ^The entry point is zProc.
** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an
** entry point name on its own.  It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init".
** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the
** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic
** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following
** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^
** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns
** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the
** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to
** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory
** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function
** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()].
**
** ^Extension loading must be enabled using
** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API,
** otherwise an error will be returned.
**
** See also the [load_extension() SQL function].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Derived from zFile if 0 */
  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading
**
** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling
** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off.
**
** ^Extension loading is off by default.
** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1
** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn
** it back off again.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions
**
** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for
** each new [database connection] that is created.  The idea here is that
** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension]
** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections.
**
** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes
** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three
** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the
** entry point where as follows:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
** &nbsp;  int xEntryPoint(
** &nbsp;    sqlite3 *db,
** &nbsp;    const char **pzErrMsg,
** &nbsp;    const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
** &nbsp;  );
** </pre></blockquote>)^
**
** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg
** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()])
** and return an appropriate [error code].  ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg
** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint().  ^SQLite will invoke
** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns.  ^If any
** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail.
**
** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already
** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point
** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()]
** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));

/*
** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading
**
** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the
** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to
** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)].  ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)]
** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully 
** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization
** routines.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));

/*
** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading
**
** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously
** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()].
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);

/*
** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered
** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
**
** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
*/

/*
** Structures used by the virtual table interface
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab;
typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info;
typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor;
typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module}
**
** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", 
** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables].  
** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module.
**
** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent
** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance
** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()].
** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different
** module or until the [database connection] closes.  The content
** of this structure must not change while it is registered with
** any database connection.
*/
struct sqlite3_module {
  int iVersion;
  int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
               int argc, const char *const*argv,
               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
  int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
               int argc, const char *const*argv,
               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
  int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*);
  int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor);
  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
  int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
                int argc, sqlite3_value **argv);
  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
  int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
  int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int);
  int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid);
  int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *);
  int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
  int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
  int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
  int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName,
                       void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
                       void **ppArg);
  int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
  /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those 
  ** below are for version 2 and greater. */
  int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
  int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
  int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
};

/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info
**
** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part
** of the [virtual table] interface to
** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex]
** method of a [virtual table module].  The fields under **Inputs** are the
** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only.  xBestIndex inserts its
** results into the **Outputs** fields.
**
** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form:
**
** <blockquote>column OP expr</blockquote>
**
** where OP is =, &lt;, &lt;=, &gt;, or &gt;=.)^  ^(The particular operator is
** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the
** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^
** ^(The index of the column is stored in
** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^  ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the
** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint
** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^
**
** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column"
** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to
** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible.
** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are
** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried.
**
** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
**
** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
** about what parameters to pass to xFilter.  ^If argvIndex>0 then
** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv.  ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit
** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the
** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^
**
** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the
** [xFilter] method.
** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if
** needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
**
** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in
** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
** sorting step is required.
**
** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular
** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar
** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) 
** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a
** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows.
**
** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that
** will be returned by the strategy.
**
** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info
** structure for SQLite version 3.8.2. If a virtual table extension is
** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting 
** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely 
** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should
** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a
** value greater than or equal to 3008002.
*/
struct sqlite3_index_info {
  /* Inputs */
  int nConstraint;           /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
  struct sqlite3_index_constraint {
     int iColumn;              /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */
     unsigned char op;         /* Constraint operator */
     unsigned char usable;     /* True if this constraint is usable */
     int iTermOffset;          /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */
  } *aConstraint;            /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */
  int nOrderBy;              /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
  struct sqlite3_index_orderby {
     int iColumn;              /* Column number */
     unsigned char desc;       /* True for DESC.  False for ASC. */
  } *aOrderBy;               /* The ORDER BY clause */
  /* Outputs */
  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage {
    int argvIndex;           /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */
    unsigned char omit;      /* Do not code a test for this constraint */
  } *aConstraintUsage;
  int idxNum;                /* Number used to identify the index */
  char *idxStr;              /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */
  int needToFreeIdxStr;      /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */
  int orderByConsumed;       /* True if output is already ordered */
  double estimatedCost;           /* Estimated cost of using this index */
  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */
  sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows;    /* Estimated number of rows returned */
};

/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes
**
** These macros defined the allowed values for the
** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field.  Each value represents
** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of
** a query that uses a [virtual table].
*/
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ    2
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT    4
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE    8
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT    16
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE    32
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64

/*
** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation
**
** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name.
** ^Module names must be registered before
** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a
** preexisting [virtual table] for the module.
**
** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
** by the first parameter.  ^The name of the module is given by the 
** second parameter.  ^The third parameter is a pointer to
** the implementation of the [virtual table module].   ^The fourth
** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through
** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module
** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized.
**
** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which
** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData.  ^SQLite will
** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite
** no longer needs the pClientData pointer.  ^The destructor will also
** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails.
** ^The sqlite3_create_module()
** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL
** destructor.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module(
  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
  void *pClientData          /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
  void *pClientData,         /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
  void(*xDestroy)(void*)     /* Module destructor function */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab
**
** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass
** of this object to describe a particular instance
** of the [virtual table].  Each subclass will
** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation.
** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are
** common to all module implementations.
**
** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg.  The method should
** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()]
** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg.  ^After the error message
** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.
*/
struct sqlite3_vtab {
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;  /* The module for this virtual table */
  int nRef;                       /* NO LONGER USED */
  char *zErrMsg;                  /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
};

/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor}
**
** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the
** following structure to describe cursors that point into the
** [virtual table] and are used
** to loop through the virtual table.  Cursors are created using the
** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed
** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method.  Cursors are used
** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods
** of the module.  Each module implementation will define
** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
**
** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that
** are common to all implementations.
*/
struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor {
  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Virtual table of this cursor */
  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
};

/*
** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table
**
** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a
** [virtual table module] call this interface
** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
** the virtual tables they implement.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table
**
** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].  
** But global versions of those functions
** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^
**
** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
** name and number of parameters exists.  If no such function exists
** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^  ^The implementation
** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown.  So
** the new function is not good for anything by itself.  Its only
** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded
** by a [virtual table].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);

/*
** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered
** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
**
** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
*/

/*
** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB
** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles}
**
** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which
** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed.
** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()]
** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].
** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces
** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB.
** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O
**
** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located
** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb;
** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by:
**
** <pre>
**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
** </pre>)^
**
** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read
** and write access. ^If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access.
** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary 
** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is 
** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing.
**
** ^Note that the database name is not the filename that contains
** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that
** appears after the AS keyword when the database is connected using [ATTACH].
** ^For the main database file, the database name is "main".
** ^For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp".
**
** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written
** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and *ppBlob is set
** to be a null pointer.)^
** ^This function sets the [database connection] error code and message
** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related
** functions. ^Note that the *ppBlob variable is always initialized in a
** way that makes it safe to invoke [sqlite3_blob_close()] on *ppBlob
** regardless of the success or failure of this routine.
**
** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an
** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects
** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired".
** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column
** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^
** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for
** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not
** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB.  Such changes will eventually
** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^
**
** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of
** the opened blob.  ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this
** interface.  Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a
** blob.
**
** ^The [sqlite3_blob_open()] interface will fail for a [WITHOUT ROWID]
** table.  Incremental BLOB I/O is not possible on [WITHOUT ROWID] tables.
**
** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired,
** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using
** this interface.
**
** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually
** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
  sqlite3*,
  const char *zDb,
  const char *zTable,
  const char *zColumn,
  sqlite3_int64 iRow,
  int flags,
  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row
**
** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points
** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified
** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be
** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open
** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be
** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one.
**
** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] -
** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in
** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if
** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an
** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted.
** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or
** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return
** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle
** always returns zero.
**
** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message.
*/
SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle
**
** ^Closes an open [BLOB handle].
**
** ^Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit
** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the
** database connection is in [autocommit mode].
** ^If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache
** until the close operation if they will fit.
**
** ^(Closing the BLOB often forces the changes
** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur
** at the time when the BLOB is closed.  Any errors that occur during
** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.)^
**
** ^(The BLOB is closed unconditionally.  Even if this routine returns
** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.)^
**
** ^Calling this routine with a null pointer (such as would be returned
** by a failed call to [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB
**
** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the 
** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument.  ^The
** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing
** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob.
**
** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally
**
** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a
** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z
** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^
**
** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.  ^If N or iOffset is
** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.
** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
**
** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
**
** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK.
** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
**
** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally
**
** ^This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a
** caller-supplied buffer. ^N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z
** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.
**
** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for
** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero),
** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY].
**
** ^This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is
** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API.
** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.  ^If N is
** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.
** The size of the BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
**
** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].  ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred
** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the
** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might
** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle
** or by other independent statements.
**
** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK.
** Otherwise, an  [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
**
** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects
**
** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object
** that SQLite uses to interact
** with the underlying operating system.  Most SQLite builds come with a
** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer.
** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered.
** The following interfaces are provided.
**
** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name.
** ^Names are case sensitive.
** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned.
** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned.
**
** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register().
** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set.
** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury.
** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again
** with the makeDflt flag set.  If two different VFSes with the
** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined.  If a
** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string,
** then the behavior is undefined.
**
** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface.
** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as
** the default.  The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Mutexes
**
** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread
** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal
** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is
** permitted to use any of these routines.
**
** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations
** of these mutex routines.  An appropriate implementation
** is selected automatically at compile-time.  ^(The following
** implementations are available in the SQLite core:
**
** <ul>
** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
** </ul>)^
**
** ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines
** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in
** a single-threaded application.  ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and
** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix
** and Windows.
**
** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor
** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex
** implementation is included with the library. In this case the
** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function
** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_
** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().)^
**
** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^If it returns NULL
** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  ^SQLite
** will unwind its stack and return an error.  ^(The argument
** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
** </ul>)^
**
** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)
** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex.  ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
** not want to.  ^SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
** cases where it really needs one.  ^If a faster non-recursive mutex
** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
**
** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other
** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return
** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  ^Six static mutexes are
** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
**
** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
** returns a different mutex on every call.  ^But for the static
** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
** the same type number.
**
** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously
** allocated dynamic mutex.  ^SQLite is careful to deallocate every
** dynamic mutex that it allocates.  The dynamic mutexes must not be in
** use when they are deallocated.  Attempting to deallocate a static
** mutex results in undefined behavior.  ^SQLite never deallocates
** a static mutex.
**
** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
** to enter a mutex.  ^If another thread is already within the mutex,
** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
** SQLITE_BUSY.  ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK]
** upon successful entry.  ^(Mutexes created using
** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread.
** In such cases the,
** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
** can enter.)^  ^(If the same thread tries to enter any other
** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined.
** SQLite will never exhibit
** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.)^
**
** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation
** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try().  On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try()
** will always return SQLITE_BUSY.  The SQLite core only ever uses
** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.)^
**
** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
** previously entered by the same thread.   ^(The behavior
** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the
** calling thread or is not currently allocated.  SQLite will
** never do either.)^
**
** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or
** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines
** behave as no-ops.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()].
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object
**
** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines
** used to allocate and use mutexes.
**
** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are
** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom
** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite
** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user
** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass
** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option.
** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an
** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex
** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option.
**
** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as
** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function.
** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each
** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()].
**
** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as
** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The
** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding
** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially
** those obtained by the xMutexInit method.  ^The xMutexEnd()
** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()].
**
** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc,
** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and
** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively):
**
** <ul>
**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] </li>
**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_free()] </li>
**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_enter()] </li>
**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_try()] </li>
**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_leave()] </li>
**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_held()] </li>
**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()] </li>
** </ul>)^
**
** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated
** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead
** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined
** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results
** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined
** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if
** it is passed a NULL pointer).
**
** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe.  ^It must be harmless to
** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without
** intervening calls to xMutexEnd().  Second and subsequent calls to
** xMutexInit() must be no-ops.
**
** ^xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()]
** and its associates).  ^Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory
** allocation for a static mutex.  ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite
** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex.
**
** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is
** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK.
** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself
** prior to returning.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods;
struct sqlite3_mutex_methods {
  int (*xMutexInit)(void);
  int (*xMutexEnd)(void);
  sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int);
  void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *);
  void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *);
  int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *);
  void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *);
  int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
  int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
};

/*
** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines
**
** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines
** are intended for use inside assert() statements.  ^The SQLite core
** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications
** are advised to follow the lead of the core.  ^The SQLite core only
** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled
** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag.  ^External mutex implementations
** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is
** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined.
**
** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument
** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread.
**
** ^The implementation is not required to provide versions of these
** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working
** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always
** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures.
**
** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then
** the routine should return 1.   This seems counter-intuitive since
** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist.  But
** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not
** using mutexes.  And we do not want the assert() containing the
** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is
** the appropriate thing to do.  ^The sqlite3_mutex_notheld()
** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer.
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
#endif

/*
** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types
**
** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument
** which is one of these integer constants.
**
** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the
** next.  Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be
** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes.
*/
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST             0
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE        1
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER    2
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM       3  /* sqlite3_malloc() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN      4  /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG      5  /* sqlite3_random() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU       6  /* lru page list */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2      7  /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM      7  /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
**
** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that 
** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this
** routine returns a NULL pointer.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files
**
** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated
** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The
** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the
** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for
** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command.
** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the
** main database file.
** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine
** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of
** the xFileControl method.  ^The return value of the xFileControl
** method becomes the return value of this routine.
**
** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes
** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into
** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter.  ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER
** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the
** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method.
**
** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any
** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned.  ^This error
** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()]
** or [sqlite3_errmsg()].  The underlying xFileControl method might
** also return SQLITE_ERROR.  There is no way to distinguish between
** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying
** xFileControl method.
**
** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface
**
** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal
** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing
** purposes.  ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines
** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters.
**
** This interface is not for use by applications.  It exists solely
** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library.  Depending
** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist.
**
** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters
** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice.
** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to
** operate consistently from one release to the next.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes
**
** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used
** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()].
**
** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change
** without notice.  These values are for testing purposes only.
** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the
** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface.
*/
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST                    5
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE                5
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE             6
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET               7
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST              8
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL            9
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS     10
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE            11
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT                  12
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS                  13
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE                 14
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS           15
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD               16
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC           17
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT         18
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT            19
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT           20
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST                    20

/*
** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
**
** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
** highwater marks.  ^The first argument is an integer code for
** the specific parameter to measure.  ^(Recognized integer codes
** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^
** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent.
** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater.  ^If the
** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after
** *pHighwater is written.  ^(Some parameters do not record the highest
** value.  For those parameters
** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^
** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current
** value.  For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^
**
** ^The sqlite3_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a
** non-zero [error code] on failure.
**
** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic.  This routine can be
** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite
** interfaces.  However the values returned in *pCurrent and
** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time
** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter
** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters
** KEYWORDS: {status parameters}
**
** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters
** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()].
**
** <dl>
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out
** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly.  The
** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application
** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library.  Scratch memory
** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache
** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in
** this parameter.  The amount returned is the sum of the allocation
** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE</dt>
** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their
** internal equivalents).  Only the value returned in the
** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt>
** <dd>This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations
** currently checked out.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the
** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using 
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].  The
** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] 
** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache
** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]
** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The
** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they
** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because
** no space was left in the page cache.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt>
** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
** handed to [pagecache memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the
** [scratch memory allocator] configured using
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH].  The value returned is in allocations, not
** in bytes.  Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation
** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads
** using scratch memory at the same time.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory
** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]
** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The values
** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too
** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the
** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer
** slots were available.
** </dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE</dt>
** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
** handed to [scratch memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt>
** <dd>This parameter records the deepest parser stack.  It is only
** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^
** </dl>
**
** New status parameters may be added from time to time.
*/
#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED          0
#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED       1
#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW   2
#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED         3
#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW     4
#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE          5
#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK         6
#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE       7
#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE         8
#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT         9

/*
** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status
**
** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information 
** about a single [database connection].  ^The first argument is the
** database connection object to be interrogated.  ^The second argument
** is an integer constant, taken from the set of
** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that
** determines the parameter to interrogate.  The set of 
** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely
** to grow in future releases of SQLite.
**
** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur
** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr.  ^If
** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is
** reset back down to the current value.
**
** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a
** non-zero [error code] on failure.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections
** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options}
**
** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as
** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface.
**
** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs
** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from
** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked.
** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code
** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked.
**
** <dl>
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently
** checked out.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were 
** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful;
** the current value is always zero.)^
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]]
** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of
** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size.
** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
** the current value is always zero.)^
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]]
** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside
** memory already being in use.
** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
** the current value is always zero.)^
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^
** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0.
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated
** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ 
** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the
** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to
** [shared cache mode] being enabled.
** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0.
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with
** the database connection.)^
** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0.
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have
** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 
** is always 0.
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have
** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 
** is always 0.
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have
** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the
** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the
** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of
** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included.
** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect
** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The
** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0.
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if
** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been
** resolved.)^  ^The highwater mark is always 0.
** </dd>
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED       0
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED           1
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED          2
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED            3
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT        4
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE  5
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL  6
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT            7
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS           8
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE          9
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS        10
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX                 10   /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */


/*
** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status
**
** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various
** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number
** of times it has performed specific operations.)^  These counters can
** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared
** statements.  For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds
** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate
** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than
** an index.  
**
** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from
** a [prepared statement].  The first argument is the prepared statement
** object to be interrogated.  The second argument
** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter]
** to be interrogated.)^
** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned.
** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this
** interface call returns.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements
** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters}
**
** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter
** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface.
** The meanings of the various counters are as follows:
**
** <dl>
** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt>
** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in
** a table as part of a full table scan.  Large numbers for this counter
** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through 
** careful use of indices.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt>
** <dd>^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred.
** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
** improvement performance through careful use of indices.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX</dt>
** <dd>^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that
** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster.
** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not
** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP</dt>
** <dd>^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed
** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal
** to 2147483647.  The number of virtual machine operations can be 
** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement.
** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647
** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined.
** </dd>
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP     1
#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT              2
#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX         3
#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP           4

/*
** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
**
** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque.  It is implemented by
** the pluggable module.  The SQLite core has no knowledge of
** its size or internal structure and never deals with the
** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers
** to the object.
**
** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
**
** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the
** page cache.  The page cache will allocate instances of this
** object.  Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances
** of this object as parameters or as their return value.
**
** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page;
struct sqlite3_pcache_page {
  void *pBuf;        /* The content of the page */
  void *pExtra;      /* Extra information associated with the page */
};

/*
** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache.
** KEYWORDS: {page cache}
**
** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can
** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an 
** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^
** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by 
** SQLite is used for the page cache.
** By implementing a 
** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control
** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which 
** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to 
** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for 
** how long.
**
** The alternative page cache mechanism is an
** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications.
** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses.
**
** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an
** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config].  Hence
** the application may discard the parameter after the call to
** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^
**
** [[the xInit() page cache method]]
** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective 
** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^
** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit()
** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^
** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures 
** required by the custom page cache implementation. 
** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the 
** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
** page cache.)^
**
** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]]
** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
** It can be used to clean up 
** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required.
** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL.
**
** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method,
** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  ^The
** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
** not need to be threadsafe either.  All other methods must be threadsafe
** in multithreaded applications.
**
** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
** call to xShutdown().
**
** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]]
** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance.
** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file,
** though this is not guaranteed. ^The
** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
** be allocated by the cache.  ^szPage will always a power of two.  ^The
** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage 
** associated with each page cache entry.  ^The szExtra parameter will
** a number less than 250.  SQLite will use the
** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
** database page on disk.  The value passed into szExtra depends
** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled.
** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being
** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or
** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation
** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable;
** it is purely advisory.  ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will
** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page.
** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to
** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true.  
** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will
** never contain any unpinned pages.
**
** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]]
** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the
** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache
** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using
** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^  As with the bPurgeable
** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this
** value; it is advisory only.
**
** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]]
** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently
** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned.
** 
** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]]
** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to 
** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer.
** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a
** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a 
** single database page.  The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be
** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested
** for each entry in the page cache.
**
** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value
** is 1.  After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered
** to be "pinned".
**
** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache
** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content
** intact.  If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the
** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag
** parameter to help it determined what action to take:
**
** <table border=1 width=85% align=center>
** <tr><th> createFlag <th> Behavior when page is not already in cache
** <tr><td> 0 <td> Do not allocate a new page.  Return NULL.
** <tr><td> 1 <td> Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so.
**                 Otherwise return NULL.
** <tr><td> 2 <td> Make every effort to allocate a new page.  Only return
**                 NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible.
** </table>
**
** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1.  SQLite
** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1
** failed.)^  In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may
** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of
** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache.
**
** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]]
** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page
** as its second argument.  If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero,
** then the page must be evicted from the cache.
** ^If the discard parameter is
** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of
** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation
** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time.
**
** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single 
** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls 
** to xFetch().
**
** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]]
** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the
** page passed as the second argument. If the cache
** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be
** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not
** to be pinned.
**
** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all
** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal
** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any
** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that
** they can be safely discarded.
**
** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]]
** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate().
** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After
** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*]
** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2
** functions.
**
** [[the xShrink() page cache method]]
** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to
** free up as much of heap memory as possible.  The page cache implementation
** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should
** do their best.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2;
struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 {
  int iVersion;
  void *pArg;
  int (*xInit)(void*);
  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable);
  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
  sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard);
  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, 
      unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
  void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*);
};

/*
** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced
** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2.  This object is not used by SQLite.  It is
** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods;
struct sqlite3_pcache_methods {
  void *pArg;
  int (*xInit)(void*);
  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable);
  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
  void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard);
  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
};


/*
** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object
**
** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing
** online backup operation.  ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by
** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to
** [sqlite3_backup_finish()].
**
** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API.
**
** The backup API copies the content of one database into another.
** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or
** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. 
**
** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
**
** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file
** for the duration of the backup operation.
** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read;
** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation.
** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without
** preventing other database connections from
** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway.
** 
** ^(To perform a backup operation: 
**   <ol>
**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the
**         backup, 
**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer 
**         the data between the two databases, and finally
**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources 
**         associated with the backup operation. 
**   </ol>)^
** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each
** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init().
**
** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b>
**
** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the 
** [database connection] associated with the destination database 
** and the database name, respectively.
** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the
** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in
** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database.
** ^The S and M arguments passed to 
** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection]
** and database name of the source database, respectively.
** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D)
** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with
** an error.
**
** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is
** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the
** destination [database connection] D.
** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init()
** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or
** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions.
** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an
** [sqlite3_backup] object.
** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and
** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup 
** operation.
**
** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b>
**
** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between 
** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B.
** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. 
** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there
** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK].
** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages
** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE].
** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N),
** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and
** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY],
** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an
** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code.
**
** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if
** <ol>
** <li> the destination database was opened read-only, or
** <li> the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling
** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or
** <li> the destination database is an in-memory database and the
** destination and source page sizes differ.
** </ol>)^
**
** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then
** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function]
** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the 
** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then 
** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to
** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source
** [database connection]
** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step()
** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this
** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If
** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or
** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then 
** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These 
** errors are considered fatal.)^  The application must accept 
** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle 
** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources.
**
** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock
** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either 
** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete 
** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE].  ^Every call to
** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that
** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call.
** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to
** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way
** through the backup process.  ^If the source database is modified by an
** external process or via a database connection other than the one being
** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically
** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source 
** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used
** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically
** updated at the same time.
**
** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b>
**
** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the 
** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application
** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish().
** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all
** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. 
** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any
** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back.
** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid
** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish().
**
** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no
** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not
** sqlite3_backup_step() completed.
** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior
** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then
** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code].
**
** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step()
** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of
** sqlite3_backup_finish().
**
** [[sqlite3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]]
** <b>sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()</b>
**
** ^Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values inside
** the [sqlite3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed
** up and the total number of pages in the source database file.
** The sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() interfaces
** retrieve these two values, respectively.
**
** ^The values returned by these functions are only updated by
** sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source database is modified during a backup
** operation, then the values are not updated to account for any extra
** pages that need to be updated or the size of the source database file
** changing.
**
** <b>Concurrent Usage of Database Handles</b>
**
** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other
** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized.
** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database
** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently
** from within other threads.
**
** However, the application must guarantee that the destination 
** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after 
** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to
** sqlite3_backup_finish().  SQLite does not currently check to see
** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection]
** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction
** nevertheless.  Use of the destination database connection while a
** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock.
**
** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must
** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database
** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means
** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being 
** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process,
** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init().
**
** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple 
** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step().
** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the
** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is
** possible that they return invalid values.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
  sqlite3 *pDest,                        /* Destination database handle */
  const char *zDestName,                 /* Destination database name */
  sqlite3 *pSource,                      /* Source database handle */
  const char *zSourceName                /* Source database name */
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification
**
** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with
** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or
** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See
** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. 
** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke 
** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it.
** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
**
** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature].
**
** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes
** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. 
**
** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a
** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the
** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that
** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an 
** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the
** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as 
** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked
** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The
** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close]
** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction.
**
** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application,
** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already
** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked.
** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately,
** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^
**
** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a
** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds
** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of 
** the other connections to use as the blocking connection.
**
** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a 
** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the
** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback,
** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is
** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing
** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections 
** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked
** connection using [sqlite3_close()].
**
** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes
** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a
** crash or deadlock may be the result.
**
** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always
** returns SQLITE_OK.
**
** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b>
**
** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a 
** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked.
** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass
** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to
** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers,
** and the second is the number of entries in the array.
**
** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be
** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify
** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the
** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function
** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers
** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array.
** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions 
** related to the set of unblocked database connections.
**
** <b>Deadlock Detection</b>
**
** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a 
** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further
** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the
** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for
** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection
** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection
** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely.
**
** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock
** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the
** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no
** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in
** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify
** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection
** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection
** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so
** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has
** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection
** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any
** number of levels of indirection are allowed.
**
** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b>
**
** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost 
** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however,
** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement,
** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements
** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is
** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking
** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being
** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE"
** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result.
**
** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned
** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the
** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in
** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just 
** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
  sqlite3 *pBlocked,                          /* Waiting connection */
  void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg),    /* Callback function to invoke */
  void *pNotifyArg                            /* Argument to pass to xNotify */
);


/*
** CAPI3REF: String Comparison
**
** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications
** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8
** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case
** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int);

/*
** CAPI3REF: String Globbing
*
** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if string X matches
** the glob pattern P, and it returns non-zero if string X does not match
** the glob pattern P.  ^The definition of glob pattern matching used in
** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the
** SQL dialect used by SQLite.  ^The sqlite3_strglob(P,X) function is case
** sensitive.
**
** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings
** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface
**
** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log]
** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()].
** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are
** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string.
**
** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as
** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions.  While there is
** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so
** is considered bad form.
**
** The zFormat string must not be NULL.
**
** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine
** will not use dynamically allocated memory.  The log message is stored in
** a fixed-length buffer on the stack.  If the log message is longer than
** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the
** buffer.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook
**
** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that
** will be invoked each time a database connection commits data to a
** [write-ahead log] (i.e. whenever a transaction is committed in
** [journal_mode | journal_mode=WAL mode]). 
**
** ^The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and 
** the associated write-lock on the database released, so the implementation 
** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required.
**
** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked
** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when
** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle.
** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to -
** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter
** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file,
** including those that were just committed.
**
** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK].  ^If an error
** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the
** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback
** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the
** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value
** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results
** are undefined.
**
** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback 
** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any
** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the
** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will
** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings.
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
  sqlite3*, 
  int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int),
  void*
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint
**
** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around
** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D
** to automatically [checkpoint]
** after committing a transaction if there are N or
** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file.  ^Passing zero or 
** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic
** checkpoints entirely.
**
** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback
** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()].  ^Likewise, registering a callback
** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism
** configured by this function.
**
** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
** from SQL.
**
** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint
** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT]
** pages.  The use of this interface
** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal
** for a particular application.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
**
** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X
** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed].  ^If X is NULL or an
** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of
** connection D.  ^If the database connection D is not in
** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op.
**
** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
** from SQL.  ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be
** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
**
** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database 
** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the 
** eMode parameter:
**
** <dl>
** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd>
**   Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database 
**   readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log
**   are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling 
**   sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked.
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<dd>
**   This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no
**   database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database
**   snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the
**   database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
**   but not database readers.
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd>
**   This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after 
**   checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback)
**   until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures 
**   that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file 
**   from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
**   but not database readers.
** </dl>
**
** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in
** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to
** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already
** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be
** populated even if sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLITE_OK.
** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1
** before returning to communicate this to the caller.
**
** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If
** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the 
** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a 
** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case.
**
** The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive 
** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained
** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer
** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is
** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for
** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before
** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the
** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as 
** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible 
** without blocking any further. SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case.
**
** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the
** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the
** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If 
** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the 
** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining 
** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other 
** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned 
** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error 
** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached 
** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
**
** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL
** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If
** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any
** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
  const char *zDb,                /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */
  int eMode,                      /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */
  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */
  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters
**
** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to
** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()].  See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]
** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of
** each of these values.
*/
#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0
#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL    1
#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2

/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration
**
** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method
** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure
** various facets of the virtual table interface.
**
** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or
** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined.
**
** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using
** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].)  Further options
** may be added in the future.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options
**
** These macros define the various options to the
** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations
** can use to customize and optimize their behavior.
**
** <dl>
** <dt>SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT
** <dd>Calls of the form
** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported,
** where X is an integer.  If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose
** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not
** support constraints.  In this configuration (which is the default) if
** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire
** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been
** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual
** ON CONFLICT mode specified.
**
** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees
** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before
** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made.
** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite 
** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon
** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. 
** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns
** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode
** had been ABORT.
**
** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE
** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the 
** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON 
** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should 
** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and
** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return
** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT 
** constraint handling.
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1

/*
** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy
**
** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method
** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The
** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL],
** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode
** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the
** [virtual table].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes
**
** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to
** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode
** is for the SQL statement being evaluated.
**
** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential
** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that
** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code].
*/
#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1
/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */
#define SQLITE_FAIL     3
/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4  // Also an error code */
#define SQLITE_REPLACE  5



/*
** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
** builds on processors without floating point support.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# undef double
#endif

#if 0
}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
#endif
#endif /* _SQLITE3_H_ */

/*
** 2010 August 30
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
*/

#ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_
#define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_


#if 0
extern "C" {
#endif

typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry;

/*
** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an
** R-Tree geometry query as follows:
**
**   SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zGeom(... params ...)
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(
  sqlite3 *db,
  const char *zGeom,
#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
  int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int n, sqlite3_int64 *a, int *pRes),
#else
  int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int n, double *a, int *pRes),
#endif
  void *pContext
);


/*
** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first
** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback().
*/
struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry {
  void *pContext;                 /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */
  int nParam;                     /* Size of array aParam[] */
  double *aParam;                 /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */
  void *pUser;                    /* Callback implementation user data */
  void (*xDelUser)(void *);       /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */
};


#if 0
}  /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */
#endif

#endif  /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */


/************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/
/************** Begin file sqliteInt.h ***************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Internal interface definitions for SQLite.
**
*/
#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_
#define _SQLITEINT_H_

/*
** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the
** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops.
**
** Ticket #2739:  The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any
** system #includes.  Hence, this block of code must be the very first
** code in all source files.
**
** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work
** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0).  If you compile on Red Hat 7.2
** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
** portability you should omit LFS.
**
** Similar is true for Mac OS X.  LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
# define _LARGE_FILE       1
# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
# endif
# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
#endif

/*
** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the
** autoconf-based build
*/
#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif

/************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/
/************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/
/*
** 2007 May 7
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** 
** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process.
*/

/*
** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes.   This also
** limits the size of a row in a table or index.
**
** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer
** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000
#endif

/*
** This is the maximum number of
**
**    * Columns in a table
**    * Columns in an index
**    * Columns in a view
**    * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement
**    * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement
**    * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement.
**    * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement
**
** The hard upper limit here is 32676.  Most database people will
** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should
** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table.  And if
** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few
** dozen values in any of the other situations described above.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000
#endif

/*
** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes.
**
** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would
** turn the limit off.  That is no longer true.  It is not possible
** to turn this limit off.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH
# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000
#endif

/*
** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to 
** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might 
** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an 
** expression.
**
** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced.
** But that is no longer true.  The limit is now strictly enforced
** at all times.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000
#endif

/*
** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one
** level of recursion for each term.  A stack overflow can result
** if the number of terms is too large.  In practice, most SQL
** never has more than 3 or 4 terms.  Use a value of 0 to disable
** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT
# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500
#endif

/*
** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program.
** Not currently enforced.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP
# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000
#endif

/*
** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG
# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127
#endif

/*
** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database
** table and for temporary tables.  The SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE  2000
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE  500
#endif

/*
** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before
** checkpointing the database in WAL mode.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT  1000
#endif

/*
** The maximum number of attached databases.  This must be between 0
** and 62.  The upper bound on 62 is because a 64-bit integer bitmap
** is used internally to track attached databases.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED
# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10
#endif


/*
** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER
# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999
#endif

/* Maximum page size.  The upper bound on this value is 65536.  This a limit
** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page.
**
** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at
** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates
** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library 
** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database 
** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite 
** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback 
** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
#endif
#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536


/*
** The default size of a database page.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024
#endif
#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
#endif

/*
** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases
** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain
** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support),
** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value
** SQLite will choose on its own.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192
#endif
#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
#endif


/*
** Maximum number of pages in one database file.
**
** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma.
** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the
** max_page_count macro.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT
# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823
#endif

/*
** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB
** operator.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000
#endif

/*
** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
**
** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself
** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all 
** may be executed.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH
# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000
#endif

/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/

/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */
#if defined(__BORLANDC__)
#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */
#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */
#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */
#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */
#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */
#endif

/* Needed for various definitions... */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE
#endif

#if defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(_BSD_SOURCE)
# define _BSD_SOURCE
#endif

/*
** Include standard header files as necessary
*/
#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
#include <stdint.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
#include <inttypes.h>
#endif

/*
** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and
** integers to pointers.  The way you do this varies from one compiler
** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements
** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers.
**
** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. 
** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or
** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers
** that vary from one machine to the next.
**
** Ticket #3860:  The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on
** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct.  But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)).
** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the
** compiler.
*/
#if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)  /* This case should work for GCC */
# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X))
# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X))
#elif !defined(__GNUC__)       /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */
# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)&((char*)0)[X])
# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0))
#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H)   /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */
# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(intptr_t)(X))
# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(intptr_t)(X))
#else                          /* Generates a warning - but it always works */
# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(X))
# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(X))
#endif

/*
** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2.
** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never
** threadsafe.  1 means the library is serialized which is the highest
** level of threadsafety.  2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple
** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same
** database connection at the same time.
**
** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro.
** We support that for legacy.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
# if defined(THREADSAFE)
#   define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE
# else
#   define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */
# endif
#endif

/*
** Powersafe overwrite is on by default.  But can be turned off using
** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE
# define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1
#endif

/*
** The SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS macro must be defined as either 0 or 1.
** It determines whether or not the features related to 
** SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS are available by default or not. This value can
** be overridden at runtime using the sqlite3_config() API.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS)
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1
#endif

/*
** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to
** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use.
**
**     SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC          // Use normal system malloc()
**     SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC           // Use Win32 native heap API
**     SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC            // Use a stub allocator that always fails
**     SQLITE_MEMDEBUG               // Debugging version of system malloc()
**
** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the
** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem
** will cause HeapValidate to be called.  If heap validation should fail, an
** assertion will be triggered.
**
** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as
** the default.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \
  + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \
  + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \
  + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1
# error "Two or more of the following compile-time configuration options\
 are defined but at most one is allowed:\
 SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG,\
 SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC"
#endif
#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \
  + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \
  + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \
  + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0
# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1
#endif

/*
** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the
** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT)
# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024
#endif

/*
** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable
** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems and fchmod() on OpenBSD.
** But _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X, so omit
** it.
*/
#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
#  define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600
#endif

/*
** NDEBUG and SQLITE_DEBUG are opposites.  It should always be true that
** defined(NDEBUG)==!defined(SQLITE_DEBUG).  If this is not currently true,
** make it true by defining or undefining NDEBUG.
**
** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and faster by disabling the
** assert() statements in the code.  So we want the default action
** to be for NDEBUG to be set and NDEBUG to be undefined only if SQLITE_DEBUG
** is set.  Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out
** feature.
*/
#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 
# define NDEBUG 1
#endif
#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
# undef NDEBUG
#endif

/*
** Enable SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS if SQLITE_DEBUG is turned on.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
# define SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS 1
#endif

/*
** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing.  When 
** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to
** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to
** get full branch coverage.  The testcase() macro is inserted
** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple
** condition/decision coverage is inadequate.  For example, testcase()
** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested.  For
** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit
** is significant and used at least once.  On switch statements
** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase()
** can insure that all cases are evaluated.
**
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3Coverage(int);
# define testcase(X)  if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); }
#else
# define testcase(X)
#endif

/*
** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or
** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments
** within testcase() and assert() macros.
*/
#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
# define TESTONLY(X)  X
#else
# define TESTONLY(X)
#endif

/*
** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization
** to setup for a later assert() statement.  We do not want this code to
** appear when assert() is disabled.  The following macro is therefore
** used to contain that setup code.  The "VVA" acronym stands for
** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation".  In other words, the
** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes.
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
# define VVA_ONLY(X)  X
#else
# define VVA_ONLY(X)
#endif

/*
** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which 
** are intended to always be true or false, respectively.  Such
** expressions could be omitted from the code completely.  But they
** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience
** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing"
** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first
** hint of unplanned behavior.
**
** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code.
**
** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to
** be true and false so that the unreachable code they specify will
** not be counted as untested code.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
# define ALWAYS(X)      (1)
# define NEVER(X)       (0)
#elif !defined(NDEBUG)
# define ALWAYS(X)      ((X)?1:(assert(0),0))
# define NEVER(X)       ((X)?(assert(0),1):0)
#else
# define ALWAYS(X)      (X)
# define NEVER(X)       (X)
#endif

/*
** Return true (non-zero) if the input is a integer that is too large
** to fit in 32-bits.  This macro is used inside of various testcase()
** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support.
*/
#define IS_BIG_INT(X)  (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0)

/*
** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean
** expression that is usually false.  Macro likely() surrounds
** a boolean expression that is usually true.  These hints could,
** in theory, be used by the compiler to generate better code, but
** currently they are just comments for human readers.
*/
#define likely(X)    (X)
#define unlikely(X)  (X)

/************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation
** used in SQLite.
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_
#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_

/* Forward declarations of structures. */
typedef struct Hash Hash;
typedef struct HashElem HashElem;

/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
** However, some of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
** this structure opaque.
**
** All elements of the hash table are on a single doubly-linked list.
** Hash.first points to the head of this list.
**
** There are Hash.htsize buckets.  Each bucket points to a spot in
** the global doubly-linked list.  The contents of the bucket are the
** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list.
**
** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero.  In that case lookup is done
** by a linear search of the global list.  For small tables, the 
** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements
** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage
** the hash table.
*/
struct Hash {
  unsigned int htsize;      /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
  unsigned int count;       /* Number of entries in this table */
  HashElem *first;          /* The first element of the array */
  struct _ht {              /* the hash table */
    int count;                 /* Number of entries with this hash */
    HashElem *chain;           /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
  } *ht;
};

/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
**
** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
** be opaque because it is used by macros.
*/
struct HashElem {
  HashElem *next, *prev;       /* Next and previous elements in the table */
  void *data;                  /* Data associated with this element */
  const char *pKey; int nKey;  /* Key associated with this element */
};

/*
** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);

/*
** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
** like this:
**
**   Hash h;
**   HashElem *p;
**   ...
**   for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
**     SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p);
**     // do something with pData
**   }
*/
#define sqliteHashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
#define sqliteHashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
#define sqliteHashData(E)   ((E)->data)
/* #define sqliteHashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey) // NOT USED */
/* #define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)  // NOT USED */

/*
** Number of entries in a hash table
*/
/* #define sqliteHashCount(H)  ((H)->count) // NOT USED */

#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */

/************** End of hash.h ************************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
/************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/
#define TK_SEMI                            1
#define TK_EXPLAIN                         2
#define TK_QUERY                           3
#define TK_PLAN                            4
#define TK_BEGIN                           5
#define TK_TRANSACTION                     6
#define TK_DEFERRED                        7
#define TK_IMMEDIATE                       8
#define TK_EXCLUSIVE                       9
#define TK_COMMIT                         10
#define TK_END                            11
#define TK_ROLLBACK                       12
#define TK_SAVEPOINT                      13
#define TK_RELEASE                        14
#define TK_TO                             15
#define TK_TABLE                          16
#define TK_CREATE                         17
#define TK_IF                             18
#define TK_NOT                            19
#define TK_EXISTS                         20
#define TK_TEMP                           21
#define TK_LP                             22
#define TK_RP                             23
#define TK_AS                             24
#define TK_WITHOUT                        25
#define TK_COMMA                          26
#define TK_ID                             27
#define TK_INDEXED                        28
#define TK_ABORT                          29
#define TK_ACTION                         30
#define TK_AFTER                          31
#define TK_ANALYZE                        32
#define TK_ASC                            33
#define TK_ATTACH                         34
#define TK_BEFORE                         35
#define TK_BY                             36
#define TK_CASCADE                        37
#define TK_CAST                           38
#define TK_COLUMNKW                       39
#define TK_CONFLICT                       40
#define TK_DATABASE                       41
#define TK_DESC                           42
#define TK_DETACH                         43
#define TK_EACH                           44
#define TK_FAIL                           45
#define TK_FOR                            46
#define TK_IGNORE                         47
#define TK_INITIALLY                      48
#define TK_INSTEAD                        49
#define TK_LIKE_KW                        50
#define TK_MATCH                          51
#define TK_NO                             52
#define TK_KEY                            53
#define TK_OF                             54
#define TK_OFFSET                         55
#define TK_PRAGMA                         56
#define TK_RAISE                          57
#define TK_REPLACE                        58
#define TK_RESTRICT                       59
#define TK_ROW                            60
#define TK_TRIGGER                        61
#define TK_VACUUM                         62
#define TK_VIEW                           63
#define TK_VIRTUAL                        64
#define TK_REINDEX                        65
#define TK_RENAME                         66
#define TK_CTIME_KW                       67
#define TK_ANY                            68
#define TK_OR                             69
#define TK_AND                            70
#define TK_IS                             71
#define TK_BETWEEN                        72
#define TK_IN                             73
#define TK_ISNULL                         74
#define TK_NOTNULL                        75
#define TK_NE                             76
#define TK_EQ                             77
#define TK_GT                             78
#define TK_LE                             79
#define TK_LT                             80
#define TK_GE                             81
#define TK_ESCAPE                         82
#define TK_BITAND                         83
#define TK_BITOR                          84
#define TK_LSHIFT                         85
#define TK_RSHIFT                         86
#define TK_PLUS                           87
#define TK_MINUS                          88
#define TK_STAR                           89
#define TK_SLASH                          90
#define TK_REM                            91
#define TK_CONCAT                         92
#define TK_COLLATE                        93
#define TK_BITNOT                         94
#define TK_STRING                         95
#define TK_JOIN_KW                        96
#define TK_CONSTRAINT                     97
#define TK_DEFAULT                        98
#define TK_NULL                           99
#define TK_PRIMARY                        100
#define TK_UNIQUE                         101
#define TK_CHECK                          102
#define TK_REFERENCES                     103
#define TK_AUTOINCR                       104
#define TK_ON                             105
#define TK_INSERT                         106
#define TK_DELETE                         107
#define TK_UPDATE                         108
#define TK_SET                            109
#define TK_DEFERRABLE                     110
#define TK_FOREIGN                        111
#define TK_DROP                           112
#define TK_UNION                          113
#define TK_ALL                            114
#define TK_EXCEPT                         115
#define TK_INTERSECT                      116
#define TK_SELECT                         117
#define TK_DISTINCT                       118
#define TK_DOT                            119
#define TK_FROM                           120
#define TK_JOIN                           121
#define TK_USING                          122
#define TK_ORDER                          123
#define TK_GROUP                          124
#define TK_HAVING                         125
#define TK_LIMIT                          126
#define TK_WHERE                          127
#define TK_INTO                           128
#define TK_VALUES                         129
#define TK_INTEGER                        130
#define TK_FLOAT                          131
#define TK_BLOB                           132
#define TK_REGISTER                       133
#define TK_VARIABLE                       134
#define TK_CASE                           135
#define TK_WHEN                           136
#define TK_THEN                           137
#define TK_ELSE                           138
#define TK_INDEX                          139
#define TK_ALTER                          140
#define TK_ADD                            141
#define TK_TO_TEXT                        142
#define TK_TO_BLOB                        143
#define TK_TO_NUMERIC                     144
#define TK_TO_INT                         145
#define TK_TO_REAL                        146
#define TK_ISNOT                          147
#define TK_END_OF_FILE                    148
#define TK_ILLEGAL                        149
#define TK_SPACE                          150
#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING                151
#define TK_FUNCTION                       152
#define TK_COLUMN                         153
#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION                   154
#define TK_AGG_COLUMN                     155
#define TK_UMINUS                         156
#define TK_UPLUS                          157

/************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <stddef.h>

/*
** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
** substitute integer for floating-point
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# define double sqlite_int64
# define float sqlite_int64
# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64
# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
#   define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50)
# endif
# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1
# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1
# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
# undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99)
#endif

/*
** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0
** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler 
** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1
#else
#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0
#endif

/*
** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever
** the VDBE-level file format changes.  The following macros define the
** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format
** that the library can read.
*/
#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 4
#endif

/*
** Determine whether triggers are recursive by default.  This can be
** changed at run-time using a pragma.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0
#endif

/*
** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified
** on the command-line
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1
# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc 1  /* Exclude from ctime.c */
#endif

/*
** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it
** ourselves.
*/
#ifndef offsetof
#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD))
#endif

/*
** Macros to compute minimum and maximum of two numbers.
*/
#define MIN(A,B) ((A)<(B)?(A):(B))
#define MAX(A,B) ((A)>(B)?(A):(B))

/*
** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC.  (Yes, believe it or
** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.)
*/
#if 'A' == '\301'
# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1
#else
# define SQLITE_ASCII 1
#endif

/*
** Integers of known sizes.  These typedefs might change for architectures
** where the sizes very.  Preprocessor macros are available so that the
** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type.  Like this:
**
**         cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ...
*/
#ifndef UINT32_TYPE
# ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T
#  define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t
# else
#  define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int
# endif
#endif
#ifndef UINT16_TYPE
# ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T
#  define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t
# else
#  define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int
# endif
#endif
#ifndef INT16_TYPE
# ifdef HAVE_INT16_T
#  define INT16_TYPE int16_t
# else
#  define INT16_TYPE short int
# endif
#endif
#ifndef UINT8_TYPE
# ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T
#  define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t
# else
#  define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char
# endif
#endif
#ifndef INT8_TYPE
# ifdef HAVE_INT8_T
#  define INT8_TYPE int8_t
# else
#  define INT8_TYPE signed char
# endif
#endif
#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE
# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double
#endif
typedef sqlite_int64 i64;          /* 8-byte signed integer */
typedef sqlite_uint64 u64;         /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
typedef UINT32_TYPE u32;           /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
typedef UINT16_TYPE u16;           /* 2-byte unsigned integer */
typedef INT16_TYPE i16;            /* 2-byte signed integer */
typedef UINT8_TYPE u8;             /* 1-byte unsigned integer */
typedef INT8_TYPE i8;              /* 1-byte signed integer */

/*
** SQLITE_MAX_U32 is a u64 constant that is the maximum u64 value
** that can be stored in a u32 without loss of data.  The value
** is 0x00000000ffffffff.  But because of quirks of some compilers, we
** have to specify the value in the less intuitive manner shown:
*/
#define SQLITE_MAX_U32  ((((u64)1)<<32)-1)

/*
** The datatype used to store estimates of the number of rows in a
** table or index.  This is an unsigned integer type.  For 99.9% of
** the world, a 32-bit integer is sufficient.  But a 64-bit integer
** can be used at compile-time if desired.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_64BIT_STATS
 typedef u64 tRowcnt;    /* 64-bit only if requested at compile-time */
#else
 typedef u32 tRowcnt;    /* 32-bit is the default */
#endif

/*
** Estimated quantities used for query planning are stored as 16-bit
** logarithms.  For quantity X, the value stored is 10*log2(X).  This
** gives a possible range of values of approximately 1.0e986 to 1e-986.
** But the allowed values are "grainy".  Not every value is representable.
** For example, quantities 16 and 17 are both represented by a LogEst
** of 40.  However, since LogEst quantatites are suppose to be estimates,
** not exact values, this imprecision is not a problem.
**
** "LogEst" is short for "Logarithimic Estimate".
**
** Examples:
**      1 -> 0              20 -> 43          10000 -> 132
**      2 -> 10             25 -> 46          25000 -> 146
**      3 -> 16            100 -> 66        1000000 -> 199
**      4 -> 20           1000 -> 99        1048576 -> 200
**     10 -> 33           1024 -> 100    4294967296 -> 320
**
** The LogEst can be negative to indicate fractional values. 
** Examples:
**
**    0.5 -> -10           0.1 -> -33        0.0625 -> -40
*/
typedef INT16_TYPE LogEst;

/*
** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
** evaluated at runtime.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1;
#else
SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one;
#endif
#if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)\
                             || defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__)
# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    0
# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1
# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  SQLITE_UTF16LE
#else
# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0)
# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1)
# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE)
#endif

/*
** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers.
** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit
** compilers.
*/
#define LARGEST_INT64  (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)

/* 
** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8.  This is used
** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures.
*/
#define ROUND8(x)     (((x)+7)&~7)

/*
** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8
*/
#define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7)

/*
** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  This
** macro is used only within assert() to verify that the code gets
** all alignment restrictions correct.
**
** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the
** underlying malloc() implemention might return us 4-byte aligned
** pointers.  In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC
# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X)   ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&3)==0)
#else
# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X)   ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0)
#endif

/*
** Disable MMAP on platforms where it is known to not work
*/
#if defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__QNXNTO__)
# undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0
#endif

/*
** Default maximum size of memory used by memory-mapped I/O in the VFS
*/
#ifdef __APPLE__
# include <TargetConditionals.h>
# if TARGET_OS_IPHONE
#   undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
#   define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0
# endif
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
# if defined(__linux__) \
  || defined(_WIN32) \
  || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) \
  || defined(__sun)
#   define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0x7fff0000  /* 2147418112 */
# else
#   define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0
# endif
# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1 /* exclude from ctime.c */
#endif

/*
** The default MMAP_SIZE is zero on all platforms.  Or, even if a larger
** default MMAP_SIZE is specified at compile-time, make sure that it does
** not exceed the maximum mmap size.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE 0
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1  /* Exclude from ctime.c */
#endif
#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
#endif

/*
** Only one of SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 or SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 can be defined.
** Priority is given to SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4.  If either are defined, also
** define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1
#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1
#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
#endif

/*
** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
** callback for a given sqlite handle. 
**
** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy
** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite
** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler
** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c.
*/
typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler;
struct BusyHandler {
  int (*xFunc)(void *,int);  /* The busy callback */
  void *pArg;                /* First arg to busy callback */
  int nBusy;                 /* Incremented with each busy call */
};

/*
** Name of the master database table.  The master database table
** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all
** user tables and indices.
*/
#define MASTER_NAME       "sqlite_master"
#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME  "sqlite_temp_master"

/*
** The root-page of the master database table.
*/
#define MASTER_ROOT       1

/*
** The name of the schema table.
*/
#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x)  ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME)

/*
** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in
** an array.
*/
#define ArraySize(X)    ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])))

/*
** Determine if the argument is a power of two
*/
#define IsPowerOfTwo(X) (((X)&((X)-1))==0)

/*
** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree().
** The sqlite3DbFree() routine requires two parameters instead of the 
** one parameter that destructors normally want.  So we have to introduce 
** this magic value that the code knows to handle differently.  Any 
** pointer will work here as long as it is distinct from SQLITE_STATIC
** and SQLITE_TRANSIENT.
*/
#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3MallocSize)

/*
** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does
** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables.
** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from
** the heap.  When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered
** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead.  The SQLITE_WSD
** macro is used for this purpose.  And instead of referencing the variable
** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated
** buffer that holds real variable.  The constant is also the initializer
** for the run-time allocated buffer.
**
** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL
** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
  #define SQLITE_WSD const
  #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v)))
  #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config)
SQLITE_API   int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J);
SQLITE_API   void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L);
#else
  #define SQLITE_WSD 
  #define GLOBAL(t,v) v
  #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config
#endif

/*
** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to
** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately 
** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when
** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the 
** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the
** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate,
** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere.
**
** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function,
** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer.
** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to
** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options.
** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these
** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions.
*/
#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
#define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y)

/*
** Forward references to structures
*/
typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo;
typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext;
typedef struct AutoincInfo AutoincInfo;
typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec;
typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq;
typedef struct Column Column;
typedef struct Db Db;
typedef struct Schema Schema;
typedef struct Expr Expr;
typedef struct ExprList ExprList;
typedef struct ExprSpan ExprSpan;
typedef struct FKey FKey;
typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor;
typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef;
typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash;
typedef struct IdList IdList;
typedef struct Index Index;
typedef struct IndexSample IndexSample;
typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass;
typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo;
typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside;
typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot;
typedef struct Module Module;
typedef struct NameContext NameContext;
typedef struct Parse Parse;
typedef struct RowSet RowSet;
typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint;
typedef struct Select Select;
typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest;
typedef struct SrcList SrcList;
typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum;
typedef struct Table Table;
typedef struct TableLock TableLock;
typedef struct Token Token;
typedef struct Trigger Trigger;
typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg;
typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep;
typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord;
typedef struct VTable VTable;
typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx;
typedef struct Walker Walker;
typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo;

/*
** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and 
** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque
** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above.
*/
/************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
/************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file
** subsystem.  See comments in the source code for a detailed description
** of what each interface routine does.
*/
#ifndef _BTREE_H_
#define _BTREE_H_

/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
** needs to be revisited.
*/
#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10

/*
** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise
** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1".
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM
  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0
#endif

#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0        /* Do not do auto-vacuum */
#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1        /* Do full auto-vacuum */
#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2        /* Incremental vacuum */

/*
** Forward declarations of structure
*/
typedef struct Btree Btree;
typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor;
typedef struct BtShared BtShared;


SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* VFS to use with this b-tree */
  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of database file to open */
  sqlite3 *db,             /* Associated database connection */
  Btree **ppBtree,         /* Return open Btree* here */
  int flags,               /* Flags */
  int vfsFlags             /* Flags passed through to VFS open */
);

/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the
** following values.
**
** NOTE:  These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in
** pager.h.
*/
#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL  1  /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */
#define BTREE_MEMORY        2  /* This is an in-memory DB */
#define BTREE_SINGLE        4  /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */
#define BTREE_UNORDERED     8  /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree*,sqlite3_int64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*);
#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *));
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *pBtree, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int);

SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *);

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *);

/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR
** of the flags shown below.
**
** Every SQLite table must have either BTREE_INTKEY or BTREE_BLOBKEY set.
** With BTREE_INTKEY, the table key is a 64-bit integer and arbitrary data
** is stored in the leaves.  (BTREE_INTKEY is used for SQL tables.)  With
** BTREE_BLOBKEY, the key is an arbitrary BLOB and no content is stored
** anywhere - the key is the content.  (BTREE_BLOBKEY is used for SQL
** indices.)
*/
#define BTREE_INTKEY     1    /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */
#define BTREE_BLOBKEY    2    /* Table has keys only - no data */

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int);

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p);

/*
** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta
** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned 
** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an
** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula:
**
**   offset = 36 + (idx * 4)
**
** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of
** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at
** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7).
*/
#define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT     0
#define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION      1
#define BTREE_FILE_FORMAT         2
#define BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE  3
#define BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE   4
#define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING       5
#define BTREE_USER_VERSION        6
#define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM         7
#define BTREE_APPLICATION_ID      8

/*
** Values that may be OR'd together to form the second argument of an
** sqlite3BtreeCursorHints() call.
*/
#define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
  Btree*,                              /* BTree containing table to open */
  int iTable,                          /* Index of root page */
  int wrFlag,                          /* 1 for writing.  0 for read-only */
  struct KeyInfo*,                     /* First argument to compare function */
  BtCursor *pCursor                    /* Space to write cursor structure */
);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor*);

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
  BtCursor*,
  UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,
  i64 intKey,
  int bias,
  int *pRes
);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
                                  const void *pData, int nData,
                                  int nZero, int bias, int seekResult);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor*, sqlite3_int64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor*);

SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *, unsigned int mask);

#ifndef NDEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*);
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *);
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*);
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *);
#endif

/*
** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to
** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures.  So make the
** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*);
#else
# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) 
# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X)
#endif

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*);
#ifndef NDEBUG
  /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*);
#endif
#else

# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0
# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X)

# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1
# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1
# define sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(X,Y,Z) 1
#endif


#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */

/************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Include vdbe.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Begin file vdbe.h ********************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE)
**
** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine
** or VDBE.  The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
/* #include <stdio.h> */

/*
** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe".  Only routines
** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides
** of this structure.
*/
typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe;

/*
** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required
** for the VdbeOp definition.
*/
typedef struct Mem Mem;
typedef struct SubProgram SubProgram;

/*
** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode
** and as many as three operands.  The instruction is recorded
** as an instance of the following structure:
*/
struct VdbeOp {
  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
  signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */
  u8 opflags;         /* Mask of the OPFLG_* flags in opcodes.h */
  u8 p5;              /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */
  int p1;             /* First operand */
  int p2;             /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
  int p3;             /* The third parameter */
  union {             /* fourth parameter */
    int i;                 /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */
    void *p;               /* Generic pointer */
    char *z;               /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */
    i64 *pI64;             /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */
    double *pReal;         /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */
    FuncDef *pFunc;        /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */
    CollSeq *pColl;        /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */
    Mem *pMem;             /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */
    VTable *pVtab;         /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */
    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;     /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */
    int *ai;               /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */
    SubProgram *pProgram;  /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */
    int (*xAdvance)(BtCursor *, int *);
  } p4;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
  char *zComment;          /* Comment to improve readability */
#endif
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
  int cnt;                 /* Number of times this instruction was executed */
  u64 cycles;              /* Total time spent executing this instruction */
#endif
};
typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp;


/*
** A sub-routine used to implement a trigger program.
*/
struct SubProgram {
  VdbeOp *aOp;                  /* Array of opcodes for sub-program */
  int nOp;                      /* Elements in aOp[] */
  int nMem;                     /* Number of memory cells required */
  int nCsr;                     /* Number of cursors required */
  int nOnce;                    /* Number of OP_Once instructions */
  void *token;                  /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */
  SubProgram *pNext;            /* Next sub-program already visited */
};

/*
** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because
** it takes up less space.
*/
struct VdbeOpList {
  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
  signed char p1;     /* First operand */
  signed char p2;     /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
  signed char p3;     /* Third parameter */
};
typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;

/*
** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p4type
*/
#define P4_NOTUSED    0   /* The P4 parameter is not used */
#define P4_DYNAMIC  (-1)  /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */
#define P4_STATIC   (-2)  /* Pointer to a static string */
#define P4_COLLSEQ  (-4)  /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */
#define P4_FUNCDEF  (-5)  /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */
#define P4_KEYINFO  (-6)  /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */
#define P4_MEM      (-8)  /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem*    structure */
#define P4_TRANSIENT  0   /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */
#define P4_VTAB     (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */
#define P4_MPRINTF  (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */
#define P4_REAL     (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */
#define P4_INT64    (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */
#define P4_INT32    (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */
#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */
#define P4_SUBPROGRAM  (-18) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */
#define P4_ADVANCE  (-19) /* P4 is a pointer to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() */

/* Error message codes for OP_Halt */
#define P5_ConstraintNotNull 1
#define P5_ConstraintUnique  2
#define P5_ConstraintCheck   3
#define P5_ConstraintFK      4

/*
** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the 
** number of columns of data returned by the statement.
*/
#define COLNAME_NAME     0
#define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1
#define COLNAME_DATABASE 2
#define COLNAME_TABLE    3
#define COLNAME_COLUMN   4
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
# define COLNAME_N        5      /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */
#else
# ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
#   define COLNAME_N      1      /* Store only the name */
# else
#   define COLNAME_N      2      /* Store the name and decltype */
# endif
#endif

/*
** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field
** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that 
** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative.  Calling
** the macro again restores the address.
*/
#define ADDR(X)  (-1-(X))

/*
** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h"
** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE.
*/
/************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/
/************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/
/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */
#define OP_Function        1 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])             */
#define OP_Savepoint       2
#define OP_AutoCommit      3
#define OP_Transaction     4
#define OP_SorterNext      5
#define OP_PrevIfOpen      6
#define OP_NextIfOpen      7
#define OP_Prev            8
#define OP_Next            9
#define OP_AggStep        10 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])       */
#define OP_Checkpoint     11
#define OP_JournalMode    12
#define OP_Vacuum         13
#define OP_VFilter        14 /* synopsis: iPlan=r[P3] zPlan='P4'           */
#define OP_VUpdate        15 /* synopsis: data=r[P3@P2]                    */
#define OP_Goto           16
#define OP_Gosub          17
#define OP_Return         18
#define OP_Not            19 /* same as TK_NOT, synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1]    */
#define OP_Yield          20
#define OP_HaltIfNull     21 /* synopsis: if r[P3] null then halt          */
#define OP_Halt           22
#define OP_Integer        23 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P1                         */
#define OP_Int64          24 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4                         */
#define OP_String         25 /* synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)              */
#define OP_Null           26 /* synopsis: r[P2..P3]=NULL                   */
#define OP_Blob           27 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)                */
#define OP_Variable       28 /* synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)           */
#define OP_Move           29 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]                */
#define OP_Copy           30 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]                */
#define OP_SCopy          31 /* synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1]                      */
#define OP_ResultRow      32 /* synopsis: output=r[P1@P2]                  */
#define OP_CollSeq        33
#define OP_AddImm         34 /* synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2                   */
#define OP_MustBeInt      35
#define OP_RealAffinity   36
#define OP_Permutation    37
#define OP_Compare        38
#define OP_Jump           39
#define OP_Once           40
#define OP_If             41
#define OP_IfNot          42
#define OP_Column         43 /* synopsis: r[P3]=PX                         */
#define OP_Affinity       44 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2])               */
#define OP_MakeRecord     45 /* synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])            */
#define OP_Count          46 /* synopsis: r[P2]=count()                    */
#define OP_ReadCookie     47
#define OP_SetCookie      48
#define OP_VerifyCookie   49
#define OP_OpenRead       50 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */
#define OP_OpenWrite      51 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */
#define OP_OpenAutoindex  52 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2                       */
#define OP_OpenEphemeral  53 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2                       */
#define OP_SorterOpen     54
#define OP_OpenPseudo     55 /* synopsis: content in r[P2@P3]              */
#define OP_Close          56
#define OP_SeekLt         57 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_SeekLe         58 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_SeekGe         59 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_SeekGt         60 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_Seek           61 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P2]                     */
#define OP_NoConflict     62 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_NotFound       63 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_Found          64 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_NotExists      65 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3]                     */
#define OP_Sequence       66 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
#define OP_NewRowid       67 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
#define OP_Insert         68 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]          */
#define OP_Or             69 /* same as TK_OR, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2]) */
#define OP_And            70 /* same as TK_AND, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2]) */
#define OP_InsertInt      71 /* synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2]             */
#define OP_Delete         72
#define OP_ResetCount     73
#define OP_IsNull         74 /* same as TK_ISNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2 */
#define OP_NotNull        75 /* same as TK_NOTNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2 */
#define OP_Ne             76 /* same as TK_NE, synopsis: if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2 */
#define OP_Eq             77 /* same as TK_EQ, synopsis: if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2 */
#define OP_Gt             78 /* same as TK_GT, synopsis: if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2 */
#define OP_Le             79 /* same as TK_LE, synopsis: if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2 */
#define OP_Lt             80 /* same as TK_LT, synopsis: if r[P1]<r[P3] goto P2 */
#define OP_Ge             81 /* same as TK_GE, synopsis: if r[P1]>=r[P3] goto P2 */
#define OP_SorterCompare  82 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=rtrim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */
#define OP_BitAnd         83 /* same as TK_BITAND, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2] */
#define OP_BitOr          84 /* same as TK_BITOR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2] */
#define OP_ShiftLeft      85 /* same as TK_LSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1] */
#define OP_ShiftRight     86 /* same as TK_RSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1] */
#define OP_Add            87 /* same as TK_PLUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2] */
#define OP_Subtract       88 /* same as TK_MINUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1] */
#define OP_Multiply       89 /* same as TK_STAR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2] */
#define OP_Divide         90 /* same as TK_SLASH, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] */
#define OP_Remainder      91 /* same as TK_REM, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] */
#define OP_Concat         92 /* same as TK_CONCAT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] */
#define OP_SorterData     93 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data                       */
#define OP_BitNot         94 /* same as TK_BITNOT, synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1] */
#define OP_String8        95 /* same as TK_STRING, synopsis: r[P2]='P4'    */
#define OP_RowKey         96 /* synopsis: r[P2]=key                        */
#define OP_RowData        97 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data                       */
#define OP_Rowid          98 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
#define OP_NullRow        99
#define OP_Last          100
#define OP_SorterSort    101
#define OP_Sort          102
#define OP_Rewind        103
#define OP_SorterInsert  104
#define OP_IdxInsert     105 /* synopsis: key=r[P2]                        */
#define OP_IdxDelete     106 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3]                     */
#define OP_IdxRowid      107 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
#define OP_IdxLT         108 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_IdxGE         109 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_Destroy       110
#define OP_Clear         111
#define OP_CreateIndex   112 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1                */
#define OP_CreateTable   113 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1                */
#define OP_ParseSchema   114
#define OP_LoadAnalysis  115
#define OP_DropTable     116
#define OP_DropIndex     117
#define OP_DropTrigger   118
#define OP_IntegrityCk   119
#define OP_RowSetAdd     120 /* synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2]                 */
#define OP_RowSetRead    121 /* synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1)                 */
#define OP_RowSetTest    122 /* synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2   */
#define OP_Program       123
#define OP_Param         124
#define OP_FkCounter     125 /* synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2                    */
#define OP_FkIfZero      126 /* synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2          */
#define OP_MemMax        127 /* synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])           */
#define OP_IfPos         128 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 goto P2               */
#define OP_IfNeg         129 /* synopsis: if r[P1]<0 goto P2               */
#define OP_IfZero        130 /* synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2   */
#define OP_Real          131 /* same as TK_FLOAT, synopsis: r[P2]=P4       */
#define OP_AggFinal      132 /* synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2                 */
#define OP_IncrVacuum    133
#define OP_Expire        134
#define OP_TableLock     135 /* synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3          */
#define OP_VBegin        136
#define OP_VCreate       137
#define OP_VDestroy      138
#define OP_VOpen         139
#define OP_VColumn       140 /* synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)                */
#define OP_VNext         141
#define OP_ToText        142 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT                         */
#define OP_ToBlob        143 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB                         */
#define OP_ToNumeric     144 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC                      */
#define OP_ToInt         145 /* same as TK_TO_INT                          */
#define OP_ToReal        146 /* same as TK_TO_REAL                         */
#define OP_VRename       147
#define OP_Pagecount     148
#define OP_MaxPgcnt      149
#define OP_Trace         150
#define OP_Noop          151
#define OP_Explain       152


/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in
** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c
** are encoded into bitvectors as follows:
*/
#define OPFLG_JUMP            0x0001  /* jump:  P2 holds jmp target */
#define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0002  /* out2-prerelease: */
#define OPFLG_IN1             0x0004  /* in1:   P1 is an input */
#define OPFLG_IN2             0x0008  /* in2:   P2 is an input */
#define OPFLG_IN3             0x0010  /* in3:   P3 is an input */
#define OPFLG_OUT2            0x0020  /* out2:  P2 is an output */
#define OPFLG_OUT3            0x0040  /* out3:  P3 is an output */
#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\
/*   0 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\
/*   8 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00,\
/*  16 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x04, 0x24, 0x04, 0x10, 0x00, 0x02,\
/*  24 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20,\
/*  32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x05, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01,\
/*  40 */ 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02,\
/*  48 */ 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/*  56 */ 0x00, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x08, 0x11, 0x11,\
/*  64 */ 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x00,\
/*  72 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15,\
/*  80 */ 0x15, 0x15, 0x00, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c,\
/*  88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x00, 0x24, 0x02,\
/*  96 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\
/* 104 */ 0x08, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00,\
/* 112 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 120 */ 0x0c, 0x45, 0x15, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x08,\
/* 128 */ 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x04, 0x04,\
/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 152 */ 0x00,}

/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/

/*
** Prototypes for the VDBE interface.  See comments on the implementation
** for a description of what each of these routines does.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P1);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P2);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P3);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse*, Index*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe*, int, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
SQLITE_PRIVATE   char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*);
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo *, char *, int, char **);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *);
#endif

/* Use SQLITE_ENABLE_COMMENTS to enable generation of extra comments on
** each VDBE opcode.
**
** Use the SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS macro to see some extra no-op
** comments in VDBE programs that show key decision points in the code
** generator.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
# define VdbeComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeComment X
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
# define VdbeNoopComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X
# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS
#   define VdbeModuleComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X
# else
#   define VdbeModuleComment(X)
# endif
#else
# define VdbeComment(X)
# define VdbeNoopComment(X)
# define VdbeModuleComment(X)
#endif

#endif

/************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
** subsystem.  The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
*/

#ifndef _PAGER_H_
#define _PAGER_H_

/*
** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative 
** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the 
** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit".
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT
  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1
#endif

/*
** The type used to represent a page number.  The first page in a file
** is called page 1.  0 is used to represent "not a page".
*/
typedef u32 Pgno;

/*
** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure.
*/
typedef struct Pager Pager;

/*
** Handle type for pages.
*/
typedef struct PgHdr DbPage;

/*
** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file 
** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to
** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c 
** for details.
*/
#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1))

/*
** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen().
**
** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
*/
#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL  0x0001    /* Do not use a rollback journal */
#define PAGER_MEMORY        0x0002    /* In-memory database */

/*
** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode().
*/
#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY      -1
#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL      0
#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE   1

/*
** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode.  
*/
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY     (-1)  /* Query the value of journalmode */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE      0   /* Commit by deleting journal file */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST     1   /* Commit by zeroing journal header */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF         2   /* Journal omitted.  */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE    3   /* Commit by truncating journal */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY      4   /* In-memory journal file */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL         5   /* Use write-ahead logging */

/*
** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerAcquire().
*/
#define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT     0x01  /* Do not load data from disk */
#define PAGER_GET_READONLY      0x02  /* Read-only page is acceptable */

/*
** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags()
*/
#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF       0x01  /* PRAGMA synchronous=OFF */
#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_NORMAL    0x02  /* PRAGMA synchronous=NORMAL */
#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL      0x03  /* PRAGMA synchronous=FULL */
#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK      0x03  /* Mask for three values above */
#define PAGER_FULLFSYNC             0x04  /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */
#define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC        0x08  /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */
#define PAGER_CACHESPILL            0x10  /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */
#define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK            0x1c  /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */

/*
** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions
** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for 
** a detailed description of each routine.
*/

/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ 
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
  sqlite3_vfs*,
  Pager **ppPager,
  const char*,
  int,
  int,
  int,
  void(*)(DbPage*)
);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);

/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*);

/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ 
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);
#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0)
SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);

/* Operations on page references. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); 
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); 

/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int, int*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager);
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager);
#endif

/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *);

/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno);

#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *);
#endif

/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */
#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
SQLITE_PRIVATE   Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*);
  void disable_simulated_io_errors(void);
  void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
#else
# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
#endif

#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */

/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/
/************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/
/*
** 2008 August 05
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
** subsystem. 
*/

#ifndef _PCACHE_H_

typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr;
typedef struct PCache PCache;

/*
** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following
** structure.
*/
struct PgHdr {
  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;    /* Pcache object page handle */
  void *pData;                   /* Page data */
  void *pExtra;                  /* Extra content */
  PgHdr *pDirty;                 /* Transient list of dirty pages */
  Pager *pPager;                 /* The pager this page is part of */
  Pgno pgno;                     /* Page number for this page */
#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
  u32 pageHash;                  /* Hash of page content */
#endif
  u16 flags;                     /* PGHDR flags defined below */

  /**********************************************************************
  ** Elements above are public.  All that follows is private to pcache.c
  ** and should not be accessed by other modules.
  */
  i16 nRef;                      /* Number of users of this page */
  PCache *pCache;                /* Cache that owns this page */

  PgHdr *pDirtyNext;             /* Next element in list of dirty pages */
  PgHdr *pDirtyPrev;             /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */
};

/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */
#define PGHDR_DIRTY             0x002  /* Page has changed */
#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC         0x004  /* Fsync the rollback journal before
                                       ** writing this page to the database */
#define PGHDR_NEED_READ         0x008  /* Content is unread */
#define PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY    0x010  /* A hint that reuse is unlikely */
#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE        0x020  /* Do not write content to disk */

#define PGHDR_MMAP              0x040  /* This is an mmap page object */

/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void);

/* Page cache buffer management:
** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n);

/* Create a new pager cache.
** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean.
** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen(
  int szPage,                    /* Size of every page */
  int szExtra,                   /* Extra space associated with each page */
  int bPurgeable,                /* True if pages are on backing store */
  int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */
  void *pStress,                 /* Argument to xStress */
  PCache *pToInit                /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
);

/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int);

/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.  Used to preallocate
** storage space.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void);

/* One release per successful fetch.  Page is pinned until released.
** Reference counted. 
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag, PgHdr**);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*);

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*);         /* Remove page from cache */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*);    /* Make sure page is marked dirty */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*);    /* Mark a single page as clean */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*);    /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */

/* Change a page number.  Used by incr-vacuum. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno);

/* Remove all pages with pgno>x.  Reset the cache if x==0 */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x);

/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */
SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*);

/* Reset and close the cache object */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*);

/* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *);

/* Discard the contents of the cache */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*);

/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*);

/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*);

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*);

/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*);

#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This
** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the 
** library is built.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *));
#endif

/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache.
**
** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit
** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum
** of the suggested cache-sizes.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int);
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *);
#endif

/* Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache*);

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int);
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*);
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void);

#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */

/************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/

/************** Include os.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ********************/
/************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 16
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file
** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that
** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems.
**
** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up
** being included by every source file.
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_
#define _SQLITE_OS_H_

/*
** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other
** operating system.  After the following block of preprocess macros,
** all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, SQLITE_OS_WIN, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER 
** will defined to either 1 or 0.  One of the four will be 1.  The other 
** three will be 0.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
# if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1
#   undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX
#   define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
#   undef SQLITE_OS_WIN
#   define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
# else
#   undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER
# endif
#endif
#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0
# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
#   if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
#     define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1
#     define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
#   else
#     define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
#     define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1
#  endif
# else
#  define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
# endif
#else
# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
#  define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
# endif
#endif

#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
# include <windows.h>
#endif

/*
** Determine if we are dealing with Windows NT.
**
** We ought to be able to determine if we are compiling for win98 or winNT
** using the _WIN32_WINNT macro as follows:
**
** #if defined(_WIN32_WINNT)
** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1
** #else
** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 0
** #endif
**
** However, vs2005 does not set _WIN32_WINNT by default, as it ought to,
** so the above test does not work.  We'll just assume that everything is
** winNT unless the programmer explicitly says otherwise by setting
** SQLITE_OS_WINNT to 0.
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINNT)
# define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1
#endif

/*
** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much
** reduced API.
*/
#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1
#else
# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0
#endif

/*
** Determine if we are dealing with WinRT, which provides only a subset of
** the full Win32 API.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINRT)
# define SQLITE_OS_WINRT 0
#endif

/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it
** a no-op
*/
#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC
# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y)
#endif

/*
** The default size of a disk sector
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 4096
#endif

/*
** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random
** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the
** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit.
** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the
** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits
** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done
** using -DSQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line.
**
** 2006-10-31:  The default prefix used to be "sqlite_".  But then
** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it
** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder.
** This annoyed many windows users.  Those users would then do a 
** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the
** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain.
** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" 
** spelled backwards.  So the temp files are still identified, but
** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart
** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid
** of the file.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX
# define SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_"
#endif

/*
** The following values may be passed as the second argument to
** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics:
**
** SHARED:    Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously.
** RESERVED:  A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at
**            any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks.
** PENDING:   A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at
**            any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new
**            SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes.
** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks.
**
** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a
** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING
** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to
** sqlite3OsLock().
*/
#define NO_LOCK         0
#define SHARED_LOCK     1
#define RESERVED_LOCK   2
#define PENDING_LOCK    3
#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  4

/*
** File Locking Notes:  (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix)
**
** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because
** those functions are not available.  So we use only LockFile() and
** UnlockFile().
**
** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen 
** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at 
** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the 
** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
** There can only be one writer.  A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking
** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte.
** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from
** the RESERVED_LOCK byte.
**
** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available,
** which means we can use reader/writer locks.  When reader/writer locks
** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used
** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME.  Hence, the locking scheme
** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers.
** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single
** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers.
**
** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
** a random byte is selected for a shared lock.  The pool of bytes for
** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. 
**
** The same locking strategy and
** byte ranges are used for Unix.  This leaves open the possiblity of having
** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file
** and all locking correctly.  To do so would require that samba (or whatever
** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between
** windows and unix.  I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by
** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility.
**
** Locking in windows is manditory.  For this reason, we cannot store
** actual data in the bytes used for locking.  The pager never allocates
** the pages involved in locking therefore.  SHARED_SIZE is selected so
** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size.
** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks.  By default PENDING_BYTE
** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except
** for very large databases.  But one should test the page skipping logic 
** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite.
**
** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible
** file format.  Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice
** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test.
** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the
** 1GB boundary.
**
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
# define PENDING_BYTE     (0x40000000)
#else
# define PENDING_BYTE      sqlite3PendingByte
#endif
#define RESERVED_BYTE     (PENDING_BYTE+1)
#define SHARED_FIRST      (PENDING_BYTE+2)
#define SHARED_SIZE       510

/*
** Wrapper around OS specific sqlite3_os_init() function.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void);

/* 
** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods 
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(sqlite3_file *,int,int,int,void volatile **);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64, int, void **);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *, i64, void *);


/* 
** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods 
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, int *pResOut);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *))(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*);

/*
** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using 
** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *);

#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */

/************** End of os.h **************************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Include mutex.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
/************** Begin file mutex.h *******************************************/
/*
** 2007 August 28
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations.
** The sqliteInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available
** to all source files.  We break it out in an effort to keep the code
** better organized.
**
** NOTE:  source files should *not* #include this header file directly.
** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file
** include this one indirectly.
*/


/*
** Figure out what version of the code to use.  The choices are
**
**   SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT         No mutex logic.  Not even stubs.  The
**                             mutexes implemention cannot be overridden
**                             at start-time.
**
**   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP         For single-threaded applications.  No
**                             mutual exclusion is provided.  But this
**                             implementation can be overridden at
**                             start-time.
**
**   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS     For multi-threaded applications on Unix.
**
**   SQLITE_MUTEX_W32          For multi-threaded applications on Win32.
*/
#if !SQLITE_THREADSAFE
# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
#endif
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP)
#  if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
#    define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
#  elif SQLITE_OS_WIN
#    define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
#  else
#    define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
#  endif
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
/*
** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros.
*/
#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X)    ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X)
#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X)    
#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X)      SQLITE_OK
#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X)    
#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X)     ((void)(X),1)
#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X)  ((void)(X),1)
#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X)      ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
#define sqlite3MutexInit()        SQLITE_OK
#define sqlite3MutexEnd()
#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X)
#else
#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X)            X
#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */

/************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/


/*
** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance
** of the following structure.  There are normally two of these structures
** in the sqlite.aDb[] array.  aDb[0] is the main database file and
** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables.  Additional
** databases may be attached.
*/
struct Db {
  char *zName;         /* Name of this database */
  Btree *pBt;          /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */
  u8 safety_level;     /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */
  Schema *pSchema;     /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */
};

/*
** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema.
**
** Most Schema objects are associated with a Btree.  The exception is
** the Schema for the TEMP databaes (sqlite3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing.
** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple
** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object.
** 
** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that
** references them is destroyed.   The TEMP Schema is manually freed by
** sqlite3_close().
*
** A thread must be holding a mutex on the corresponding Btree in order
** to access Schema content.  This implies that the thread must also be
** holding a mutex on the sqlite3 connection pointer that owns the Btree.
** For a TEMP Schema, only the connection mutex is required.
*/
struct Schema {
  int schema_cookie;   /* Database schema version number for this file */
  int iGeneration;     /* Generation counter.  Incremented with each change */
  Hash tblHash;        /* All tables indexed by name */
  Hash idxHash;        /* All (named) indices indexed by name */
  Hash trigHash;       /* All triggers indexed by name */
  Hash fkeyHash;       /* All foreign keys by referenced table name */
  Table *pSeqTab;      /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */
  u8 file_format;      /* Schema format version for this file */
  u8 enc;              /* Text encoding used by this database */
  u16 flags;           /* Flags associated with this schema */
  int cache_size;      /* Number of pages to use in the cache */
};

/*
** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
** Db.pSchema->flags field.
*/
#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P)     (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P))
#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P)  (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0)
#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P)     (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags|=(P)
#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P)   (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P)

/*
** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field.
**
** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been
** read into internal hash tables.
**
** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that
** have been filled out.  If the schema changes, these column names might
** changes and so the view will need to be reset.
*/
#define DB_SchemaLoaded    0x0001  /* The schema has been loaded */
#define DB_UnresetViews    0x0002  /* Some views have defined column names */
#define DB_Empty           0x0004  /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */

/*
** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited
** using the sqlite3_limit() interface.
*/
#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH+1)

/*
** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used
** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects
** associated with a particular database connection.  The use of
** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement
** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing
** SQL statements.
**
** The Lookaside structure holds configuration information about the
** lookaside malloc subsystem.  Each available memory allocation in
** the lookaside subsystem is stored on a linked list of LookasideSlot
** objects.
**
** Lookaside allocations are only allowed for objects that are associated
** with a particular database connection.  Hence, schema information cannot
** be stored in lookaside because in shared cache mode the schema information
** is shared by multiple database connections.  Therefore, while parsing
** schema information, the Lookaside.bEnabled flag is cleared so that
** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects.
*/
struct Lookaside {
  u16 sz;                 /* Size of each buffer in bytes */
  u8 bEnabled;            /* False to disable new lookaside allocations */
  u8 bMalloced;           /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */
  int nOut;               /* Number of buffers currently checked out */
  int mxOut;              /* Highwater mark for nOut */
  int anStat[3];          /* 0: hits.  1: size misses.  2: full misses */
  LookasideSlot *pFree;   /* List of available buffers */
  void *pStart;           /* First byte of available memory space */
  void *pEnd;             /* First byte past end of available space */
};
struct LookasideSlot {
  LookasideSlot *pNext;    /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */
};

/*
** A hash table for function definitions.
**
** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots.
** Collisions are on the FuncDef.pHash chain.
*/
struct FuncDefHash {
  FuncDef *a[23];       /* Hash table for functions */
};

/*
** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure.
*/
struct sqlite3 {
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;            /* OS Interface */
  struct Vdbe *pVdbe;           /* List of active virtual machines */
  CollSeq *pDfltColl;           /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;         /* Connection mutex */
  Db *aDb;                      /* All backends */
  int nDb;                      /* Number of backends currently in use */
  int flags;                    /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */
  i64 lastRowid;                /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */
  i64 szMmap;                   /* Default mmap_size setting */
  unsigned int openFlags;       /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
  int errCode;                  /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */
  int errMask;                  /* & result codes with this before returning */
  u16 dbOptFlags;               /* Flags to enable/disable optimizations */
  u8 autoCommit;                /* The auto-commit flag. */
  u8 temp_store;                /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */
  u8 mallocFailed;              /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */
  u8 dfltLockMode;              /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */
  signed char nextAutovac;      /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */
  u8 suppressErr;               /* Do not issue error messages if true */
  u8 vtabOnConflict;            /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */
  u8 isTransactionSavepoint;    /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */
  int nextPagesize;             /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */
  u32 magic;                    /* Magic number for detect library misuse */
  int nChange;                  /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */
  int nTotalChange;             /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */
  int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT];   /* Limits */
  struct sqlite3InitInfo {      /* Information used during initialization */
    int newTnum;                /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
    u8 iDb;                     /* Which db file is being initialized */
    u8 busy;                    /* TRUE if currently initializing */
    u8 orphanTrigger;           /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */
  } init;
  int nVdbeActive;              /* Number of VDBEs currently running */
  int nVdbeRead;                /* Number of active VDBEs that read or write */
  int nVdbeWrite;               /* Number of active VDBEs that read and write */
  int nVdbeExec;                /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */
  int nExtension;               /* Number of loaded extensions */
  void **aExtension;            /* Array of shared library handles */
  void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*);        /* Trace function */
  void *pTraceArg;                          /* Argument to the trace function */
  void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64);  /* Profiling function */
  void *pProfileArg;                        /* Argument to profile function */
  void *pCommitArg;                 /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */   
  int (*xCommitCallback)(void*);    /* Invoked at every commit. */
  void *pRollbackArg;               /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */   
  void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */
  void *pUpdateArg;
  void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  int (*xWalCallback)(void *, sqlite3 *, const char *, int);
  void *pWalArg;
#endif
  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*);
  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*);
  void *pCollNeededArg;
  sqlite3_value *pErr;          /* Most recent error message */
  union {
    volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */
    double notUsed1;            /* Spacer */
  } u1;
  Lookaside lookaside;          /* Lookaside malloc configuration */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
                                /* Access authorization function */
  void *pAuthArg;               /* 1st argument to the access auth function */
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
  int (*xProgress)(void *);     /* The progress callback */
  void *pProgressArg;           /* Argument to the progress callback */
  unsigned nProgressOps;        /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  int nVTrans;                  /* Allocated size of aVTrans */
  Hash aModule;                 /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */
  VtabCtx *pVtabCtx;            /* Context for active vtab connect/create */
  VTable **aVTrans;             /* Virtual tables with open transactions */
  VTable *pDisconnect;    /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */
#endif
  FuncDefHash aFunc;            /* Hash table of connection functions */
  Hash aCollSeq;                /* All collating sequences */
  BusyHandler busyHandler;      /* Busy callback */
  Db aDbStatic[2];              /* Static space for the 2 default backends */
  Savepoint *pSavepoint;        /* List of active savepoints */
  int busyTimeout;              /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */
  int nSavepoint;               /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */
  int nStatement;               /* Number of nested statement-transactions  */
  i64 nDeferredCons;            /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */
  i64 nDeferredImmCons;         /* Net deferred immediate constraints */
  int *pnBytesFreed;            /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
  /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER 
  ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. 
  **
  ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to
  ** unlock so that it can proceed.
  **
  ** When X.pBlockingConnection==Y, that means that something that X tried
  ** tried to do recently failed with an SQLITE_LOCKED error due to locks
  ** held by Y.
  */
  sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */
  sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection;           /* Connection to watch for unlock */
  void *pUnlockArg;                     /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */
  void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int);  /* Unlock notify callback */
  sqlite3 *pNextBlocked;        /* Next in list of all blocked connections */
#endif
};

/*
** A macro to discover the encoding of a database.
*/
#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc)

/*
** Possible values for the sqlite3.flags.
*/
#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace      0x00000001  /* True to trace VDBE execution */
#define SQLITE_InternChanges  0x00000002  /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */
#define SQLITE_FullFSync      0x00000004  /* Use full fsync on the backend */
#define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync  0x00000008  /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */
#define SQLITE_CacheSpill     0x00000010  /* OK to spill pager cache */
#define SQLITE_FullColNames   0x00000020  /* Show full column names on SELECT */
#define SQLITE_ShortColNames  0x00000040  /* Show short columns names */
#define SQLITE_CountRows      0x00000080  /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */
                                          /*   DELETE, or UPDATE and return */
                                          /*   the count using a callback. */
#define SQLITE_NullCallback   0x00000100  /* Invoke the callback once if the */
                                          /*   result set is empty */
#define SQLITE_SqlTrace       0x00000200  /* Debug print SQL as it executes */
#define SQLITE_VdbeListing    0x00000400  /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */
#define SQLITE_WriteSchema    0x00000800  /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */
#define SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace 0x00001000  /* Trace sqlite3VdbeAddOp() calls */
#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks   0x00002000  /* Do not enforce check constraints */
#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x0004000  /* For shared-cache mode */
#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt  0x00008000  /* Create new databases in format 1 */
#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode   0x00010000  /* Ignore schema errors */
#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder   0x00020000  /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */
#define SQLITE_RecTriggers    0x00040000  /* Enable recursive triggers */
#define SQLITE_ForeignKeys    0x00080000  /* Enforce foreign key constraints  */
#define SQLITE_AutoIndex      0x00100000  /* Enable automatic indexes */
#define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin  0x00200000  /* Preference to built-in funcs */
#define SQLITE_LoadExtension  0x00400000  /* Enable load_extension */
#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger  0x00800000  /* True to enable triggers */
#define SQLITE_DeferFKs       0x01000000  /* Defer all FK constraints */
#define SQLITE_QueryOnly      0x02000000  /* Disable database changes */
#define SQLITE_VdbeEQP        0x04000000  /* Debug EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */


/*
** Bits of the sqlite3.dbOptFlags field that are used by the
** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface to
** selectively disable various optimizations.
*/
#define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x0001   /* Query flattening */
#define SQLITE_ColumnCache    0x0002   /* Column cache */
#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder   0x0004   /* GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */
#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x0008   /* Constant factoring */
#define SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt   0x0010   /* Store REAL as INT in indices */
#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt    0x0020   /* DISTINCT using indexes */
#define SQLITE_CoverIdxScan   0x0040   /* Covering index scans */
#define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x0080   /* ORDER BY of joins via index */
#define SQLITE_SubqCoroutine  0x0100   /* Evaluate subqueries as coroutines */
#define SQLITE_Transitive     0x0200   /* Transitive constraints */
#define SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin   0x0400   /* Omit unused tables in joins */
#define SQLITE_Stat3          0x0800   /* Use the SQLITE_STAT3 table */
#define SQLITE_AdjustOutEst   0x1000   /* Adjust output estimates using WHERE */
#define SQLITE_AllOpts        0xffff   /* All optimizations */

/*
** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask)  (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0)
#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask)   (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))==0)
#else
#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask)  0
#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask)   1
#endif

/*
** Return true if it OK to factor constant expressions into the initialization
** code. The argument is a Parse object for the code generator.
*/
#define ConstFactorOk(P) \
  ((P)->cookieGoto>0 && OptimizationEnabled((P)->db,SQLITE_FactorOutConst))

/*
** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other
** than being distinct from one another.
*/
#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN     0xa029a697  /* Database is open */
#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED   0x9f3c2d33  /* Database is closed */
#define SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK     0x4b771290  /* Error and awaiting close */
#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY     0xf03b7906  /* Database currently in use */
#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR    0xb5357930  /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */
#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE   0x64cffc7f  /* Close with last statement close */

/*
** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following
** structure.  A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc
** hash table.  When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table
** points to a linked list of these structures.
*/
struct FuncDef {
  i16 nArg;            /* Number of arguments.  -1 means unlimited */
  u16 funcFlags;       /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */
  void *pUserData;     /* User data parameter */
  FuncDef *pNext;      /* Next function with same name */
  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */
  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */
  void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*);                /* Aggregate finalizer */
  char *zName;         /* SQL name of the function. */
  FuncDef *pHash;      /* Next with a different name but the same hash */
  FuncDestructor *pDestructor;   /* Reference counted destructor function */
};

/*
** This structure encapsulates a user-function destructor callback (as
** configured using create_function_v2()) and a reference counter. When
** create_function_v2() is called to create a function with a destructor,
** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to 
** the number of FuncDef objects created (either 1 or 3, depending on whether
** or not the specified encoding is SQLITE_ANY). The FuncDef.pDestructor
** member of each of the new FuncDef objects is set to point to the allocated
** FuncDestructor.
**
** Thereafter, when one of the FuncDef objects is deleted, the reference
** count on this object is decremented. When it reaches 0, the destructor
** is invoked and the FuncDestructor structure freed.
*/
struct FuncDestructor {
  int nRef;
  void (*xDestroy)(void *);
  void *pUserData;
};

/*
** Possible values for FuncDef.flags.  Note that the _LENGTH and _TYPEOF
** values must correspond to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG.  There
** are assert() statements in the code to verify this.
*/
#define SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK  0x003 /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE or UTF16LE */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE     0x004 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE     0x008 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM    0x010 /* Ephemeral.  Delete with VDBE */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x020 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH   0x040 /* Built-in length() function */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF   0x080 /* Built-in typeof() function */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT    0x100 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x200 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY 0x400 /* Built-in unlikely() function */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT 0x800 /* Constant inputs give a constant output */

/*
** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are
** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures.
**
**   FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName 
**     implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The
**     value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available
**     as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If 
**     argument bNC is true, then the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set.
**
**   VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
**     Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag.
**
**   AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal)
**     Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by
**     the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters
**     are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to
**     FUNCTION().
**
**   LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags)
**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName 
**     that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C 
**     function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made
**     available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The
**     FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags
**     parameter.
*/
#define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
#define VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
#define FUNCTION2(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc, extraFlags) \
  {nArg,SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags,\
   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
#define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \
  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
   pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \
  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|flags, \
   (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \
  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0}

/*
** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at
** sqlite3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently
** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe
** OP_Savepoint instruction.
*/
struct Savepoint {
  char *zName;                        /* Savepoint name (nul-terminated) */
  i64 nDeferredCons;                  /* Number of deferred fk violations */
  i64 nDeferredImmCons;               /* Number of deferred imm fk. */
  Savepoint *pNext;                   /* Parent savepoint (if any) */
};

/*
** The following are used as the second parameter to sqlite3Savepoint(),
** and as the P1 argument to the OP_Savepoint instruction.
*/
#define SAVEPOINT_BEGIN      0
#define SAVEPOINT_RELEASE    1
#define SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK   2


/*
** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an
** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule
** hash table.
*/
struct Module {
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;       /* Callback pointers */
  const char *zName;                   /* Name passed to create_module() */
  void *pAux;                          /* pAux passed to create_module() */
  void (*xDestroy)(void *);            /* Module destructor function */
};

/*
** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance
** of this structure.
*/
struct Column {
  char *zName;     /* Name of this column */
  Expr *pDflt;     /* Default value of this column */
  char *zDflt;     /* Original text of the default value */
  char *zType;     /* Data type for this column */
  char *zColl;     /* Collating sequence.  If NULL, use the default */
  u8 notNull;      /* An OE_ code for handling a NOT NULL constraint */
  char affinity;   /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */
  u8 szEst;        /* Estimated size of this column.  INT==1 */
  u8 colFlags;     /* Boolean properties.  See COLFLAG_ defines below */
};

/* Allowed values for Column.colFlags:
*/
#define COLFLAG_PRIMKEY  0x0001    /* Column is part of the primary key */
#define COLFLAG_HIDDEN   0x0002    /* A hidden column in a virtual table */

/*
** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following
** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and
** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence.
**
** If CollSeq.xCmp is NULL, it means that the
** collating sequence is undefined.  Indices built on an undefined
** collating sequence may not be read or written.
*/
struct CollSeq {
  char *zName;          /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */
  u8 enc;               /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */
  void *pUser;          /* First argument to xCmp() */
  int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*);
  void (*xDel)(void*);  /* Destructor for pUser */
};

/*
** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC.
*/
#define SQLITE_SO_ASC       0  /* Sort in ascending order */
#define SQLITE_SO_DESC      1  /* Sort in ascending order */

/*
** Column affinity types.
**
** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and
** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT.  But we can save a little space and improve
** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively.  
**
** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'.  That way,
** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and
** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable.
**
** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing
** for a numeric type is a single comparison.
*/
#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT     'a'
#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE     'b'
#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC  'c'
#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER  'd'
#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL     'e'

#define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X)  ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC)

/*
** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an
** affinity value. 
*/
#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK     0x67

/*
** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without
** changing the affinity.
*/
#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL   0x08  /* jumps if either operand is NULL */
#define SQLITE_STOREP2      0x10  /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */
#define SQLITE_NULLEQ       0x80  /* NULL=NULL */

/*
** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in
** the database schema. 
**
** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this
** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared
** schema. This is because each database connection requires its own unique
** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table 
** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between 
** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database 
** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database
** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method
** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may
** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables 
** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers 
** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database 
** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table.
**
** All VTable objects that correspond to a single table in a shared
** database schema are initially stored in a linked-list pointed to by
** the Table.pVTable member variable of the corresponding Table object.
** When an sqlite3_prepare() operation is required to access the virtual
** table, it searches the list for the VTable that corresponds to the
** database connection doing the preparing so as to use the correct
** sqlite3_vtab* handle in the compiled query.
**
** When an in-memory Table object is deleted (for example when the
** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not 
** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed 
** immediately. Instead, they are moved from the Table.pVTable list to
** another linked list headed by the sqlite3.pDisconnect member of the
** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected 
** next time a statement is prepared using said sqlite3*. This is done
** to avoid deadlock issues involving multiple sqlite3.mutex mutexes.
** Refer to comments above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an
** explanation as to why it is safe to add an entry to an sqlite3.pDisconnect
** list without holding the corresponding sqlite3.mutex mutex.
**
** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by 
** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as 
** the first argument.
*/
struct VTable {
  sqlite3 *db;              /* Database connection associated with this table */
  Module *pMod;             /* Pointer to module implementation */
  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Pointer to vtab instance */
  int nRef;                 /* Number of pointers to this structure */
  u8 bConstraint;           /* True if constraints are supported */
  int iSavepoint;           /* Depth of the SAVEPOINT stack */
  VTable *pNext;            /* Next in linked list (see above) */
};

/*
** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the
** following structure.
**
** Table.zName is the name of the table.  The case of the original
** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for
** comparisons.
**
** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table.  Table.aCol is a
** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column.
**
** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of
** the column that is that key.   Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative.  Note
** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to
** be set.  An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of
** the table.  If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid
** is generated for each row of the table.  TF_HasPrimaryKey is set if
** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise.
**
** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the
** database file.  If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend
** in sqlite.aDb[].  0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that
** holds temporary tables and indices.  If TF_Ephemeral is set
** then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted
** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed.  In this case Table.tnum 
** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root
** page number.  Transient tables are used to hold the results of a
** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause 
** of a SELECT statement.
*/
struct Table {
  char *zName;         /* Name of the table or view */
  Column *aCol;        /* Information about each column */
  Index *pIndex;       /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */
  Select *pSelect;     /* NULL for tables.  Points to definition if a view. */
  FKey *pFKey;         /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */
  char *zColAff;       /* String defining the affinity of each column */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
  ExprList *pCheck;    /* All CHECK constraints */
#endif
  tRowcnt nRowEst;     /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */
  int tnum;            /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */
  i16 iPKey;           /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */
  i16 nCol;            /* Number of columns in this table */
  u16 nRef;            /* Number of pointers to this Table */
  LogEst szTabRow;     /* Estimated size of each table row in bytes */
  u8 tabFlags;         /* Mask of TF_* values */
  u8 keyConf;          /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
  int addColOffset;    /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  int nModuleArg;      /* Number of arguments to the module */
  char **azModuleArg;  /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */
  VTable *pVTable;     /* List of VTable objects. */
#endif
  Trigger *pTrigger;   /* List of triggers stored in pSchema */
  Schema *pSchema;     /* Schema that contains this table */
  Table *pNextZombie;  /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */
};

/*
** Allowed values for Tabe.tabFlags.
*/
#define TF_Readonly        0x01    /* Read-only system table */
#define TF_Ephemeral       0x02    /* An ephemeral table */
#define TF_HasPrimaryKey   0x04    /* Table has a primary key */
#define TF_Autoincrement   0x08    /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */
#define TF_Virtual         0x10    /* Is a virtual table */
#define TF_WithoutRowid    0x20    /* No rowid used. PRIMARY KEY is the key */


/*
** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table.  This is
** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual
** table support is omitted from the build.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
#  define IsVirtual(X)      (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0)
#  define IsHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0)
#else
#  define IsVirtual(X)      0
#  define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0
#endif

/* Does the table have a rowid */
#define HasRowid(X)     (((X)->tabFlags & TF_WithoutRowid)==0)

/*
** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure.
**
** A foreign key is associated with two tables.  The "from" table is
** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign
** key.  The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause.
** Consider this example:
**
**     CREATE TABLE ex1(
**       a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
**       b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x)
**     );
**
** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2".
** Equivalent names:
**
**     from-table == child-table
**       to-table == parent-table
**
** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure
** which is attached to the from-table.  The to-table need not exist when
** the from-table is created.  The existence of the to-table is not checked.
**
** The list of all parents for child Table X is held at X.pFKey.
**
** A list of all children for a table named Z (which might not even exist)
** is held in Schema.fkeyHash with a hash key of Z.
*/
struct FKey {
  Table *pFrom;     /* Table containing the REFERENCES clause (aka: Child) */
  FKey *pNextFrom;  /* Next FKey with the same in pFrom. Next parent of pFrom */
  char *zTo;        /* Name of table that the key points to (aka: Parent) */
  FKey *pNextTo;    /* Next with the same zTo. Next child of zTo. */
  FKey *pPrevTo;    /* Previous with the same zTo */
  int nCol;         /* Number of columns in this key */
  /* EV: R-30323-21917 */
  u8 isDeferred;       /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */
  u8 aAction[2];        /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */
  Trigger *apTrigger[2];/* Triggers for aAction[] actions */
  struct sColMap {      /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */
    int iFrom;            /* Index of column in pFrom */
    char *zCol;           /* Name of column in zTo.  If NULL use PRIMARY KEY */
  } aCol[1];            /* One entry for each of nCol columns */
};

/*
** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint
** error.  ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation
** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction
** to be rolled back.  ABORT processing means the operation in process
** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out,
** but the transaction is not rolled back.  FAIL processing means that
** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code.  But prior
** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback
** occurs.  IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint
** error is not inserted or updated.  Processing continues and no error
** is returned.  REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused
** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or
** update can proceed.  Processing continues and no error is reported.
**
** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys.
** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the
** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys.  SETNULL means that the foreign
** key is set to NULL.  CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the
** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the
** foreign key.
** 
** The following symbolic values are used to record which type
** of action to take.
*/
#define OE_None     0   /* There is no constraint to check */
#define OE_Rollback 1   /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */
#define OE_Abort    2   /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */
#define OE_Fail     3   /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */
#define OE_Ignore   4   /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */
#define OE_Replace  5   /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */

#define OE_Restrict 6   /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */
#define OE_SetNull  7   /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */
#define OE_SetDflt  8   /* Set the foreign key value to its default */
#define OE_Cascade  9   /* Cascade the changes */

#define OE_Default  10  /* Do whatever the default action is */


/*
** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first
** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the 
** comparison of the two index keys.
**
** Note that aSortOrder[] and aColl[] have nField+1 slots.  There
** are nField slots for the columns of an index then one extra slot
** for the rowid at the end.
*/
struct KeyInfo {
  u32 nRef;           /* Number of references to this KeyInfo object */
  u8 enc;             /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */
  u16 nField;         /* Number of key columns in the index */
  u16 nXField;        /* Number of columns beyond the key columns */
  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database connection */
  u8 *aSortOrder;     /* Sort order for each column. */
  CollSeq *aColl[1];  /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */
};

/*
** An instance of the following structure holds information about a
** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual
** values.
**
** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data.
** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store
** the key of an index.  A blob encoding of a record is created by
** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the
** OP_Column opcode.
**
** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled
** into its constituent fields.
*/
struct UnpackedRecord {
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Collation and sort-order information */
  u16 nField;         /* Number of entries in apMem[] */
  u8 flags;           /* Boolean settings.  UNPACKED_... below */
  Mem *aMem;          /* Values */
};

/*
** Allowed values of UnpackedRecord.flags
*/
#define UNPACKED_INCRKEY       0x01  /* Make this key an epsilon larger */
#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH  0x02  /* A prefix match is considered OK */

/*
** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
** instance of the following structure.
**
** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described
** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure.  For example, suppose
** we have the following table and index:
**
**     CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text);
**     CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1);
**
** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are
** three columns in the table.  In the Index structure describing
** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed.
** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}.  aiColumn[0]==2 because the 
** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[].
** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in
** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0.
**
** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns
** must be unique and what to do if they are not.  When Index.onError=OE_None,
** it means this is not a unique index.  Otherwise it is a unique index
** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution 
** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique
** element.
*/
struct Index {
  char *zName;             /* Name of this index */
  i16 *aiColumn;           /* Which columns are used by this index.  1st is 0 */
  tRowcnt *aiRowEst;       /* From ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */
  Table *pTable;           /* The SQL table being indexed */
  char *zColAff;           /* String defining the affinity of each column */
  Index *pNext;            /* The next index associated with the same table */
  Schema *pSchema;         /* Schema containing this index */
  u8 *aSortOrder;          /* for each column: True==DESC, False==ASC */
  char **azColl;           /* Array of collation sequence names for index */
  Expr *pPartIdxWhere;     /* WHERE clause for partial indices */
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;       /* A KeyInfo object suitable for this index */
  int tnum;                /* DB Page containing root of this index */
  LogEst szIdxRow;         /* Estimated average row size in bytes */
  u16 nKeyCol;             /* Number of columns forming the key */
  u16 nColumn;             /* Number of columns stored in the index */
  u8 onError;              /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
  unsigned autoIndex:2;    /* 1==UNIQUE, 2==PRIMARY KEY, 0==CREATE INDEX */
  unsigned bUnordered:1;   /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */
  unsigned uniqNotNull:1;  /* True if UNIQUE and NOT NULL for all columns */
  unsigned isResized:1;    /* True if resizeIndexObject() has been called */
  unsigned isCovering:1;   /* True if this is a covering index */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
  int nSample;             /* Number of elements in aSample[] */
  int nSampleCol;          /* Size of IndexSample.anEq[] and so on */
  tRowcnt *aAvgEq;         /* Average nEq values for keys not in aSample */
  IndexSample *aSample;    /* Samples of the left-most key */
#endif
};

/*
** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat3 table is represented in memory 
** using a structure of this type.  See documentation at the top of the
** analyze.c source file for additional information.
*/
struct IndexSample {
  void *p;          /* Pointer to sampled record */
  int n;            /* Size of record in bytes */
  tRowcnt *anEq;    /* Est. number of rows where the key equals this sample */
  tRowcnt *anLt;    /* Est. number of rows where key is less than this sample */
  tRowcnt *anDLt;   /* Est. number of distinct keys less than this sample */
};

/*
** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of
** this structure.  Tokens are also used as part of an expression.
**
** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and
** may contain random values.  Do not make any assumptions about Token.dyn
** and Token.n when Token.z==0.
*/
struct Token {
  const char *z;     /* Text of the token.  Not NULL-terminated! */
  unsigned int n;    /* Number of characters in this token */
};

/*
** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate
** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions.
**
** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a
** pointer to this structure.  The Expr.iColumn field is the index in
** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate
** code for that node.
**
** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the
** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement.  These
** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure.
*/
struct AggInfo {
  u8 directMode;          /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly
                          ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */
  u8 useSortingIdx;       /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather
                          ** than the source table */
  int sortingIdx;         /* Cursor number of the sorting index */
  int sortingIdxPTab;     /* Cursor number of pseudo-table */
  int nSortingColumn;     /* Number of columns in the sorting index */
  ExprList *pGroupBy;     /* The group by clause */
  struct AggInfo_col {    /* For each column used in source tables */
    Table *pTab;             /* Source table */
    int iTable;              /* Cursor number of the source table */
    int iColumn;             /* Column number within the source table */
    int iSorterColumn;       /* Column number in the sorting index */
    int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
    Expr *pExpr;             /* The original expression */
  } *aCol;
  int nColumn;            /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */
  int nAccumulator;       /* Number of columns that show through to the output.
                          ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to
                          ** aggregate functions */
  struct AggInfo_func {   /* For each aggregate function */
    Expr *pExpr;             /* Expression encoding the function */
    FuncDef *pFunc;          /* The aggregate function implementation */
    int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
    int iDistinct;           /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */
  } *aFunc;
  int nFunc;              /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */
};

/*
** The datatype ynVar is a signed integer, either 16-bit or 32-bit.
** Usually it is 16-bits.  But if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER is greater
** than 32767 we have to make it 32-bit.  16-bit is preferred because
** it uses less memory in the Expr object, which is a big memory user
** in systems with lots of prepared statements.  And few applications
** need more than about 10 or 20 variables.  But some extreme users want
** to have prepared statements with over 32767 variables, and for them
** the option is available (at compile-time).
*/
#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<=32767
typedef i16 ynVar;
#else
typedef int ynVar;
#endif

/*
** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance
** of this structure.
**
** Expr.op is the opcode. The integer parser token codes are reused
** as opcodes here. For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer
** code representing the ">=" operator. This same integer code is reused
** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression
** tree.
**
** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB, 
** or TK_STRING), then Expr.token contains the text of the SQL literal. If
** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the 
** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION),
** then Expr.token contains the name of the function.
**
** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are the left and right subexpressions of a
** binary operator. Either or both may be NULL.
**
** Expr.x.pList is a list of arguments if the expression is an SQL function,
** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form "<lhs> IN (<y>, <z>...)".
** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of
** the form "<lhs> IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the
** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is 
** valid.
**
** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table.
** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is
** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and
** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column.  If the
** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the
** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that
** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed.
**
** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark 
** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index 
** number for that variable.
**
** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer
** register number containing the result of the subquery.  If the
** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1.  If the subquery
** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing
** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery.
**
** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from
** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the
** corresponding table definition.
**
** ALLOCATION NOTES:
**
** Expr objects can use a lot of memory space in database schema.  To
** help reduce memory requirements, sometimes an Expr object will be
** truncated.  And to reduce the number of memory allocations, sometimes
** two or more Expr objects will be stored in a single memory allocation,
** together with Expr.zToken strings.
**
** If the EP_Reduced and EP_TokenOnly flags are set when
** an Expr object is truncated.  When EP_Reduced is set, then all
** the child Expr objects in the Expr.pLeft and Expr.pRight subtrees
** are contained within the same memory allocation.  Note, however, that
** the subtrees in Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect are always separately
** allocated, regardless of whether or not EP_Reduced is set.
*/
struct Expr {
  u8 op;                 /* Operation performed by this node */
  char affinity;         /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */
  u32 flags;             /* Various flags.  EP_* See below */
  union {
    char *zToken;          /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */
    int iValue;            /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */
  } u;

  /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. 
  *********************************************************************/

  Expr *pLeft;           /* Left subnode */
  Expr *pRight;          /* Right subnode */
  union {
    ExprList *pList;     /* op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT, CASE, FUNCTION, BETWEEN */
    Select *pSelect;     /* EP_xIsSelect and op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT */
  } x;

  /* If the EP_Reduced flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction.
  *********************************************************************/

#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
  int nHeight;           /* Height of the tree headed by this node */
#endif
  int iTable;            /* TK_COLUMN: cursor number of table holding column
                         ** TK_REGISTER: register number
                         ** TK_TRIGGER: 1 -> new, 0 -> old
                         ** EP_Unlikely:  1000 times likelihood */
  ynVar iColumn;         /* TK_COLUMN: column index.  -1 for rowid.
                         ** TK_VARIABLE: variable number (always >= 1). */
  i16 iAgg;              /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */
  i16 iRightJoinTable;   /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */
  u8 op2;                /* TK_REGISTER: original value of Expr.op
                         ** TK_COLUMN: the value of p5 for OP_Column
                         ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION: nesting depth */
  AggInfo *pAggInfo;     /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */
  Table *pTab;           /* Table for TK_COLUMN expressions. */
};

/*
** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field.
*/
#define EP_FromJoin  0x000001 /* Originated in ON or USING clause of a join */
#define EP_Agg       0x000002 /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */
#define EP_Resolved  0x000004 /* IDs have been resolved to COLUMNs */
#define EP_Error     0x000008 /* Expression contains one or more errors */
#define EP_Distinct  0x000010 /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */
#define EP_VarSelect 0x000020 /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */
#define EP_DblQuoted 0x000040 /* token.z was originally in "..." */
#define EP_InfixFunc 0x000080 /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */
#define EP_Collate   0x000100 /* Tree contains a TK_COLLATE opeartor */
      /* unused      0x000200 */
#define EP_IntValue  0x000400 /* Integer value contained in u.iValue */
#define EP_xIsSelect 0x000800 /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */
#define EP_Skip      0x001000 /* COLLATE, AS, or UNLIKELY */
#define EP_Reduced   0x002000 /* Expr struct EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */
#define EP_TokenOnly 0x004000 /* Expr struct EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */
#define EP_Static    0x008000 /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */
#define EP_MemToken  0x010000 /* Need to sqlite3DbFree() Expr.zToken */
#define EP_NoReduce  0x020000 /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */
#define EP_Unlikely  0x040000 /* unlikely() or likelihood() function */
#define EP_Constant  0x080000 /* Node is a constant */

/*
** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
** Expr.flags field.
*/
#define ExprHasProperty(E,P)     (((E)->flags&(P))!=0)
#define ExprHasAllProperty(E,P)  (((E)->flags&(P))==(P))
#define ExprSetProperty(E,P)     (E)->flags|=(P)
#define ExprClearProperty(E,P)   (E)->flags&=~(P)

/* The ExprSetVVAProperty() macro is used for Verification, Validation,
** and Accreditation only.  It works like ExprSetProperty() during VVA
** processes but is a no-op for delivery.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P)  (E)->flags|=(P)
#else
# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P)
#endif

/*
** Macros to determine the number of bytes required by a normal Expr 
** struct, an Expr struct with the EP_Reduced flag set in Expr.flags 
** and an Expr struct with the EP_TokenOnly flag set.
*/
#define EXPR_FULLSIZE           sizeof(Expr)           /* Full size */
#define EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE        offsetof(Expr,iTable)  /* Common features */
#define EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE      offsetof(Expr,pLeft)   /* Fewer features */

/*
** Flags passed to the sqlite3ExprDup() function. See the header comment 
** above sqlite3ExprDup() for details.
*/
#define EXPRDUP_REDUCE         0x0001  /* Used reduced-size Expr nodes */

/*
** A list of expressions.  Each expression may optionally have a
** name.  An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such
** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the
** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE.  A list of expressions can
** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName
** field is not used.
**
** By default the Expr.zSpan field holds a human-readable description of
** the expression that is used in the generation of error messages and
** column labels.  In this case, Expr.zSpan is typically the text of a
** column expression as it exists in a SELECT statement.  However, if
** the bSpanIsTab flag is set, then zSpan is overloaded to mean the name
** of the result column in the form: DATABASE.TABLE.COLUMN.  This later
** form is used for name resolution with nested FROM clauses.
*/
struct ExprList {
  int nExpr;             /* Number of expressions on the list */
  int iECursor;          /* VDBE Cursor associated with this ExprList */
  struct ExprList_item { /* For each expression in the list */
    Expr *pExpr;            /* The list of expressions */
    char *zName;            /* Token associated with this expression */
    char *zSpan;            /* Original text of the expression */
    u8 sortOrder;           /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */
    unsigned done :1;       /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */
    unsigned bSpanIsTab :1; /* zSpan holds DB.TABLE.COLUMN */
    unsigned reusable :1;   /* Constant expression is reusable */
    union {
      struct {
        u16 iOrderByCol;      /* For ORDER BY, column number in result set */
        u16 iAlias;           /* Index into Parse.aAlias[] for zName */
      } x;
      int iConstExprReg;      /* Register in which Expr value is cached */
    } u;
  } *a;                  /* Alloc a power of two greater or equal to nExpr */
};

/*
** An instance of this structure is used by the parser to record both
** the parse tree for an expression and the span of input text for an
** expression.
*/
struct ExprSpan {
  Expr *pExpr;          /* The expression parse tree */
  const char *zStart;   /* First character of input text */
  const char *zEnd;     /* One character past the end of input text */
};

/*
** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers,
** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements:
**
**      INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...;
**      CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c);
**      CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...;
**
** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of
** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement.  In the statement
**
**     INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ...
**
** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k.
*/
struct IdList {
  struct IdList_item {
    char *zName;      /* Name of the identifier */
    int idx;          /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */
  } *a;
  int nId;         /* Number of identifiers on the list */
};

/*
** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations.
**
** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of
** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64.  But it also reduces the size
** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86.
*/
typedef u64 Bitmask;

/*
** The number of bits in a Bitmask.  "BMS" means "BitMask Size".
*/
#define BMS  ((int)(sizeof(Bitmask)*8))

/*
** A bit in a Bitmask
*/
#define MASKBIT(n)   (((Bitmask)1)<<(n))

/*
** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement.
** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of
** the SrcList.a[] array.
**
** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure
** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that
** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  In standard SQL,
** such a table must be a simple name: ID.  But in SQLite, the table can
** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID.
**
** The jointype starts out showing the join type between the current table
** and the next table on the list.  The parser builds the list this way.
** But sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each
** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table.
**
** In the colUsed field, the high-order bit (bit 63) is set if the table
** contains more than 63 columns and the 64-th or later column is used.
*/
struct SrcList {
  u8 nSrc;        /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */
  u8 nAlloc;      /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */
  struct SrcList_item {
    Schema *pSchema;  /* Schema to which this item is fixed */
    char *zDatabase;  /* Name of database holding this table */
    char *zName;      /* Name of the table */
    char *zAlias;     /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase.  zName is the "A" */
    Table *pTab;      /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */
    Select *pSelect;  /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */
    int addrFillSub;  /* Address of subroutine to manifest a subquery */
    int regReturn;    /* Register holding return address of addrFillSub */
    u8 jointype;      /* Type of join between this able and the previous */
    unsigned notIndexed :1;    /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */
    unsigned isCorrelated :1;  /* True if sub-query is correlated */
    unsigned viaCoroutine :1;  /* Implemented as a co-routine */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
    u8 iSelectId;     /* If pSelect!=0, the id of the sub-select in EQP */
#endif
    int iCursor;      /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
    Expr *pOn;        /* The ON clause of a join */
    IdList *pUsing;   /* The USING clause of a join */
    Bitmask colUsed;  /* Bit N (1<<N) set if column N of pTab is used */
    char *zIndex;     /* Identifier from "INDEXED BY <zIndex>" clause */
    Index *pIndex;    /* Index structure corresponding to zIndex, if any */
  } a[1];             /* One entry for each identifier on the list */
};

/*
** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field
*/
#define JT_INNER     0x0001    /* Any kind of inner or cross join */
#define JT_CROSS     0x0002    /* Explicit use of the CROSS keyword */
#define JT_NATURAL   0x0004    /* True for a "natural" join */
#define JT_LEFT      0x0008    /* Left outer join */
#define JT_RIGHT     0x0010    /* Right outer join */
#define JT_OUTER     0x0020    /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */
#define JT_ERROR     0x0040    /* unknown or unsupported join type */


/*
** Flags appropriate for the wctrlFlags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin()
** and the WhereInfo.wctrlFlags member.
*/
#define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL   0x0000 /* No-op */
#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN      0x0001 /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */
#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX      0x0002 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */
#define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED  0x0004 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */
#define WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK    0x0008 /* Ok to return a row more than once */
#define WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE  0x0010 /* Table cursors are already open */
#define WHERE_FORCE_TABLE      0x0020 /* Do not use an index-only search */
#define WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY    0x0040 /* Only code the 1st table in pTabList */
#define WHERE_AND_ONLY         0x0080 /* Don't use indices for OR terms */
#define WHERE_GROUPBY          0x0100 /* pOrderBy is really a GROUP BY */
#define WHERE_DISTINCTBY       0x0200 /* pOrderby is really a DISTINCT clause */
#define WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT    0x0400 /* All output needs to be distinct */

/* Allowed return values from sqlite3WhereIsDistinct()
*/
#define WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP      0  /* DISTINCT keyword not used */
#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE    1  /* No duplicates */
#define WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED   2  /* All duplicates are adjacent */
#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED 3  /* Duplicates are scattered */

/*
** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column
** names.  The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and
** a list of named expression (pEList).  The named expression list may
** be NULL.  The pSrc corresponds to the FROM clause of a SELECT or
** to the table being operated on by INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE.  The
** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for
** other statements.
**
** NameContexts can be nested.  When resolving names, the inner-most 
** context is searched first.  If no match is found, the next outer
** context is checked.  If there is still no match, the next context
** is checked.  This process continues until either a match is found
** or all contexts are check.  When a match is found, the nRef member of
** the context containing the match is incremented. 
**
** Each subquery gets a new NameContext.  The pNext field points to the
** NameContext in the parent query.  Thus the process of scanning the
** NameContext list corresponds to searching through successively outer
** subqueries looking for a match.
*/
struct NameContext {
  Parse *pParse;       /* The parser */
  SrcList *pSrcList;   /* One or more tables used to resolve names */
  ExprList *pEList;    /* Optional list of result-set columns */
  AggInfo *pAggInfo;   /* Information about aggregates at this level */
  NameContext *pNext;  /* Next outer name context.  NULL for outermost */
  int nRef;            /* Number of names resolved by this context */
  int nErr;            /* Number of errors encountered while resolving names */
  u8 ncFlags;          /* Zero or more NC_* flags defined below */
};

/*
** Allowed values for the NameContext, ncFlags field.
*/
#define NC_AllowAgg  0x01    /* Aggregate functions are allowed here */
#define NC_HasAgg    0x02    /* One or more aggregate functions seen */
#define NC_IsCheck   0x04    /* True if resolving names in a CHECK constraint */
#define NC_InAggFunc 0x08    /* True if analyzing arguments to an agg func */
#define NC_PartIdx   0x10    /* True if resolving a partial index WHERE */

/*
** An instance of the following structure contains all information
** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement.
**
** nLimit is set to -1 if there is no LIMIT clause.  nOffset is set to 0.
** If there is a LIMIT clause, the parser sets nLimit to the value of the
** limit and nOffset to the value of the offset (or 0 if there is not
** offset).  But later on, nLimit and nOffset become the memory locations
** in the VDBE that record the limit and offset counters.
**
** addrOpenEphm[] entries contain the address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcodes.
** These addresses must be stored so that we can go back and fill in
** the P4_KEYINFO and P2 parameters later.  Neither the KeyInfo nor
** the number of columns in P2 can be computed at the same time
** as the OP_OpenEphm instruction is coded because not
** enough information about the compound query is known at that point.
** The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[0] and [1] contains collating sequences
** for the result set.  The KeyInfo for addrOpenEphm[2] contains collating
** sequences for the ORDER BY clause.
*/
struct Select {
  ExprList *pEList;      /* The fields of the result */
  u8 op;                 /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */
  u16 selFlags;          /* Various SF_* values */
  int iLimit, iOffset;   /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */
  int addrOpenEphm[3];   /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */
  u64 nSelectRow;        /* Estimated number of result rows */
  SrcList *pSrc;         /* The FROM clause */
  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause */
  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause */
  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause */
  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause */
  Select *pPrior;        /* Prior select in a compound select statement */
  Select *pNext;         /* Next select to the left in a compound */
  Select *pRightmost;    /* Right-most select in a compound select statement */
  Expr *pLimit;          /* LIMIT expression. NULL means not used. */
  Expr *pOffset;         /* OFFSET expression. NULL means not used. */
};

/*
** Allowed values for Select.selFlags.  The "SF" prefix stands for
** "Select Flag".
*/
#define SF_Distinct        0x0001  /* Output should be DISTINCT */
#define SF_Resolved        0x0002  /* Identifiers have been resolved */
#define SF_Aggregate       0x0004  /* Contains aggregate functions */
#define SF_UsesEphemeral   0x0008  /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */
#define SF_Expanded        0x0010  /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */
#define SF_HasTypeInfo     0x0020  /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */
#define SF_UseSorter       0x0040  /* Sort using a sorter */
#define SF_Values          0x0080  /* Synthesized from VALUES clause */
#define SF_Materialize     0x0100  /* Force materialization of views */
#define SF_NestedFrom      0x0200  /* Part of a parenthesized FROM clause */
#define SF_MaybeConvert    0x0400  /* Need convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */


/*
** The results of a select can be distributed in several ways.  The
** "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result Type".
*/
#define SRT_Union        1  /* Store result as keys in an index */
#define SRT_Except       2  /* Remove result from a UNION index */
#define SRT_Exists       3  /* Store 1 if the result is not empty */
#define SRT_Discard      4  /* Do not save the results anywhere */

/* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */
#define IgnorableOrderby(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_Discard)

#define SRT_Output       5  /* Output each row of result */
#define SRT_Mem          6  /* Store result in a memory cell */
#define SRT_Set          7  /* Store results as keys in an index */
#define SRT_Table        8  /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
#define SRT_EphemTab     9  /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */
#define SRT_Coroutine   10  /* Generate a single row of result */

/*
** An instance of this object describes where to put of the results of
** a SELECT statement.
*/
struct SelectDest {
  u8 eDest;         /* How to dispose of the results.  On of SRT_* above. */
  char affSdst;     /* Affinity used when eDest==SRT_Set */
  int iSDParm;      /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */
  int iSdst;        /* Base register where results are written */
  int nSdst;        /* Number of registers allocated */
};

/*
** During code generation of statements that do inserts into AUTOINCREMENT 
** tables, the following information is attached to the Table.u.autoInc.p
** pointer of each autoincrement table to record some side information that
** the code generator needs.  We have to keep per-table autoincrement
** information in case inserts are down within triggers.  Triggers do not
** normally coordinate their activities, but we do need to coordinate the
** loading and saving of autoincrement information.
*/
struct AutoincInfo {
  AutoincInfo *pNext;   /* Next info block in a list of them all */
  Table *pTab;          /* Table this info block refers to */
  int iDb;              /* Index in sqlite3.aDb[] of database holding pTab */
  int regCtr;           /* Memory register holding the rowid counter */
};

/*
** Size of the column cache
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_N_COLCACHE
# define SQLITE_N_COLCACHE 10
#endif

/*
** At least one instance of the following structure is created for each 
** trigger that may be fired while parsing an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE
** statement. All such objects are stored in the linked list headed at
** Parse.pTriggerPrg and deleted once statement compilation has been
** completed.
**
** A Vdbe sub-program that implements the body and WHEN clause of trigger
** TriggerPrg.pTrigger, assuming a default ON CONFLICT clause of
** TriggerPrg.orconf, is stored in the TriggerPrg.pProgram variable.
** The Parse.pTriggerPrg list never contains two entries with the same
** values for both pTrigger and orconf.
**
** The TriggerPrg.aColmask[0] variable is set to a mask of old.* columns
** accessed (or set to 0 for triggers fired as a result of INSERT 
** statements). Similarly, the TriggerPrg.aColmask[1] variable is set to
** a mask of new.* columns used by the program.
*/
struct TriggerPrg {
  Trigger *pTrigger;      /* Trigger this program was coded from */
  TriggerPrg *pNext;      /* Next entry in Parse.pTriggerPrg list */
  SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Program implementing pTrigger/orconf */
  int orconf;             /* Default ON CONFLICT policy */
  u32 aColmask[2];        /* Masks of old.*, new.* columns accessed */
};

/*
** The yDbMask datatype for the bitmask of all attached databases.
*/
#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
  typedef sqlite3_uint64 yDbMask;
#else
  typedef unsigned int yDbMask;
#endif

/*
** An SQL parser context.  A copy of this structure is passed through
** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
**
** The structure is divided into two parts.  When the parser and code
** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure
** is constant but the second part is reset at the beginning and end of
** each recursion.
**
** The nTableLock and aTableLock variables are only used if the shared-cache 
** feature is enabled (if sqlite3Tsd()->useSharedData is true). They are
** used to store the set of table-locks required by the statement being
** compiled. Function sqlite3TableLock() is used to add entries to the
** list.
*/
struct Parse {
  sqlite3 *db;         /* The main database structure */
  char *zErrMsg;       /* An error message */
  Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* An engine for executing database bytecode */
  int rc;              /* Return code from execution */
  u8 colNamesSet;      /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */
  u8 checkSchema;      /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */
  u8 nested;           /* Number of nested calls to the parser/code generator */
  u8 nTempReg;         /* Number of temporary registers in aTempReg[] */
  u8 nTempInUse;       /* Number of aTempReg[] currently checked out */
  u8 nColCache;        /* Number of entries in aColCache[] */
  u8 iColCache;        /* Next entry in aColCache[] to replace */
  u8 isMultiWrite;     /* True if statement may modify/insert multiple rows */
  u8 mayAbort;         /* True if statement may throw an ABORT exception */
  u8 hasCompound;      /* Need to invoke convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
  int aTempReg[8];     /* Holding area for temporary registers */
  int nRangeReg;       /* Size of the temporary register block */
  int iRangeReg;       /* First register in temporary register block */
  int nErr;            /* Number of errors seen */
  int nTab;            /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */
  int nMem;            /* Number of memory cells used so far */
  int nSet;            /* Number of sets used so far */
  int nOnce;           /* Number of OP_Once instructions so far */
  int ckBase;          /* Base register of data during check constraints */
  int iPartIdxTab;     /* Table corresponding to a partial index */
  int iCacheLevel;     /* ColCache valid when aColCache[].iLevel<=iCacheLevel */
  int iCacheCnt;       /* Counter used to generate aColCache[].lru values */
  struct yColCache {
    int iTable;           /* Table cursor number */
    int iColumn;          /* Table column number */
    u8 tempReg;           /* iReg is a temp register that needs to be freed */
    int iLevel;           /* Nesting level */
    int iReg;             /* Reg with value of this column. 0 means none. */
    int lru;              /* Least recently used entry has the smallest value */
  } aColCache[SQLITE_N_COLCACHE];  /* One for each column cache entry */
  ExprList *pConstExpr;/* Constant expressions */
  yDbMask writeMask;   /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
  yDbMask cookieMask;  /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
  int cookieGoto;      /* Address of OP_Goto to cookie verifier subroutine */
  int cookieValue[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2];  /* Values of cookies to verify */
  int regRowid;        /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */
  int regRoot;         /* Register holding root page number for new objects */
  int nMaxArg;         /* Max args passed to user function by sub-program */
  Token constraintName;/* Name of the constraint currently being parsed */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  int nTableLock;        /* Number of locks in aTableLock */
  TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */
#endif
  AutoincInfo *pAinc;  /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */

  /* Information used while coding trigger programs. */
  Parse *pToplevel;    /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */
  Table *pTriggerTab;  /* Table triggers are being coded for */
  int addrCrTab;       /* Address of OP_CreateTable opcode on CREATE TABLE */
  int addrSkipPK;      /* Address of instruction to skip PRIMARY KEY index */
  u32 nQueryLoop;      /* Est number of iterations of a query (10*log2(N)) */
  u32 oldmask;         /* Mask of old.* columns referenced */
  u32 newmask;         /* Mask of new.* columns referenced */
  u8 eTriggerOp;       /* TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT or TK_DELETE */
  u8 eOrconf;          /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */
  u8 disableTriggers;  /* True to disable triggers */

  /* Above is constant between recursions.  Below is reset before and after
  ** each recursion */

  int nVar;                 /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
  int nzVar;                /* Number of available slots in azVar[] */
  u8 iPkSortOrder;          /* ASC or DESC for INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
  u8 explain;               /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  u8 declareVtab;           /* True if inside sqlite3_declare_vtab() */
  int nVtabLock;            /* Number of virtual tables to lock */
#endif
  int nAlias;               /* Number of aliased result set columns */
  int nHeight;              /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
  int iSelectId;            /* ID of current select for EXPLAIN output */
  int iNextSelectId;        /* Next available select ID for EXPLAIN output */
#endif
  char **azVar;             /* Pointers to names of parameters */
  Vdbe *pReprepare;         /* VM being reprepared (sqlite3Reprepare()) */
  const char *zTail;        /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */
  Table *pNewTable;         /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */
  Trigger *pNewTrigger;     /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */
  const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */
  Token sNameToken;         /* Token with unqualified schema object name */
  Token sLastToken;         /* The last token parsed */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  Token sArg;               /* Complete text of a module argument */
  Table **apVtabLock;       /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */
#endif
  Table *pZombieTab;        /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */
  TriggerPrg *pTriggerPrg;  /* Linked list of coded triggers */
};

/*
** Return true if currently inside an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0
#else
  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->declareVtab)
#endif

/*
** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used
** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later.
*/
struct AuthContext {
  const char *zAuthContext;   /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */
  Parse *pParse;              /* The Parse structure */
};

/*
** Bitfield flags for P5 value in various opcodes.
*/
#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE       0x01    /* Set to update db->nChange */
#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID     0x02    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE      0x04    /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */
#define OPFLAG_APPEND        0x08    /* This is likely to be an append */
#define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 0x10    /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */
#define OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE    0x20    /* Clear pseudo-table cache in OP_Column */
#define OPFLAG_LENGTHARG     0x40    /* OP_Column only used for length() */
#define OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG     0x80    /* OP_Column only used for typeof() */
#define OPFLAG_BULKCSR       0x01    /* OP_Open** used to open bulk cursor */
#define OPFLAG_P2ISREG       0x02    /* P2 to OP_Open** is a register number */
#define OPFLAG_PERMUTE       0x01    /* OP_Compare: use the permutation */

/*
 * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
 * struct Trigger. 
 *
 * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
 * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the 
 *    database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name.
 * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the
 *    pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the
 *    linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated
 *    struct Table.
 *
 * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list
 * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program.
 */
struct Trigger {
  char *zName;            /* The name of the trigger                        */
  char *table;            /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */
  u8 op;                  /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT         */
  u8 tr_tm;               /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
  Expr *pWhen;            /* The WHEN clause of the expression (may be NULL) */
  IdList *pColumns;       /* If this is an UPDATE OF <column-list> trigger,
                             the <column-list> is stored here */
  Schema *pSchema;        /* Schema containing the trigger */
  Schema *pTabSchema;     /* Schema containing the table */
  TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps             */
  Trigger *pNext;         /* Next trigger associated with the table */
};

/*
** A trigger is either a BEFORE or an AFTER trigger.  The following constants
** determine which. 
**
** If there are multiple triggers, you might of some BEFORE and some AFTER.
** In that cases, the constants below can be ORed together.
*/
#define TRIGGER_BEFORE  1
#define TRIGGER_AFTER   2

/*
 * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement
 * that is a part of a trigger-program. 
 *
 * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked
 * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the 
 * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is
 * the first step of the trigger-program.
 * 
 * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or
 * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the 
 * value of "op" as follows:
 *
 * (op == TK_INSERT)
 * orconf    -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm
 * pSelect   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then
 *              this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL.
 * target    -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to insert into.
 * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then
 *              this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL.
 * pIdList   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... (<column-names>) VALUES ... 
 *              statement, then this stores the column-names to be
 *              inserted into.
 *
 * (op == TK_DELETE)
 * target    -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to delete from.
 * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified.
 *              Otherwise NULL.
 * 
 * (op == TK_UPDATE)
 * target    -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to update rows of.
 * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified.
 *              Otherwise NULL.
 * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update
 *              them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges"
 *              argument.
 * 
 */
struct TriggerStep {
  u8 op;               /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */
  u8 orconf;           /* OE_Rollback etc. */
  Trigger *pTrig;      /* The trigger that this step is a part of */
  Select *pSelect;     /* SELECT statment or RHS of INSERT INTO .. SELECT ... */
  Token target;        /* Target table for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT */
  Expr *pWhere;        /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */
  ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE.  VALUES clause for INSERT */
  IdList *pIdList;     /* Column names for INSERT */
  TriggerStep *pNext;  /* Next in the link-list */
  TriggerStep *pLast;  /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */
};

/*
** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix...
** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references
** explicit.  
*/
typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer;
struct DbFixer {
  Parse *pParse;      /* The parsing context.  Error messages written here */
  Schema *pSchema;    /* Fix items to this schema */
  int bVarOnly;       /* Check for variable references only */
  const char *zDb;    /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */
  const char *zType;  /* Type of the container - used for error messages */
  const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */
};

/*
** An objected used to accumulate the text of a string where we
** do not necessarily know how big the string will be in the end.
*/
struct StrAccum {
  sqlite3 *db;         /* Optional database for lookaside.  Can be NULL */
  char *zBase;         /* A base allocation.  Not from malloc. */
  char *zText;         /* The string collected so far */
  int  nChar;          /* Length of the string so far */
  int  nAlloc;         /* Amount of space allocated in zText */
  int  mxAlloc;        /* Maximum allowed string length */
  u8   useMalloc;      /* 0: none,  1: sqlite3DbMalloc,  2: sqlite3_malloc */
  u8   accError;       /* STRACCUM_NOMEM or STRACCUM_TOOBIG */
};
#define STRACCUM_NOMEM   1
#define STRACCUM_TOOBIG  2

/*
** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information
** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback.
*/
typedef struct {
  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database being initialized */
  char **pzErrMsg;    /* Error message stored here */
  int iDb;            /* 0 for main database.  1 for TEMP, 2.. for ATTACHed */
  int rc;             /* Result code stored here */
} InitData;

/*
** Structure containing global configuration data for the SQLite library.
**
** This structure also contains some state information.
*/
struct Sqlite3Config {
  int bMemstat;                     /* True to enable memory status */
  int bCoreMutex;                   /* True to enable core mutexing */
  int bFullMutex;                   /* True to enable full mutexing */
  int bOpenUri;                     /* True to interpret filenames as URIs */
  int bUseCis;                      /* Use covering indices for full-scans */
  int mxStrlen;                     /* Maximum string length */
  int neverCorrupt;                 /* Database is always well-formed */
  int szLookaside;                  /* Default lookaside buffer size */
  int nLookaside;                   /* Default lookaside buffer count */
  sqlite3_mem_methods m;            /* Low-level memory allocation interface */
  sqlite3_mutex_methods mutex;      /* Low-level mutex interface */
  sqlite3_pcache_methods2 pcache2;  /* Low-level page-cache interface */
  void *pHeap;                      /* Heap storage space */
  int nHeap;                        /* Size of pHeap[] */
  int mnReq, mxReq;                 /* Min and max heap requests sizes */
  sqlite3_int64 szMmap;             /* mmap() space per open file */
  sqlite3_int64 mxMmap;             /* Maximum value for szMmap */
  void *pScratch;                   /* Scratch memory */
  int szScratch;                    /* Size of each scratch buffer */
  int nScratch;                     /* Number of scratch buffers */
  void *pPage;                      /* Page cache memory */
  int szPage;                       /* Size of each page in pPage[] */
  int nPage;                        /* Number of pages in pPage[] */
  int mxParserStack;                /* maximum depth of the parser stack */
  int sharedCacheEnabled;           /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */
  /* The above might be initialized to non-zero.  The following need to always
  ** initially be zero, however. */
  int isInit;                       /* True after initialization has finished */
  int inProgress;                   /* True while initialization in progress */
  int isMutexInit;                  /* True after mutexes are initialized */
  int isMallocInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
  int isPCacheInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
  sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex;        /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */
  int nRefInitMutex;                /* Number of users of pInitMutex */
  void (*xLog)(void*,int,const char*); /* Function for logging */
  void *pLogArg;                       /* First argument to xLog() */
  int bLocaltimeFault;              /* True to fail localtime() calls */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
  void(*xSqllog)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int);
  void *pSqllogArg;
#endif
};

/*
** This macro is used inside of assert() statements to indicate that
** the assert is only valid on a well-formed database.  Instead of:
**
**     assert( X );
**
** One writes:
**
**     assert( X || CORRUPT_DB );
**
** CORRUPT_DB is true during normal operation.  CORRUPT_DB does not indicate
** that the database is definitely corrupt, only that it might be corrupt.
** For most test cases, CORRUPT_DB is set to false using a special
** sqlite3_test_control().  This enables assert() statements to prove
** things that are always true for well-formed databases.
*/
#define CORRUPT_DB  (sqlite3Config.neverCorrupt==0)

/*
** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk.
*/
struct Walker {
  int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*);     /* Callback for expressions */
  int (*xSelectCallback)(Walker*,Select*);  /* Callback for SELECTs */
  Parse *pParse;                            /* Parser context.  */
  int walkerDepth;                          /* Number of subqueries */
  u8 bSelectDepthFirst;                     /* Do subqueries first */
  union {                                   /* Extra data for callback */
    NameContext *pNC;                          /* Naming context */
    int i;                                     /* Integer value */
    SrcList *pSrcList;                         /* FROM clause */
    struct SrcCount *pSrcCount;                /* Counting column references */
  } u;
};

/* Forward declarations */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker*, Select*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker*, Select*);

/*
** Return code from the parse-tree walking primitives and their
** callbacks.
*/
#define WRC_Continue    0   /* Continue down into children */
#define WRC_Prune       1   /* Omit children but continue walking siblings */
#define WRC_Abort       2   /* Abandon the tree walk */

/*
** Assuming zIn points to the first byte of a UTF-8 character,
** advance zIn to point to the first byte of the next UTF-8 character.
*/
#define SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) {                        \
  if( (*(zIn++))>=0xc0 ){                              \
    while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ zIn++; }             \
  }                                                    \
}

/*
** The SQLITE_*_BKPT macros are substitutes for the error codes with
** the same name but without the _BKPT suffix.  These macros invoke
** routines that report the line-number on which the error originated
** using sqlite3_log().  The routines also provide a convenient place
** to set a debugger breakpoint.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int);
#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__)
#define SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT sqlite3MisuseError(__LINE__)
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT sqlite3CantopenError(__LINE__)


/*
** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3.  It is enabled using the
** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro.  But to avoid confusion we also all
** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
#endif

/*
** The ctype.h header is needed for non-ASCII systems.  It is also
** needed by FTS3 when FTS3 is included in the amalgamation.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_ASCII) || \
    (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION))
# include <ctype.h>
#endif

/*
** The following macros mimic the standard library functions toupper(),
** isspace(), isalnum(), isdigit() and isxdigit(), respectively. The
** sqlite versions only work for ASCII characters, regardless of locale.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
# define sqlite3Toupper(x)  ((x)&~(sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x20))
# define sqlite3Isspace(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x01)
# define sqlite3Isalnum(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x06)
# define sqlite3Isalpha(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x02)
# define sqlite3Isdigit(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x04)
# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x)  (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x08)
# define sqlite3Tolower(x)   (sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)(x)])
#else
# define sqlite3Toupper(x)   toupper((unsigned char)(x))
# define sqlite3Isspace(x)   isspace((unsigned char)(x))
# define sqlite3Isalnum(x)   isalnum((unsigned char)(x))
# define sqlite3Isalpha(x)   isalpha((unsigned char)(x))
# define sqlite3Isdigit(x)   isdigit((unsigned char)(x))
# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x)  isxdigit((unsigned char)(x))
# define sqlite3Tolower(x)   tolower((unsigned char)(x))
#endif

/*
** Internal function prototypes
*/
#define sqlite3StrICmp sqlite3_stricmp
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*);
#define sqlite3StrNICmp sqlite3_strnicmp

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3*, void*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3*, void*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void));
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void);

/*
** On systems with ample stack space and that support alloca(), make
** use of alloca() to obtain space for large automatic objects.  By default,
** obtain space from malloc().
**
** The alloca() routine never returns NULL.  This will cause code paths
** that deal with sqlite3StackAlloc() failures to be unreachable.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N)   alloca(N)
# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N)  memset(alloca(N), 0, N)
# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P)       
#else
# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N)   sqlite3DbMallocRaw(D,N)
# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N)  sqlite3DbMallocZero(D,N)
# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P)       sqlite3DbFree(D,P)
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void);
#endif


#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MutexInit(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MutexEnd(void);
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int, int);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3IsNaN(double);
#else
# define sqlite3IsNaN(X)  0
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(StrAccum*, int, const char*, va_list);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum*, const char*, ...);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, ...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, va_list);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3*,char*,const char*,...);
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...);
#endif
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*);
#endif

/* Output formatting for SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN */
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainBegin(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainPrintf(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainNL(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainPush(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainPop(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainFinish(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainSelect(Vdbe*, Select*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainExpr(Vdbe*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainExprList(Vdbe*, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   const char *sqlite3VdbeExplanation(Vdbe*);
#else
# define sqlite3ExplainBegin(X)
# define sqlite3ExplainSelect(A,B)
# define sqlite3ExplainExpr(A,B)
# define sqlite3ExplainExprList(A,B)
# define sqlite3ExplainFinish(X)
# define sqlite3VdbeExplanation(X) 0
#endif


SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*, ...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse*,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(sqlite3*,int,const Token*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(sqlite3*,Expr*,Expr*,Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(Parse*, int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3*,Expr*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(Parse*,ExprList*,Token*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(Parse*,ExprList*,ExprSpan*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index*, i16);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,ExprSpan*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,u8,Select*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(const char*,const char*,unsigned int*,
                    sqlite3_vfs**,char**,char **);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3*,const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *);

SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec*, u32);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec*, u32);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec*, u32, void*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int,int*);

SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3*, void*, unsigned int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet*, i64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet*, u8 iBatch, i64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet*, i64*);

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,Select*,int,int);

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*);
#else
# define sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse);
#else
# define sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(X)
# define sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(X)
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeCoroutine(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Select*, IdList*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int*,int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3*, IdList*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(sqlite3*, SrcList*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(sqlite3*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*,
                                      Token*, Select*, Expr*, IdList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *, SrcList *, Token *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *, struct SrcList_item *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3*, IdList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3*, SrcList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(sqlite3*,i16,int,char**);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*,
                          Expr*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,
                         Expr*,ExprList*,u16,Expr*,Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int);
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*,Expr*,char*);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,ExprList*,u16,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(WhereInfo*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(Parse*, Expr*, int, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, u8);
#define SQLITE_ECEL_DUP      0x01  /* Deep, not shallow copies */
#define SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR   0x02  /* Factor out constant terms */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,int isView,const char*, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem(Parse*,int isView,struct SrcList_item *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList*, ExprList*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Expr*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr*, SrcList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse*, const char *zDb);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse*, int, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(Vdbe*, const Expr*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr*, char);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(Parse*,Table*,Trigger*,int,int,int,i16,u8,u8,u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int*,int,int,int,int,
                                     u8,u8,int,int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*,Table*,int,int,int,int*,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int, u8*, int*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse*, int, int, char*, i8, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint(Parse*, int, Index*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint(Parse*, int, Table*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(FuncDefHash*, FuncDef*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int);

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int);
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*,
                           Expr*,int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse *, Table*, int, ExprList*, int *pMask);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *, Table *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, Trigger *, int, ExprList*, int, Table *,
                            int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(Parse *, Trigger *, Table *, int, int, int);
  void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3*, TriggerStep*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(sqlite3*,Token*, IdList*,
                                        ExprList*,Select*,u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(sqlite3*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(sqlite3*,Token*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Table*,int);
# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel ? (p)->pToplevel : (p))
#else
# define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0
# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B)
# define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B)
# define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C)
# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I)
# define sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(A,B,C,D,E,F)
# define sqlite3TriggerList(X, Y) 0
# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) p
# define sqlite3TriggerColmask(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) 0
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3AuthReadCol(Parse*, const char *, const char *, int);
#else
# define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c,d)
# define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e)    SQLITE_OK
# define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c)
# define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a)  ((void)(a))
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*, int, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8**);
SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst,LogEst);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst);

/*
** Routines to read and write variable-length integers.  These used to
** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c
** file.  Code should use the MACRO forms below, as the Varint32 versions
** are coded to assume the single byte case is already handled (which 
** the MACRO form does).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char*, u32);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);

/*
** The header of a record consists of a sequence variable-length integers.
** These integers are almost always small and are encoded as a single byte.
** The following macros take advantage this fact to provide a fast encode
** and decode of the integers in a record header.  It is faster for the common
** case where the integer is a single byte.  It is a little slower when the
** integer is two or more bytes.  But overall it is faster.
**
** The following expressions are equivalent:
**
**     x = sqlite3GetVarint32( A, &B );
**     x = sqlite3PutVarint32( A, B );
**
**     x = getVarint32( A, B );
**     x = putVarint32( A, B );
**
*/
#define getVarint32(A,B)  \
  (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80)?((B)=(u32)*(A)),1:sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32 *)&(B)))
#define putVarint32(A,B)  \
  (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80)?(*(A)=(unsigned char)(B)),1:\
  sqlite3PutVarint32((A),(B)))
#define getVarint    sqlite3GetVarint
#define putVarint    sqlite3PutVarint


SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Table *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);

#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) || \
    defined(SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE)
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(Parse *pParse, Expr*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse*,Expr*,const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64*,i64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64*,i64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char*, char*);
#else
# define sqlite3FileSuffix3(X,Y)
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z,int);

SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, 
                        void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8);
#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[];
SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[];
SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[];
SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[];
SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config;
SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte;
#endif
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MatchSpanName(const char*, const char*, const char*, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(Parse*,Table*,int,Expr*,ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(Parse*, u8, CollSeq *, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*, u8*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3*,Index*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3*,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse*, Index*);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo*);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *, 
  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*),
  FuncDestructor *pDestructor
);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *);

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum*, char*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum*,const char*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendSpace(StrAccum*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest*,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *, SrcList *, int, int);

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *, Pgno, const u8 *);

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(Parse*,Index*,UnpackedRecord**,Expr*,u8,int,int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord*);
#endif

/*
** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(size_t));
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*);
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void*);
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*);
#else
# define sqlite3CloseExtensions(X)
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *);
#else
  #define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z)
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char*);
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
#  define sqlite3VtabClear(Y)
#  define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) SQLITE_OK
#  define sqlite3VtabRollback(X)
#  define sqlite3VtabCommit(X)
#  define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 0
#  define sqlite3VtabLock(X) 
#  define sqlite3VtabUnlock(X)
#  define sqlite3VtabUnlockList(X)
#  define sqlite3VtabSavepoint(X, Y, Z) SQLITE_OK
#  define sqlite3GetVTable(X,Y)  ((VTable*)0)
#else
SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p);
SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db);
SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db);
SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe*, sqlite3_vtab*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE    VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
#  define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ((db)->nVTrans>0 && (db)->aVTrans==0)
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse*,Table*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3*, int, const char *, char **);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse*, Table*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3*, int, const char *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, VTable *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe*, const char*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *, sqlite3_stmt *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3*, int, int, int*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int);
#endif

/* Declarations for functions in fkey.c. All of these are replaced by
** no-op macros if OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is defined. In this case no foreign
** key functionality is available. If OMIT_TRIGGER is defined but
** OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is not, only some of the functions are no-oped. In
** this case foreign keys are parsed, but no other functionality is 
** provided (enforcement of FK constraints requires the triggers sub-system).
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkCheck(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse*, SrcList *, Table*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkActions(Parse*, Table*, ExprList*, int, int*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3FkRequired(Parse*, Table*, int*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(Parse*, Table*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *);
#else
  #define sqlite3FkActions(a,b,c,d,e,f)
  #define sqlite3FkCheck(a,b,c,d,e,f)
  #define sqlite3FkDropTable(a,b,c)
  #define sqlite3FkOldmask(a,b)         0
  #define sqlite3FkRequired(a,b,c,d)    0
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *, Table*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(Parse*,Table*,FKey*,Index**,int**);
#else
  #define sqlite3FkDelete(a,b)
  #define sqlite3FkLocateIndex(a,b,c,d,e)
#endif


/*
** Available fault injectors.  Should be numbered beginning with 0.
*/
#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC     0
#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_COUNT      1

/*
** The interface to the code in fault.c used for identifying "benign"
** malloc failures. This is only present if SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
** is not defined.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void);
#else
  #define sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc()
  #define sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
#endif

#define IN_INDEX_ROWID           1
#define IN_INDEX_EPH             2
#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC       3
#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC      4
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, int*);

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalExists(sqlite3_file *p);
#else
  #define sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs) ((pVfs)->szOsFile)
  #define sqlite3JournalExists(p) 1
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *);

#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse*, int);
#else
  #define sqlite3ExprSetHeight(x,y)
  #define sqlite3SelectExprHeight(x) 0
  #define sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(x,y)
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32);

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *, sqlite3 *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db);
#else
  #define sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(x,y)
  #define sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(x)
  #define sqlite3ConnectionClosed(x)
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *);
#endif

/*
** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable
** sqlite3IoTrace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to
** print I/O tracing messages. 
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
# define IOTRACE(A)  if( sqlite3IoTrace ){ sqlite3IoTrace A; }
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...);
#else
# define IOTRACE(A)
# define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X)
#endif

/*
** These routines are available for the mem2.c debugging memory allocator
** only.  They are used to verify that different "types" of memory
** allocations are properly tracked by the system.
**
** sqlite3MemdebugSetType() sets the "type" of an allocation to one of
** the MEMTYPE_* macros defined below.  The type must be a bitmask with
** a single bit set.
**
** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() returns true if any of the bits in its second
** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType().
** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() is intended for use inside assert() statements.
**
** sqlite3MemdebugNoType() returns true if none of the bits in its second
** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType().
**
** Perhaps the most important point is the difference between MEMTYPE_HEAP
** and MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE.  If an allocation is MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE, that means
** it might have been allocated by lookaside, except the allocation was
** too large or lookaside was already full.  It is important to verify
** that allocations that might have been satisfied by lookaside are not
** passed back to non-lookaside free() routines.  Asserts such as the
** example above are placed on the non-lookaside free() routines to verify
** this constraint. 
**
** All of this is no-op for a production build.  It only comes into
** play when the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG compile-time option is used.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void*,u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void*,u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void*,u8);
#else
# define sqlite3MemdebugSetType(X,Y)  /* no-op */
# define sqlite3MemdebugHasType(X,Y)  1
# define sqlite3MemdebugNoType(X,Y)   1
#endif
#define MEMTYPE_HEAP       0x01  /* General heap allocations */
#define MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE  0x02  /* Might have been lookaside memory */
#define MEMTYPE_SCRATCH    0x04  /* Scratch allocations */
#define MEMTYPE_PCACHE     0x08  /* Page cache allocations */
#define MEMTYPE_DB         0x10  /* Uses sqlite3DbMalloc, not sqlite_malloc */

#endif /* _SQLITEINT_H_ */

/************** End of sqliteInt.h *******************************************/
/************** Begin file global.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2008 June 13
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains definitions of global variables and contants.
*/

/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
** lower-case character. 
**
** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters.  We do not
** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables
** involved are nearly as big or bigger than SQLite itself.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = {
#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
     18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
     36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
     54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
    104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,
    122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,
    108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,
    126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161,
    162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,
    180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197,
    198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,
    216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,
    234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,
    252,253,254,255
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */
     16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */
     32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */
     48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */
     64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */
     80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */
     96, 97, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */
    112, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */
    128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */
    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,156,159, /* 9x */
    160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */
    176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */
    192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */
    208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */
    224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,232,203,204,205,206,207, /* Ex */
    239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,219,220,221,222,255, /* Fx */
#endif
};

/*
** The following 256 byte lookup table is used to support SQLites built-in
** equivalents to the following standard library functions:
**
**   isspace()                        0x01
**   isalpha()                        0x02
**   isdigit()                        0x04
**   isalnum()                        0x06
**   isxdigit()                       0x08
**   toupper()                        0x20
**   SQLite identifier character      0x40
**
** Bit 0x20 is set if the mapped character requires translation to upper
** case. i.e. if the character is a lower-case ASCII character.
** If x is a lower-case ASCII character, then its upper-case equivalent
** is (x - 0x20). Therefore toupper() can be implemented as:
**
**   (x & ~(map[x]&0x20))
**
** Standard function tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[]
** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite.
**
** Bit 0x40 is set if the character non-alphanumeric and can be used in an 
** SQLite identifier.  Identifiers are alphanumerics, "_", "$", and any
** non-ASCII UTF character. Hence the test for whether or not a character is
** part of an identifier is 0x46.
**
** SQLite's versions are identical to the standard versions assuming a
** locale of "C". They are implemented as macros in sqliteInt.h.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = {
  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 00..07    ........ */
  0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 08..0f    ........ */
  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 10..17    ........ */
  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 18..1f    ........ */
  0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 20..27     !"#$%&' */
  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 28..2f    ()*+,-./ */
  0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c,  /* 30..37    01234567 */
  0x0c, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 38..3f    89:;<=>? */

  0x00, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x02,  /* 40..47    @ABCDEFG */
  0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02,  /* 48..4f    HIJKLMNO */
  0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02,  /* 50..57    PQRSTUVW */
  0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40,  /* 58..5f    XYZ[\]^_ */
  0x00, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x22,  /* 60..67    `abcdefg */
  0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22,  /* 68..6f    hijklmno */
  0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22,  /* 70..77    pqrstuvw */
  0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 78..7f    xyz{|}~. */

  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 80..87    ........ */
  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 88..8f    ........ */
  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 90..97    ........ */
  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 98..9f    ........ */
  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* a0..a7    ........ */
  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* a8..af    ........ */
  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* b0..b7    ........ */
  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* b8..bf    ........ */

  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* c0..c7    ........ */
  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* c8..cf    ........ */
  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* d0..d7    ........ */
  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* d8..df    ........ */
  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* e0..e7    ........ */
  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* e8..ef    ........ */
  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* f0..f7    ........ */
  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40   /* f8..ff    ........ */
};
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_USE_URI
# define  SQLITE_USE_URI 0
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
# define SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 1
#endif

/*
** The following singleton contains the global configuration for
** the SQLite library.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = {
   SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS,  /* bMemstat */
   1,                         /* bCoreMutex */
   SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1,      /* bFullMutex */
   SQLITE_USE_URI,            /* bOpenUri */
   SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN,   /* bUseCis */
   0x7ffffffe,                /* mxStrlen */
   0,                         /* neverCorrupt */
   128,                       /* szLookaside */
   500,                       /* nLookaside */
   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},         /* m */
   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},       /* mutex */
   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},/* pcache2 */
   (void*)0,                  /* pHeap */
   0,                         /* nHeap */
   0, 0,                      /* mnHeap, mxHeap */
   SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE,  /* szMmap */
   SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE,      /* mxMmap */
   (void*)0,                  /* pScratch */
   0,                         /* szScratch */
   0,                         /* nScratch */
   (void*)0,                  /* pPage */
   0,                         /* szPage */
   0,                         /* nPage */
   0,                         /* mxParserStack */
   0,                         /* sharedCacheEnabled */
   /* All the rest should always be initialized to zero */
   0,                         /* isInit */
   0,                         /* inProgress */
   0,                         /* isMutexInit */
   0,                         /* isMallocInit */
   0,                         /* isPCacheInit */
   0,                         /* pInitMutex */
   0,                         /* nRefInitMutex */
   0,                         /* xLog */
   0,                         /* pLogArg */
   0,                         /* bLocaltimeFault */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
   0,                         /* xSqllog */
   0                          /* pSqllogArg */
#endif
};

/*
** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all
** database connections.  After initialization, this table is
** read-only.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;

/*
** Constant tokens for values 0 and 1.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[] = {
   { "0", 1 },
   { "1", 1 }
};


/*
** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the
** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database.  SQLite never uses
** the database page that contains the pending byte.  It never attempts
** to read or write that page.  The pending byte page is set assign
** for use by the VFS layers as space for managing file locks.
**
** During testing, it is often desirable to move the pending byte to
** a different position in the file.  This allows code that has to
** deal with the pending byte to run on files that are much smaller
** than 1 GiB.  The sqlite3_test_control() interface can be used to
** move the pending byte.
**
** IMPORTANT:  Changing the pending byte to any value other than
** 0x40000000 results in an incompatible database file format!
** Changing the pending byte during operating results in undefined
** and dileterious behavior.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000;
#endif

/*
** Properties of opcodes.  The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is
** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation.  Data is obtained
** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in
** the vdbe.c file.  
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER;

/************** End of global.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file ctime.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2010 February 23
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file implements routines used to report what compile-time options
** SQLite was built with.
*/

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS


/*
** An array of names of all compile-time options.  This array should 
** be sorted A-Z.
**
** This array looks large, but in a typical installation actually uses
** only a handful of compile-time options, so most times this array is usually
** rather short and uses little memory space.
*/
static const char * const azCompileOpt[] = {

/* These macros are provided to "stringify" the value of the define
** for those options in which the value is meaningful. */
#define CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) #opt
#define CTIMEOPT_VAL(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt)

#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
  "32BIT_ROWID",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC
  "4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
  "CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
  "CHECK_PAGES",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
  "COVERAGE_TEST",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  "DEBUG",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
  "DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE),
#endif
#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc)
  "DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE),
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
  "DISABLE_DIRSYNC",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
  "DISABLE_LFS",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
  "ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
  "ENABLE_CEROD",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
  "ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
  "ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
  "ENABLE_FTS1",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
  "ENABLE_FTS2",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
  "ENABLE_FTS3",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
  "ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4
  "ENABLE_FTS4",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
  "ENABLE_ICU",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
  "ENABLE_IOTRACE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
  "ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  "ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE),
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
  "ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
  "ENABLE_MEMSYS3",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
  "ENABLE_MEMSYS5",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK
  "ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
  "ENABLE_RTREE",
#endif
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
  "ENABLE_STAT4",
#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3)
  "ENABLE_STAT3",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
  "ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT
  "ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  "HAS_CODEC",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
  "HAVE_ISNAN",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
  "HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS
  "IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
  "IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
  "INT64_TYPE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
  "LOCK_TRACE",
#endif
#if defined(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc)
  "MAX_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE),
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
  "MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY),
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
  "MEMDEBUG",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
  "MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
  "NO_SYNC",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
  "OMIT_ALTERTABLE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
  "OMIT_ANALYZE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
  "OMIT_ATTACH",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  "OMIT_AUTHORIZATION",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
  "OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  "OMIT_AUTOINIT",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
  "OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET
  "OMIT_AUTORESET",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  "OMIT_AUTOVACUUM",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION
  "OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
  "OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
  "OMIT_BTREECOUNT",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
  "OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
  "OMIT_CAST",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
  "OMIT_CHECK",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
  "OMIT_COMPLETE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
  "OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
  "OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
  "OMIT_DECLTYPE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
  "OMIT_DEPRECATED",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
  "OMIT_DISKIO",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
  "OMIT_EXPLAIN",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
  "OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
  "OMIT_FLOATING_POINT",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
  "OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
  "OMIT_GET_TABLE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
  "OMIT_INCRBLOB",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
  "OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
  "OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
  "OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
  "OMIT_LOCALTIME",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
  "OMIT_LOOKASIDE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
  "OMIT_MEMORYDB",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
  "OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
  "OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA
  "OMIT_PRAGMA",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
  "OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
  "OMIT_QUICKBALANCE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
  "OMIT_REINDEX",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS
  "OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
  "OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  "OMIT_SHARED_CACHE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
  "OMIT_SUBQUERY",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
  "OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
  "OMIT_TEMPDB",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
  "OMIT_TRACE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  "OMIT_TRIGGER",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
  "OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
  "OMIT_UTF16",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
  "OMIT_VACUUM",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
  "OMIT_VIEW",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  "OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  "OMIT_WAL",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
  "OMIT_WSD",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
  "OMIT_XFER_OPT",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
  "PERFORMANCE_TRACE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
  "PROXY_DEBUG",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
  "RTREE_INT_ONLY",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
  "SECURE_DELETE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_SMALL_STACK
  "SMALL_STACK",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
  "SOUNDEX",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC
  "SYSTEM_MALLOC",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_TCL
  "TCL",
#endif
#if defined(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE) && !defined(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc)
  "TEMP_STORE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE),
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  "TEST",
#endif
#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
  "THREADSAFE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_THREADSAFE),
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
  "USE_ALLOCA",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
  "WIN32_MALLOC",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
  "ZERO_MALLOC"
#endif
};

/*
** Given the name of a compile-time option, return true if that option
** was used and false if not.
**
** The name can optionally begin with "SQLITE_" but the "SQLITE_" prefix
** is not required for a match.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName){
  int i, n;
  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOptName += 7;
  n = sqlite3Strlen30(zOptName);

  /* Since ArraySize(azCompileOpt) is normally in single digits, a
  ** linear search is adequate.  No need for a binary search. */
  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(azCompileOpt); i++){
    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, azCompileOpt[i], n)==0
     && sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)azCompileOpt[i][n]]==0
    ){
      return 1;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Return the N-th compile-time option string.  If N is out of range,
** return a NULL pointer.
*/
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N){
  if( N>=0 && N<ArraySize(azCompileOpt) ){
    return azCompileOpt[N];
  }
  return 0;
}

#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */

/************** End of ctime.c ***********************************************/
/************** Begin file status.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2008 June 18
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This module implements the sqlite3_status() interface and related
** functionality.
*/
/************** Include vdbeInt.h in the middle of status.c ******************/
/************** Begin file vdbeInt.h *****************************************/
/*
** 2003 September 6
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the header file for information that is private to the
** VDBE.  This information used to all be at the top of the single
** source code file "vdbe.c".  When that file became too big (over
** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and
** this header information was factored out.
*/
#ifndef _VDBEINT_H_
#define _VDBEINT_H_

/*
** The maximum number of times that a statement will try to reparse
** itself before giving up and returning SQLITE_SCHEMA.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
# define SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY 50
#endif

/*
** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be
** executed by a virtual machine.  Each instruction is an instance
** of the following structure.
*/
typedef struct VdbeOp Op;

/*
** Boolean values
*/
typedef unsigned Bool;

/* Opaque type used by code in vdbesort.c */
typedef struct VdbeSorter VdbeSorter;

/* Opaque type used by the explainer */
typedef struct Explain Explain;

/* Elements of the linked list at Vdbe.pAuxData */
typedef struct AuxData AuxData;

/*
** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file.
** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or
** loop over all entries of the Btree.  You can also insert new BTree
** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor
** is currently pointing to.
**
** Cursors can also point to virtual tables, sorters, or "pseudo-tables".
** A pseudo-table is a single-row table implemented by registers.
** 
** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an
** instance of the following structure.
*/
struct VdbeCursor {
  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* The cursor structure of the backend */
  Btree *pBt;           /* Separate file holding temporary table */
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;    /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
  int seekResult;       /* Result of previous sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
  int pseudoTableReg;   /* Register holding pseudotable content. */
  i16 nField;           /* Number of fields in the header */
  u16 nHdrParsed;       /* Number of header fields parsed so far */
  i8 iDb;               /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
  u8 nullRow;           /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
  u8 rowidIsValid;      /* True if lastRowid is valid */
  u8 deferredMoveto;    /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
  Bool useRandomRowid:1;/* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
  Bool isTable:1;       /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
  Bool isOrdered:1;     /* True if the underlying table is BTREE_UNORDERED */
  Bool multiPseudo:1;   /* Multi-register pseudo-cursor */
  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;  /* The cursor for a virtual table */
  i64 seqCount;         /* Sequence counter */
  i64 movetoTarget;     /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
  i64 lastRowid;        /* Rowid being deleted by OP_Delete */
  VdbeSorter *pSorter;  /* Sorter object for OP_SorterOpen cursors */

  /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
  ** cursor is currently pointing to.  Only valid if cacheStatus matches
  ** Vdbe.cacheCtr.  Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of
  ** CACHE_STALE and so setting cacheStatus=CACHE_STALE guarantees that
  ** the cache is out of date.
  **
  ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might
  ** be NULL.
  */
  u32 cacheStatus;      /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
  u32 payloadSize;      /* Total number of bytes in the record */
  u32 szRow;            /* Byte available in aRow */
  u32 iHdrOffset;       /* Offset to next unparsed byte of the header */
  const u8 *aRow;       /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
  u32 aType[1];         /* Type values for all entries in the record */
  /* 2*nField extra array elements allocated for aType[], beyond the one
  ** static element declared in the structure.  nField total array slots for
  ** aType[] and nField+1 array slots for aOffset[] */
};
typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor;

/*
** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type
** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as
** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific
** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished, 
** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure,
** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program
** began executing.
**
** The memory for a VdbeFrame object is allocated and managed by a memory
** cell in the parent (calling) frame. When the memory cell is deleted or
** overwritten, the VdbeFrame object is not freed immediately. Instead, it
** is linked into the Vdbe.pDelFrame list. The contents of the Vdbe.pDelFrame
** list is deleted when the VM is reset in VdbeHalt(). The reason for doing
** this instead of deleting the VdbeFrame immediately is to avoid recursive
** calls to sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() when the memory cells belonging to the
** child frame are released.
**
** The currently executing frame is stored in Vdbe.pFrame. Vdbe.pFrame is
** set to NULL if the currently executing frame is the main program.
*/
typedef struct VdbeFrame VdbeFrame;
struct VdbeFrame {
  Vdbe *v;                /* VM this frame belongs to */
  VdbeFrame *pParent;     /* Parent of this frame, or NULL if parent is main */
  Op *aOp;                /* Program instructions for parent frame */
  Mem *aMem;              /* Array of memory cells for parent frame */
  u8 *aOnceFlag;          /* Array of OP_Once flags for parent frame */
  VdbeCursor **apCsr;     /* Array of Vdbe cursors for parent frame */
  void *token;            /* Copy of SubProgram.token */
  i64 lastRowid;          /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
  int nCursor;            /* Number of entries in apCsr */
  int pc;                 /* Program Counter in parent (calling) frame */
  int nOp;                /* Size of aOp array */
  int nMem;               /* Number of entries in aMem */
  int nOnceFlag;          /* Number of entries in aOnceFlag */
  int nChildMem;          /* Number of memory cells for child frame */
  int nChildCsr;          /* Number of cursors for child frame */
  int nChange;            /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges)     */
};

#define VdbeFrameMem(p) ((Mem *)&((u8 *)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))])

/*
** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid.
*/
#define CACHE_STALE 0

/*
** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem
** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string,
** integer etc.) of the same value.
*/
struct Mem {
  sqlite3 *db;        /* The associated database connection */
  char *z;            /* String or BLOB value */
  double r;           /* Real value */
  union {
    i64 i;              /* Integer value used when MEM_Int is set in flags */
    int nZero;          /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */
    FuncDef *pDef;      /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */
    RowSet *pRowSet;    /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */
    VdbeFrame *pFrame;  /* Used when flags==MEM_Frame */
  } u;
  int n;              /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */
  u16 flags;          /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
  u8  type;           /* One of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_TEXT, SQLITE_INTEGER, etc */
  u8  enc;            /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  Mem *pScopyFrom;    /* This Mem is a shallow copy of pScopyFrom */
  void *pFiller;      /* So that sizeof(Mem) is a multiple of 8 */
#endif
  void (*xDel)(void *);  /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */
  char *zMalloc;      /* Dynamic buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc() */
};

/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
**
** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
** No other flags may be set in this case.
**
** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real 
** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
*/
#define MEM_Null      0x0001   /* Value is NULL */
#define MEM_Str       0x0002   /* Value is a string */
#define MEM_Int       0x0004   /* Value is an integer */
#define MEM_Real      0x0008   /* Value is a real number */
#define MEM_Blob      0x0010   /* Value is a BLOB */
#define MEM_RowSet    0x0020   /* Value is a RowSet object */
#define MEM_Frame     0x0040   /* Value is a VdbeFrame object */
#define MEM_Invalid   0x0080   /* Value is undefined */
#define MEM_Cleared   0x0100   /* NULL set by OP_Null, not from data */
#define MEM_TypeMask  0x01ff   /* Mask of type bits */


/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
** policy for Mem.z.  The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
*/
#define MEM_Term      0x0200   /* String rep is nul terminated */
#define MEM_Dyn       0x0400   /* Need to call sqliteFree() on Mem.z */
#define MEM_Static    0x0800   /* Mem.z points to a static string */
#define MEM_Ephem     0x1000   /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
#define MEM_Agg       0x2000   /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */
#define MEM_Zero      0x4000   /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
  #undef MEM_Zero
  #define MEM_Zero 0x0000
#endif

/*
** Clear any existing type flags from a Mem and replace them with f
*/
#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \
   ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_TypeMask|MEM_Zero))|f)

/*
** Return true if a memory cell is not marked as invalid.  This macro
** is for use inside assert() statements only.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
#define memIsValid(M)  ((M)->flags & MEM_Invalid)==0
#endif

/*
** Each auxilliary data pointer stored by a user defined function 
** implementation calling sqlite3_set_auxdata() is stored in an instance
** of this structure. All such structures associated with a single VM
** are stored in a linked list headed at Vdbe.pAuxData. All are destroyed
** when the VM is halted (if not before).
*/
struct AuxData {
  int iOp;                        /* Instruction number of OP_Function opcode */
  int iArg;                       /* Index of function argument. */
  void *pAux;                     /* Aux data pointer */
  void (*xDelete)(void *);        /* Destructor for the aux data */
  AuxData *pNext;                 /* Next element in list */
};

/*
** The "context" argument for a installable function.  A pointer to an
** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used
** implement the SQL functions.
**
** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h.  So all routines,
** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure.
** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this
** structure are known.
**
** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures
** (Mem) which are only defined there.
*/
struct sqlite3_context {
  FuncDef *pFunc;       /* Pointer to function information.  MUST BE FIRST */
  Mem s;                /* The return value is stored here */
  Mem *pMem;            /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */
  CollSeq *pColl;       /* Collating sequence */
  Vdbe *pVdbe;          /* The VM that owns this context */
  int iOp;              /* Instruction number of OP_Function */
  int isError;          /* Error code returned by the function. */
  u8 skipFlag;          /* Skip skip accumulator loading if true */
  u8 fErrorOrAux;       /* isError!=0 or pVdbe->pAuxData modified */
};

/*
** An Explain object accumulates indented output which is helpful
** in describing recursive data structures.
*/
struct Explain {
  Vdbe *pVdbe;       /* Attach the explanation to this Vdbe */
  StrAccum str;      /* The string being accumulated */
  int nIndent;       /* Number of elements in aIndent */
  u16 aIndent[100];  /* Levels of indentation */
  char zBase[100];   /* Initial space */
};

/* A bitfield type for use inside of structures.  Always follow with :N where
** N is the number of bits.
*/
typedef unsigned bft;  /* Bit Field Type */

/*
** An instance of the virtual machine.  This structure contains the complete
** state of the virtual machine.
**
** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_prepare()
** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure.
**
** The Vdbe.inVtabMethod variable is set to non-zero for the duration of
** any virtual table method invocations made by the vdbe program. It is
** set to 2 for xDestroy method calls and 1 for all other methods. This
** variable is used for two purposes: to allow xDestroy methods to execute
** "DROP TABLE" statements and to prevent some nasty side effects of
** malloc failure when SQLite is invoked recursively by a virtual table 
** method function.
*/
struct Vdbe {
  sqlite3 *db;            /* The database connection that owns this statement */
  Op *aOp;                /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
  Mem *aMem;              /* The memory locations */
  Mem **apArg;            /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
  Mem *aColName;          /* Column names to return */
  Mem *pResultSet;        /* Pointer to an array of results */
  int nMem;               /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */
  int nOp;                /* Number of instructions in the program */
  int nOpAlloc;           /* Number of slots allocated for aOp[] */
  int nLabel;             /* Number of labels used */
  int *aLabel;            /* Space to hold the labels */
  u16 nResColumn;         /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
  int nCursor;            /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
  u32 magic;              /* Magic number for sanity checking */
  char *zErrMsg;          /* Error message written here */
  Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext;     /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */
  VdbeCursor **apCsr;     /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
  Mem *aVar;              /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
  char **azVar;           /* Name of variables */
  ynVar nVar;             /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
  ynVar nzVar;            /* Number of entries in azVar[] */
  u32 cacheCtr;           /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */
  int pc;                 /* The program counter */
  int rc;                 /* Value to return */
  u8 errorAction;         /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
  u8 minWriteFileFormat;  /* Minimum file format for writable database files */
  bft explain:2;          /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
  bft inVtabMethod:2;     /* See comments above */
  bft changeCntOn:1;      /* True to update the change-counter */
  bft expired:1;          /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
  bft runOnlyOnce:1;      /* Automatically expire on reset */
  bft usesStmtJournal:1;  /* True if uses a statement journal */
  bft readOnly:1;         /* True for statements that do not write */
  bft bIsReader:1;        /* True for statements that read */
  bft isPrepareV2:1;      /* True if prepared with prepare_v2() */
  bft doingRerun:1;       /* True if rerunning after an auto-reprepare */
  int nChange;            /* Number of db changes made since last reset */
  yDbMask btreeMask;      /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */
  yDbMask lockMask;       /* Subset of btreeMask that requires a lock */
  int iStatement;         /* Statement number (or 0 if has not opened stmt) */
  u32 aCounter[5];        /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
  i64 startTime;          /* Time when query started - used for profiling */
#endif
  i64 iCurrentTime;       /* Value of julianday('now') for this statement */
  i64 nFkConstraint;      /* Number of imm. FK constraints this VM */
  i64 nStmtDefCons;       /* Number of def. constraints when stmt started */
  i64 nStmtDefImmCons;    /* Number of def. imm constraints when stmt started */
  char *zSql;             /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */
  void *pFree;            /* Free this when deleting the vdbe */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN
  Explain *pExplain;      /* The explainer */
  char *zExplain;         /* Explanation of data structures */
#endif
  VdbeFrame *pFrame;      /* Parent frame */
  VdbeFrame *pDelFrame;   /* List of frame objects to free on VM reset */
  int nFrame;             /* Number of frames in pFrame list */
  u32 expmask;            /* Binding to these vars invalidates VM */
  SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Linked list of all sub-programs used by VM */
  int nOnceFlag;          /* Size of array aOnceFlag[] */
  u8 *aOnceFlag;          /* Flags for OP_Once */
  AuxData *pAuxData;      /* Linked list of auxdata allocations */
};

/*
** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic
*/
#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT     0x26bceaa5    /* Building a VDBE program */
#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN      0xbdf20da3    /* VDBE is ready to execute */
#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT     0x519c2973    /* VDBE has completed execution */
#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD     0xb606c3c8    /* The VDBE has been deallocated */

/*
** Function prototypes
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*);
void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor*);
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, int, Mem*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(Vdbe*, int, int);

int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor *, i64 *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64);
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# define sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64
#else
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,u32,u32,int,Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p);
#define VdbeMemRelease(X)  \
  if((X)->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame)) \
    sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(X);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(Mem *pMem);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p);

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, int *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, int *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, Mem *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *, int, int *);

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe*);
#else
# define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X)
# define sqlite3VdbeLeave(X)
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe*,Mem*);
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *, int);
#else
# define sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p,i) 0
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *);
  #define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
#else
  #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK
  #define ExpandBlob(P) SQLITE_OK
#endif

#endif /* !defined(_VDBEINT_H_) */

/************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in status.c *********************/

/*
** Variables in which to record status information.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3StatType sqlite3StatType;
static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3StatType {
  int nowValue[10];         /* Current value */
  int mxValue[10];          /* Maximum value */
} sqlite3Stat = { {0,}, {0,} };


/* The "wsdStat" macro will resolve to the status information
** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
** to the "sqlite3Stat" state vector declared above.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
# define wsdStatInit  sqlite3StatType *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3StatType,sqlite3Stat)
# define wsdStat x[0]
#else
# define wsdStatInit
# define wsdStat sqlite3Stat
#endif

/*
** Return the current value of a status parameter.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int op){
  wsdStatInit;
  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
  return wsdStat.nowValue[op];
}

/*
** Add N to the value of a status record.  It is assumed that the
** caller holds appropriate locks.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int op, int N){
  wsdStatInit;
  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
  wsdStat.nowValue[op] += N;
  if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
  }
}

/*
** Set the value of a status to X.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int op, int X){
  wsdStatInit;
  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
  wsdStat.nowValue[op] = X;
  if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
  }
}

/*
** Query status information.
**
** This implementation assumes that reading or writing an aligned
** 32-bit integer is an atomic operation.  If that assumption is not true,
** then this routine is not threadsafe.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag){
  wsdStatInit;
  if( op<0 || op>=ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
  *pCurrent = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
  *pHighwater = wsdStat.mxValue[op];
  if( resetFlag ){
    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Query status information for a single database connection
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(
  sqlite3 *db,          /* The database connection whose status is desired */
  int op,               /* Status verb */
  int *pCurrent,        /* Write current value here */
  int *pHighwater,      /* Write high-water mark here */
  int resetFlag         /* Reset high-water mark if true */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;   /* Return code */
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  switch( op ){
    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED: {
      *pCurrent = db->lookaside.nOut;
      *pHighwater = db->lookaside.mxOut;
      if( resetFlag ){
        db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
      }
      break;
    }

    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT:
    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE:
    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL: {
      testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT );
      testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE );
      testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL );
      assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)>=0 );
      assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)<3 );
      *pCurrent = 0;
      *pHighwater = db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT];
      if( resetFlag ){
        db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT] = 0;
      }
      break;
    }

    /* 
    ** Return an approximation for the amount of memory currently used
    ** by all pagers associated with the given database connection.  The
    ** highwater mark is meaningless and is returned as zero.
    */
    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED: {
      int totalUsed = 0;
      int i;
      sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
        Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
        if( pBt ){
          Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
          totalUsed += sqlite3PagerMemUsed(pPager);
        }
      }
      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
      *pCurrent = totalUsed;
      *pHighwater = 0;
      break;
    }

    /*
    ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used
    ** to store the schema for all databases (main, temp, and any ATTACHed
    ** databases.  *pHighwater is set to zero.
    */
    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED: {
      int i;                      /* Used to iterate through schemas */
      int nByte = 0;              /* Used to accumulate return value */

      sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
      db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte;
      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
        Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema;
        if( ALWAYS(pSchema!=0) ){
          HashElem *p;

          nByte += sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(sizeof(HashElem)) * (
              pSchema->tblHash.count 
            + pSchema->trigHash.count
            + pSchema->idxHash.count
            + pSchema->fkeyHash.count
          );
          nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->tblHash.ht);
          nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->trigHash.ht);
          nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->idxHash.ht);
          nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->fkeyHash.ht);

          for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
            sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(p));
          }
          for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
            sqlite3DeleteTable(db, (Table *)sqliteHashData(p));
          }
        }
      }
      db->pnBytesFreed = 0;
      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);

      *pHighwater = 0;
      *pCurrent = nByte;
      break;
    }

    /*
    ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used
    ** to store all prepared statements.
    ** *pHighwater is set to zero.
    */
    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED: {
      struct Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* Used to iterate through VMs */
      int nByte = 0;              /* Used to accumulate return value */

      db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte;
      for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){
        sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, pVdbe);
        sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbe);
      }
      db->pnBytesFreed = 0;

      *pHighwater = 0;
      *pCurrent = nByte;

      break;
    }

    /*
    ** Set *pCurrent to the total cache hits or misses encountered by all
    ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set 
    ** to zero.
    */
    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT:
    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS:
    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE:{
      int i;
      int nRet = 0;
      assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1 );
      assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2 );

      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
        if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){
          Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[i].pBt);
          sqlite3PagerCacheStat(pPager, op, resetFlag, &nRet);
        }
      }
      *pHighwater = 0;
      *pCurrent = nRet;
      break;
    }

    /* Set *pCurrent to non-zero if there are unresolved deferred foreign
    ** key constraints.  Set *pCurrent to zero if all foreign key constraints
    ** have been satisfied.  The *pHighwater is always set to zero.
    */
    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS: {
      *pHighwater = 0;
      *pCurrent = db->nDeferredImmCons>0 || db->nDeferredCons>0;
      break;
    }

    default: {
      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    }
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

/************** End of status.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file date.c ********************************************/
/*
** 2003 October 31
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
** functions for SQLite.  
**
** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
** All other code has file scope.
**
** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers.  The
** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
** calendar system. 
**
** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
**
** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number
** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can
** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider
** range of dates.
**
** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times,
** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar.  Historians usually
** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some
** dates afterwards, depending on locale.  Beware of this difference.
**
** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions
** in the following text:
**
**      Jean Meeus
**      Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
**      ISBM 0-943396-61-1
**      Willmann-Bell, Inc
**      Richmond, Virginia (USA)
*/
/* #include <stdlib.h> */
/* #include <assert.h> */
#include <time.h>

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS


/*
** A structure for holding a single date and time.
*/
typedef struct DateTime DateTime;
struct DateTime {
  sqlite3_int64 iJD; /* The julian day number times 86400000 */
  int Y, M, D;       /* Year, month, and day */
  int h, m;          /* Hour and minutes */
  int tz;            /* Timezone offset in minutes */
  double s;          /* Seconds */
  char validYMD;     /* True (1) if Y,M,D are valid */
  char validHMS;     /* True (1) if h,m,s are valid */
  char validJD;      /* True (1) if iJD is valid */
  char validTZ;      /* True (1) if tz is valid */
};


/*
** Convert zDate into one or more integers.  Additional arguments
** come in groups of 5 as follows:
**
**       N       number of digits in the integer
**       min     minimum allowed value of the integer
**       max     maximum allowed value of the integer
**       nextC   first character after the integer
**       pVal    where to write the integers value.
**
** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered.
** The function returns the number of successful conversions.
*/
static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){
  va_list ap;
  int val;
  int N;
  int min;
  int max;
  int nextC;
  int *pVal;
  int cnt = 0;
  va_start(ap, zDate);
  do{
    N = va_arg(ap, int);
    min = va_arg(ap, int);
    max = va_arg(ap, int);
    nextC = va_arg(ap, int);
    pVal = va_arg(ap, int*);
    val = 0;
    while( N-- ){
      if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
        goto end_getDigits;
      }
      val = val*10 + *zDate - '0';
      zDate++;
    }
    if( val<min || val>max || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){
      goto end_getDigits;
    }
    *pVal = val;
    zDate++;
    cnt++;
  }while( nextC );
end_getDigits:
  va_end(ap);
  return cnt;
}

/*
** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time.
** The extension is of the form:
**
**        (+/-)HH:MM
**
** Or the "zulu" notation:
**
**        Z
**
** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes
** of change in p->tz and return 0.  If a parser error occurs,
** return non-zero.
**
** A missing specifier is not considered an error.
*/
static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
  int sgn = 0;
  int nHr, nMn;
  int c;
  while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
  p->tz = 0;
  c = *zDate;
  if( c=='-' ){
    sgn = -1;
  }else if( c=='+' ){
    sgn = +1;
  }else if( c=='Z' || c=='z' ){
    zDate++;
    goto zulu_time;
  }else{
    return c!=0;
  }
  zDate++;
  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){
    return 1;
  }
  zDate += 5;
  p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60);
zulu_time:
  while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
  return *zDate!=0;
}

/*
** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF.
** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits.  The
** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits.
**
** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success.
*/
static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
  int h, m, s;
  double ms = 0.0;
  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){
    return 1;
  }
  zDate += 5;
  if( *zDate==':' ){
    zDate++;
    if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){
      return 1;
    }
    zDate += 2;
    if( *zDate=='.' && sqlite3Isdigit(zDate[1]) ){
      double rScale = 1.0;
      zDate++;
      while( sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
        ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0';
        rScale *= 10.0;
        zDate++;
      }
      ms /= rScale;
    }
  }else{
    s = 0;
  }
  p->validJD = 0;
  p->validHMS = 1;
  p->h = h;
  p->m = m;
  p->s = s + ms;
  if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1;
  p->validTZ = (p->tz!=0)?1:0;
  return 0;
}

/*
** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day.  We always assume
** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar.
**
** Reference:  Meeus page 61
*/
static void computeJD(DateTime *p){
  int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2;

  if( p->validJD ) return;
  if( p->validYMD ){
    Y = p->Y;
    M = p->M;
    D = p->D;
  }else{
    Y = 2000;  /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */
    M = 1;
    D = 1;
  }
  if( M<=2 ){
    Y--;
    M += 12;
  }
  A = Y/100;
  B = 2 - A + (A/4);
  X1 = 36525*(Y+4716)/100;
  X2 = 306001*(M+1)/10000;
  p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)((X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5 ) * 86400000);
  p->validJD = 1;
  if( p->validHMS ){
    p->iJD += p->h*3600000 + p->m*60000 + (sqlite3_int64)(p->s*1000);
    if( p->validTZ ){
      p->iJD -= p->tz*60000;
      p->validYMD = 0;
      p->validHMS = 0;
      p->validTZ = 0;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Parse dates of the form
**
**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF
**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM
**     YYYY-MM-DD
**
** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0
** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed
** date.
*/
static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
  int Y, M, D, neg;

  if( zDate[0]=='-' ){
    zDate++;
    neg = 1;
  }else{
    neg = 0;
  }
  if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){
    return 1;
  }
  zDate += 10;
  while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; }
  if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
    /* We got the time */
  }else if( *zDate==0 ){
    p->validHMS = 0;
  }else{
    return 1;
  }
  p->validJD = 0;
  p->validYMD = 1;
  p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y;
  p->M = M;
  p->D = D;
  if( p->validTZ ){
    computeJD(p);
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Set the time to the current time reported by the VFS.
**
** Return the number of errors.
*/
static int setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){
  p->iJD = sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(context);
  if( p->iJD>0 ){
    p->validJD = 1;
    return 0;
  }else{
    return 1;
  }
}

/*
** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number.  Return
** the number of errors.
**
** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
**
**      YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF  +/-HH:MM
**      DDDD.DD 
**      now
**
** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional.  The fractional
** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional.  The seconds portion
** (":SS.FFF") is option.  The year and date can be omitted as long
** as there is a time string.  The time string can be omitted as long
** as there is a year and date.
*/
static int parseDateOrTime(
  sqlite3_context *context, 
  const char *zDate, 
  DateTime *p
){
  double r;
  if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){
    return 0;
  }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
    return 0;
  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){
    return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
  }else if( sqlite3AtoF(zDate, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zDate), SQLITE_UTF8) ){
    p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5);
    p->validJD = 1;
    return 0;
  }
  return 1;
}

/*
** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number.
*/
static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){
  int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1;
  if( p->validYMD ) return;
  if( !p->validJD ){
    p->Y = 2000;
    p->M = 1;
    p->D = 1;
  }else{
    Z = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000)/86400000);
    A = (int)((Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25);
    A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4);
    B = A + 1524;
    C = (int)((B - 122.1)/365.25);
    D = (36525*C)/100;
    E = (int)((B-D)/30.6001);
    X1 = (int)(30.6001*E);
    p->D = B - D - X1;
    p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13;
    p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715;
  }
  p->validYMD = 1;
}

/*
** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number.
*/
static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){
  int s;
  if( p->validHMS ) return;
  computeJD(p);
  s = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000) % 86400000);
  p->s = s/1000.0;
  s = (int)p->s;
  p->s -= s;
  p->h = s/3600;
  s -= p->h*3600;
  p->m = s/60;
  p->s += s - p->m*60;
  p->validHMS = 1;
}

/*
** Compute both YMD and HMS
*/
static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){
  computeYMD(p);
  computeHMS(p);
}

/*
** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ
*/
static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){
  p->validYMD = 0;
  p->validHMS = 0;
  p->validTZ = 0;
}

/*
** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available
** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to 
** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the 
** order of the parameters is reversed.
**
** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx.
**
** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s()
** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides 
** localtime_s().
*/
#if !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) && \
     defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_CRT_INSECURE_DEPRECATE)
#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_S 1
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
/*
** The following routine implements the rough equivalent of localtime_r()
** using whatever operating-system specific localtime facility that
** is available.  This routine returns 0 on success and
** non-zero on any kind of error.
**
** If the sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault variable is true then this
** routine will always fail.
**
** EVIDENCE-OF: R-62172-00036 In this implementation, the standard C
** library function localtime_r() is used to assist in the calculation of
** local time.
*/
static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){
  int rc;
#if (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) \
      && (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S)
  struct tm *pX;
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
#endif
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
  pX = localtime(t);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) pX = 0;
#endif
  if( pX ) *pTm = *pX;
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
  rc = pX==0;
#else
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) return 1;
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
  rc = localtime_r(t, pTm)==0;
#else
  rc = localtime_s(pTm, t);
#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R */
#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R || HAVE_LOCALTIME_S */
  return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */


#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
/*
** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) between localtime and UTC
** (a.k.a. GMT) for the time value p where p is in UTC. If no error occurs,
** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK. 
**
** Or, if an error does occur, set *pRc to SQLITE_ERROR. The returned value
** is undefined in this case.
*/
static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset(
  DateTime *p,                    /* Date at which to calculate offset */
  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Write error here if one occurs */
  int *pRc                        /* OUT: Error code. SQLITE_OK or ERROR */
){
  DateTime x, y;
  time_t t;
  struct tm sLocal;

  /* Initialize the contents of sLocal to avoid a compiler warning. */
  memset(&sLocal, 0, sizeof(sLocal));

  x = *p;
  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
  if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55269-29598 The localtime_r() C function normally only
    ** works for years between 1970 and 2037. For dates outside this range,
    ** SQLite attempts to map the year into an equivalent year within this
    ** range, do the calculation, then map the year back.
    */
    x.Y = 2000;
    x.M = 1;
    x.D = 1;
    x.h = 0;
    x.m = 0;
    x.s = 0.0;
  } else {
    int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5);
    x.s = s;
  }
  x.tz = 0;
  x.validJD = 0;
  computeJD(&x);
  t = (time_t)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000);
  if( osLocaltime(&t, &sLocal) ){
    sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "local time unavailable", -1);
    *pRc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    return 0;
  }
  y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900;
  y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1;
  y.D = sLocal.tm_mday;
  y.h = sLocal.tm_hour;
  y.m = sLocal.tm_min;
  y.s = sLocal.tm_sec;
  y.validYMD = 1;
  y.validHMS = 1;
  y.validJD = 0;
  y.validTZ = 0;
  computeJD(&y);
  *pRc = SQLITE_OK;
  return y.iJD - x.iJD;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */

/*
** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp.  The modifiers are
** as follows:
**
**     NNN days
**     NNN hours
**     NNN minutes
**     NNN.NNNN seconds
**     NNN months
**     NNN years
**     start of month
**     start of year
**     start of week
**     start of day
**     weekday N
**     unixepoch
**     localtime
**     utc
**
** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error. If the error
** is in a system call (i.e. localtime()), then an error message is written
** to context pCtx. If the error is an unrecognized modifier, no error is
** written to pCtx.
*/
static int parseModifier(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *zMod, DateTime *p){
  int rc = 1;
  int n;
  double r;
  char *z, zBuf[30];
  z = zBuf;
  for(n=0; n<ArraySize(zBuf)-1 && zMod[n]; n++){
    z[n] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zMod[n]];
  }
  z[n] = 0;
  switch( z[0] ){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
    case 'l': {
      /*    localtime
      **
      ** Assuming the current time value is UTC (a.k.a. GMT), shift it to
      ** show local time.
      */
      if( strcmp(z, "localtime")==0 ){
        computeJD(p);
        p->iJD += localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
      }
      break;
    }
#endif
    case 'u': {
      /*
      **    unixepoch
      **
      ** Treat the current value of p->iJD as the number of
      ** seconds since 1970.  Convert to a real julian day number.
      */
      if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){
        p->iJD = (p->iJD + 43200)/86400 + 21086676*(i64)10000000;
        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
        rc = 0;
      }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
      else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
        sqlite3_int64 c1;
        computeJD(p);
        c1 = localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          p->iJD -= c1;
          clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
          p->iJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
        }
      }
#endif
      break;
    }
    case 'w': {
      /*
      **    weekday N
      **
      ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of
      ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth.  If the
      ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op.
      */
      if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0
               && sqlite3AtoF(&z[8], &r, sqlite3Strlen30(&z[8]), SQLITE_UTF8)
               && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){
        sqlite3_int64 Z;
        computeYMD_HMS(p);
        p->validTZ = 0;
        p->validJD = 0;
        computeJD(p);
        Z = ((p->iJD + 129600000)/86400000) % 7;
        if( Z>n ) Z -= 7;
        p->iJD += (n - Z)*86400000;
        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
        rc = 0;
      }
      break;
    }
    case 's': {
      /*
      **    start of TTTTT
      **
      ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day,
      ** or month or year.
      */
      if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break;
      z += 9;
      computeYMD(p);
      p->validHMS = 1;
      p->h = p->m = 0;
      p->s = 0.0;
      p->validTZ = 0;
      p->validJD = 0;
      if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
        p->D = 1;
        rc = 0;
      }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
        computeYMD(p);
        p->M = 1;
        p->D = 1;
        rc = 0;
      }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
        rc = 0;
      }
      break;
    }
    case '+':
    case '-':
    case '0':
    case '1':
    case '2':
    case '3':
    case '4':
    case '5':
    case '6':
    case '7':
    case '8':
    case '9': {
      double rRounder;
      for(n=1; z[n] && z[n]!=':' && !sqlite3Isspace(z[n]); n++){}
      if( !sqlite3AtoF(z, &r, n, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
        rc = 1;
        break;
      }
      if( z[n]==':' ){
        /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the
        ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds
        ** to the time.  The ".FFF" may be omitted.  The ":SS.FFF" may be
        ** omitted.
        */
        const char *z2 = z;
        DateTime tx;
        sqlite3_int64 day;
        if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z2) ) z2++;
        memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx));
        if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break;
        computeJD(&tx);
        tx.iJD -= 43200000;
        day = tx.iJD/86400000;
        tx.iJD -= day*86400000;
        if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.iJD = -tx.iJD;
        computeJD(p);
        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
        p->iJD += tx.iJD;
        rc = 0;
        break;
      }
      z += n;
      while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
      n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
      if( n>10 || n<3 ) break;
      if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; }
      computeJD(p);
      rc = 0;
      rRounder = r<0 ? -0.5 : +0.5;
      if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + rRounder);
      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){
        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/24.0) + rRounder);
      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){
        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0)) + rRounder);
      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){
        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0)) + rRounder);
      }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
        int x, y;
        computeYMD_HMS(p);
        p->M += (int)r;
        x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12;
        p->Y += x;
        p->M -= x*12;
        p->validJD = 0;
        computeJD(p);
        y = (int)r;
        if( y!=r ){
          p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*30.0*86400000.0 + rRounder);
        }
      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
        int y = (int)r;
        computeYMD_HMS(p);
        p->Y += y;
        p->validJD = 0;
        computeJD(p);
        if( y!=r ){
          p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*365.0*86400000.0 + rRounder);
        }
      }else{
        rc = 1;
      }
      clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
      break;
    }
    default: {
      break;
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Process time function arguments.  argv[0] is a date-time stamp.
** argv[1] and following are modifiers.  Parse them all and write
** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p.  Return 0
** on success and 1 if there are any errors.
**
** If there are zero parameters (if even argv[0] is undefined)
** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0].
*/
static int isDate(
  sqlite3_context *context, 
  int argc, 
  sqlite3_value **argv, 
  DateTime *p
){
  int i;
  const unsigned char *z;
  int eType;
  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
  if( argc==0 ){
    return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
  }
  if( (eType = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]))==SQLITE_FLOAT
                   || eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
    p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(sqlite3_value_double(argv[0])*86400000.0 + 0.5);
    p->validJD = 1;
  }else{
    z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
    if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){
      return 1;
    }
  }
  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
    z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
    if( z==0 || parseModifier(context, (char*)z, p) ) return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}


/*
** The following routines implement the various date and time functions
** of SQLite.
*/

/*
**    julianday( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
**
** Return the julian day number of the date specified in the arguments
*/
static void juliandayFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  DateTime x;
  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
    computeJD(&x);
    sqlite3_result_double(context, x.iJD/86400000.0);
  }
}

/*
**    datetime( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
**
** Return YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
*/
static void datetimeFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  DateTime x;
  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
    char zBuf[100];
    computeYMD_HMS(&x);
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d",
                     x.Y, x.M, x.D, x.h, x.m, (int)(x.s));
    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  }
}

/*
**    time( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
**
** Return HH:MM:SS
*/
static void timeFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  DateTime x;
  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
    char zBuf[100];
    computeHMS(&x);
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%02d:%02d:%02d", x.h, x.m, (int)x.s);
    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  }
}

/*
**    date( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
**
** Return YYYY-MM-DD
*/
static void dateFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  DateTime x;
  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
    char zBuf[100];
    computeYMD(&x);
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d", x.Y, x.M, x.D);
    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  }
}

/*
**    strftime( FORMAT, TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
**
** Return a string described by FORMAT.  Conversions as follows:
**
**   %d  day of month
**   %f  ** fractional seconds  SS.SSS
**   %H  hour 00-24
**   %j  day of year 000-366
**   %J  ** Julian day number
**   %m  month 01-12
**   %M  minute 00-59
**   %s  seconds since 1970-01-01
**   %S  seconds 00-59
**   %w  day of week 0-6  sunday==0
**   %W  week of year 00-53
**   %Y  year 0000-9999
**   %%  %
*/
static void strftimeFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  DateTime x;
  u64 n;
  size_t i,j;
  char *z;
  sqlite3 *db;
  const char *zFmt = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  char zBuf[100];
  if( zFmt==0 || isDate(context, argc-1, argv+1, &x) ) return;
  db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
  for(i=0, n=1; zFmt[i]; i++, n++){
    if( zFmt[i]=='%' ){
      switch( zFmt[i+1] ){
        case 'd':
        case 'H':
        case 'm':
        case 'M':
        case 'S':
        case 'W':
          n++;
          /* fall thru */
        case 'w':
        case '%':
          break;
        case 'f':
          n += 8;
          break;
        case 'j':
          n += 3;
          break;
        case 'Y':
          n += 8;
          break;
        case 's':
        case 'J':
          n += 50;
          break;
        default:
          return;  /* ERROR.  return a NULL */
      }
      i++;
    }
  }
  testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf)-1 );
  testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf) );
  testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
  testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
  if( n<sizeof(zBuf) ){
    z = zBuf;
  }else if( n>(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
    return;
  }else{
    z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
    if( z==0 ){
      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
      return;
    }
  }
  computeJD(&x);
  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
  for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){
    if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){
      z[j++] = zFmt[i];
    }else{
      i++;
      switch( zFmt[i] ){
        case 'd':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break;
        case 'f': {
          double s = x.s;
          if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999;
          sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s);
          j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
          break;
        }
        case 'H':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break;
        case 'W': /* Fall thru */
        case 'j': {
          int nDay;             /* Number of days since 1st day of year */
          DateTime y = x;
          y.validJD = 0;
          y.M = 1;
          y.D = 1;
          computeJD(&y);
          nDay = (int)((x.iJD-y.iJD+43200000)/86400000);
          if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){
            int wd;   /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */
            wd = (int)(((x.iJD+43200000)/86400000)%7);
            sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7);
            j += 2;
          }else{
            sqlite3_snprintf(4, &z[j],"%03d",nDay+1);
            j += 3;
          }
          break;
        }
        case 'J': {
          sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.iJD/86400000.0);
          j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
          break;
        }
        case 'm':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break;
        case 'M':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break;
        case 's': {
          sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%lld",
                           (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000));
          j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
          break;
        }
        case 'S':  sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break;
        case 'w': {
          z[j++] = (char)(((x.iJD+129600000)/86400000) % 7) + '0';
          break;
        }
        case 'Y': {
          sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
          break;
        }
        default:   z[j++] = '%'; break;
      }
    }
  }
  z[j] = 0;
  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1,
                      z==zBuf ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
}

/*
** current_time()
**
** This function returns the same value as time('now').
*/
static void ctimeFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int NotUsed,
  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
  timeFunc(context, 0, 0);
}

/*
** current_date()
**
** This function returns the same value as date('now').
*/
static void cdateFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int NotUsed,
  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
  dateFunc(context, 0, 0);
}

/*
** current_timestamp()
**
** This function returns the same value as datetime('now').
*/
static void ctimestampFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int NotUsed,
  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
  datetimeFunc(context, 0, 0);
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */

#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
/*
** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time
** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version
** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp()
** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that
** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc.
**
** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime()
** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied
** as the user-data for the function.
*/
static void currentTimeFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  time_t t;
  char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
  sqlite3 *db;
  sqlite3_int64 iT;
  struct tm *pTm;
  struct tm sNow;
  char zBuf[20];

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);

  iT = sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(context);
  if( iT<=0 ) return;
  t = iT/1000 - 10000*(sqlite3_int64)21086676;
#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R
  pTm = gmtime_r(&t, &sNow);
#else
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
  pTm = gmtime(&t);
  if( pTm ) memcpy(&sNow, pTm, sizeof(sNow));
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
#endif
  if( pTm ){
    strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow);
    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  }
}
#endif

/*
** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
** functions.  This should be the only routine in this file with
** external linkage.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){
  static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aDateTimeFuncs[] = {
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
    FUNCTION(julianday,        -1, 0, 0, juliandayFunc ),
    FUNCTION(date,             -1, 0, 0, dateFunc      ),
    FUNCTION(time,             -1, 0, 0, timeFunc      ),
    FUNCTION(datetime,         -1, 0, 0, datetimeFunc  ),
    FUNCTION(strftime,         -1, 0, 0, strftimeFunc  ),
    FUNCTION(current_time,      0, 0, 0, ctimeFunc     ),
    FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, 0, 0, ctimestampFunc),
    FUNCTION(current_date,      0, 0, 0, cdateFunc     ),
#else
    STR_FUNCTION(current_time,      0, "%H:%M:%S",          0, currentTimeFunc),
    STR_FUNCTION(current_date,      0, "%Y-%m-%d",          0, currentTimeFunc),
    STR_FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc),
#endif
  };
  int i;
  FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
  FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aDateTimeFuncs);

  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aDateTimeFuncs); i++){
    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
  }
}

/************** End of date.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file os.c **********************************************/
/*
** 2005 November 29
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all
** architectures.
*/
#define _SQLITE_OS_C_ 1
#undef _SQLITE_OS_C_

/*
** The default SQLite sqlite3_vfs implementations do not allocate
** memory (actually, os_unix.c allocates a small amount of memory
** from within OsOpen()), but some third-party implementations may.
** So we test the effects of a malloc() failing and the sqlite3OsXXX()
** function returning SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM using the DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST macro.
**
** The following functions are instrumented for malloc() failure 
** testing:
**
**     sqlite3OsRead()
**     sqlite3OsWrite()
**     sqlite3OsSync()
**     sqlite3OsFileSize()
**     sqlite3OsLock()
**     sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock()
**     sqlite3OsFileControl()
**     sqlite3OsShmMap()
**     sqlite3OsOpen()
**     sqlite3OsDelete()
**     sqlite3OsAccess()
**     sqlite3OsFullPathname()
**
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test = 1;
  #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x)                                       \
  if (sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test && (!x || !sqlite3IsMemJournal(x))) {  \
    void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10);                             \
    if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;                       \
    sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc);                                         \
  }
#else
  #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x)
#endif

/*
** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods
** of the sqlite3_file object.  This is mostly just syntactic sugar. All
** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using
** C++ instead of plain old C.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file *pId){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( pId->pMethods ){
    rc = pId->pMethods->xClose(pId);
    pId->pMethods = 0;
  }
  return rc;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
  return id->pMethods->xRead(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
  return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){
  return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
  return id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
  return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
  return id->pMethods->xLock(id, lockType);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
  return id->pMethods->xUnlock(id, lockType);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
  return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id, pResOut);
}

/*
** Use sqlite3OsFileControl() when we are doing something that might fail
** and we need to know about the failures.  Use sqlite3OsFileControlHint()
** when simply tossing information over the wall to the VFS and we do not
** really care if the VFS receives and understands the information since it
** is only a hint and can be safely ignored.  The sqlite3OsFileControlHint()
** routine has no return value since the return value would be meaningless.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
  return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
  (void)id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
}

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize;
  return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
  return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int offset, int n, int flags){
  return id->pMethods->xShmLock(id, offset, n, flags);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id){
  id->pMethods->xShmBarrier(id);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int deleteFlag){
  return id->pMethods->xShmUnmap(id, deleteFlag);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(
  sqlite3_file *id,               /* Database file handle */
  int iPage,
  int pgsz,
  int bExtend,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Pointer to mapping */
){
  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
  return id->pMethods->xShmMap(id, iPage, pgsz, bExtend, pp);
}

#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
/* The real implementation of xFetch and xUnfetch */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){
  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
  return id->pMethods->xFetch(id, iOff, iAmt, pp);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){
  return id->pMethods->xUnfetch(id, iOff, p);
}
#else
/* No-op stubs to use when memory-mapped I/O is disabled */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){
  *pp = 0;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){
  return SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif

/*
** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the
** VFS methods.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
  const char *zPath, 
  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
  int flags, 
  int *pFlagsOut
){
  int rc;
  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
  /* 0x87f7f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed
  ** down into the VFS layer.  Some SQLITE_OPEN_ flags (for example,
  ** SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE) are blocked before
  ** reaching the VFS. */
  rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x87f7f, pFlagsOut);
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 );
  return rc;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
  assert( dirSync==0 || dirSync==1 );
  return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
  const char *zPath, 
  int flags, 
  int *pResOut
){
  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
  return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
  const char *zPath, 
  int nPathOut, 
  char *zPathOut
){
  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
  zPathOut[0] = 0;
  return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
  return pVfs->xDlOpen(pVfs, zPath);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
  pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHdle, const char *zSym))(void){
  return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHdle, zSym);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
  pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
  return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
  return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *pTimeOut){
  int rc;
  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-49045-42493 SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64()
  ** method to get the current date and time if that method is available
  ** (if iVersion is 2 or greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and
  ** will fall back to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is
  ** unavailable.
  */
  if( pVfs->iVersion>=2 && pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64 ){
    rc = pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, pTimeOut);
  }else{
    double r;
    rc = pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, &r);
    *pTimeOut = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0);
  }
  return rc;
}

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
  const char *zFile, 
  sqlite3_file **ppFile, 
  int flags,
  int *pOutFlags
){
  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  sqlite3_file *pFile;
  pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile);
  if( pFile ){
    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3_free(pFile);
    }else{
      *ppFile = pFile;
    }
  }
  return rc;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  assert( pFile );
  rc = sqlite3OsClose(pFile);
  sqlite3_free(pFile);
  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is a wrapper around the OS specific implementation of
** sqlite3_os_init(). The purpose of the wrapper is to provide the
** ability to simulate a malloc failure, so that the handling of an
** error in sqlite3_os_init() by the upper layers can be tested.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void){
  void *p = sqlite3_malloc(10);
  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  sqlite3_free(p);
  return sqlite3_os_init();
}

/*
** The list of all registered VFS implementations.
*/
static sqlite3_vfs * SQLITE_WSD vfsList = 0;
#define vfsList GLOBAL(sqlite3_vfs *, vfsList)

/*
** Locate a VFS by name.  If no name is given, simply return the
** first VFS on the list.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0;
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
  if( rc ) return 0;
#endif
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
  mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
#endif
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
  for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){
    if( zVfs==0 ) break;
    if( strcmp(zVfs, pVfs->zName)==0 ) break;
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
  return pVfs;
}

/*
** Unlink a VFS from the linked list
*/
static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) );
  if( pVfs==0 ){
    /* No-op */
  }else if( vfsList==pVfs ){
    vfsList = pVfs->pNext;
  }else if( vfsList ){
    sqlite3_vfs *p = vfsList;
    while( p->pNext && p->pNext!=pVfs ){
      p = p->pNext;
    }
    if( p->pNext==pVfs ){
      p->pNext = pVfs->pNext;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Register a VFS with the system.  It is harmless to register the same
** VFS multiple times.  The new VFS becomes the default if makeDflt is
** true.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){
  MUTEX_LOGIC(sqlite3_mutex *mutex;)
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
  if( rc ) return rc;
#endif
  MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
  vfsUnlink(pVfs);
  if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){
    pVfs->pNext = vfsList;
    vfsList = pVfs;
  }else{
    pVfs->pNext = vfsList->pNext;
    vfsList->pNext = pVfs;
  }
  assert(vfsList);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Unregister a VFS so that it is no longer accessible.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
#endif
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
  vfsUnlink(pVfs);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/************** End of os.c **************************************************/
/************** Begin file fault.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2008 Jan 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" 
** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the
** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory
** and returns 0). 
**
** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite
** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually
** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily
** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this 
** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The 
** hash table will continue to function normally.  So a malloc failure 
** during a hash table resize is a benign fault.
*/


#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST

/*
** Global variables.
*/
typedef struct BenignMallocHooks BenignMallocHooks;
static SQLITE_WSD struct BenignMallocHooks {
  void (*xBenignBegin)(void);
  void (*xBenignEnd)(void);
} sqlite3Hooks = { 0, 0 };

/* The "wsdHooks" macro will resolve to the appropriate BenignMallocHooks
** structure.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
** case where writable static data is supported, wsdHooks can refer directly
** to the "sqlite3Hooks" state vector declared above.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
# define wsdHooksInit \
  BenignMallocHooks *x = &GLOBAL(BenignMallocHooks,sqlite3Hooks)
# define wsdHooks x[0]
#else
# define wsdHooksInit
# define wsdHooks sqlite3Hooks
#endif


/*
** Register hooks to call when sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() and
** sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() are called, respectively.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(
  void (*xBenignBegin)(void),
  void (*xBenignEnd)(void)
){
  wsdHooksInit;
  wsdHooks.xBenignBegin = xBenignBegin;
  wsdHooks.xBenignEnd = xBenignEnd;
}

/*
** This (sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()) is called by SQLite code to indicate that
** subsequent malloc failures are benign. A call to sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
** indicates that subsequent malloc failures are non-benign.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void){
  wsdHooksInit;
  if( wsdHooks.xBenignBegin ){
    wsdHooks.xBenignBegin();
  }
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void){
  wsdHooksInit;
  if( wsdHooks.xBenignEnd ){
    wsdHooks.xBenignEnd();
  }
}

#endif   /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */

/************** End of fault.c ***********************************************/
/************** Begin file mem0.c ********************************************/
/*
** 2008 October 28
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains a no-op memory allocation drivers for use when
** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC is defined.  The allocation drivers implemented
** here always fail.  SQLite will not operate with these drivers.  These
** are merely placeholders.  Real drivers must be substituted using
** sqlite3_config() before SQLite will operate.
*/

/*
** This version of the memory allocator is the default.  It is
** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time
** macros.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC

/*
** No-op versions of all memory allocation routines
*/
static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ return 0; }
static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ return; }
static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ return 0; }
static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ return 0; }
static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ return n; }
static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ return SQLITE_OK; }
static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ return; }

/*
** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
**
** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
     sqlite3MemMalloc,
     sqlite3MemFree,
     sqlite3MemRealloc,
     sqlite3MemSize,
     sqlite3MemRoundup,
     sqlite3MemInit,
     sqlite3MemShutdown,
     0
  };
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
}

#endif /* SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC */

/************** End of mem0.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file mem1.c ********************************************/
/*
** 2007 August 14
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when
** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface
** to obtain the memory it needs.
**
** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.  The content of
** this file is only used if SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC is defined.  The
** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC macro is defined automatically if neither the
** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG nor the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC macros are defined.  The
** default configuration is to use memory allocation routines in this
** file.
**
** C-preprocessor macro summary:
**
**    HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE     The configure script sets this symbol if
**                                the malloc_usable_size() interface exists
**                                on the target platform.  Or, this symbol
**                                can be set manually, if desired.
**                                If an equivalent interface exists by
**                                a different name, using a separate -D
**                                option to rename it.
**
**    SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC   Some older macs lack support for the zone
**                                memory allocator.  Set this symbol to enable
**                                building on older macs.
**
**    SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE        Set this symbol to disable the use of
**                                _msize() on windows systems.  This might
**                                be necessary when compiling for Delphi,
**                                for example.
*/

/*
** This version of the memory allocator is the default.  It is
** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time
** macros.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC
#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC)

/*
** Use the zone allocator available on apple products unless the
** SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC symbol is defined.
*/
#include <sys/sysctl.h>
#include <malloc/malloc.h>
#include <libkern/OSAtomic.h>
static malloc_zone_t* _sqliteZone_;
#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc_zone_malloc(_sqliteZone_, (x))
#define SQLITE_FREE(x) malloc_zone_free(_sqliteZone_, (x));
#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) malloc_zone_realloc(_sqliteZone_, (x), (y))
#define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) \
        (_sqliteZone_ ? _sqliteZone_->size(_sqliteZone_,x) : malloc_size(x))

#else /* if not __APPLE__ */

/*
** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems.  
** Also used by Apple systems if SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC is defined.
*/
#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x)             malloc(x)
#define SQLITE_FREE(x)               free(x)
#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y)          realloc((x),(y))

/*
** The malloc.h header file is needed for malloc_usable_size() function
** on some systems (e.g. Linux).
*/
#if defined(HAVE_MALLOC_H) && defined(HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE)
#  define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H
#  define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE
/*
** The MSVCRT has malloc_usable_size(), but it is called _msize().  The
** use of _msize() is automatic, but can be disabled by compiling with
** -DSQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE.  Using the _msize() function also requires
** the malloc.h header file.
*/
#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE)
#  define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H
#  define SQLITE_USE_MSIZE
#endif

/*
** Include the malloc.h header file, if necessary.  Also set define macro
** SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the appropriate function name, which is _msize()
** for MSVC and malloc_usable_size() for most other systems (e.g. Linux).
** The memory size function can always be overridden manually by defining
** the macro SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the desired function name.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H)
#  include <malloc.h>
#  if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE)
#    if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE)
#      define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x)   malloc_usable_size(x)
#    endif
#  elif defined(SQLITE_USE_MSIZE)
#    if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE)
#      define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE      _msize
#    endif
#  endif
#endif /* defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H) */

#endif /* __APPLE__ or not __APPLE__ */

/*
** Like malloc(), but remember the size of the allocation
** so that we can find it later using sqlite3MemSize().
**
** For this low-level routine, we are guaranteed that nByte>0 because
** cases of nByte<=0 will be intercepted and dealt with by higher level
** routines.
*/
static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
  void *p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte );
  if( p==0 ){
    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte);
  }
  return p;
#else
  sqlite3_int64 *p;
  assert( nByte>0 );
  nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
  p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte+8 );
  if( p ){
    p[0] = nByte;
    p++;
  }else{
    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte);
  }
  return (void *)p;
#endif
}

/*
** Like free() but works for allocations obtained from sqlite3MemMalloc()
** or sqlite3MemRealloc().
**
** For this low-level routine, we already know that pPrior!=0 since
** cases where pPrior==0 will have been intecepted and dealt with
** by higher-level routines.
*/
static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
  SQLITE_FREE(pPrior);
#else
  sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
  assert( pPrior!=0 );
  p--;
  SQLITE_FREE(p);
#endif
}

/*
** Report the allocated size of a prior return from xMalloc()
** or xRealloc().
*/
static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){
#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
  return pPrior ? (int)SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior) : 0;
#else
  sqlite3_int64 *p;
  if( pPrior==0 ) return 0;
  p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
  p--;
  return (int)p[0];
#endif
}

/*
** Like realloc().  Resize an allocation previously obtained from
** sqlite3MemMalloc().
**
** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0.  Cases where
** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and
** redirected to xMalloc.  Similarly, we know that nByte>0 becauses
** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level
** routines and redirected to xFree.
*/
static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
  void *p = SQLITE_REALLOC(pPrior, nByte);
  if( p==0 ){
    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
      "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes",
      SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior), nByte);
  }
  return p;
#else
  sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
  assert( pPrior!=0 && nByte>0 );
  assert( nByte==ROUND8(nByte) ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */
  p--;
  p = SQLITE_REALLOC(p, nByte+8 );
  if( p ){
    p[0] = nByte;
    p++;
  }else{
    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
      "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes",
      sqlite3MemSize(pPrior), nByte);
  }
  return (void*)p;
#endif
}

/*
** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
*/
static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
  return ROUND8(n);
}

/*
** Initialize this module.
*/
static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC)
  int cpuCount;
  size_t len;
  if( _sqliteZone_ ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  len = sizeof(cpuCount);
  /* One usually wants to use hw.acctivecpu for MT decisions, but not here */
  sysctlbyname("hw.ncpu", &cpuCount, &len, NULL, 0);
  if( cpuCount>1 ){
    /* defer MT decisions to system malloc */
    _sqliteZone_ = malloc_default_zone();
  }else{
    /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks, 
    ** e.g. we have our own dedicated locks */
    bool success;
    malloc_zone_t* newzone = malloc_create_zone(4096, 0);
    malloc_set_zone_name(newzone, "Sqlite_Heap");
    do{
      success = OSAtomicCompareAndSwapPtrBarrier(NULL, newzone, 
                                 (void * volatile *)&_sqliteZone_);
    }while(!_sqliteZone_);
    if( !success ){
      /* somebody registered a zone first */
      malloc_destroy_zone(newzone);
    }
  }
#endif
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Deinitialize this module.
*/
static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  return;
}

/*
** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
**
** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
     sqlite3MemMalloc,
     sqlite3MemFree,
     sqlite3MemRealloc,
     sqlite3MemSize,
     sqlite3MemRoundup,
     sqlite3MemInit,
     sqlite3MemShutdown,
     0
  };
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
}

#endif /* SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC */

/************** End of mem1.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file mem2.c ********************************************/
/*
** 2007 August 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when
** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface
** to obtain the memory it needs while adding lots of additional debugging
** information to each allocation in order to help detect and fix memory
** leaks and memory usage errors.
**
** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.
*/

/*
** This version of the memory allocator is used only if the
** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro is defined
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG

/*
** The backtrace functionality is only available with GLIBC
*/
#ifdef __GLIBC__
  extern int backtrace(void**,int);
  extern void backtrace_symbols_fd(void*const*,int,int);
#else
# define backtrace(A,B) 1
# define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C)
#endif
/* #include <stdio.h> */

/*
** Each memory allocation looks like this:
**
**  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
**  | Title |  backtrace pointers |  MemBlockHdr |  allocation |  EndGuard |
**  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** The application code sees only a pointer to the allocation.  We have
** to back up from the allocation pointer to find the MemBlockHdr.  The
** MemBlockHdr tells us the size of the allocation and the number of
** backtrace pointers.  There is also a guard word at the end of the
** MemBlockHdr.
*/
struct MemBlockHdr {
  i64 iSize;                          /* Size of this allocation */
  struct MemBlockHdr *pNext, *pPrev;  /* Linked list of all unfreed memory */
  char nBacktrace;                    /* Number of backtraces on this alloc */
  char nBacktraceSlots;               /* Available backtrace slots */
  u8 nTitle;                          /* Bytes of title; includes '\0' */
  u8 eType;                           /* Allocation type code */
  int iForeGuard;                     /* Guard word for sanity */
};

/*
** Guard words
*/
#define FOREGUARD 0x80F5E153
#define REARGUARD 0xE4676B53

/*
** Number of malloc size increments to track.
*/
#define NCSIZE  1000

/*
** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
** into a single structure named "mem".  This is to keep the
** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
*/
static struct {
  
  /*
  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
  */
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;

  /*
  ** Head and tail of a linked list of all outstanding allocations
  */
  struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst;
  struct MemBlockHdr *pLast;
  
  /*
  ** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations.
  */
  int nBacktrace;
  void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **);

  /*
  ** Title text to insert in front of each block
  */
  int nTitle;        /* Bytes of zTitle to save.  Includes '\0' and padding */
  char zTitle[100];  /* The title text */

  /* 
  ** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter.
  ** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it.
  */
  int disallow; /* Do not allow memory allocation */

  /*
  ** Gather statistics on the sizes of memory allocations.
  ** nAlloc[i] is the number of allocation attempts of i*8
  ** bytes.  i==NCSIZE is the number of allocation attempts for
  ** sizes more than NCSIZE*8 bytes.
  */
  int nAlloc[NCSIZE];      /* Total number of allocations */
  int nCurrent[NCSIZE];    /* Current number of allocations */
  int mxCurrent[NCSIZE];   /* Highwater mark for nCurrent */

} mem;


/*
** Adjust memory usage statistics
*/
static void adjustStats(int iSize, int increment){
  int i = ROUND8(iSize)/8;
  if( i>NCSIZE-1 ){
    i = NCSIZE - 1;
  }
  if( increment>0 ){
    mem.nAlloc[i]++;
    mem.nCurrent[i]++;
    if( mem.nCurrent[i]>mem.mxCurrent[i] ){
      mem.mxCurrent[i] = mem.nCurrent[i];
    }
  }else{
    mem.nCurrent[i]--;
    assert( mem.nCurrent[i]>=0 );
  }
}

/*
** Given an allocation, find the MemBlockHdr for that allocation.
**
** This routine checks the guards at either end of the allocation and
** if they are incorrect it asserts.
*/
static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){
  struct MemBlockHdr *p;
  int *pInt;
  u8 *pU8;
  int nReserve;

  p = (struct MemBlockHdr*)pAllocation;
  p--;
  assert( p->iForeGuard==(int)FOREGUARD );
  nReserve = ROUND8(p->iSize);
  pInt = (int*)pAllocation;
  pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation;
  assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==(int)REARGUARD );
  /* This checks any of the "extra" bytes allocated due
  ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure 
  ** they haven't been overwritten.
  */
  while( nReserve-- > p->iSize ) assert( pU8[nReserve]==0x65 );
  return p;
}

/*
** Return the number of bytes currently allocated at address p.
*/
static int sqlite3MemSize(void *p){
  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
  if( !p ){
    return 0;
  }
  pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
  return (int)pHdr->iSize;
}

/*
** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  assert( (sizeof(struct MemBlockHdr)&7) == 0 );
  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
    /* If memory status is enabled, then the malloc.c wrapper will already
    ** hold the STATIC_MEM mutex when the routines here are invoked. */
    mem.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  mem.mutex = 0;
}

/*
** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
*/
static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
  return ROUND8(n);
}

/*
** Fill a buffer with pseudo-random bytes.  This is used to preset
** the content of a new memory allocation to unpredictable values and
** to clear the content of a freed allocation to unpredictable values.
*/
static void randomFill(char *pBuf, int nByte){
  unsigned int x, y, r;
  x = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pBuf);
  y = nByte | 1;
  while( nByte >= 4 ){
    x = (x>>1) ^ (-(int)(x&1) & 0xd0000001);
    y = y*1103515245 + 12345;
    r = x ^ y;
    *(int*)pBuf = r;
    pBuf += 4;
    nByte -= 4;
  }
  while( nByte-- > 0 ){
    x = (x>>1) ^ (-(int)(x&1) & 0xd0000001);
    y = y*1103515245 + 12345;
    r = x ^ y;
    *(pBuf++) = r & 0xff;
  }
}

/*
** Allocate nByte bytes of memory.
*/
static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
  void **pBt;
  char *z;
  int *pInt;
  void *p = 0;
  int totalSize;
  int nReserve;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
  assert( mem.disallow==0 );
  nReserve = ROUND8(nByte);
  totalSize = nReserve + sizeof(*pHdr) + sizeof(int) +
               mem.nBacktrace*sizeof(void*) + mem.nTitle;
  p = malloc(totalSize);
  if( p ){
    z = p;
    pBt = (void**)&z[mem.nTitle];
    pHdr = (struct MemBlockHdr*)&pBt[mem.nBacktrace];
    pHdr->pNext = 0;
    pHdr->pPrev = mem.pLast;
    if( mem.pLast ){
      mem.pLast->pNext = pHdr;
    }else{
      mem.pFirst = pHdr;
    }
    mem.pLast = pHdr;
    pHdr->iForeGuard = FOREGUARD;
    pHdr->eType = MEMTYPE_HEAP;
    pHdr->nBacktraceSlots = mem.nBacktrace;
    pHdr->nTitle = mem.nTitle;
    if( mem.nBacktrace ){
      void *aAddr[40];
      pHdr->nBacktrace = backtrace(aAddr, mem.nBacktrace+1)-1;
      memcpy(pBt, &aAddr[1], pHdr->nBacktrace*sizeof(void*));
      assert(pBt[0]);
      if( mem.xBacktrace ){
        mem.xBacktrace(nByte, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &aAddr[1]);
      }
    }else{
      pHdr->nBacktrace = 0;
    }
    if( mem.nTitle ){
      memcpy(z, mem.zTitle, mem.nTitle);
    }
    pHdr->iSize = nByte;
    adjustStats(nByte, +1);
    pInt = (int*)&pHdr[1];
    pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)] = REARGUARD;
    randomFill((char*)pInt, nByte);
    memset(((char*)pInt)+nByte, 0x65, nReserve-nByte);
    p = (void*)pInt;
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
  return p; 
}

/*
** Free memory.
*/
static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
  void **pBt;
  char *z;
  assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 
       || mem.mutex!=0 );
  pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
  pBt = (void**)pHdr;
  pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
  if( pHdr->pPrev ){
    assert( pHdr->pPrev->pNext==pHdr );
    pHdr->pPrev->pNext = pHdr->pNext;
  }else{
    assert( mem.pFirst==pHdr );
    mem.pFirst = pHdr->pNext;
  }
  if( pHdr->pNext ){
    assert( pHdr->pNext->pPrev==pHdr );
    pHdr->pNext->pPrev = pHdr->pPrev;
  }else{
    assert( mem.pLast==pHdr );
    mem.pLast = pHdr->pPrev;
  }
  z = (char*)pBt;
  z -= pHdr->nTitle;
  adjustStats((int)pHdr->iSize, -1);
  randomFill(z, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) +
                (int)pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle);
  free(z);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);  
}

/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
**
** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the
** allocation into a new place in memory.  In this way, if the 
** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is 
** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find
** the error.
*/
static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
  struct MemBlockHdr *pOldHdr;
  void *pNew;
  assert( mem.disallow==0 );
  assert( (nByte & 7)==0 );     /* EV: R-46199-30249 */
  pOldHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
  pNew = sqlite3MemMalloc(nByte);
  if( pNew ){
    memcpy(pNew, pPrior, (int)(nByte<pOldHdr->iSize ? nByte : pOldHdr->iSize));
    if( nByte>pOldHdr->iSize ){
      randomFill(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], nByte - (int)pOldHdr->iSize);
    }
    sqlite3MemFree(pPrior);
  }
  return pNew;
}

/*
** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
     sqlite3MemMalloc,
     sqlite3MemFree,
     sqlite3MemRealloc,
     sqlite3MemSize,
     sqlite3MemRoundup,
     sqlite3MemInit,
     sqlite3MemShutdown,
     0
  };
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
}

/*
** Set the "type" of an allocation.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void *p, u8 eType){
  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
    struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
    pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
    assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );
    pHdr->eType = eType;
  }
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches the type of the
** allocation p.  Also return true if p==NULL.
**
** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to
** verify the type of an allocation.  For example:
**
**     assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void *p, u8 eType){
  int rc = 1;
  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
    struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
    pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
    assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );         /* Allocation is valid */
    if( (pHdr->eType&eType)==0 ){
      rc = 0;
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches no bits of the type of the
** allocation p.  Also return true if p==NULL.
**
** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to
** verify the type of an allocation.  For example:
**
**     assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void *p, u8 eType){
  int rc = 1;
  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
    struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
    pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
    assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );         /* Allocation is valid */
    if( (pHdr->eType&eType)!=0 ){
      rc = 0;
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Set the number of backtrace levels kept for each allocation.
** A value of zero turns off backtracing.  The number is always rounded
** up to a multiple of 2.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktrace(int depth){
  if( depth<0 ){ depth = 0; }
  if( depth>20 ){ depth = 20; }
  depth = (depth+1)&0xfe;
  mem.nBacktrace = depth;
}

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktraceCallback(void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **)){
  mem.xBacktrace = xBacktrace;
}

/*
** Set the title string for subsequent allocations.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(const char *zTitle){
  unsigned int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zTitle) + 1;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
  if( n>=sizeof(mem.zTitle) ) n = sizeof(mem.zTitle)-1;
  memcpy(mem.zTitle, zTitle, n);
  mem.zTitle[n] = 0;
  mem.nTitle = ROUND8(n);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
}

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSync(){
  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
  for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){
    void **pBt = (void**)pHdr;
    pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
    mem.xBacktrace((int)pHdr->iSize, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &pBt[1]);
  }
}

/*
** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
** allocations into that log.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){
  FILE *out;
  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
  void **pBt;
  int i;
  out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
  if( out==0 ){
    fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
                    zFilename);
    return;
  }
  for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){
    char *z = (char*)pHdr;
    z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle;
    fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n", 
            pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???");
    if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){
      fflush(out);
      pBt = (void**)pHdr;
      pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
      backtrace_symbols_fd(pBt, pHdr->nBacktrace, fileno(out));
      fprintf(out, "\n");
    }
  }
  fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n");
  for(i=0; i<NCSIZE-1; i++){
    if( mem.nAlloc[i] ){
      fprintf(out, "   %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n", 
            i*8, mem.nAlloc[i], mem.nCurrent[i], mem.mxCurrent[i]);
    }
  }
  if( mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1] ){
    fprintf(out, "   %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n",
             NCSIZE*8-8, mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1],
             mem.nCurrent[NCSIZE-1], mem.mxCurrent[NCSIZE-1]);
  }
  fclose(out);
}

/*
** Return the number of times sqlite3MemMalloc() has been called.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount(){
  int i;
  int nTotal = 0;
  for(i=0; i<NCSIZE; i++){
    nTotal += mem.nAlloc[i];
  }
  return nTotal;
}


#endif /* SQLITE_MEMDEBUG */

/************** End of mem2.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file mem3.c ********************************************/
/*
** 2007 October 14
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. 
**
** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
** use of malloc(). The SQLite user supplies a block of memory
** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() 
** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
** be changed.
**
** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined.
*/

/*
** This version of the memory allocator is only built into the library
** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined. Defining this symbol does not
** mean that the library will use a memory-pool by default, just that
** it is available. The mempool allocator is activated by calling
** sqlite3_config().
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3

/*
** Maximum size (in Mem3Blocks) of a "small" chunk.
*/
#define MX_SMALL 10


/*
** Number of freelist hash slots
*/
#define N_HASH  61

/*
** A memory allocation (also called a "chunk") consists of two or 
** more blocks where each block is 8 bytes.  The first 8 bytes are 
** a header that is not returned to the user.
**
** A chunk is two or more blocks that is either checked out or
** free.  The first block has format u.hdr.  u.hdr.size4x is 4 times the
** size of the allocation in blocks if the allocation is free.
** The u.hdr.size4x&1 bit is true if the chunk is checked out and
** false if the chunk is on the freelist.  The u.hdr.size4x&2 bit
** is true if the previous chunk is checked out and false if the
** previous chunk is free.  The u.hdr.prevSize field is the size of
** the previous chunk in blocks if the previous chunk is on the
** freelist. If the previous chunk is checked out, then
** u.hdr.prevSize can be part of the data for that chunk and should
** not be read or written.
**
** We often identify a chunk by its index in mem3.aPool[].  When
** this is done, the chunk index refers to the second block of
** the chunk.  In this way, the first chunk has an index of 1.
** A chunk index of 0 means "no such chunk" and is the equivalent
** of a NULL pointer.
**
** The second block of free chunks is of the form u.list.  The
** two fields form a double-linked list of chunks of related sizes.
** Pointers to the head of the list are stored in mem3.aiSmall[] 
** for smaller chunks and mem3.aiHash[] for larger chunks.
**
** The second block of a chunk is user data if the chunk is checked 
** out.  If a chunk is checked out, the user data may extend into
** the u.hdr.prevSize value of the following chunk.
*/
typedef struct Mem3Block Mem3Block;
struct Mem3Block {
  union {
    struct {
      u32 prevSize;   /* Size of previous chunk in Mem3Block elements */
      u32 size4x;     /* 4x the size of current chunk in Mem3Block elements */
    } hdr;
    struct {
      u32 next;       /* Index in mem3.aPool[] of next free chunk */
      u32 prev;       /* Index in mem3.aPool[] of previous free chunk */
    } list;
  } u;
};

/*
** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
** into a single structure named "mem3".  This is to keep the
** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
*/
static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem3Global {
  /*
  ** Memory available for allocation. nPool is the size of the array
  ** (in Mem3Blocks) pointed to by aPool less 2.
  */
  u32 nPool;
  Mem3Block *aPool;

  /*
  ** True if we are evaluating an out-of-memory callback.
  */
  int alarmBusy;
  
  /*
  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
  */
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
  
  /*
  ** The minimum amount of free space that we have seen.
  */
  u32 mnMaster;

  /*
  ** iMaster is the index of the master chunk.  Most new allocations
  ** occur off of this chunk.  szMaster is the size (in Mem3Blocks)
  ** of the current master.  iMaster is 0 if there is not master chunk.
  ** The master chunk is not in either the aiHash[] or aiSmall[].
  */
  u32 iMaster;
  u32 szMaster;

  /*
  ** Array of lists of free blocks according to the block size 
  ** for smaller chunks, or a hash on the block size for larger
  ** chunks.
  */
  u32 aiSmall[MX_SMALL-1];   /* For sizes 2 through MX_SMALL, inclusive */
  u32 aiHash[N_HASH];        /* For sizes MX_SMALL+1 and larger */
} mem3 = { 97535575 };

#define mem3 GLOBAL(struct Mem3Global, mem3)

/*
** Unlink the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] from list it is currently
** on.  *pRoot is the list that i is a member of.
*/
static void memsys3UnlinkFromList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){
  u32 next = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next;
  u32 prev = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
  if( prev==0 ){
    *pRoot = next;
  }else{
    mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next = next;
  }
  if( next ){
    mem3.aPool[next].u.list.prev = prev;
  }
  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = 0;
  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0;
}

/*
** Unlink the chunk at index i from 
** whatever list is currently a member of.
*/
static void memsys3Unlink(u32 i){
  u32 size, hash;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 );
  assert( i>=1 );
  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
  assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
  assert( size>=2 );
  if( size <= MX_SMALL ){
    memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]);
  }else{
    hash = size % N_HASH;
    memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
  }
}

/*
** Link the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] so that is on the list rooted
** at *pRoot.
*/
static void memsys3LinkIntoList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = *pRoot;
  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0;
  if( *pRoot ){
    mem3.aPool[*pRoot].u.list.prev = i;
  }
  *pRoot = i;
}

/*
** Link the chunk at index i into either the appropriate
** small chunk list, or into the large chunk hash table.
*/
static void memsys3Link(u32 i){
  u32 size, hash;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
  assert( i>=1 );
  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 );
  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
  assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
  assert( size>=2 );
  if( size <= MX_SMALL ){
    memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]);
  }else{
    hash = size % N_HASH;
    memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
  }
}

/*
** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true.
*/
static void memsys3Enter(void){
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 && mem3.mutex==0 ){
    mem3.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex);
}
static void memsys3Leave(void){
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
}

/*
** Called when we are unable to satisfy an allocation of nBytes.
*/
static void memsys3OutOfMemory(int nByte){
  if( !mem3.alarmBusy ){
    mem3.alarmBusy = 1;
    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
    sqlite3_release_memory(nByte);
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex);
    mem3.alarmBusy = 0;
  }
}


/*
** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked.  Adjust its 
** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the 
** user portion of the chunk.
*/
static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){
  u32 x;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
  assert( i>=1 );
  assert( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock );
  assert( mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize==nBlock );
  x = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
  mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 | 1 | (x&2);
  mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
  mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
  return &mem3.aPool[i];
}

/*
** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iMaster free chunk.
** Return a pointer to the new allocation.  Or, if the master chunk
** is not large enough, return 0.
*/
static void *memsys3FromMaster(u32 nBlock){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
  assert( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock );
  if( nBlock>=mem3.szMaster-1 ){
    /* Use the entire master */
    void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iMaster, mem3.szMaster);
    mem3.iMaster = 0;
    mem3.szMaster = 0;
    mem3.mnMaster = 0;
    return p;
  }else{
    /* Split the master block.  Return the tail. */
    u32 newi, x;
    newi = mem3.iMaster + mem3.szMaster - nBlock;
    assert( newi > mem3.iMaster+1 );
    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
    mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 + 1;
    mem3.szMaster -= nBlock;
    mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
    x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
    if( mem3.szMaster < mem3.mnMaster ){
      mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
    }
    return (void*)&mem3.aPool[newi];
  }
}

/*
** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size
** or same size hash.  In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either
** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[].  
**
** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries
** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks.  
**
** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces 
** the current mem3.iMaster with the new larger chunk.  In order for
** this mem3.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be
** linked into the hash tables.  That is not the normal state of
** affairs, of course.  The calling routine must link the master
** chunk before invoking this routine, then must unlink the (possibly
** changed) master chunk once this routine has finished.
*/
static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){
  u32 iNext, prev, size, i, x;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
  for(i=*pRoot; i>0; i=iNext){
    iNext = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next;
    size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
    assert( (size&1)==0 );
    if( (size&2)==0 ){
      memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, pRoot);
      assert( i > mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
      prev = i - mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
      if( prev==iNext ){
        iNext = mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next;
      }
      memsys3Unlink(prev);
      size = i + size/4 - prev;
      x = mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
      mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x = size*4 | x;
      mem3.aPool[prev+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size;
      memsys3Link(prev);
      i = prev;
    }else{
      size /= 4;
    }
    if( size>mem3.szMaster ){
      mem3.iMaster = i;
      mem3.szMaster = size;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
** Return NULL if unable.
**
** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
*/
static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
  u32 i;
  u32 nBlock;
  u32 toFree;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
  assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 );
  if( nByte<=12 ){
    nBlock = 2;
  }else{
    nBlock = (nByte + 11)/8;
  }
  assert( nBlock>=2 );

  /* STEP 1:
  ** Look for an entry of the correct size in either the small
  ** chunk table or in the large chunk hash table.  This is
  ** successful most of the time (about 9 times out of 10).
  */
  if( nBlock <= MX_SMALL ){
    i = mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2];
    if( i>0 ){
      memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]);
      return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock);
    }
  }else{
    int hash = nBlock % N_HASH;
    for(i=mem3.aiHash[hash]; i>0; i=mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next){
      if( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ){
        memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
        return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock);
      }
    }
  }

  /* STEP 2:
  ** Try to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off of the end
  ** of the master chunk.  This step usually works if step 1 fails.
  */
  if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
    return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
  }


  /* STEP 3:  
  ** Loop through the entire memory pool.  Coalesce adjacent free
  ** chunks.  Recompute the master chunk as the largest free chunk.
  ** Then try again to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off
  ** of the end of the master chunk.  This step happens very
  ** rarely (we hope!)
  */
  for(toFree=nBlock*16; toFree<(mem3.nPool*16); toFree *= 2){
    memsys3OutOfMemory(toFree);
    if( mem3.iMaster ){
      memsys3Link(mem3.iMaster);
      mem3.iMaster = 0;
      mem3.szMaster = 0;
    }
    for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
      memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiHash[i]);
    }
    for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){
      memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiSmall[i]);
    }
    if( mem3.szMaster ){
      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
      if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
        return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
      }
    }
  }

  /* If none of the above worked, then we fail. */
  return 0;
}

/*
** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
**
** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
*/
static void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
  Mem3Block *p = (Mem3Block*)pOld;
  int i;
  u32 size, x;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
  assert( p>mem3.aPool && p<&mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool] );
  i = p - mem3.aPool;
  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==1 );
  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
  assert( i+size<=mem3.nPool+1 );
  mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~1;
  mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size;
  mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~2;
  memsys3Link(i);

  /* Try to expand the master using the newly freed chunk */
  if( mem3.iMaster ){
    while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){
      size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
      mem3.iMaster -= size;
      mem3.szMaster += size;
      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
      x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
    }
    x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
    while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){
      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster);
      mem3.szMaster += mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.  The
** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead.  This only
** works for chunks that are currently checked out.
*/
static int memsys3Size(void *p){
  Mem3Block *pBlock;
  if( p==0 ) return 0;
  pBlock = (Mem3Block*)p;
  assert( (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)!=0 );
  return (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&~3)*2 - 4;
}

/*
** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
*/
static int memsys3Roundup(int n){
  if( n<=12 ){
    return 12;
  }else{
    return ((n+11)&~7) - 4;
  }
}

/*
** Allocate nBytes of memory.
*/
static void *memsys3Malloc(int nBytes){
  sqlite3_int64 *p;
  assert( nBytes>0 );          /* malloc.c filters out 0 byte requests */
  memsys3Enter();
  p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
  memsys3Leave();
  return (void*)p; 
}

/*
** Free memory.
*/
static void memsys3Free(void *pPrior){
  assert( pPrior );
  memsys3Enter();
  memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
  memsys3Leave();
}

/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
*/
static void *memsys3Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
  int nOld;
  void *p;
  if( pPrior==0 ){
    return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes);
  }
  if( nBytes<=0 ){
    sqlite3_free(pPrior);
    return 0;
  }
  nOld = memsys3Size(pPrior);
  if( nBytes<=nOld && nBytes>=nOld-128 ){
    return pPrior;
  }
  memsys3Enter();
  p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
  if( p ){
    if( nOld<nBytes ){
      memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld);
    }else{
      memcpy(p, pPrior, nBytes);
    }
    memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
  }
  memsys3Leave();
  return p;
}

/*
** Initialize this module.
*/
static int memsys3Init(void *NotUsed){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap ){
    return SQLITE_ERROR;
  }

  /* Store a pointer to the memory block in global structure mem3. */
  assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 );
  mem3.aPool = (Mem3Block *)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;
  mem3.nPool = (sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap / sizeof(Mem3Block)) - 2;

  /* Initialize the master block. */
  mem3.szMaster = mem3.nPool;
  mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
  mem3.iMaster = 1;
  mem3.aPool[0].u.hdr.size4x = (mem3.szMaster<<2) + 2;
  mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.nPool;
  mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.size4x = 1;

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Deinitialize this module.
*/
static void memsys3Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  mem3.mutex = 0;
  return;
}



/*
** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
** allocations into that log.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  FILE *out;
  u32 i, j;
  u32 size;
  if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){
    out = stdout;
  }else{
    out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
    if( out==0 ){
      fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
                      zFilename);
      return;
    }
  }
  memsys3Enter();
  fprintf(out, "CHUNKS:\n");
  for(i=1; i<=mem3.nPool; i+=size/4){
    size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
    if( size/4<=1 ){
      fprintf(out, "%p size error\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
      assert( 0 );
      break;
    }
    if( (size&1)==0 && mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.prevSize!=size/4 ){
      fprintf(out, "%p tail size does not match\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
      assert( 0 );
      break;
    }
    if( ((mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)>>1)!=(size&1) ){
      fprintf(out, "%p tail checkout bit is incorrect\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
      assert( 0 );
      break;
    }
    if( size&1 ){
      fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes checked out\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8);
    }else{
      fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes free%s\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8,
                  i==mem3.iMaster ? " **master**" : "");
    }
  }
  for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){
    if( mem3.aiSmall[i]==0 ) continue;
    fprintf(out, "small(%2d):", i);
    for(j = mem3.aiSmall[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){
      fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
              (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
    }
    fprintf(out, "\n"); 
  }
  for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
    if( mem3.aiHash[i]==0 ) continue;
    fprintf(out, "hash(%2d):", i);
    for(j = mem3.aiHash[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){
      fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
              (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
    }
    fprintf(out, "\n"); 
  }
  fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem3.iMaster);
  fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szMaster*8);
  fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnMaster*8);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
  if( out==stdout ){
    fflush(stdout);
  }else{
    fclose(out);
  }
#else
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(zFilename);
#endif
}

/*
** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
** linkage.
**
** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The
** arguments specify the block of memory to manage.
**
** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore
** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){
  static const sqlite3_mem_methods mempoolMethods = {
     memsys3Malloc,
     memsys3Free,
     memsys3Realloc,
     memsys3Size,
     memsys3Roundup,
     memsys3Init,
     memsys3Shutdown,
     0
  };
  return &mempoolMethods;
}

#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 */

/************** End of mem3.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file mem5.c ********************************************/
/*
** 2007 October 14
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. 
**
** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
** use of malloc(). The application gives SQLite a block of memory
** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() 
** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
** be changed.
**
** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
**
** This memory allocator uses the following algorithm:
**
**   1.  All memory allocations sizes are rounded up to a power of 2.
**
**   2.  If two adjacent free blocks are the halves of a larger block,
**       then the two blocks are coalesed into the single larger block.
**
**   3.  New memory is allocated from the first available free block.
**
** This algorithm is described in: J. M. Robson. "Bounds for Some Functions
** Concerning Dynamic Storage Allocation". Journal of the Association for
** Computing Machinery, Volume 21, Number 8, July 1974, pages 491-499.
** 
** Let n be the size of the largest allocation divided by the minimum
** allocation size (after rounding all sizes up to a power of 2.)  Let M
** be the maximum amount of memory ever outstanding at one time.  Let
** N be the total amount of memory available for allocation.  Robson
** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to 
** fragmentation as long as the following constraint holds:
**
**      N >=  M*(1 + log2(n)/2) - n + 1
**
** The sqlite3_status() logic tracks the maximum values of n and M so
** that an application can, at any time, verify this constraint.
*/

/*
** This version of the memory allocator is used only when 
** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5

/*
** A minimum allocation is an instance of the following structure.
** Larger allocations are an array of these structures where the
** size of the array is a power of 2.
**
** The size of this object must be a power of two.  That fact is
** verified in memsys5Init().
*/
typedef struct Mem5Link Mem5Link;
struct Mem5Link {
  int next;       /* Index of next free chunk */
  int prev;       /* Index of previous free chunk */
};

/*
** Maximum size of any allocation is ((1<<LOGMAX)*mem5.szAtom). Since
** mem5.szAtom is always at least 8 and 32-bit integers are used,
** it is not actually possible to reach this limit.
*/
#define LOGMAX 30

/*
** Masks used for mem5.aCtrl[] elements.
*/
#define CTRL_LOGSIZE  0x1f    /* Log2 Size of this block */
#define CTRL_FREE     0x20    /* True if not checked out */

/*
** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
** into a single structure named "mem5".  This is to keep the
** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
*/
static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global {
  /*
  ** Memory available for allocation
  */
  int szAtom;      /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */
  int nBlock;      /* Number of szAtom sized blocks in zPool */
  u8 *zPool;       /* Memory available to be allocated */
  
  /*
  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
  */
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;

  /*
  ** Performance statistics
  */
  u64 nAlloc;         /* Total number of calls to malloc */
  u64 totalAlloc;     /* Total of all malloc calls - includes internal frag */
  u64 totalExcess;    /* Total internal fragmentation */
  u32 currentOut;     /* Current checkout, including internal fragmentation */
  u32 currentCount;   /* Current number of distinct checkouts */
  u32 maxOut;         /* Maximum instantaneous currentOut */
  u32 maxCount;       /* Maximum instantaneous currentCount */
  u32 maxRequest;     /* Largest allocation (exclusive of internal frag) */
  
  /*
  ** Lists of free blocks.  aiFreelist[0] is a list of free blocks of
  ** size mem5.szAtom.  aiFreelist[1] holds blocks of size szAtom*2.
  ** and so forth.
  */
  int aiFreelist[LOGMAX+1];

  /*
  ** Space for tracking which blocks are checked out and the size
  ** of each block.  One byte per block.
  */
  u8 *aCtrl;

} mem5;

/*
** Access the static variable through a macro for SQLITE_OMIT_WSD.
*/
#define mem5 GLOBAL(struct Mem5Global, mem5)

/*
** Assuming mem5.zPool is divided up into an array of Mem5Link
** structures, return a pointer to the idx-th such link.
*/
#define MEM5LINK(idx) ((Mem5Link *)(&mem5.zPool[(idx)*mem5.szAtom]))

/*
** Unlink the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] from list it is currently
** on.  It should be found on mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize].
*/
static void memsys5Unlink(int i, int iLogsize){
  int next, prev;
  assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );

  next = MEM5LINK(i)->next;
  prev = MEM5LINK(i)->prev;
  if( prev<0 ){
    mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = next;
  }else{
    MEM5LINK(prev)->next = next;
  }
  if( next>=0 ){
    MEM5LINK(next)->prev = prev;
  }
}

/*
** Link the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] so that is on the iLogsize
** free list.
*/
static void memsys5Link(int i, int iLogsize){
  int x;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem5.mutex) );
  assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );

  x = MEM5LINK(i)->next = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize];
  MEM5LINK(i)->prev = -1;
  if( x>=0 ){
    assert( x<mem5.nBlock );
    MEM5LINK(x)->prev = i;
  }
  mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = i;
}

/*
** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true.
*/
static void memsys5Enter(void){
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem5.mutex);
}
static void memsys5Leave(void){
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem5.mutex);
}

/*
** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.  The
** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead.  This only
** works for chunks that are currently checked out.
*/
static int memsys5Size(void *p){
  int iSize = 0;
  if( p ){
    int i = (int)(((u8 *)p-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom);
    assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
    iSize = mem5.szAtom * (1 << (mem5.aCtrl[i]&CTRL_LOGSIZE));
  }
  return iSize;
}

/*
** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
** Return NULL if unable.  Return NULL if nBytes==0.
**
** The caller guarantees that nByte is positive.
**
** The caller has obtained a mutex prior to invoking this
** routine so there is never any chance that two or more
** threads can be in this routine at the same time.
*/
static void *memsys5MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
  int i;           /* Index of a mem5.aPool[] slot */
  int iBin;        /* Index into mem5.aiFreelist[] */
  int iFullSz;     /* Size of allocation rounded up to power of 2 */
  int iLogsize;    /* Log2 of iFullSz/POW2_MIN */

  /* nByte must be a positive */
  assert( nByte>0 );

  /* Keep track of the maximum allocation request.  Even unfulfilled
  ** requests are counted */
  if( (u32)nByte>mem5.maxRequest ){
    mem5.maxRequest = nByte;
  }

  /* Abort if the requested allocation size is larger than the largest
  ** power of two that we can represent using 32-bit signed integers.
  */
  if( nByte > 0x40000000 ){
    return 0;
  }

  /* Round nByte up to the next valid power of two */
  for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom, iLogsize=0; iFullSz<nByte; iFullSz *= 2, iLogsize++){}

  /* Make sure mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] contains at least one free
  ** block.  If not, then split a block of the next larger power of
  ** two in order to create a new free block of size iLogsize.
  */
  for(iBin=iLogsize; mem5.aiFreelist[iBin]<0 && iBin<=LOGMAX; iBin++){}
  if( iBin>LOGMAX ){
    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes", nByte);
    return 0;
  }
  i = mem5.aiFreelist[iBin];
  memsys5Unlink(i, iBin);
  while( iBin>iLogsize ){
    int newSize;

    iBin--;
    newSize = 1 << iBin;
    mem5.aCtrl[i+newSize] = CTRL_FREE | iBin;
    memsys5Link(i+newSize, iBin);
  }
  mem5.aCtrl[i] = iLogsize;

  /* Update allocator performance statistics. */
  mem5.nAlloc++;
  mem5.totalAlloc += iFullSz;
  mem5.totalExcess += iFullSz - nByte;
  mem5.currentCount++;
  mem5.currentOut += iFullSz;
  if( mem5.maxCount<mem5.currentCount ) mem5.maxCount = mem5.currentCount;
  if( mem5.maxOut<mem5.currentOut ) mem5.maxOut = mem5.currentOut;

  /* Return a pointer to the allocated memory. */
  return (void*)&mem5.zPool[i*mem5.szAtom];
}

/*
** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
*/
static void memsys5FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
  u32 size, iLogsize;
  int iBlock;

  /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in 
  ** the array of mem5.szAtom byte blocks pointed to by mem5.zPool.
  */
  iBlock = (int)(((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom);

  /* Check that the pointer pOld points to a valid, non-free block. */
  assert( iBlock>=0 && iBlock<mem5.nBlock );
  assert( ((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)%mem5.szAtom==0 );
  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_FREE)==0 );

  iLogsize = mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_LOGSIZE;
  size = 1<<iLogsize;
  assert( iBlock+size-1<(u32)mem5.nBlock );

  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] |= CTRL_FREE;
  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock+size-1] |= CTRL_FREE;
  assert( mem5.currentCount>0 );
  assert( mem5.currentOut>=(size*mem5.szAtom) );
  mem5.currentCount--;
  mem5.currentOut -= size*mem5.szAtom;
  assert( mem5.currentOut>0 || mem5.currentCount==0 );
  assert( mem5.currentCount>0 || mem5.currentOut==0 );

  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
  while( ALWAYS(iLogsize<LOGMAX) ){
    int iBuddy;
    if( (iBlock>>iLogsize) & 1 ){
      iBuddy = iBlock - size;
    }else{
      iBuddy = iBlock + size;
    }
    assert( iBuddy>=0 );
    if( (iBuddy+(1<<iLogsize))>mem5.nBlock ) break;
    if( mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy]!=(CTRL_FREE | iLogsize) ) break;
    memsys5Unlink(iBuddy, iLogsize);
    iLogsize++;
    if( iBuddy<iBlock ){
      mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
      mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = 0;
      iBlock = iBuddy;
    }else{
      mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
      mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy] = 0;
    }
    size *= 2;
  }
  memsys5Link(iBlock, iLogsize);
}

/*
** Allocate nBytes of memory.
*/
static void *memsys5Malloc(int nBytes){
  sqlite3_int64 *p = 0;
  if( nBytes>0 ){
    memsys5Enter();
    p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
    memsys5Leave();
  }
  return (void*)p; 
}

/*
** Free memory.
**
** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from
** being called with pPrior==0.
*/
static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){
  assert( pPrior!=0 );
  memsys5Enter();
  memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
  memsys5Leave();  
}

/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
**
** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from
** being called with pPrior==0.  
**
** nBytes is always a value obtained from a prior call to
** memsys5Round().  Hence nBytes is always a non-negative power
** of two.  If nBytes==0 that means that an oversize allocation
** (an allocation larger than 0x40000000) was requested and this
** routine should return 0 without freeing pPrior.
*/
static void *memsys5Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
  int nOld;
  void *p;
  assert( pPrior!=0 );
  assert( (nBytes&(nBytes-1))==0 );  /* EV: R-46199-30249 */
  assert( nBytes>=0 );
  if( nBytes==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  nOld = memsys5Size(pPrior);
  if( nBytes<=nOld ){
    return pPrior;
  }
  memsys5Enter();
  p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
  if( p ){
    memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld);
    memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
  }
  memsys5Leave();
  return p;
}

/*
** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.  If
** the allocation is too large to be handled by this allocation system,
** return 0.
**
** All allocations must be a power of two and must be expressed by a
** 32-bit signed integer.  Hence the largest allocation is 0x40000000
** or 1073741824 bytes.
*/
static int memsys5Roundup(int n){
  int iFullSz;
  if( n > 0x40000000 ) return 0;
  for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom; iFullSz<n; iFullSz *= 2);
  return iFullSz;
}

/*
** Return the ceiling of the logarithm base 2 of iValue.
**
** Examples:   memsys5Log(1) -> 0
**             memsys5Log(2) -> 1
**             memsys5Log(4) -> 2
**             memsys5Log(5) -> 3
**             memsys5Log(8) -> 3
**             memsys5Log(9) -> 4
*/
static int memsys5Log(int iValue){
  int iLog;
  for(iLog=0; (iLog<(int)((sizeof(int)*8)-1)) && (1<<iLog)<iValue; iLog++);
  return iLog;
}

/*
** Initialize the memory allocator.
**
** This routine is not threadsafe.  The caller must be holding a mutex
** to prevent multiple threads from entering at the same time.
*/
static int memsys5Init(void *NotUsed){
  int ii;            /* Loop counter */
  int nByte;         /* Number of bytes of memory available to this allocator */
  u8 *zByte;         /* Memory usable by this allocator */
  int nMinLog;       /* Log base 2 of minimum allocation size in bytes */
  int iOffset;       /* An offset into mem5.aCtrl[] */

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);

  /* For the purposes of this routine, disable the mutex */
  mem5.mutex = 0;

  /* The size of a Mem5Link object must be a power of two.  Verify that
  ** this is case.
  */
  assert( (sizeof(Mem5Link)&(sizeof(Mem5Link)-1))==0 );

  nByte = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap;
  zByte = (u8*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;
  assert( zByte!=0 );  /* sqlite3_config() does not allow otherwise */

  /* boundaries on sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq are enforced in sqlite3_config() */
  nMinLog = memsys5Log(sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq);
  mem5.szAtom = (1<<nMinLog);
  while( (int)sizeof(Mem5Link)>mem5.szAtom ){
    mem5.szAtom = mem5.szAtom << 1;
  }

  mem5.nBlock = (nByte / (mem5.szAtom+sizeof(u8)));
  mem5.zPool = zByte;
  mem5.aCtrl = (u8 *)&mem5.zPool[mem5.nBlock*mem5.szAtom];

  for(ii=0; ii<=LOGMAX; ii++){
    mem5.aiFreelist[ii] = -1;
  }

  iOffset = 0;
  for(ii=LOGMAX; ii>=0; ii--){
    int nAlloc = (1<<ii);
    if( (iOffset+nAlloc)<=mem5.nBlock ){
      mem5.aCtrl[iOffset] = ii | CTRL_FREE;
      memsys5Link(iOffset, ii);
      iOffset += nAlloc;
    }
    assert((iOffset+nAlloc)>mem5.nBlock);
  }

  /* If a mutex is required for normal operation, allocate one */
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 ){
    mem5.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
  }

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Deinitialize this module.
*/
static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  mem5.mutex = 0;
  return;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
** allocations into that log.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){
  FILE *out;
  int i, j, n;
  int nMinLog;

  if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){
    out = stdout;
  }else{
    out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
    if( out==0 ){
      fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
                      zFilename);
      return;
    }
  }
  memsys5Enter();
  nMinLog = memsys5Log(mem5.szAtom);
  for(i=0; i<=LOGMAX && i+nMinLog<32; i++){
    for(n=0, j=mem5.aiFreelist[i]; j>=0; j = MEM5LINK(j)->next, n++){}
    fprintf(out, "freelist items of size %d: %d\n", mem5.szAtom << i, n);
  }
  fprintf(out, "mem5.nAlloc       = %llu\n", mem5.nAlloc);
  fprintf(out, "mem5.totalAlloc   = %llu\n", mem5.totalAlloc);
  fprintf(out, "mem5.totalExcess  = %llu\n", mem5.totalExcess);
  fprintf(out, "mem5.currentOut   = %u\n", mem5.currentOut);
  fprintf(out, "mem5.currentCount = %u\n", mem5.currentCount);
  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxOut       = %u\n", mem5.maxOut);
  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxCount     = %u\n", mem5.maxCount);
  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxRequest   = %u\n", mem5.maxRequest);
  memsys5Leave();
  if( out==stdout ){
    fflush(stdout);
  }else{
    fclose(out);
  }
}
#endif

/*
** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods
** struct populated with the memsys5 methods.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void){
  static const sqlite3_mem_methods memsys5Methods = {
     memsys5Malloc,
     memsys5Free,
     memsys5Realloc,
     memsys5Size,
     memsys5Roundup,
     memsys5Init,
     memsys5Shutdown,
     0
  };
  return &memsys5Methods;
}

#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 */

/************** End of mem5.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file mutex.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2007 August 14
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
**
** This file contains code that is common across all mutex implementations.
*/

#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT)
/*
** For debugging purposes, record when the mutex subsystem is initialized
** and uninitialized so that we can assert() if there is an attempt to
** allocate a mutex while the system is uninitialized.
*/
static SQLITE_WSD int mutexIsInit = 0;
#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */


#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
/*
** Initialize the mutex system.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ 
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){
    /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not
    ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to 
    ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to
    ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure.
    */
    sqlite3_mutex_methods const *pFrom;
    sqlite3_mutex_methods *pTo = &sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex;

    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
      pFrom = sqlite3DefaultMutex();
    }else{
      pFrom = sqlite3NoopMutex();
    }
    memcpy(pTo, pFrom, offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexAlloc));
    memcpy(&pTo->xMutexFree, &pFrom->xMutexFree,
           sizeof(*pTo) - offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexFree));
    pTo->xMutexAlloc = pFrom->xMutexAlloc;
  }
  rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit();

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 1;
#endif

  return rc;
}

/*
** Shutdown the mutex system. This call frees resources allocated by
** sqlite3MutexInit().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd ){
    rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd();
  }

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 0;
#endif

  return rc;
}

/*
** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
}

SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){
  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
    return 0;
  }
  assert( GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) );
  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
}

/*
** Free a dynamic mutex.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  if( p ){
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree(p);
  }
}

/*
** Obtain the mutex p. If some other thread already has the mutex, block
** until it can be obtained.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  if( p ){
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter(p);
  }
}

/*
** Obtain the mutex p. If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if another
** thread holds the mutex and it cannot be obtained, return SQLITE_BUSY.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( p ){
    return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry(p);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously
** entered by the same thread.  The behavior is undefined if the mutex 
** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument
** this function is a no-op.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  if( p ){
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave(p);
  }
}

#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
** intended for use inside assert() statements.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld(p);
}
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld(p);
}
#endif

#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */

/************** End of mutex.c ***********************************************/
/************** Begin file mutex_noop.c **************************************/
/*
** 2008 October 07
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
**
** This implementation in this file does not provide any mutual
** exclusion and is thus suitable for use only in applications
** that use SQLite in a single thread.  The routines defined
** here are place-holders.  Applications can substitute working
** mutex routines at start-time using the
**
**     sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX,...)
**
** interface.
**
** If compiled with SQLITE_DEBUG, then additional logic is inserted
** that does error checking on mutexes to make sure they are being
** called correctly.
*/

#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT

#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Stub routines for all mutex methods.
**
** This routines provide no mutual exclusion or error checking.
*/
static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ 
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
  return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; 
}
static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}
static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }

SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){
  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
    noopMutexInit,
    noopMutexEnd,
    noopMutexAlloc,
    noopMutexFree,
    noopMutexEnter,
    noopMutexTry,
    noopMutexLeave,

    0,
    0,
  };

  return &sMutex;
}
#endif /* !SQLITE_DEBUG */

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** In this implementation, error checking is provided for testing
** and debugging purposes.  The mutexes still do not provide any
** mutual exclusion.
*/

/*
** The mutex object
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_debug_mutex {
  int id;     /* The mutex type */
  int cnt;    /* Number of entries without a matching leave */
} sqlite3_debug_mutex;

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
** intended for use inside assert() statements.
*/
static int debugMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
  return p==0 || p->cnt>0;
}
static int debugMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
  return p==0 || p->cnt==0;
}

/*
** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
*/
static int debugMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
static int debugMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. 
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){
  static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[6];
  sqlite3_debug_mutex *pNew = 0;
  switch( id ){
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
      pNew = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*pNew));
      if( pNew ){
        pNew->id = id;
        pNew->cnt = 0;
      }
      break;
    }
    default: {
      assert( id-2 >= 0 );
      assert( id-2 < (int)(sizeof(aStatic)/sizeof(aStatic[0])) );
      pNew = &aStatic[id-2];
      pNew->id = id;
      break;
    }
  }
  return (sqlite3_mutex*)pNew;
}

/*
** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex.
*/
static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
  assert( p->cnt==0 );
  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
  sqlite3_free(p);
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
*/
static void debugMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) );
  p->cnt++;
}
static int debugMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) );
  p->cnt++;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
*/
static void debugMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
  assert( debugMutexHeld(pX) );
  p->cnt--;
  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) );
}

SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){
  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
    debugMutexInit,
    debugMutexEnd,
    debugMutexAlloc,
    debugMutexFree,
    debugMutexEnter,
    debugMutexTry,
    debugMutexLeave,

    debugMutexHeld,
    debugMutexNotheld
  };

  return &sMutex;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */

/*
** If compiled with SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP, then the no-op mutex implementation
** is used regardless of the run-time threadsafety setting.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
  return sqlite3NoopMutex();
}
#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) */
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */

/************** End of mutex_noop.c ******************************************/
/************** Begin file mutex_unix.c **************************************/
/*
** 2007 August 28
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for pthreads
*/

/*
** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling threadsafe
** under unix with pthreads.
**
** Note that this implementation requires a version of pthreads that
** supports recursive mutexes.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS

#include <pthread.h>

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex.id, sqlite3_mutex.nRef, and sqlite3_mutex.owner fields
** are necessary under two condidtions:  (1) Debug builds and (2) using
** home-grown mutexes.  Encapsulate these conditions into a single #define.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX)
# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 1
#else
# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 0
#endif

/*
** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
*/
struct sqlite3_mutex {
  pthread_mutex_t mutex;     /* Mutex controlling the lock */
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
  volatile int nRef;         /* Number of entrances */
  volatile pthread_t owner;  /* Thread that is within this mutex */
  int trace;                 /* True to trace changes */
#endif
};
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0, 0 }
#else
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER }
#endif

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
** intended for use only inside assert() statements.  On some platforms,
** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to
** deliver incorrect results.  In particular, if pthread_equal() is
** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery
** incorrect results.  On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a 
** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic.  But we are
** told that HPUX is not such a platform.  If so, then these routines
** will not always work correctly on HPUX.
**
** On those platforms where pthread_equal() is not atomic, SQLite
** should be compiled without -DSQLITE_DEBUG and with -DNDEBUG to
** make sure no assert() statements are evaluated and hence these
** routines are never called.
*/
#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
static int pthreadMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  return (p->nRef!=0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self()));
}
static int pthreadMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  return p->nRef==0 || pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())==0;
}
#endif

/*
** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
*/
static int pthreadMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
** will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
** </ul>
**
** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
** not want to.  But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
**
** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Six static mutexes are
** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
**
** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
** the same type number.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){
  static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = {
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
  };
  sqlite3_mutex *p;
  switch( iType ){
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
      if( p ){
#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
        /* If recursive mutexes are not available, we will have to
        ** build our own.  See below. */
        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);
#else
        /* Use a recursive mutex if it is available */
        pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr;
        pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr);
        pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr);
        pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr);
#endif
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
        p->id = iType;
#endif
      }
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: {
      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
      if( p ){
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
        p->id = iType;
#endif
        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);
      }
      break;
    }
    default: {
      assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
      assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(staticMutexes) );
      p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
      p->id = iType;
#endif
      break;
    }
  }
  return p;
}


/*
** This routine deallocates a previously
** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
** mutex that it allocates.
*/
static void pthreadMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  assert( p->nRef==0 );
  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
  pthread_mutex_destroy(&p->mutex);
  sqlite3_free(p);
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
*/
static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) );

#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
  /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow
  ** our own.  This implementation assumes that pthread_equal()
  ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
  ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
  ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
  ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that 
  ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
  ** address at the same time.  If either of these two conditions
  ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
  */
  {
    pthread_t self = pthread_self();
    if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){
      p->nRef++;
    }else{
      pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex);
      assert( p->nRef==0 );
      p->owner = self;
      p->nRef = 1;
    }
  }
#else
  /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available.
  */
  pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex);
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
  assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 );
  p->owner = pthread_self();
  p->nRef++;
#endif
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( p->trace ){
    printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
  }
#endif
}
static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  int rc;
  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) );

#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
  /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow
  ** our own.  This implementation assumes that pthread_equal()
  ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
  ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
  ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
  ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that 
  ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
  ** address at the same time.  If either of these two conditions
  ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
  */
  {
    pthread_t self = pthread_self();
    if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){
      p->nRef++;
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }else if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){
      assert( p->nRef==0 );
      p->owner = self;
      p->nRef = 1;
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
    }
  }
#else
  /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available.
  */
  if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
    p->owner = pthread_self();
    p->nRef++;
#endif
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
  }
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){
    printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
  }
#endif
  return rc;
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
*/
static void pthreadMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  assert( pthreadMutexHeld(p) );
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
  p->nRef--;
  if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0;
#endif
  assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );

#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
  if( p->nRef==0 ){
    pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex);
  }
#else
  pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex);
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( p->trace ){
    printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
  }
#endif
}

SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
    pthreadMutexInit,
    pthreadMutexEnd,
    pthreadMutexAlloc,
    pthreadMutexFree,
    pthreadMutexEnter,
    pthreadMutexTry,
    pthreadMutexLeave,
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    pthreadMutexHeld,
    pthreadMutexNotheld
#else
    0,
    0
#endif
  };

  return &sMutex;
}

#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS */

/************** End of mutex_unix.c ******************************************/
/************** Begin file mutex_w32.c ***************************************/
/*
** 2007 August 14
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for win32
*/

/*
** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded
** on a win32 system.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32

/*
** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
*/
struct sqlite3_mutex {
  CRITICAL_SECTION mutex;    /* Mutex controlling the lock */
  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  volatile int nRef;         /* Number of enterances */
  volatile DWORD owner;      /* Thread holding this mutex */
  int trace;                 /* True to trace changes */
#endif
};
#define SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 }
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0L, (DWORD)0, 0 }
#else
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
#endif

/*
** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
** or WinCE.  Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
**
** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
** the LockFileEx() API.
**
** mutexIsNT() is only used for the TryEnterCriticalSection() API call,
** which is only available if your application was compiled with 
** _WIN32_WINNT defined to a value >= 0x0400.  Currently, the only
** call to TryEnterCriticalSection() is #ifdef'ed out, so #ifdef 
** this out as well.
*/
#if 0
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT
# define mutexIsNT()  (1)
#else
  static int mutexIsNT(void){
    static int osType = 0;
    if( osType==0 ){
      OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
      GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
      osType = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
    }
    return osType==2;
  }
#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT */
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
** intended for use only inside assert() statements.
*/
static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId();
}
static int winMutexNotheld2(sqlite3_mutex *p, DWORD tid){
  return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid;
}
static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); 
  return winMutexNotheld2(p, tid);
}
#endif


/*
** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[6] = {
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
};
static int winMutex_isInit = 0;
/* As winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() are called as part
** of the sqlite3_initialize and sqlite3_shutdown()
** processing, the "interlocked" magic is probably not
** strictly necessary.
*/
static LONG winMutex_lock = 0;

SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds); /* os_win.c */

static int winMutexInit(void){ 
  /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */
  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
      InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex, 0, 0);
#else
      InitializeCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
#endif
    }
    winMutex_isInit = 1;
  }else{
    /* Someone else is in the process of initing the static mutexes */
    while( !winMutex_isInit ){
      sqlite3_win32_sleep(1);
    }
  }
  return SQLITE_OK; 
}

static int winMutexEnd(void){ 
  /* The first to decrement to 0 does actual shutdown 
  ** (which should be the last to shutdown.) */
  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 0, 1)==1 ){
    if( winMutex_isInit==1 ){
      int i;
      for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
        DeleteCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
      }
      winMutex_isInit = 0;
    }
  }
  return SQLITE_OK; 
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
** will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
** </ul>
**
** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
** not want to.  But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
**
** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Six static mutexes are
** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
**
** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
** the same type number.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){
  sqlite3_mutex *p;

  switch( iType ){
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
      if( p ){  
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
        p->id = iType;
#endif
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
        InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&p->mutex, 0, 0);
#else
        InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
#endif
      }
      break;
    }
    default: {
      assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
      assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
      assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) );
      p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2];
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
      p->id = iType;
#endif
      break;
    }
  }
  return p;
}


/*
** This routine deallocates a previously
** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
** mutex that it allocates.
*/
static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  assert( p );
  assert( p->nRef==0 && p->owner==0 );
  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
  DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
  sqlite3_free(p);
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
*/
static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); 
  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );
#endif
  EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 );
  p->owner = tid; 
  p->nRef++;
  if( p->trace ){
    printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
  }
#endif
}
static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
#ifndef NDEBUG
  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); 
#endif
  int rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );
  /*
  ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it
  ** is used it is merely an optimization.  So it is OK for it to always
  ** fail.  
  **
  ** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT.
  ** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without
  ** first doing some #defines that prevent SQLite from building on Win98.
  ** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now.  See
  ** ticket #2685.
  */
#if 0
  if( mutexIsNT() && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){
    p->owner = tid;
    p->nRef++;
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }
#else
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){
    printf("try mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
  }
#endif
  return rc;
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
*/
static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
#ifndef NDEBUG
  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  assert( p->owner==tid );
  p->nRef--;
  if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0;
  assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
#endif
  LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( p->trace ){
    printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
  }
#endif
}

SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
    winMutexInit,
    winMutexEnd,
    winMutexAlloc,
    winMutexFree,
    winMutexEnter,
    winMutexTry,
    winMutexLeave,
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    winMutexHeld,
    winMutexNotheld
#else
    0,
    0
#endif
  };

  return &sMutex;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */

/************** End of mutex_w32.c *******************************************/
/************** Begin file malloc.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite.
*/
/* #include <stdarg.h> */

/*
** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently
** held by SQLite. An example of non-essential memory is memory used to
** cache database pages that are not currently in use.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
  return sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n);
#else
  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-34391-24921 The sqlite3_release_memory() routine
  ** is a no-op returning zero if SQLite is not compiled with
  ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT. */
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(n);
  return 0;
#endif
}

/*
** An instance of the following object records the location of
** each unused scratch buffer.
*/
typedef struct ScratchFreeslot {
  struct ScratchFreeslot *pNext;   /* Next unused scratch buffer */
} ScratchFreeslot;

/*
** State information local to the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem0Global {
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;         /* Mutex to serialize access */

  /*
  ** The alarm callback and its arguments.  The mem0.mutex lock will
  ** be held while the callback is running.  Recursive calls into
  ** the memory subsystem are allowed, but no new callbacks will be
  ** issued.
  */
  sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold;
  void (*alarmCallback)(void*, sqlite3_int64,int);
  void *alarmArg;

  /*
  ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch memory
  ** (so that a range test can be used to determine if an allocation
  ** being freed came from pScratch) and a pointer to the list of
  ** unused scratch allocations.
  */
  void *pScratchEnd;
  ScratchFreeslot *pScratchFree;
  u32 nScratchFree;

  /*
  ** True if heap is nearly "full" where "full" is defined by the
  ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() setting.
  */
  int nearlyFull;
} mem0 = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };

#define mem0 GLOBAL(struct Mem0Global, mem0)

/*
** This routine runs when the memory allocator sees that the
** total memory allocation is about to exceed the soft heap
** limit.
*/
static void softHeapLimitEnforcer(
  void *NotUsed, 
  sqlite3_int64 NotUsed2,
  int allocSize
){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
  sqlite3_release_memory(allocSize);
}

/*
** Change the alarm callback
*/
static int sqlite3MemoryAlarm(
  void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N),
  void *pArg,
  sqlite3_int64 iThreshold
){
  int nUsed;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
  mem0.alarmCallback = xCallback;
  mem0.alarmArg = pArg;
  mem0.alarmThreshold = iThreshold;
  nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
  mem0.nearlyFull = (iThreshold>0 && iThreshold<=nUsed);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
** Deprecated external interface.  Internal/core SQLite code
** should call sqlite3MemoryAlarm.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memory_alarm(
  void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N),
  void *pArg,
  sqlite3_int64 iThreshold
){
  return sqlite3MemoryAlarm(xCallback, pArg, iThreshold);
}
#endif

/*
** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or 
** negative value indicates no limit.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 n){
  sqlite3_int64 priorLimit;
  sqlite3_int64 excess;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
  if( rc ) return -1;
#endif
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
  priorLimit = mem0.alarmThreshold;
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
  if( n<0 ) return priorLimit;
  if( n>0 ){
    sqlite3MemoryAlarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, n);
  }else{
    sqlite3MemoryAlarm(0, 0, 0);
  }
  excess = sqlite3_memory_used() - n;
  if( excess>0 ) sqlite3_release_memory((int)(excess & 0x7fffffff));
  return priorLimit;
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){
  if( n<0 ) n = 0;
  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(n);
}

/*
** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void){
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ){
    sqlite3MemSetDefault();
  }
  memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
    mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
  }
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=100
      && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch>0 ){
    int i, n, sz;
    ScratchFreeslot *pSlot;
    sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch);
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = sz;
    pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch;
    n = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch;
    mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot;
    mem0.nScratchFree = n;
    for(i=0; i<n-1; i++){
      pSlot->pNext = (ScratchFreeslot*)(sz+(char*)pSlot);
      pSlot = pSlot->pNext;
    }
    pSlot->pNext = 0;
    mem0.pScratchEnd = (void*)&pSlot[1];
  }else{
    mem0.pScratchEnd = 0;
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = 0;
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = 0;
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = 0;
  }
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage<512
      || sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage<1 ){
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = 0;
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = 0;
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = 0;
  }
  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
}

/*
** Return true if the heap is currently under memory pressure - in other
** words if the amount of heap used is close to the limit set by
** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void){
  return mem0.nearlyFull;
}

/*
** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void){
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown ){
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
  }
  memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
}

/*
** Return the amount of memory currently checked out.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){
  int n, mx;
  sqlite3_int64 res;
  sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, 0);
  res = (sqlite3_int64)n;  /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */
  return res;
}

/*
** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been
** checked out since either the beginning of this process
** or since the most recent reset.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){
  int n, mx;
  sqlite3_int64 res;
  sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, resetFlag);
  res = (sqlite3_int64)mx;  /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */
  return res;
}

/*
** Trigger the alarm 
*/
static void sqlite3MallocAlarm(int nByte){
  void (*xCallback)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int);
  sqlite3_int64 nowUsed;
  void *pArg;
  if( mem0.alarmCallback==0 ) return;
  xCallback = mem0.alarmCallback;
  nowUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
  pArg = mem0.alarmArg;
  mem0.alarmCallback = 0;
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
  xCallback(pArg, nowUsed, nByte);
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
  mem0.alarmCallback = xCallback;
  mem0.alarmArg = pArg;
}

/*
** Do a memory allocation with statistics and alarms.  Assume the
** lock is already held.
*/
static int mallocWithAlarm(int n, void **pp){
  int nFull;
  void *p;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem0.mutex) );
  nFull = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(n);
  sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, n);
  if( mem0.alarmCallback!=0 ){
    int nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
    if( nUsed >= mem0.alarmThreshold - nFull ){
      mem0.nearlyFull = 1;
      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
    }else{
      mem0.nearlyFull = 0;
    }
  }
  p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
  if( p==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
    sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
  }
#endif
  if( p ){
    nFull = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nFull);
    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1);
  }
  *pp = p;
  return nFull;
}

/*
** Allocate memory.  This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it
** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){
  void *p;
  if( n<=0               /* IMP: R-65312-04917 */ 
   || n>=0x7fffff00
  ){
    /* A memory allocation of a number of bytes which is near the maximum
    ** signed integer value might cause an integer overflow inside of the
    ** xMalloc().  Hence we limit the maximum size to 0x7fffff00, giving
    ** 255 bytes of overhead.  SQLite itself will never use anything near
    ** this amount.  The only way to reach the limit is with sqlite3_malloc() */
    p = 0;
  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
    mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
  }else{
    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
  }
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) );  /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */
  return p;
}

/*
** This version of the memory allocation is for use by the application.
** First make sure the memory subsystem is initialized, then do the
** allocation.
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int n){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
  return sqlite3Malloc(n);
}

/*
** Each thread may only have a single outstanding allocation from
** xScratchMalloc().  We verify this constraint in the single-threaded
** case by setting scratchAllocOut to 1 when an allocation
** is outstanding clearing it when the allocation is freed.
*/
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
static int scratchAllocOut = 0;
#endif


/*
** Allocate memory that is to be used and released right away.
** This routine is similar to alloca() in that it is not intended
** for situations where the memory might be held long-term.  This
** routine is intended to get memory to old large transient data
** structures that would not normally fit on the stack of an
** embedded processor.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){
  void *p;
  assert( n>0 );

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
  if( mem0.nScratchFree && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=n ){
    p = mem0.pScratchFree;
    mem0.pScratchFree = mem0.pScratchFree->pNext;
    mem0.nScratchFree--;
    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1);
    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
  }else{
    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
      sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
      n = mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
      if( p ) sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, n);
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
    }else{
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
      p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
    }
    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH);
  }
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(mem0.mutex) );


#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
  /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocations per thread
  ** are outstanding at one time.  (This is only checked in the
  ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case
  ** would be much more complicated.) */
  assert( scratchAllocOut<=1 );
  if( p ) scratchAllocOut++;
#endif

  return p;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void *p){
  if( p ){

#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
    /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocation per thread
    ** is outstanding at one time.  (This is only checked in the
    ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case
    ** would be much more complicated.) */
    assert( scratchAllocOut>=1 && scratchAllocOut<=2 );
    scratchAllocOut--;
#endif

    if( p>=sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && p<mem0.pScratchEnd ){
      /* Release memory from the SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH allocation */
      ScratchFreeslot *pSlot;
      pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)p;
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
      pSlot->pNext = mem0.pScratchFree;
      mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot;
      mem0.nScratchFree++;
      assert( mem0.nScratchFree <= (u32)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch );
      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, -1);
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
    }else{
      /* Release memory back to the heap */
      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) );
      assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, ~MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) );
      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
        int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
        sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, -iSize);
        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -iSize);
        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1);
        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
        sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
      }else{
        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** TRUE if p is a lookaside memory allocation from db
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
static int isLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
  return p && p>=db->lookaside.pStart && p<db->lookaside.pEnd;
}
#else
#define isLookaside(A,B) 0
#endif

/*
** Return the size of a memory allocation previously obtained from
** sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3_malloc().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){
  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
  assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
  assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  if( db && isLookaside(db, p) ){
    return db->lookaside.sz;
  }else{
    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
    assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) );
    return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
  }
}

/*
** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc().
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *p){
  if( p==0 ) return;  /* IMP: R-49053-54554 */
  assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -sqlite3MallocSize(p));
    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1);
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
  }else{
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
  }
}

/*
** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database
** connection.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
  assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  if( p==0 ) return;
  if( db ){
    if( db->pnBytesFreed ){
      *db->pnBytesFreed += sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, p);
      return;
    }
    if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
      LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p;
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
      /* Trash all content in the buffer being freed */
      memset(p, 0xaa, db->lookaside.sz);
#endif
      pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
      db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf;
      db->lookaside.nOut--;
      return;
    }
  }
  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
  assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) );
  sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
  sqlite3_free(p);
}

/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, int nBytes){
  int nOld, nNew, nDiff;
  void *pNew;
  if( pOld==0 ){
    return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes); /* IMP: R-28354-25769 */
  }
  if( nBytes<=0 ){
    sqlite3_free(pOld); /* IMP: R-31593-10574 */
    return 0;
  }
  if( nBytes>=0x7fffff00 ){
    /* The 0x7ffff00 limit term is explained in comments on sqlite3Malloc() */
    return 0;
  }
  nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld);
  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46199-30249 SQLite guarantees that the second
  ** argument to xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to
  ** xRoundup. */
  nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(nBytes);
  if( nOld==nNew ){
    pNew = pOld;
  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, nBytes);
    nDiff = nNew - nOld;
    if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >= 
          mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){
      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff);
    }
    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(pOld, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
    assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(pOld, ~MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
    if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nBytes);
      pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
    }
    if( pNew ){
      nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew);
      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld);
    }
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
  }else{
    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
  }
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pNew) ); /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */
  return pNew;
}

/*
** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc.  Make sure that the memory
** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc.
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
  return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n);
}


/*
** Allocate and zero memory.
*/ 
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int n){
  void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
  if( p ){
    memset(p, 0, n);
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Allocate and zero memory.  If the allocation fails, make
** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, int n){
  void *p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
  if( p ){
    memset(p, 0, n);
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Allocate and zero memory.  If the allocation fails, make
** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
**
** If db!=0 and db->mallocFailed is true (indicating a prior malloc
** failure on the same database connection) then always return 0.
** Hence for a particular database connection, once malloc starts
** failing, it fails consistently until mallocFailed is reset.
** This is an important assumption.  There are many places in the
** code that do things like this:
**
**         int *a = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 100);
**         int *b = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 200);
**         if( b ) a[10] = 9;
**
** In other words, if a subsequent malloc (ex: "b") worked, it is assumed
** that all prior mallocs (ex: "a") worked too.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, int n){
  void *p;
  assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  assert( db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0 );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
  if( db ){
    LookasideSlot *pBuf;
    if( db->mallocFailed ){
      return 0;
    }
    if( db->lookaside.bEnabled ){
      if( n>db->lookaside.sz ){
        db->lookaside.anStat[1]++;
      }else if( (pBuf = db->lookaside.pFree)==0 ){
        db->lookaside.anStat[2]++;
      }else{
        db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf->pNext;
        db->lookaside.nOut++;
        db->lookaside.anStat[0]++;
        if( db->lookaside.nOut>db->lookaside.mxOut ){
          db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
        }
        return (void*)pBuf;
      }
    }
  }
#else
  if( db && db->mallocFailed ){
    return 0;
  }
#endif
  p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
  if( !p && db ){
    db->mallocFailed = 1;
  }
  sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB |
         ((db && db->lookaside.bEnabled) ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP));
  return p;
}

/*
** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the
** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag in the connection object.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
  void *pNew = 0;
  assert( db!=0 );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
    if( p==0 ){
      return sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
    }
    if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
      if( n<=db->lookaside.sz ){
        return p;
      }
      pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
      if( pNew ){
        memcpy(pNew, p, db->lookaside.sz);
        sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
      }
    }else{
      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
      pNew = sqlite3_realloc(p, n);
      if( !pNew ){
        sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB|MEMTYPE_HEAP);
        db->mallocFailed = 1;
      }
      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(pNew, MEMTYPE_DB | 
            (db->lookaside.bEnabled ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP));
    }
  }
  return pNew;
}

/*
** Attempt to reallocate p.  If the reallocation fails, then free p
** and set the mallocFailed flag in the database connection.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
  void *pNew;
  pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, p, n);
  if( !pNew ){
    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
  }
  return pNew;
}

/*
** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These 
** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This
** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are 
** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the
** ThreadData structure.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){
  char *zNew;
  size_t n;
  if( z==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) + 1;
  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
  if( zNew ){
    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
  }
  return zNew;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){
  char *zNew;
  if( z==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n+1);
  if( zNew ){
    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
    zNew[n] = 0;
  }
  return zNew;
}

/*
** Create a string from the zFromat argument and the va_list that follows.
** Store the string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc() and make *pz
** point to that string.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;
  char *z;

  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, *pz);
  *pz = z;
}


/*
** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. 
** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or
** sqlite3_realloc.
**
** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this
** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occurred since the previous
** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. 
**
** If the first argument, db, is not NULL and a malloc() error has occurred,
** then the connection error-code (the value returned by sqlite3_errcode())
** is set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
  /* If the db handle is not NULL, then we must hold the connection handle
  ** mutex here. Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed 
  ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error().
  */
  assert( !db || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  if( db && (db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) ){
    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
    db->mallocFailed = 0;
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  return rc & (db ? db->errMask : 0xff);
}

/************** End of malloc.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file printf.c ******************************************/
/*
** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's.  It is in
** the public domain.  The original comments are included here for
** completeness.  They are very out-of-date but might be useful as
** an historical reference.  Most of the "enhancements" have been backed
** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf().
**
**************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code for a set of "printf"-like routines.  These
** routines format strings much like the printf() from the standard C
** library, though the implementation here has enhancements to support
** SQLlite.
*/

/*
** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the
** following enumeration.
*/
#define etRADIX       1 /* Integer types.  %d, %x, %o, and so forth */
#define etFLOAT       2 /* Floating point.  %f */
#define etEXP         3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */
#define etGENERIC     4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */
#define etSIZE        5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */
#define etSTRING      6 /* Strings. %s */
#define etDYNSTRING   7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */
#define etPERCENT     8 /* Percent symbol. %% */
#define etCHARX       9 /* Characters. %c */
/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */
#define etSQLESCAPE  10 /* Strings with '\'' doubled.  %q */
#define etSQLESCAPE2 11 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '',
                          NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL.  %Q */
#define etTOKEN      12 /* a pointer to a Token structure */
#define etSRCLIST    13 /* a pointer to a SrcList */
#define etPOINTER    14 /* The %p conversion */
#define etSQLESCAPE3 15 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */
#define etORDINAL    16 /* %r -> 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc.  English only */

#define etINVALID     0 /* Any unrecognized conversion type */


/*
** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value.
*/
typedef unsigned char etByte;

/*
** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described
** by an instance of the following structure
*/
typedef struct et_info {   /* Information about each format field */
  char fmttype;            /* The format field code letter */
  etByte base;             /* The base for radix conversion */
  etByte flags;            /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */
  etByte type;             /* Conversion paradigm */
  etByte charset;          /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */
  etByte prefix;           /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */
} et_info;

/*
** Allowed values for et_info.flags
*/
#define FLAG_SIGNED  1     /* True if the value to convert is signed */
#define FLAG_INTERN  2     /* True if for internal use only */
#define FLAG_STRING  4     /* Allow infinity precision */


/*
** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the
** most frequently used conversion types first.
*/
static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef";
static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0";
static const et_info fmtinfo[] = {
  {  'd', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
  {  's',  0, 4, etSTRING,     0,  0 },
  {  'g',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    30, 0 },
  {  'z',  0, 4, etDYNSTRING,  0,  0 },
  {  'q',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE,  0,  0 },
  {  'Q',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0,  0 },
  {  'w',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE3, 0,  0 },
  {  'c',  0, 0, etCHARX,      0,  0 },
  {  'o',  8, 0, etRADIX,      0,  2 },
  {  'u', 10, 0, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
  {  'x', 16, 0, etRADIX,      16, 1 },
  {  'X', 16, 0, etRADIX,      0,  4 },
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
  {  'f',  0, 1, etFLOAT,      0,  0 },
  {  'e',  0, 1, etEXP,        30, 0 },
  {  'E',  0, 1, etEXP,        14, 0 },
  {  'G',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    14, 0 },
#endif
  {  'i', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
  {  'n',  0, 0, etSIZE,       0,  0 },
  {  '%',  0, 0, etPERCENT,    0,  0 },
  {  'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER,    0,  1 },

/* All the rest have the FLAG_INTERN bit set and are thus for internal
** use only */
  {  'T',  0, 2, etTOKEN,      0,  0 },
  {  'S',  0, 2, etSRCLIST,    0,  0 },
  {  'r', 10, 3, etORDINAL,    0,  0 },
};

/*
** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point
** conversions will work.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
/*
** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0
** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then
** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize.
**
** Example:
**     input:     *val = 3.14159
**     output:    *val = 1.4159    function return = '3'
**
** The counter *cnt is incremented each time.  After counter exceeds
** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is
** always returned.
*/
static char et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
  int digit;
  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d;
  if( (*cnt)<=0 ) return '0';
  (*cnt)--;
  digit = (int)*val;
  d = digit;
  digit += '0';
  *val = (*val - d)*10.0;
  return (char)digit;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */

/*
** Append N space characters to the given string buffer.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendSpace(StrAccum *pAccum, int N){
  static const char zSpaces[] = "                             ";
  while( N>=(int)sizeof(zSpaces)-1 ){
    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSpaces, sizeof(zSpaces)-1);
    N -= sizeof(zSpaces)-1;
  }
  if( N>0 ){
    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSpaces, N);
  }
}

/*
** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the
** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be something smaller, if desired.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE
# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 70
#endif
#define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE  /* Size of the output buffer */

/*
** Render a string given by "fmt" into the StrAccum object.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
  StrAccum *pAccum,                  /* Accumulate results here */
  int useExtended,                   /* Allow extended %-conversions */
  const char *fmt,                   /* Format string */
  va_list ap                         /* arguments */
){
  int c;                     /* Next character in the format string */
  char *bufpt;               /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */
  int precision;             /* Precision of the current field */
  int length;                /* Length of the field */
  int idx;                   /* A general purpose loop counter */
  int width;                 /* Width of the current field */
  etByte flag_leftjustify;   /* True if "-" flag is present */
  etByte flag_plussign;      /* True if "+" flag is present */
  etByte flag_blanksign;     /* True if " " flag is present */
  etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */
  etByte flag_altform2;      /* True if "!" flag is present */
  etByte flag_zeropad;       /* True if field width constant starts with zero */
  etByte flag_long;          /* True if "l" flag is present */
  etByte flag_longlong;      /* True if the "ll" flag is present */
  etByte done;               /* Loop termination flag */
  etByte xtype = 0;          /* Conversion paradigm */
  char prefix;               /* Prefix character.  "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */
  sqlite_uint64 longvalue;   /* Value for integer types */
  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */
  const et_info *infop;      /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */
  char *zOut;                /* Rendering buffer */
  int nOut;                  /* Size of the rendering buffer */
  char *zExtra;              /* Malloced memory used by some conversion */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
  int  exp, e2;              /* exponent of real numbers */
  int nsd;                   /* Number of significant digits returned */
  double rounder;            /* Used for rounding floating point values */
  etByte flag_dp;            /* True if decimal point should be shown */
  etByte flag_rtz;           /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */
#endif
  char buf[etBUFSIZE];       /* Conversion buffer */

  bufpt = 0;
  for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){
    if( c!='%' ){
      int amt;
      bufpt = (char *)fmt;
      amt = 1;
      while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ) amt++;
      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, amt);
      if( c==0 ) break;
    }
    if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){
      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, "%", 1);
      break;
    }
    /* Find out what flags are present */
    flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = 
     flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0;
    done = 0;
    do{
      switch( c ){
        case '-':   flag_leftjustify = 1;     break;
        case '+':   flag_plussign = 1;        break;
        case ' ':   flag_blanksign = 1;       break;
        case '#':   flag_alternateform = 1;   break;
        case '!':   flag_altform2 = 1;        break;
        case '0':   flag_zeropad = 1;         break;
        default:    done = 1;                 break;
      }
    }while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 );
    /* Get the field width */
    width = 0;
    if( c=='*' ){
      width = va_arg(ap,int);
      if( width<0 ){
        flag_leftjustify = 1;
        width = -width;
      }
      c = *++fmt;
    }else{
      while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
        width = width*10 + c - '0';
        c = *++fmt;
      }
    }
    /* Get the precision */
    if( c=='.' ){
      precision = 0;
      c = *++fmt;
      if( c=='*' ){
        precision = va_arg(ap,int);
        if( precision<0 ) precision = -precision;
        c = *++fmt;
      }else{
        while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
          precision = precision*10 + c - '0';
          c = *++fmt;
        }
      }
    }else{
      precision = -1;
    }
    /* Get the conversion type modifier */
    if( c=='l' ){
      flag_long = 1;
      c = *++fmt;
      if( c=='l' ){
        flag_longlong = 1;
        c = *++fmt;
      }else{
        flag_longlong = 0;
      }
    }else{
      flag_long = flag_longlong = 0;
    }
    /* Fetch the info entry for the field */
    infop = &fmtinfo[0];
    xtype = etINVALID;
    for(idx=0; idx<ArraySize(fmtinfo); idx++){
      if( c==fmtinfo[idx].fmttype ){
        infop = &fmtinfo[idx];
        if( useExtended || (infop->flags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){
          xtype = infop->type;
        }else{
          return;
        }
        break;
      }
    }
    zExtra = 0;

    /*
    ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows:
    **
    **   flag_alternateform          TRUE if a '#' is present.
    **   flag_altform2               TRUE if a '!' is present.
    **   flag_plussign               TRUE if a '+' is present.
    **   flag_leftjustify            TRUE if a '-' is present or if the
    **                               field width was negative.
    **   flag_zeropad                TRUE if the width began with 0.
    **   flag_long                   TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed
    **                               the conversion character.
    **   flag_longlong               TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed
    **                               the conversion character.
    **   flag_blanksign              TRUE if a ' ' is present.
    **   width                       The specified field width.  This is
    **                               always non-negative.  Zero is the default.
    **   precision                   The specified precision.  The default
    **                               is -1.
    **   xtype                       The class of the conversion.
    **   infop                       Pointer to the appropriate info struct.
    */
    switch( xtype ){
      case etPOINTER:
        flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64);
        flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int);
        /* Fall through into the next case */
      case etORDINAL:
      case etRADIX:
        if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){
          i64 v;
          if( flag_longlong ){
            v = va_arg(ap,i64);
          }else if( flag_long ){
            v = va_arg(ap,long int);
          }else{
            v = va_arg(ap,int);
          }
          if( v<0 ){
            if( v==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
              longvalue = ((u64)1)<<63;
            }else{
              longvalue = -v;
            }
            prefix = '-';
          }else{
            longvalue = v;
            if( flag_plussign )        prefix = '+';
            else if( flag_blanksign )  prefix = ' ';
            else                       prefix = 0;
          }
        }else{
          if( flag_longlong ){
            longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64);
          }else if( flag_long ){
            longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int);
          }else{
            longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int);
          }
          prefix = 0;
        }
        if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0;
        if( flag_zeropad && precision<width-(prefix!=0) ){
          precision = width-(prefix!=0);
        }
        if( precision<etBUFSIZE-10 ){
          nOut = etBUFSIZE;
          zOut = buf;
        }else{
          nOut = precision + 10;
          zOut = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( nOut );
          if( zOut==0 ){
            pAccum->accError = STRACCUM_NOMEM;
            return;
          }
        }
        bufpt = &zOut[nOut-1];
        if( xtype==etORDINAL ){
          static const char zOrd[] = "thstndrd";
          int x = (int)(longvalue % 10);
          if( x>=4 || (longvalue/10)%10==1 ){
            x = 0;
          }
          *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2+1];
          *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2];
        }
        {
          register const char *cset;      /* Use registers for speed */
          register int base;
          cset = &aDigits[infop->charset];
          base = infop->base;
          do{                                           /* Convert to ascii */
            *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base];
            longvalue = longvalue/base;
          }while( longvalue>0 );
        }
        length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt);
        for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){
          *(--bufpt) = '0';                             /* Zero pad */
        }
        if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix;               /* Add sign */
        if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){      /* Add "0" or "0x" */
          const char *pre;
          char x;
          pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix];
          for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x;
        }
        length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt);
        break;
      case etFLOAT:
      case etEXP:
      case etGENERIC:
        realvalue = va_arg(ap,double);
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
        length = 0;
#else
        if( precision<0 ) precision = 6;         /* Set default precision */
        if( realvalue<0.0 ){
          realvalue = -realvalue;
          prefix = '-';
        }else{
          if( flag_plussign )          prefix = '+';
          else if( flag_blanksign )    prefix = ' ';
          else                         prefix = 0;
        }
        if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--;
        for(idx=precision, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){}
        if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder;
        /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */
        exp = 0;
        if( sqlite3IsNaN((double)realvalue) ){
          bufpt = "NaN";
          length = 3;
          break;
        }
        if( realvalue>0.0 ){
          LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
          while( realvalue>=1e100*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e100;exp+=100;}
          while( realvalue>=1e64*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e64; exp+=64; }
          while( realvalue>=1e8*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e8; exp+=8; }
          while( realvalue>=10.0*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 10.0; exp++; }
          realvalue /= scale;
          while( realvalue<1e-8 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; }
          while( realvalue<1.0 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; }
          if( exp>350 ){
            if( prefix=='-' ){
              bufpt = "-Inf";
            }else if( prefix=='+' ){
              bufpt = "+Inf";
            }else{
              bufpt = "Inf";
            }
            length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt);
            break;
          }
        }
        bufpt = buf;
        /*
        ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP
        ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate.
        */
        if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){
          realvalue += rounder;
          if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
        }
        if( xtype==etGENERIC ){
          flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform;
          if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){
            xtype = etEXP;
          }else{
            precision = precision - exp;
            xtype = etFLOAT;
          }
        }else{
          flag_rtz = flag_altform2;
        }
        if( xtype==etEXP ){
          e2 = 0;
        }else{
          e2 = exp;
        }
        if( MAX(e2,0)+precision+width > etBUFSIZE - 15 ){
          bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( MAX(e2,0)+precision+width+15 );
          if( bufpt==0 ){
            pAccum->accError = STRACCUM_NOMEM;
            return;
          }
        }
        zOut = bufpt;
        nsd = 16 + flag_altform2*10;
        flag_dp = (precision>0 ?1:0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2;
        /* The sign in front of the number */
        if( prefix ){
          *(bufpt++) = prefix;
        }
        /* Digits prior to the decimal point */
        if( e2<0 ){
          *(bufpt++) = '0';
        }else{
          for(; e2>=0; e2--){
            *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
          }
        }
        /* The decimal point */
        if( flag_dp ){
          *(bufpt++) = '.';
        }
        /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first
        ** significant digit of the number */
        for(e2++; e2<0; precision--, e2++){
          assert( precision>0 );
          *(bufpt++) = '0';
        }
        /* Significant digits after the decimal point */
        while( (precision--)>0 ){
          *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
        }
        /* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */
        if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){
          while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0;
          assert( bufpt>zOut );
          if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){
            if( flag_altform2 ){
              *(bufpt++) = '0';
            }else{
              *(--bufpt) = 0;
            }
          }
        }
        /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */
        if( xtype==etEXP ){
          *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset];
          if( exp<0 ){
            *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp;
          }else{
            *(bufpt++) = '+';
          }
          if( exp>=100 ){
            *(bufpt++) = (char)((exp/100)+'0');        /* 100's digit */
            exp %= 100;
          }
          *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp/10+'0');             /* 10's digit */
          *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp%10+'0');             /* 1's digit */
        }
        *bufpt = 0;

        /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it.
        ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with
        ** integer conversions. */
        length = (int)(bufpt-zOut);
        bufpt = zOut;

        /* Special case:  Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is
        ** set and we are not left justified */
        if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){
          int i;
          int nPad = width - length;
          for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){
            bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad];
          }
          i = prefix!=0;
          while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0';
          length = width;
        }
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */
        break;
      case etSIZE:
        *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = pAccum->nChar;
        length = width = 0;
        break;
      case etPERCENT:
        buf[0] = '%';
        bufpt = buf;
        length = 1;
        break;
      case etCHARX:
        c = va_arg(ap,int);
        buf[0] = (char)c;
        if( precision>=0 ){
          for(idx=1; idx<precision; idx++) buf[idx] = (char)c;
          length = precision;
        }else{
          length =1;
        }
        bufpt = buf;
        break;
      case etSTRING:
      case etDYNSTRING:
        bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*);
        if( bufpt==0 ){
          bufpt = "";
        }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING ){
          zExtra = bufpt;
        }
        if( precision>=0 ){
          for(length=0; length<precision && bufpt[length]; length++){}
        }else{
          length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt);
        }
        break;
      case etSQLESCAPE:
      case etSQLESCAPE2:
      case etSQLESCAPE3: {
        int i, j, k, n, isnull;
        int needQuote;
        char ch;
        char q = ((xtype==etSQLESCAPE3)?'"':'\'');   /* Quote character */
        char *escarg = va_arg(ap,char*);
        isnull = escarg==0;
        if( isnull ) escarg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)");
        k = precision;
        for(i=n=0; k!=0 && (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++, k--){
          if( ch==q )  n++;
        }
        needQuote = !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2;
        n += i + 1 + needQuote*2;
        if( n>etBUFSIZE ){
          bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n );
          if( bufpt==0 ){
            pAccum->accError = STRACCUM_NOMEM;
            return;
          }
        }else{
          bufpt = buf;
        }
        j = 0;
        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
        k = i;
        for(i=0; i<k; i++){
          bufpt[j++] = ch = escarg[i];
          if( ch==q ) bufpt[j++] = ch;
        }
        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
        bufpt[j] = 0;
        length = j;
        /* The precision in %q and %Q means how many input characters to
        ** consume, not the length of the output...
        ** if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision; */
        break;
      }
      case etTOKEN: {
        Token *pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*);
        if( pToken ){
          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, (const char*)pToken->z, pToken->n);
        }
        length = width = 0;
        break;
      }
      case etSRCLIST: {
        SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*);
        int k = va_arg(ap, int);
        struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k];
        assert( k>=0 && k<pSrc->nSrc );
        if( pItem->zDatabase ){
          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zDatabase, -1);
          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, ".", 1);
        }
        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zName, -1);
        length = width = 0;
        break;
      }
      default: {
        assert( xtype==etINVALID );
        return;
      }
    }/* End switch over the format type */
    /*
    ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is
    ** "length" characters long.  The field width is "width".  Do
    ** the output.
    */
    if( !flag_leftjustify ){
      register int nspace;
      nspace = width-length;
      if( nspace>0 ){
        sqlite3AppendSpace(pAccum, nspace);
      }
    }
    if( length>0 ){
      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length);
    }
    if( flag_leftjustify ){
      register int nspace;
      nspace = width-length;
      if( nspace>0 ){
        sqlite3AppendSpace(pAccum, nspace);
      }
    }
    sqlite3_free(zExtra);
  }/* End for loop over the format string */
} /* End of function */

/*
** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
  assert( z!=0 || N==0 );
  if( p->accError ){
    testcase(p->accError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG);
    testcase(p->accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM);
    return;
  }
  assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 );
  if( N<=0 ){
    if( N==0 || z[0]==0 ) return;
    N = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
  }
  if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){
    char *zNew;
    if( !p->useMalloc ){
      p->accError = STRACCUM_TOOBIG;
      N = p->nAlloc - p->nChar - 1;
      if( N<=0 ){
        return;
      }
    }else{
      char *zOld = (p->zText==p->zBase ? 0 : p->zText);
      i64 szNew = p->nChar;
      szNew += N + 1;
      if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){
        sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
        p->accError = STRACCUM_TOOBIG;
        return;
      }else{
        p->nAlloc = (int)szNew;
      }
      if( p->useMalloc==1 ){
        zNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, zOld, p->nAlloc);
      }else{
        zNew = sqlite3_realloc(zOld, p->nAlloc);
      }
      if( zNew ){
        if( zOld==0 && p->nChar>0 ) memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar);
        p->zText = zNew;
      }else{
        p->accError = STRACCUM_NOMEM;
        sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
        return;
      }
    }
  }
  assert( p->zText );
  memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N);
  p->nChar += N;
}

/*
** Finish off a string by making sure it is zero-terminated.
** Return a pointer to the resulting string.  Return a NULL
** pointer if any kind of error was encountered.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){
  if( p->zText ){
    p->zText[p->nChar] = 0;
    if( p->useMalloc && p->zText==p->zBase ){
      if( p->useMalloc==1 ){
        p->zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nChar+1 );
      }else{
        p->zText = sqlite3_malloc(p->nChar+1);
      }
      if( p->zText ){
        memcpy(p->zText, p->zBase, p->nChar+1);
      }else{
        p->accError = STRACCUM_NOMEM;
      }
    }
  }
  return p->zText;
}

/*
** Reset an StrAccum string.  Reclaim all malloced memory.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum *p){
  if( p->zText!=p->zBase ){
    if( p->useMalloc==1 ){
      sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zText);
    }else{
      sqlite3_free(p->zText);
    }
  }
  p->zText = 0;
}

/*
** Initialize a string accumulator
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum *p, char *zBase, int n, int mx){
  p->zText = p->zBase = zBase;
  p->db = 0;
  p->nChar = 0;
  p->nAlloc = n;
  p->mxAlloc = mx;
  p->useMalloc = 1;
  p->accError = 0;
}

/*
** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
** %-conversion extensions.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
  char *z;
  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
  StrAccum acc;
  assert( db!=0 );
  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase),
                      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
  acc.db = db;
  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 1, zFormat, ap);
  z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
  if( acc.accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){
    db->mallocFailed = 1;
  }
  return z;
}

/*
** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
** %-conversion extensions.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;
  char *z;
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  return z;
}

/*
** Like sqlite3MPrintf(), but call sqlite3DbFree() on zStr after formatting
** the string and before returnning.  This routine is intended to be used
** to modify an existing string.  For example:
**
**       x = sqlite3MPrintf(db, x, "prefix %s suffix", x);
**
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3 *db, char *zStr, const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;
  char *z;
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, zStr);
  return z;
}

/*
** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().  Omit the internal
** %-conversion extensions.
*/
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
  char *z;
  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
  StrAccum acc;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
  acc.useMalloc = 2;
  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
  z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
  return z;
}

/*
** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc()().  Omit the internal
** %-conversion extensions.
*/
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;
  char *z;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  return z;
}

/*
** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the
** current locale settings.  This is important for SQLite because we
** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as
** specified by some locales.
**
** Oops:  The first two arguments of sqlite3_snprintf() are backwards
** from the snprintf() standard.  Unfortunately, it is too late to change
** this without breaking compatibility, so we just have to live with the
** mistake.
**
** sqlite3_vsnprintf() is the varargs version.
*/
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
  StrAccum acc;
  if( n<=0 ) return zBuf;
  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, n, 0);
  acc.useMalloc = 0;
  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
  return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
}
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){
  char *z;
  va_list ap;
  va_start(ap,zFormat);
  z = sqlite3_vsnprintf(n, zBuf, zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  return z;
}

/*
** This is the routine that actually formats the sqlite3_log() message.
** We house it in a separate routine from sqlite3_log() to avoid using
** stack space on small-stack systems when logging is disabled.
**
** sqlite3_log() must render into a static buffer.  It cannot dynamically
** allocate memory because it might be called while the memory allocator
** mutex is held.
*/
static void renderLogMsg(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
  StrAccum acc;                          /* String accumulator */
  char zMsg[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE*3];    /* Complete log message */

  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zMsg, sizeof(zMsg), 0);
  acc.useMalloc = 0;
  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
  sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg, iErrCode,
                           sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc));
}

/*
** Format and write a message to the log if logging is enabled.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;                             /* Vararg list */
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog ){
    va_start(ap, zFormat);
    renderLogMsg(iErrCode, zFormat, ap);
    va_end(ap);
  }
}

#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
** A version of printf() that understands %lld.  Used for debugging.
** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld
** and segfaults if you give it a long long int.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;
  StrAccum acc;
  char zBuf[500];
  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);
  acc.useMalloc = 0;
  va_start(ap,zFormat);
  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
  fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf);
  fflush(stdout);
}
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
/*
** variable-argument wrapper around sqlite3VXPrintf().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;
  va_start(ap,zFormat);
  sqlite3VXPrintf(p, 1, zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
}
#endif

/************** End of printf.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file random.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number
** generator (PRNG) for SQLite.
**
** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order
** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames.
*/


/* All threads share a single random number generator.
** This structure is the current state of the generator.
*/
static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType {
  unsigned char isInit;          /* True if initialized */
  unsigned char i, j;            /* State variables */
  unsigned char s[256];          /* State variables */
} sqlite3Prng;

/*
** Return N random bytes.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){
  unsigned char t;
  unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf;

  /* The "wsdPrng" macro will resolve to the pseudo-random number generator
  ** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
  ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
  ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdPrng can refer directly
  ** to the "sqlite3Prng" state vector declared above.
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
  struct sqlite3PrngType *p = &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng);
# define wsdPrng p[0]
#else
# define wsdPrng sqlite3Prng
#endif

#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG);
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
#endif

  /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once,
  ** the first time this routine is called.  The seed value does
  ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not
  ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that...
  **
  ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of
  ** encryption.  The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random
  ** number generator) not as an encryption device.
  */
  if( !wsdPrng.isInit ){
    int i;
    char k[256];
    wsdPrng.j = 0;
    wsdPrng.i = 0;
    sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), 256, k);
    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
      wsdPrng.s[i] = (u8)i;
    }
    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
      wsdPrng.j += wsdPrng.s[i] + k[i];
      t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j];
      wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = wsdPrng.s[i];
      wsdPrng.s[i] = t;
    }
    wsdPrng.isInit = 1;
  }

  while( N-- ){
    wsdPrng.i++;
    t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
    wsdPrng.j += t;
    wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i] = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j];
    wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = t;
    t += wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
    *(zBuf++) = wsdPrng.s[t];
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
/*
** For testing purposes, we sometimes want to preserve the state of
** PRNG and restore the PRNG to its saved state at a later time, or
** to reset the PRNG to its initial state.  These routines accomplish
** those tasks.
**
** The sqlite3_test_control() interface calls these routines to
** control the PRNG.
*/
static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType sqlite3SavedPrng;
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void){
  memcpy(
    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng),
    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng),
    sizeof(sqlite3Prng)
  );
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void){
  memcpy(
    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng),
    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng),
    sizeof(sqlite3Prng)
  );
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void){
  GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng).isInit = 0;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */

/************** End of random.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file utf.c *********************************************/
/*
** 2004 April 13
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, 
** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
**
** Notes on UTF-8:
**
**   Byte-0    Byte-1    Byte-2    Byte-3    Value
**  0xxxxxxx                                 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx
**  110yyyyy  10xxxxxx                       00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx
**  1110zzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx             00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
**  11110uuu  10uuzzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx   000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
**
**
** Notes on UTF-16:  (with wwww+1==uuuuu)
**
**      Word-0               Word-1          Value
**  110110ww wwzzzzyy   110111yy yyxxxxxx    000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
**  zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx                        00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
**
**
** BOM or Byte Order Mark:
**     0xff 0xfe   little-endian utf-16 follows
**     0xfe 0xff   big-endian utf-16 follows
**
*/
/* #include <assert.h> */

#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
/*
** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and
** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1;
#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */

/*
** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of
** a multi-byte UTF8 character.
*/
static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = {
  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
  0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
  0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f,
  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
};


#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) {                          \
  if( c<0x00080 ){                                     \
    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF);                            \
  }                                                    \
  else if( c<0x00800 ){                                \
    *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F);                \
    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
  }                                                    \
  else if( c<0x10000 ){                                \
    *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F);               \
    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
  }else{                                               \
    *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07);             \
    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F);             \
    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
  }                                                    \
}

#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) {                                    \
  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                                  \
    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
    *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
  }else{                                                            \
    *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
  }                                                                 \
}

#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) {                                    \
  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                                  \
    *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
  }else{                                                            \
    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
    *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
  }                                                                 \
}

#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, TERM, c){                                   \
  c = (*zIn++);                                                       \
  c += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                 \
  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){                                \
    int c2 = (*zIn++);                                                \
    c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                              \
    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
  }                                                                   \
}

#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, TERM, c){                                   \
  c = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                  \
  c += (*zIn++);                                                      \
  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){                                \
    int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                           \
    c2 += (*zIn++);                                                   \
    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
  }                                                                   \
}

/*
** Translate a single UTF-8 character.  Return the unicode value.
**
** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points
** is a 0x00.
**
** Write a pointer to the next unread byte back into *pzNext.
**
** Notes On Invalid UTF-8:
**
**  *  This routine never allows a 7-bit character (0x00 through 0x7f) to
**     be encoded as a multi-byte character.  Any multi-byte character that
**     attempts to encode a value between 0x00 and 0x7f is rendered as 0xfffd.
**
**  *  This routine never allows a UTF16 surrogate value to be encoded.
**     If a multi-byte character attempts to encode a value between
**     0xd800 and 0xe000 then it is rendered as 0xfffd.
**
**  *  Bytes in the range of 0x80 through 0xbf which occur as the first
**     byte of a character are interpreted as single-byte characters
**     and rendered as themselves even though they are technically
**     invalid characters.
**
**  *  This routine accepts an infinite number of different UTF8 encodings
**     for unicode values 0x80 and greater.  It do not change over-length
**     encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend.
*/
#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c)                           \
  c = *(zIn++);                                            \
  if( c>=0xc0 ){                                           \
    c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];                         \
    while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){            \
      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));                      \
    }                                                      \
    if( c<0x80                                             \
        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800                          \
        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }        \
  }
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(
  const unsigned char **pz    /* Pointer to string from which to read char */
){
  unsigned int c;

  /* Same as READ_UTF8() above but without the zTerm parameter.
  ** For this routine, we assume the UTF8 string is always zero-terminated.
  */
  c = *((*pz)++);
  if( c>=0xc0 ){
    c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];
    while( (*(*pz) & 0xc0)==0x80 ){
      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *((*pz)++));
    }
    if( c<0x80
        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800
        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }
  }
  return c;
}




/*
** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is
** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate().
*/ 
/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to
** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
  int len;                    /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */
  unsigned char *zOut;                  /* Output buffer */
  unsigned char *zIn;                   /* Input iterator */
  unsigned char *zTerm;                 /* End of input */
  unsigned char *z;                     /* Output iterator */
  unsigned int c;

  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str );
  assert( pMem->enc!=desiredEnc );
  assert( pMem->enc!=0 );
  assert( pMem->n>=0 );

#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
  {
    char zBuf[100];
    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
    fprintf(stderr, "INPUT:  %s\n", zBuf);
  }
#endif

  /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then 
  ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled
  ** differently from the others.
  */
  if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && desiredEnc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
    u8 temp;
    int rc;
    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
    zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n&~1];
    while( zIn<zTerm ){
      temp = *zIn;
      *zIn = *(zIn+1);
      zIn++;
      *zIn++ = temp;
    }
    pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
    goto translate_out;
  }

  /* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */
  if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
    /* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from
    ** translating a 2-byte character to a 4-byte UTF-8 character.
    ** A single byte is required for the output string
    ** nul-terminator.
    */
    pMem->n &= ~1;
    len = pMem->n * 2 + 1;
  }else{
    /* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused
    ** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16
    ** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the
    ** nul-terminator.
    */
    len = pMem->n * 2 + 2;
  }

  /* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1
  ** byte past the end.
  **
  ** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer, space obtained
  ** from sqlite3_malloc().
  */
  zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
  zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
  zOut = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, len);
  if( !zOut ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  z = zOut;

  if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
    if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */
      while( zIn<zTerm ){
        READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c);
        WRITE_UTF16LE(z, c);
      }
    }else{
      assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Big-endian */
      while( zIn<zTerm ){
        READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c);
        WRITE_UTF16BE(z, c);
      }
    }
    pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut);
    *z++ = 0;
  }else{
    assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
    if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
      /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
      while( zIn<zTerm ){
        READ_UTF16LE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c); 
        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
      }
    }else{
      /* UTF-16 Big-endian -> UTF-8 */
      while( zIn<zTerm ){
        READ_UTF16BE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c); 
        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
      }
    }
    pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut);
  }
  *z = 0;
  assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len );

  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem);
  pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
  pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term|MEM_Dyn);
  pMem->z = (char*)zOut;
  pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z;

translate_out:
#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
  {
    char zBuf[100];
    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
    fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf);
  }
#endif
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the 
** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and
** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any
** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately.
**
** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be
** changed by this function.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  u8 bom = 0;

  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
  if( pMem->n>1 ){
    u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z;
    u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1);
    if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){
      bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
    }
    if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){
      bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
    }
  }
  
  if( bom ){
    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      pMem->n -= 2;
      memmove(pMem->z, &pMem->z[2], pMem->n);
      pMem->z[pMem->n] = '\0';
      pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = '\0';
      pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
      pMem->enc = bom;
    }
  }
  return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

/*
** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero,
** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including)
** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the
** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to 
** the first 0x00, whichever comes first).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){
  int r = 0;
  const u8 *z = (const u8*)zIn;
  const u8 *zTerm;
  if( nByte>=0 ){
    zTerm = &z[nByte];
  }else{
    zTerm = (const u8*)(-1);
  }
  assert( z<=zTerm );
  while( *z!=0 && z<zTerm ){
    SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
    r++;
  }
  return r;
}

/* This test function is not currently used by the automated test-suite. 
** Hence it is only available in debug builds.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
** Translate UTF-8 to UTF-8.
**
** This has the effect of making sure that the string is well-formed
** UTF-8.  Miscoded characters are removed.
**
** The translation is done in-place and aborted if the output
** overruns the input.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char *zIn){
  unsigned char *zOut = zIn;
  unsigned char *zStart = zIn;
  u32 c;

  while( zIn[0] && zOut<=zIn ){
    c = sqlite3Utf8Read((const u8**)&zIn);
    if( c!=0xfffd ){
      WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c);
    }
  }
  *zOut = 0;
  return (int)(zOut - zStart);
}
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
** Convert a UTF-16 string in the native encoding into a UTF-8 string.
** Memory to hold the UTF-8 string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc and must
** be freed by the calling function.
**
** NULL is returned if there is an allocation error.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *db, const void *z, int nByte, u8 enc){
  Mem m;
  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
  m.db = db;
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&m, z, nByte, enc, SQLITE_STATIC);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&m, SQLITE_UTF8);
  if( db->mallocFailed ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
    m.z = 0;
  }
  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
  assert( m.z || db->mallocFailed );
  return m.z;
}

/*
** zIn is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string at least nChar characters long.
** Return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters
** in pZ.  nChar must be non-negative.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
  int c;
  unsigned char const *z = zIn;
  int n = 0;
  
  if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
    while( n<nChar ){
      READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c);
      n++;
    }
  }else{
    while( n<nChar ){
      READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c);
      n++;
    }
  }
  return (int)(z-(unsigned char const *)zIn);
}

#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
/*
** This routine is called from the TCL test function "translate_selftest".
** It checks that the primitives for serializing and deserializing
** characters in each encoding are inverses of each other.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(void){
  unsigned int i, t;
  unsigned char zBuf[20];
  unsigned char *z;
  int n;
  unsigned int c;

  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
    z = zBuf;
    WRITE_UTF8(z, i);
    n = (int)(z-zBuf);
    assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
    z[0] = 0;
    z = zBuf;
    c = sqlite3Utf8Read((const u8**)&z);
    t = i;
    if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xDFFF ) t = 0xFFFD;
    if( (i&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ) t = 0xFFFD;
    assert( c==t );
    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
  }
  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
    if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
    z = zBuf;
    WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i);
    n = (int)(z-zBuf);
    assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
    z[0] = 0;
    z = zBuf;
    READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c);
    assert( c==i );
    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
  }
  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
    if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
    z = zBuf;
    WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i);
    n = (int)(z-zBuf);
    assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
    z[0] = 0;
    z = zBuf;
    READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c);
    assert( c==i );
    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
  }
}
#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

/************** End of utf.c *************************************************/
/************** Begin file util.c ********************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Utility functions used throughout sqlite.
**
** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing
** strings, and stuff like that.
**
*/
/* #include <stdarg.h> */
#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
# include <math.h>
#endif

/*
** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){
  static unsigned dummy = 0;
  dummy += (unsigned)x;
}
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
/*
** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number (NaN).
**
** Use the math library isnan() function if compiled with SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN.
** Otherwise, we have our own implementation that works on most systems.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double x){
  int rc;   /* The value return */
#if !defined(SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN)
  /*
  ** Systems that support the isnan() library function should probably
  ** make use of it by compiling with -DSQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN.  But we have
  ** found that many systems do not have a working isnan() function so
  ** this implementation is provided as an alternative.
  **
  ** This NaN test sometimes fails if compiled on GCC with -ffast-math.
  ** On the other hand, the use of -ffast-math comes with the following
  ** warning:
  **
  **      This option [-ffast-math] should never be turned on by any
  **      -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs
  **      which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO 
  **      rules/specifications for math functions.
  **
  ** Under MSVC, this NaN test may fail if compiled with a floating-
  ** point precision mode other than /fp:precise.  From the MSDN 
  ** documentation:
  **
  **      The compiler [with /fp:precise] will properly handle comparisons 
  **      involving NaN. For example, x != x evaluates to true if x is NaN 
  **      ...
  */
#ifdef __FAST_MATH__
# error SQLite will not work correctly with the -ffast-math option of GCC.
#endif
  volatile double y = x;
  volatile double z = y;
  rc = (y!=z);
#else  /* if defined(SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN) */
  rc = isnan(x);
#endif /* SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN */
  testcase( rc );
  return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */

/*
** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in
** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer.
**
** The value returned will never be negative.  Nor will it ever be greater
** than the actual length of the string.  For very long strings (greater
** than 1GiB) the value returned might be less than the true string length.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){
  const char *z2 = z;
  if( z==0 ) return 0;
  while( *z2 ){ z2++; }
  return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z);
}

/*
** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite
** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code".
**
** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the
** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following
** format characters are allowed:
**
**      %s      Insert a string
**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
**      %d      Insert an integer
**      %T      Insert a token
**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
**
** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be
** encoded in UTF-8.
**
** To clear the most recent error for sqlite handle "db", sqlite3Error
** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set
** to NULL.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){
  if( db && (db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db))!=0) ){
    db->errCode = err_code;
    if( zFormat ){
      char *z;
      va_list ap;
      va_start(ap, zFormat);
      z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
      va_end(ap);
      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
    }else{
      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr.
** The following formatting characters are allowed:
**
**      %s      Insert a string
**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
**      %d      Insert an integer
**      %T      Insert a token
**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
**
** This function should be used to report any error that occurs whilst
** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The
** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error
** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error().
** Function sqlite3Error() should be used during statement execution
** (sqlite3_step() etc.).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
  char *zMsg;
  va_list ap;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  zMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  if( db->suppressErr ){
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zMsg);
  }else{
    pParse->nErr++;
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg);
    pParse->zErrMsg = zMsg;
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
}

/*
** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
** the quote characters.  The conversion is done in-place.  If the
** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
** is a no-op.
**
** The input string must be zero-terminated.  A new zero-terminator
** is added to the dequoted string.
**
** The return value is -1 if no dequoting occurs or the length of the
** dequoted string, exclusive of the zero terminator, if dequoting does
** occur.
**
** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style
** brackets from around identifers.  For example:  "[a-b-c]" becomes
** "a-b-c".
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
  char quote;
  int i, j;
  if( z==0 ) return -1;
  quote = z[0];
  switch( quote ){
    case '\'':  break;
    case '"':   break;
    case '`':   break;                /* For MySQL compatibility */
    case '[':   quote = ']';  break;  /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */
    default:    return -1;
  }
  for(i=1, j=0;; i++){
    assert( z[i] );
    if( z[i]==quote ){
      if( z[i+1]==quote ){
        z[j++] = quote;
        i++;
      }else{
        break;
      }
    }else{
      z[j++] = z[i];
    }
  }
  z[j] = 0;
  return j;
}

/* Convenient short-hand */
#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower

/*
** Some systems have stricmp().  Others have strcasecmp().  Because
** there is no consistency, we will define our own.
**
** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-30243-02494 The sqlite3_stricmp() and
** sqlite3_strnicmp() APIs allow applications and extensions to compare
** the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a
** case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case
** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
  register unsigned char *a, *b;
  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
  while( *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
  return UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
}
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){
  register unsigned char *a, *b;
  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
  while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
  return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
}

/*
** The string z[] is an text representation of a real number.
** Convert this string to a double and write it into *pResult.
**
** The string z[] is length bytes in length (bytes, not characters) and
** uses the encoding enc.  The string is not necessarily zero-terminated.
**
** Return TRUE if the result is a valid real number (or integer) and FALSE
** if the string is empty or contains extraneous text.  Valid numbers
** are in one of these formats:
**
**    [+-]digits[E[+-]digits]
**    [+-]digits.[digits][E[+-]digits]
**    [+-].digits[E[+-]digits]
**
** Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored for the purpose of determining
** validity.
**
** If some prefix of the input string is a valid number, this routine
** returns FALSE but it still converts the prefix and writes the result
** into *pResult.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult, int length, u8 enc){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
  int incr;
  const char *zEnd = z + length;
  /* sign * significand * (10 ^ (esign * exponent)) */
  int sign = 1;    /* sign of significand */
  i64 s = 0;       /* significand */
  int d = 0;       /* adjust exponent for shifting decimal point */
  int esign = 1;   /* sign of exponent */
  int e = 0;       /* exponent */
  int eValid = 1;  /* True exponent is either not used or is well-formed */
  double result;
  int nDigits = 0;
  int nonNum = 0;

  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
  *pResult = 0.0;   /* Default return value, in case of an error */

  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
    incr = 1;
  }else{
    int i;
    incr = 2;
    assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
    for(i=3-enc; i<length && z[i]==0; i+=2){}
    nonNum = i<length;
    zEnd = z+i+enc-3;
    z += (enc&1);
  }

  /* skip leading spaces */
  while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z+=incr;
  if( z>=zEnd ) return 0;

  /* get sign of significand */
  if( *z=='-' ){
    sign = -1;
    z+=incr;
  }else if( *z=='+' ){
    z+=incr;
  }

  /* skip leading zeroes */
  while( z<zEnd && z[0]=='0' ) z+=incr, nDigits++;

  /* copy max significant digits to significand */
  while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){
    s = s*10 + (*z - '0');
    z+=incr, nDigits++;
  }

  /* skip non-significant significand digits
  ** (increase exponent by d to shift decimal left) */
  while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z+=incr, nDigits++, d++;
  if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;

  /* if decimal point is present */
  if( *z=='.' ){
    z+=incr;
    /* copy digits from after decimal to significand
    ** (decrease exponent by d to shift decimal right) */
    while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){
      s = s*10 + (*z - '0');
      z+=incr, nDigits++, d--;
    }
    /* skip non-significant digits */
    while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z+=incr, nDigits++;
  }
  if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;

  /* if exponent is present */
  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
    z+=incr;
    eValid = 0;
    if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;
    /* get sign of exponent */
    if( *z=='-' ){
      esign = -1;
      z+=incr;
    }else if( *z=='+' ){
      z+=incr;
    }
    /* copy digits to exponent */
    while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
      e = e<10000 ? (e*10 + (*z - '0')) : 10000;
      z+=incr;
      eValid = 1;
    }
  }

  /* skip trailing spaces */
  if( nDigits && eValid ){
    while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z+=incr;
  }

do_atof_calc:
  /* adjust exponent by d, and update sign */
  e = (e*esign) + d;
  if( e<0 ) {
    esign = -1;
    e *= -1;
  } else {
    esign = 1;
  }

  /* if 0 significand */
  if( !s ) {
    /* In the IEEE 754 standard, zero is signed.
    ** Add the sign if we've seen at least one digit */
    result = (sign<0 && nDigits) ? -(double)0 : (double)0;
  } else {
    /* attempt to reduce exponent */
    if( esign>0 ){
      while( s<(LARGEST_INT64/10) && e>0 ) e--,s*=10;
    }else{
      while( !(s%10) && e>0 ) e--,s/=10;
    }

    /* adjust the sign of significand */
    s = sign<0 ? -s : s;

    /* if exponent, scale significand as appropriate
    ** and store in result. */
    if( e ){
      LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
      /* attempt to handle extremely small/large numbers better */
      if( e>307 && e<342 ){
        while( e%308 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; }
        if( esign<0 ){
          result = s / scale;
          result /= 1.0e+308;
        }else{
          result = s * scale;
          result *= 1.0e+308;
        }
      }else if( e>=342 ){
        if( esign<0 ){
          result = 0.0*s;
        }else{
          result = 1e308*1e308*s;  /* Infinity */
        }
      }else{
        /* 1.0e+22 is the largest power of 10 than can be 
        ** represented exactly. */
        while( e%22 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; }
        while( e>0 ) { scale *= 1.0e+22; e -= 22; }
        if( esign<0 ){
          result = s / scale;
        }else{
          result = s * scale;
        }
      }
    } else {
      result = (double)s;
    }
  }

  /* store the result */
  *pResult = result;

  /* return true if number and no extra non-whitespace chracters after */
  return z>=zEnd && nDigits>0 && eValid && nonNum==0;
#else
  return !sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult, length, enc);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
}

/*
** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation
** value 2^63:  9223372036854775808.  Return negative, zero, or positive
** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string.
** Note that zNum must contain exactly 19 characters.
**
** Unlike memcmp() this routine is guaranteed to return the difference
** in the values of the last digit if the only difference is in the
** last digit.  So, for example,
**
**      compare2pow63("9223372036854775800", 1)
**
** will return -8.
*/
static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum, int incr){
  int c = 0;
  int i;
                    /* 012345678901234567 */
  const char *pow63 = "922337203685477580";
  for(i=0; c==0 && i<18; i++){
    c = (zNum[i*incr]-pow63[i])*10;
  }
  if( c==0 ){
    c = zNum[18*incr] - '8';
    testcase( c==(-1) );
    testcase( c==0 );
    testcase( c==(+1) );
  }
  return c;
}


/*
** Convert zNum to a 64-bit signed integer.
**
** If the zNum value is representable as a 64-bit twos-complement 
** integer, then write that value into *pNum and return 0.
**
** If zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808, return 2.  This special
** case is broken out because while 9223372036854775808 cannot be a 
** signed 64-bit integer, its negative -9223372036854775808 can be.
**
** If zNum is too big for a 64-bit integer and is not
** 9223372036854775808  or if zNum contains any non-numeric text,
** then return 1.
**
** length is the number of bytes in the string (bytes, not characters).
** The string is not necessarily zero-terminated.  The encoding is
** given by enc.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum, int length, u8 enc){
  int incr;
  u64 u = 0;
  int neg = 0; /* assume positive */
  int i;
  int c = 0;
  int nonNum = 0;
  const char *zStart;
  const char *zEnd = zNum + length;
  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
    incr = 1;
  }else{
    incr = 2;
    assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
    for(i=3-enc; i<length && zNum[i]==0; i+=2){}
    nonNum = i<length;
    zEnd = zNum+i+enc-3;
    zNum += (enc&1);
  }
  while( zNum<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*zNum) ) zNum+=incr;
  if( zNum<zEnd ){
    if( *zNum=='-' ){
      neg = 1;
      zNum+=incr;
    }else if( *zNum=='+' ){
      zNum+=incr;
    }
  }
  zStart = zNum;
  while( zNum<zEnd && zNum[0]=='0' ){ zNum+=incr; } /* Skip leading zeros. */
  for(i=0; &zNum[i]<zEnd && (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i+=incr){
    u = u*10 + c - '0';
  }
  if( u>LARGEST_INT64 ){
    *pNum = neg ? SMALLEST_INT64 : LARGEST_INT64;
  }else if( neg ){
    *pNum = -(i64)u;
  }else{
    *pNum = (i64)u;
  }
  testcase( i==18 );
  testcase( i==19 );
  testcase( i==20 );
  if( (c!=0 && &zNum[i]<zEnd) || (i==0 && zStart==zNum) || i>19*incr || nonNum ){
    /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer
    ** than 19 digits (thus guaranteeing that it is too large) */
    return 1;
  }else if( i<19*incr ){
    /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */
    assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 );
    return 0;
  }else{
    /* zNum is a 19-digit numbers.  Compare it against 9223372036854775808. */
    c = compare2pow63(zNum, incr);
    if( c<0 ){
      /* zNum is less than 9223372036854775808 so it fits */
      assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 );
      return 0;
    }else if( c>0 ){
      /* zNum is greater than 9223372036854775808 so it overflows */
      return 1;
    }else{
      /* zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808.  Fits if negative.  The
      ** special case 2 overflow if positive */
      assert( u-1==LARGEST_INT64 );
      return neg ? 0 : 2;
    }
  }
}

/*
** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set
** *pValue to that integer and return true.  Otherwise return false.
**
** Any non-numeric characters that following zNum are ignored.
** This is different from sqlite3Atoi64() which requires the
** input number to be zero-terminated.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){
  sqlite_int64 v = 0;
  int i, c;
  int neg = 0;
  if( zNum[0]=='-' ){
    neg = 1;
    zNum++;
  }else if( zNum[0]=='+' ){
    zNum++;
  }
  while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++;
  for(i=0; i<11 && (c = zNum[i] - '0')>=0 && c<=9; i++){
    v = v*10 + c;
  }

  /* The longest decimal representation of a 32 bit integer is 10 digits:
  **
  **             1234567890
  **     2^31 -> 2147483648
  */
  testcase( i==10 );
  if( i>10 ){
    return 0;
  }
  testcase( v-neg==2147483647 );
  if( v-neg>2147483647 ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( neg ){
    v = -v;
  }
  *pValue = (int)v;
  return 1;
}

/*
** Return a 32-bit integer value extracted from a string.  If the
** string is not an integer, just return 0.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char *z){
  int x = 0;
  if( z ) sqlite3GetInt32(z, &x);
  return x;
}

/*
** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows:
**
** KEY:
**         A = 0xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
**         B = 1xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
**         C = xxxxxxxx    8 bits of data
**
**  7 bits - A
** 14 bits - BA
** 21 bits - BBA
** 28 bits - BBBA
** 35 bits - BBBBA
** 42 bits - BBBBBA
** 49 bits - BBBBBBA
** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA
** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC
*/

/*
** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes.  The number
** of bytes written is returned.
**
** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte
** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th
** bit clear.  Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full
** 8 bits and is the last byte.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
  int i, j, n;
  u8 buf[10];
  if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){
    p[8] = (u8)v;
    v >>= 8;
    for(i=7; i>=0; i--){
      p[i] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
      v >>= 7;
    }
    return 9;
  }    
  n = 0;
  do{
    buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
    v >>= 7;
  }while( v!=0 );
  buf[0] &= 0x7f;
  assert( n<=9 );
  for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){
    p[i] = buf[j];
  }
  return n;
}

/*
** This routine is a faster version of sqlite3PutVarint() that only
** works for 32-bit positive integers and which is optimized for
** the common case of small integers.  A MACRO version, putVarint32,
** is provided which inlines the single-byte case.  All code should use
** the MACRO version as this function assumes the single-byte case has
** already been handled.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
#ifndef putVarint32
  if( (v & ~0x7f)==0 ){
    p[0] = v;
    return 1;
  }
#endif
  if( (v & ~0x3fff)==0 ){
    p[0] = (u8)((v>>7) | 0x80);
    p[1] = (u8)(v & 0x7f);
    return 2;
  }
  return sqlite3PutVarint(p, v);
}

/*
** Bitmasks used by sqlite3GetVarint().  These precomputed constants
** are defined here rather than simply putting the constant expressions
** inline in order to work around bugs in the RVT compiler.
**
** SLOT_2_0     A mask for  (0x7f<<14) | 0x7f
**
** SLOT_4_2_0   A mask for  (0x7f<<28) | SLOT_2_0
*/
#define SLOT_2_0     0x001fc07f
#define SLOT_4_2_0   0xf01fc07f


/*
** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
  u32 a,b,s;

  a = *p;
  /* a: p0 (unmasked) */
  if (!(a&0x80))
  {
    *v = a;
    return 1;
  }

  p++;
  b = *p;
  /* b: p1 (unmasked) */
  if (!(b&0x80))
  {
    a &= 0x7f;
    a = a<<7;
    a |= b;
    *v = a;
    return 2;
  }

  /* Verify that constants are precomputed correctly */
  assert( SLOT_2_0 == ((0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) );
  assert( SLOT_4_2_0 == ((0xfU<<28) | (0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) );

  p++;
  a = a<<14;
  a |= *p;
  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
  if (!(a&0x80))
  {
    a &= SLOT_2_0;
    b &= 0x7f;
    b = b<<7;
    a |= b;
    *v = a;
    return 3;
  }

  /* CSE1 from below */
  a &= SLOT_2_0;
  p++;
  b = b<<14;
  b |= *p;
  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
  if (!(b&0x80))
  {
    b &= SLOT_2_0;
    /* moved CSE1 up */
    /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
    a = a<<7;
    a |= b;
    *v = a;
    return 4;
  }

  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
  /* 1:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
  /* moved CSE1 up */
  /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
  b &= SLOT_2_0;
  s = a;
  /* s: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */

  p++;
  a = a<<14;
  a |= *p;
  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
  if (!(a&0x80))
  {
    /* we can skip these cause they were (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
    /* a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
    /* b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
    b = b<<7;
    a |= b;
    s = s>>18;
    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
    return 5;
  }

  /* 2:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
  s = s<<7;
  s |= b;
  /* s: p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */

  p++;
  b = b<<14;
  b |= *p;
  /* b: p1<<28 | p3<<14 | p5 (unmasked) */
  if (!(b&0x80))
  {
    /* we can skip this cause it was (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
    /* b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
    a &= SLOT_2_0;
    a = a<<7;
    a |= b;
    s = s>>18;
    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
    return 6;
  }

  p++;
  a = a<<14;
  a |= *p;
  /* a: p2<<28 | p4<<14 | p6 (unmasked) */
  if (!(a&0x80))
  {
    a &= SLOT_4_2_0;
    b &= SLOT_2_0;
    b = b<<7;
    a |= b;
    s = s>>11;
    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
    return 7;
  }

  /* CSE2 from below */
  a &= SLOT_2_0;
  p++;
  b = b<<14;
  b |= *p;
  /* b: p3<<28 | p5<<14 | p7 (unmasked) */
  if (!(b&0x80))
  {
    b &= SLOT_4_2_0;
    /* moved CSE2 up */
    /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
    a = a<<7;
    a |= b;
    s = s>>4;
    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
    return 8;
  }

  p++;
  a = a<<15;
  a |= *p;
  /* a: p4<<29 | p6<<15 | p8 (unmasked) */

  /* moved CSE2 up */
  /* a &= (0x7f<<29)|(0x7f<<15)|(0xff); */
  b &= SLOT_2_0;
  b = b<<8;
  a |= b;

  s = s<<4;
  b = p[-4];
  b &= 0x7f;
  b = b>>3;
  s |= b;

  *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;

  return 9;
}

/*
** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
**
** If the varint stored in p[0] is larger than can fit in a 32-bit unsigned
** integer, then set *v to 0xffffffff.
**
** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the 
** single-byte case.  All code should use the MACRO version as 
** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
  u32 a,b;

  /* The 1-byte case.  Overwhelmingly the most common.  Handled inline
  ** by the getVarin32() macro */
  a = *p;
  /* a: p0 (unmasked) */
#ifndef getVarint32
  if (!(a&0x80))
  {
    /* Values between 0 and 127 */
    *v = a;
    return 1;
  }
#endif

  /* The 2-byte case */
  p++;
  b = *p;
  /* b: p1 (unmasked) */
  if (!(b&0x80))
  {
    /* Values between 128 and 16383 */
    a &= 0x7f;
    a = a<<7;
    *v = a | b;
    return 2;
  }

  /* The 3-byte case */
  p++;
  a = a<<14;
  a |= *p;
  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
  if (!(a&0x80))
  {
    /* Values between 16384 and 2097151 */
    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
    b &= 0x7f;
    b = b<<7;
    *v = a | b;
    return 3;
  }

  /* A 32-bit varint is used to store size information in btrees.
  ** Objects are rarely larger than 2MiB limit of a 3-byte varint.
  ** A 3-byte varint is sufficient, for example, to record the size
  ** of a 1048569-byte BLOB or string.
  **
  ** We only unroll the first 1-, 2-, and 3- byte cases.  The very
  ** rare larger cases can be handled by the slower 64-bit varint
  ** routine.
  */
#if 1
  {
    u64 v64;
    u8 n;

    p -= 2;
    n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
    assert( n>3 && n<=9 );
    if( (v64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)!=v64 ){
      *v = 0xffffffff;
    }else{
      *v = (u32)v64;
    }
    return n;
  }

#else
  /* For following code (kept for historical record only) shows an
  ** unrolling for the 3- and 4-byte varint cases.  This code is
  ** slightly faster, but it is also larger and much harder to test.
  */
  p++;
  b = b<<14;
  b |= *p;
  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
  if (!(b&0x80))
  {
    /* Values between 2097152 and 268435455 */
    b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
    a = a<<7;
    *v = a | b;
    return 4;
  }

  p++;
  a = a<<14;
  a |= *p;
  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
  if (!(a&0x80))
  {
    /* Values  between 268435456 and 34359738367 */
    a &= SLOT_4_2_0;
    b &= SLOT_4_2_0;
    b = b<<7;
    *v = a | b;
    return 5;
  }

  /* We can only reach this point when reading a corrupt database
  ** file.  In that case we are not in any hurry.  Use the (relatively
  ** slow) general-purpose sqlite3GetVarint() routine to extract the
  ** value. */
  {
    u64 v64;
    u8 n;

    p -= 4;
    n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
    assert( n>5 && n<=9 );
    *v = (u32)v64;
    return n;
  }
#endif
}

/*
** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given
** 64-bit integer.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){
  int i = 0;
  do{
    i++;
    v >>= 7;
  }while( v!=0 && ALWAYS(i<9) );
  return i;
}


/*
** Read or write a four-byte big-endian integer value.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8 *p){
  return (p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3];
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
  p[0] = (u8)(v>>24);
  p[1] = (u8)(v>>16);
  p[2] = (u8)(v>>8);
  p[3] = (u8)v;
}



/*
** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer.
** This routine only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal
** character:  0..9a..fA..F
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h){
  assert( (h>='0' && h<='9') ||  (h>='a' && h<='f') ||  (h>='A' && h<='F') );
#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
  h += 9*(1&(h>>6));
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
  h += 9*(1&~(h>>4));
#endif
  return (u8)(h & 0xf);
}

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
/*
** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary
** value.  Return a pointer to its binary value.  Space to hold the
** binary value has been obtained from malloc and must be freed by
** the calling routine.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){
  char *zBlob;
  int i;

  zBlob = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n/2 + 1);
  n--;
  if( zBlob ){
    for(i=0; i<n; i+=2){
      zBlob[i/2] = (sqlite3HexToInt(z[i])<<4) | sqlite3HexToInt(z[i+1]);
    }
    zBlob[i/2] = 0;
  }
  return zBlob;
}
#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */

/*
** Log an error that is an API call on a connection pointer that should
** not have been used.  The "type" of connection pointer is given as the
** argument.  The zType is a word like "NULL" or "closed" or "invalid".
*/
static void logBadConnection(const char *zType){
  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, 
     "API call with %s database connection pointer",
     zType
  );
}

/*
** Check to make sure we have a valid db pointer.  This test is not
** foolproof but it does provide some measure of protection against
** misuse of the interface such as passing in db pointers that are
** NULL or which have been previously closed.  If this routine returns
** 1 it means that the db pointer is valid and 0 if it should not be
** dereferenced for any reason.  The calling function should invoke
** SQLITE_MISUSE immediately.
**
** sqlite3SafetyCheckOk() requires that the db pointer be valid for
** use.  sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk() allows a db pointer that failed to
** open properly and is not fit for general use but which can be
** used as an argument to sqlite3_errmsg() or sqlite3_close().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3 *db){
  u32 magic;
  if( db==0 ){
    logBadConnection("NULL");
    return 0;
  }
  magic = db->magic;
  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){
    if( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
      testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
      logBadConnection("unopened");
    }
    return 0;
  }else{
    return 1;
  }
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3 *db){
  u32 magic;
  magic = db->magic;
  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK &&
      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
    logBadConnection("invalid");
    return 0;
  }else{
    return 1;
  }
}

/*
** Attempt to add, substract, or multiply the 64-bit signed value iB against
** the other 64-bit signed integer at *pA and store the result in *pA.
** Return 0 on success.  Or if the operation would have resulted in an
** overflow, leave *pA unchanged and return 1.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
  i64 iA = *pA;
  testcase( iA==0 ); testcase( iA==1 );
  testcase( iB==-1 ); testcase( iB==0 );
  if( iB>=0 ){
    testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB );
    testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB - 1 );
    if( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA < iB ) return 1;
    *pA += iB;
  }else{
    testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 1 );
    testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 2 );
    if( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) > iB + 1 ) return 1;
    *pA += iB;
  }
  return 0; 
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
  testcase( iB==SMALLEST_INT64+1 );
  if( iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
    testcase( (*pA)==(-1) ); testcase( (*pA)==0 );
    if( (*pA)>=0 ) return 1;
    *pA -= iB;
    return 0;
  }else{
    return sqlite3AddInt64(pA, -iB);
  }
}
#define TWOPOWER32 (((i64)1)<<32)
#define TWOPOWER31 (((i64)1)<<31)
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
  i64 iA = *pA;
  i64 iA1, iA0, iB1, iB0, r;

  iA1 = iA/TWOPOWER32;
  iA0 = iA % TWOPOWER32;
  iB1 = iB/TWOPOWER32;
  iB0 = iB % TWOPOWER32;
  if( iA1*iB1 != 0 ) return 1;
  assert( iA1*iB0==0 || iA0*iB1==0 );
  r = iA1*iB0 + iA0*iB1;
  testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31)-1 );
  testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31) );
  testcase( r==TWOPOWER31 );
  testcase( r==TWOPOWER31-1 );
  if( r<(-TWOPOWER31) || r>=TWOPOWER31 ) return 1;
  r *= TWOPOWER32;
  if( sqlite3AddInt64(&r, iA0*iB0) ) return 1;
  *pA = r;
  return 0;
}

/*
** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible.  Or 
** if the integer has a value of -2147483648, return +2147483647
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int x){
  if( x>=0 ) return x;
  if( x==(int)0x80000000 ) return 0x7fffffff;
  return -x;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
/*
** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set at compile-time and if the database
** filename in zBaseFilename is a URI with the "8_3_names=1" parameter and
** if filename in z[] has a suffix (a.k.a. "extension") that is longer than
** three characters, then shorten the suffix on z[] to be the last three
** characters of the original suffix.
**
** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set to 2 at compile-time, then always
** do the suffix shortening regardless of URI parameter.
**
** Examples:
**
**     test.db-journal    =>   test.nal
**     test.db-wal        =>   test.wal
**     test.db-shm        =>   test.shm
**     test.db-mj7f3319fa =>   test.9fa
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char *zBaseFilename, char *z){
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES<2
  if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zBaseFilename, "8_3_names", 0) )
#endif
  {
    int i, sz;
    sz = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
    for(i=sz-1; i>0 && z[i]!='/' && z[i]!='.'; i--){}
    if( z[i]=='.' && ALWAYS(sz>i+4) ) memmove(&z[i+1], &z[sz-3], 4);
  }
}
#endif

/* 
** Find (an approximate) sum of two LogEst values.  This computation is
** not a simple "+" operator because LogEst is stored as a logarithmic
** value.
** 
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst a, LogEst b){
  static const unsigned char x[] = {
     10, 10,                         /* 0,1 */
      9, 9,                          /* 2,3 */
      8, 8,                          /* 4,5 */
      7, 7, 7,                       /* 6,7,8 */
      6, 6, 6,                       /* 9,10,11 */
      5, 5, 5,                       /* 12-14 */
      4, 4, 4, 4,                    /* 15-18 */
      3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3,              /* 19-24 */
      2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,           /* 25-31 */
  };
  if( a>=b ){
    if( a>b+49 ) return a;
    if( a>b+31 ) return a+1;
    return a+x[a-b];
  }else{
    if( b>a+49 ) return b;
    if( b>a+31 ) return b+1;
    return b+x[b-a];
  }
}

/*
** Convert an integer into a LogEst.  In other words, compute a
** good approximatation for 10*log2(x).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64 x){
  static LogEst a[] = { 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 };
  LogEst y = 40;
  if( x<8 ){
    if( x<2 ) return 0;
    while( x<8 ){  y -= 10; x <<= 1; }
  }else{
    while( x>255 ){ y += 40; x >>= 4; }
    while( x>15 ){  y += 10; x >>= 1; }
  }
  return a[x&7] + y - 10;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/*
** Convert a double into a LogEst
** In other words, compute an approximation for 10*log2(x).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double x){
  u64 a;
  LogEst e;
  assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(a)==8 );
  if( x<=1 ) return 0;
  if( x<=2000000000 ) return sqlite3LogEst((u64)x);
  memcpy(&a, &x, 8);
  e = (a>>52) - 1022;
  return e*10;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

/*
** Convert a LogEst into an integer.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst x){
  u64 n;
  if( x<10 ) return 1;
  n = x%10;
  x /= 10;
  if( n>=5 ) n -= 2;
  else if( n>=1 ) n -= 1;
  if( x>=3 ){
    return x>60 ? (u64)LARGEST_INT64 : (n+8)<<(x-3);
  }
  return (n+8)>>(3-x);
}

/************** End of util.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file hash.c ********************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
** used in SQLite.
*/
/* #include <assert.h> */

/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
** fields of the Hash structure.
**
** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew){
  assert( pNew!=0 );
  pNew->first = 0;
  pNew->count = 0;
  pNew->htsize = 0;
  pNew->ht = 0;
}

/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
** to the empty state.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){
  HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */

  assert( pH!=0 );
  elem = pH->first;
  pH->first = 0;
  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
  pH->ht = 0;
  pH->htsize = 0;
  while( elem ){
    HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
    sqlite3_free(elem);
    elem = next_elem;
  }
  pH->count = 0;
}

/*
** The hashing function.
*/
static unsigned int strHash(const char *z, int nKey){
  int h = 0;
  assert( nKey>=0 );
  while( nKey > 0  ){
    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++];
    nKey--;
  }
  return h;
}


/* Link pNew element into the hash table pH.  If pEntry!=0 then also
** insert pNew into the pEntry hash bucket.
*/
static void insertElement(
  Hash *pH,              /* The complete hash table */
  struct _ht *pEntry,    /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
  HashElem *pNew         /* The element to be inserted */
){
  HashElem *pHead;       /* First element already in pEntry */
  if( pEntry ){
    pHead = pEntry->count ? pEntry->chain : 0;
    pEntry->count++;
    pEntry->chain = pNew;
  }else{
    pHead = 0;
  }
  if( pHead ){
    pNew->next = pHead;
    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
    pHead->prev = pNew;
  }else{
    pNew->next = pH->first;
    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
    pNew->prev = 0;
    pH->first = pNew;
  }
}


/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
**
** The hash table might fail to resize if sqlite3_malloc() fails or
** if the new size is the same as the prior size.
** Return TRUE if the resize occurs and false if not.
*/
static int rehash(Hash *pH, unsigned int new_size){
  struct _ht *new_ht;            /* The new hash table */
  HashElem *elem, *next_elem;    /* For looping over existing elements */

#if SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT>0
  if( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){
    new_size = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(struct _ht);
  }
  if( new_size==pH->htsize ) return 0;
#endif

  /* The inability to allocates space for a larger hash table is
  ** a performance hit but it is not a fatal error.  So mark the
  ** allocation as a benign. Use sqlite3Malloc()/memset(0) instead of 
  ** sqlite3MallocZero() to make the allocation, as sqlite3MallocZero()
  ** only zeroes the requested number of bytes whereas this module will
  ** use the actual amount of space allocated for the hash table (which
  ** may be larger than the requested amount).
  */
  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
  new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3Malloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();

  if( new_ht==0 ) return 0;
  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
  pH->ht = new_ht;
  pH->htsize = new_size = sqlite3MallocSize(new_ht)/sizeof(struct _ht);
  memset(new_ht, 0, new_size*sizeof(struct _ht));
  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
    unsigned int h = strHash(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) % new_size;
    next_elem = elem->next;
    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
  }
  return 1;
}

/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
*/
static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
  const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
  const char *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
  int nKey,           /* Bytes in key (not counting zero terminator) */
  unsigned int h      /* The hash for this key. */
){
  HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */

  if( pH->ht ){
    struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
    elem = pEntry->chain;
    count = pEntry->count;
  }else{
    elem = pH->first;
    count = pH->count;
  }
  while( count-- && ALWAYS(elem) ){
    if( elem->nKey==nKey && sqlite3StrNICmp(elem->pKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
      return elem;
    }
    elem = elem->next;
  }
  return 0;
}

/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
** element and a hash on the element's key.
*/
static void removeElementGivenHash(
  Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
  HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
  unsigned int h    /* Hash value for the element */
){
  struct _ht *pEntry;
  if( elem->prev ){
    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
  }else{
    pH->first = elem->next;
  }
  if( elem->next ){
    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
  }
  if( pH->ht ){
    pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
    if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
      pEntry->chain = elem->next;
    }
    pEntry->count--;
    assert( pEntry->count>=0 );
  }
  sqlite3_free( elem );
  pH->count--;
  if( pH->count==0 ){
    assert( pH->first==0 );
    assert( pH->count==0 );
    sqlite3HashClear(pH);
  }
}

/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
** found, or NULL if there is no match.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey){
  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
  unsigned int h;    /* A hash on key */

  assert( pH!=0 );
  assert( pKey!=0 );
  assert( nKey>=0 );
  if( pH->ht ){
    h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
  }else{
    h = 0;
  }
  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH, pKey, nKey, h);
  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
}

/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
** and the data is "data".
**
** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
** element is created and NULL is returned.
**
** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
**
** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *data){
  unsigned int h;       /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
  HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
  HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */

  assert( pH!=0 );
  assert( pKey!=0 );
  assert( nKey>=0 );
  if( pH->htsize ){
    h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
  }else{
    h = 0;
  }
  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
  if( elem ){
    void *old_data = elem->data;
    if( data==0 ){
      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
    }else{
      elem->data = data;
      elem->pKey = pKey;
      assert(nKey==elem->nKey);
    }
    return old_data;
  }
  if( data==0 ) return 0;
  new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
  new_elem->pKey = pKey;
  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
  new_elem->data = data;
  pH->count++;
  if( pH->count>=10 && pH->count > 2*pH->htsize ){
    if( rehash(pH, pH->count*2) ){
      assert( pH->htsize>0 );
      h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
    }
  }
  if( pH->ht ){
    insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
  }else{
    insertElement(pH, 0, new_elem);
  }
  return 0;
}

/************** End of hash.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file opcodes.c *****************************************/
/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
/* See the mkopcodec.awk script for details. */
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
# define OpHelp(X) "\0" X
#else
# define OpHelp(X)
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){
 static const char *const azName[] = { "?",
     /*   1 */ "Function"         OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"),
     /*   2 */ "Savepoint"        OpHelp(""),
     /*   3 */ "AutoCommit"       OpHelp(""),
     /*   4 */ "Transaction"      OpHelp(""),
     /*   5 */ "SorterNext"       OpHelp(""),
     /*   6 */ "PrevIfOpen"       OpHelp(""),
     /*   7 */ "NextIfOpen"       OpHelp(""),
     /*   8 */ "Prev"             OpHelp(""),
     /*   9 */ "Next"             OpHelp(""),
     /*  10 */ "AggStep"          OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"),
     /*  11 */ "Checkpoint"       OpHelp(""),
     /*  12 */ "JournalMode"      OpHelp(""),
     /*  13 */ "Vacuum"           OpHelp(""),
     /*  14 */ "VFilter"          OpHelp("iPlan=r[P3] zPlan='P4'"),
     /*  15 */ "VUpdate"          OpHelp("data=r[P3@P2]"),
     /*  16 */ "Goto"             OpHelp(""),
     /*  17 */ "Gosub"            OpHelp(""),
     /*  18 */ "Return"           OpHelp(""),
     /*  19 */ "Not"              OpHelp("r[P2]= !r[P1]"),
     /*  20 */ "Yield"            OpHelp(""),
     /*  21 */ "HaltIfNull"       OpHelp("if r[P3] null then halt"),
     /*  22 */ "Halt"             OpHelp(""),
     /*  23 */ "Integer"          OpHelp("r[P2]=P1"),
     /*  24 */ "Int64"            OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"),
     /*  25 */ "String"           OpHelp("r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)"),
     /*  26 */ "Null"             OpHelp("r[P2..P3]=NULL"),
     /*  27 */ "Blob"             OpHelp("r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)"),
     /*  28 */ "Variable"         OpHelp("r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)"),
     /*  29 */ "Move"             OpHelp("r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]"),
     /*  30 */ "Copy"             OpHelp("r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]"),
     /*  31 */ "SCopy"            OpHelp("r[P2]=r[P1]"),
     /*  32 */ "ResultRow"        OpHelp("output=r[P1@P2]"),
     /*  33 */ "CollSeq"          OpHelp(""),
     /*  34 */ "AddImm"           OpHelp("r[P1]=r[P1]+P2"),
     /*  35 */ "MustBeInt"        OpHelp(""),
     /*  36 */ "RealAffinity"     OpHelp(""),
     /*  37 */ "Permutation"      OpHelp(""),
     /*  38 */ "Compare"          OpHelp(""),
     /*  39 */ "Jump"             OpHelp(""),
     /*  40 */ "Once"             OpHelp(""),
     /*  41 */ "If"               OpHelp(""),
     /*  42 */ "IfNot"            OpHelp(""),
     /*  43 */ "Column"           OpHelp("r[P3]=PX"),
     /*  44 */ "Affinity"         OpHelp("affinity(r[P1@P2])"),
     /*  45 */ "MakeRecord"       OpHelp("r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])"),
     /*  46 */ "Count"            OpHelp("r[P2]=count()"),
     /*  47 */ "ReadCookie"       OpHelp(""),
     /*  48 */ "SetCookie"        OpHelp(""),
     /*  49 */ "VerifyCookie"     OpHelp(""),
     /*  50 */ "OpenRead"         OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
     /*  51 */ "OpenWrite"        OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
     /*  52 */ "OpenAutoindex"    OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
     /*  53 */ "OpenEphemeral"    OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
     /*  54 */ "SorterOpen"       OpHelp(""),
     /*  55 */ "OpenPseudo"       OpHelp("content in r[P2@P3]"),
     /*  56 */ "Close"            OpHelp(""),
     /*  57 */ "SeekLt"           OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /*  58 */ "SeekLe"           OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /*  59 */ "SeekGe"           OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /*  60 */ "SeekGt"           OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /*  61 */ "Seek"             OpHelp("intkey=r[P2]"),
     /*  62 */ "NoConflict"       OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /*  63 */ "NotFound"         OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /*  64 */ "Found"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /*  65 */ "NotExists"        OpHelp("intkey=r[P3]"),
     /*  66 */ "Sequence"         OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
     /*  67 */ "NewRowid"         OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
     /*  68 */ "Insert"           OpHelp("intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]"),
     /*  69 */ "Or"               OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2])"),
     /*  70 */ "And"              OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2])"),
     /*  71 */ "InsertInt"        OpHelp("intkey=P3 data=r[P2]"),
     /*  72 */ "Delete"           OpHelp(""),
     /*  73 */ "ResetCount"       OpHelp(""),
     /*  74 */ "IsNull"           OpHelp("if r[P1]==NULL goto P2"),
     /*  75 */ "NotNull"          OpHelp("if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2"),
     /*  76 */ "Ne"               OpHelp("if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2"),
     /*  77 */ "Eq"               OpHelp("if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2"),
     /*  78 */ "Gt"               OpHelp("if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2"),
     /*  79 */ "Le"               OpHelp("if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2"),
     /*  80 */ "Lt"               OpHelp("if r[P1]<r[P3] goto P2"),
     /*  81 */ "Ge"               OpHelp("if r[P1]>=r[P3] goto P2"),
     /*  82 */ "SorterCompare"    OpHelp("if key(P1)!=rtrim(r[P3],P4) goto P2"),
     /*  83 */ "BitAnd"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2]"),
     /*  84 */ "BitOr"            OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2]"),
     /*  85 */ "ShiftLeft"        OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1]"),
     /*  86 */ "ShiftRight"       OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1]"),
     /*  87 */ "Add"              OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2]"),
     /*  88 */ "Subtract"         OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1]"),
     /*  89 */ "Multiply"         OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2]"),
     /*  90 */ "Divide"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1]"),
     /*  91 */ "Remainder"        OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1]"),
     /*  92 */ "Concat"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]"),
     /*  93 */ "SorterData"       OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
     /*  94 */ "BitNot"           OpHelp("r[P1]= ~r[P1]"),
     /*  95 */ "String8"          OpHelp("r[P2]='P4'"),
     /*  96 */ "RowKey"           OpHelp("r[P2]=key"),
     /*  97 */ "RowData"          OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
     /*  98 */ "Rowid"            OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
     /*  99 */ "NullRow"          OpHelp(""),
     /* 100 */ "Last"             OpHelp(""),
     /* 101 */ "SorterSort"       OpHelp(""),
     /* 102 */ "Sort"             OpHelp(""),
     /* 103 */ "Rewind"           OpHelp(""),
     /* 104 */ "SorterInsert"     OpHelp(""),
     /* 105 */ "IdxInsert"        OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
     /* 106 */ "IdxDelete"        OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"),
     /* 107 */ "IdxRowid"         OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
     /* 108 */ "IdxLT"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /* 109 */ "IdxGE"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /* 110 */ "Destroy"          OpHelp(""),
     /* 111 */ "Clear"            OpHelp(""),
     /* 112 */ "CreateIndex"      OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"),
     /* 113 */ "CreateTable"      OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"),
     /* 114 */ "ParseSchema"      OpHelp(""),
     /* 115 */ "LoadAnalysis"     OpHelp(""),
     /* 116 */ "DropTable"        OpHelp(""),
     /* 117 */ "DropIndex"        OpHelp(""),
     /* 118 */ "DropTrigger"      OpHelp(""),
     /* 119 */ "IntegrityCk"      OpHelp(""),
     /* 120 */ "RowSetAdd"        OpHelp("rowset(P1)=r[P2]"),
     /* 121 */ "RowSetRead"       OpHelp("r[P3]=rowset(P1)"),
     /* 122 */ "RowSetTest"       OpHelp("if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2"),
     /* 123 */ "Program"          OpHelp(""),
     /* 124 */ "Param"            OpHelp(""),
     /* 125 */ "FkCounter"        OpHelp("fkctr[P1]+=P2"),
     /* 126 */ "FkIfZero"         OpHelp("if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2"),
     /* 127 */ "MemMax"           OpHelp("r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])"),
     /* 128 */ "IfPos"            OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 goto P2"),
     /* 129 */ "IfNeg"            OpHelp("if r[P1]<0 goto P2"),
     /* 130 */ "IfZero"           OpHelp("r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2"),
     /* 131 */ "Real"             OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"),
     /* 132 */ "AggFinal"         OpHelp("accum=r[P1] N=P2"),
     /* 133 */ "IncrVacuum"       OpHelp(""),
     /* 134 */ "Expire"           OpHelp(""),
     /* 135 */ "TableLock"        OpHelp("iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3"),
     /* 136 */ "VBegin"           OpHelp(""),
     /* 137 */ "VCreate"          OpHelp(""),
     /* 138 */ "VDestroy"         OpHelp(""),
     /* 139 */ "VOpen"            OpHelp(""),
     /* 140 */ "VColumn"          OpHelp("r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)"),
     /* 141 */ "VNext"            OpHelp(""),
     /* 142 */ "ToText"           OpHelp(""),
     /* 143 */ "ToBlob"           OpHelp(""),
     /* 144 */ "ToNumeric"        OpHelp(""),
     /* 145 */ "ToInt"            OpHelp(""),
     /* 146 */ "ToReal"           OpHelp(""),
     /* 147 */ "VRename"          OpHelp(""),
     /* 148 */ "Pagecount"        OpHelp(""),
     /* 149 */ "MaxPgcnt"         OpHelp(""),
     /* 150 */ "Trace"            OpHelp(""),
     /* 151 */ "Noop"             OpHelp(""),
     /* 152 */ "Explain"          OpHelp(""),
  };
  return azName[i];
}
#endif

/************** End of opcodes.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/
/*
** 2004 May 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains the VFS implementation for unix-like operating systems
** include Linux, MacOSX, *BSD, QNX, VxWorks, AIX, HPUX, and others.
**
** There are actually several different VFS implementations in this file.
** The differences are in the way that file locking is done.  The default
** implementation uses Posix Advisory Locks.  Alternative implementations
** use flock(), dot-files, various proprietary locking schemas, or simply
** skip locking all together.
**
** This source file is organized into divisions where the logic for various
** subfunctions is contained within the appropriate division.  PLEASE
** KEEP THE STRUCTURE OF THIS FILE INTACT.  New code should be placed
** in the correct division and should be clearly labeled.
**
** The layout of divisions is as follows:
**
**   *  General-purpose declarations and utility functions.
**   *  Unique file ID logic used by VxWorks.
**   *  Various locking primitive implementations (all except proxy locking):
**      + for Posix Advisory Locks
**      + for no-op locks
**      + for dot-file locks
**      + for flock() locking
**      + for named semaphore locks (VxWorks only)
**      + for AFP filesystem locks (MacOSX only)
**   *  sqlite3_file methods not associated with locking.
**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects for all locking
**      methods plus "finder" functions for each locking method.
**   *  sqlite3_vfs method implementations.
**   *  Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only)
**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods
**      plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX              /* This file is used on unix only */

/*
** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency
** control:
**
**   1. POSIX locking (the default),
**   2. No locking,
**   3. Dot-file locking,
**   4. flock() locking,
**   5. AFP locking (OSX only),
**   6. Named POSIX semaphores (VXWorks only),
**   7. proxy locking. (OSX only)
**
** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
** is defined to 1.  The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic
** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem
** where the database is located.  
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
#  if defined(__APPLE__)
#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
#  else
#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
#  endif
#endif

/*
** Define the OS_VXWORKS pre-processor macro to 1 if building on 
** vxworks, or 0 otherwise.
*/
#ifndef OS_VXWORKS
#  if defined(__RTP__) || defined(_WRS_KERNEL)
#    define OS_VXWORKS 1
#  else
#    define OS_VXWORKS 0
#  endif
#endif

/*
** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the
** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
** large file support, these should be no-ops.
**
** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work
** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0).  If you compile on RedHat 7.2
** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
** portability you should omit LFS.
**
** The previous paragraph was written in 2005.  (This paragraph is written
** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so
** you should probably leave LFS enabled.  But some embedded platforms might
** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
# define _LARGE_FILE       1
# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
# endif
# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
#endif

/*
** standard include files.
*/
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
/* #include <time.h> */
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <errno.h>
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
#include <sys/mman.h>
#endif


#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
# include <sys/ioctl.h>
# if OS_VXWORKS
#  include <semaphore.h>
#  include <limits.h>
# else
#  include <sys/file.h>
#  include <sys/param.h>
# endif
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

#if defined(__APPLE__) || (SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS)
# include <sys/mount.h>
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_UTIME
# include <utime.h>
#endif

/*
** Allowed values of unixFile.fsFlags
*/
#define SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS     0x1

/*
** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define
** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro.
*/
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
/* # include <pthread.h> */
# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1
#endif

/*
** Default permissions when creating a new file
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644
#endif

/*
** Default permissions when creating auto proxy dir
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS 0755
#endif

/*
** Maximum supported path-length.
*/
#define MAX_PATHNAME 512

/*
** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not 
** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK
*/
#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x)  ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY))

/* Forward references */
typedef struct unixShm unixShm;               /* Connection shared memory */
typedef struct unixShmNode unixShmNode;       /* Shared memory instance */
typedef struct unixInodeInfo unixInodeInfo;   /* An i-node */
typedef struct UnixUnusedFd UnixUnusedFd;     /* An unused file descriptor */

/*
** Sometimes, after a file handle is closed by SQLite, the file descriptor
** cannot be closed immediately. In these cases, instances of the following
** structure are used to store the file descriptor while waiting for an
** opportunity to either close or reuse it.
*/
struct UnixUnusedFd {
  int fd;                   /* File descriptor to close */
  int flags;                /* Flags this file descriptor was opened with */
  UnixUnusedFd *pNext;      /* Next unused file descriptor on same file */
};

/*
** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific to the unix
** VFS implementations.
*/
typedef struct unixFile unixFile;
struct unixFile {
  sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod;  /* Always the first entry */
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;                  /* The VFS that created this unixFile */
  unixInodeInfo *pInode;              /* Info about locks on this inode */
  int h;                              /* The file descriptor */
  unsigned char eFileLock;            /* The type of lock held on this fd */
  unsigned short int ctrlFlags;       /* Behavioral bits.  UNIXFILE_* flags */
  int lastErrno;                      /* The unix errno from last I/O error */
  void *lockingContext;               /* Locking style specific state */
  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;              /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */
  const char *zPath;                  /* Name of the file */
  unixShm *pShm;                      /* Shared memory segment information */
  int szChunk;                        /* Configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  int nFetchOut;                      /* Number of outstanding xFetch refs */
  sqlite3_int64 mmapSize;             /* Usable size of mapping at pMapRegion */
  sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual;       /* Actual size of mapping at pMapRegion */
  sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax;          /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */
  void *pMapRegion;                   /* Memory mapped region */
#endif
#ifdef __QNXNTO__
  int sectorSize;                     /* Device sector size */
  int deviceCharacteristics;          /* Precomputed device characteristics */
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  int openFlags;                      /* The flags specified at open() */
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || defined(__APPLE__)
  unsigned fsFlags;                   /* cached details from statfs() */
#endif
#if OS_VXWORKS
  struct vxworksFileId *pId;          /* Unique file ID */
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  /* The next group of variables are used to track whether or not the
  ** transaction counter in bytes 24-27 of database files are updated
  ** whenever any part of the database changes.  An assertion fault will
  ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction
  ** counter.  This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the
  ** one described by ticket #3584. 
  */
  unsigned char transCntrChng;   /* True if the transaction counter changed */
  unsigned char dbUpdate;        /* True if any part of database file changed */
  unsigned char inNormalWrite;   /* True if in a normal write operation */

#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that 
  ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c.
  */
  char aPadding[32];
#endif
};

/*
** Allowed values for the unixFile.ctrlFlags bitmask:
*/
#define UNIXFILE_EXCL        0x01     /* Connections from one process only */
#define UNIXFILE_RDONLY      0x02     /* Connection is read only */
#define UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04     /* Persistent WAL mode */
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC    0x08     /* Directory sync needed */
#else
# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC    0x00
#endif
#define UNIXFILE_PSOW        0x10     /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */
#define UNIXFILE_DELETE      0x20     /* Delete on close */
#define UNIXFILE_URI         0x40     /* Filename might have query parameters */
#define UNIXFILE_NOLOCK      0x80     /* Do no file locking */
#define UNIXFILE_WARNED    0x0100     /* verifyDbFile() warnings have been issued */

/*
** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
*/
/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/
/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
/*
** 2004 May 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
** files.
**
** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
** general purpose header file.
*/
#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
#define _OS_COMMON_H_

/*
** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
*/
#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
#endif

#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE
#   define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0
# endif
  int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE;
# define OSTRACE(X)          if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
#else
# define OSTRACE(X)
#endif

/*
** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
** on i486 hardware.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE

/* 
** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
** high-performance timing routines.
*/
/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
/*
** 2008 May 27
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
** counters for x86 class CPUs.
*/
#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
#define _HWTIME_H_

/*
** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
** profiling.
*/
#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))

  #if defined(__GNUC__)

  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
     unsigned int lo, hi;
     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
  }

  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)

  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
     __asm {
        rdtsc
        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
     }
  }

  #endif

#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))

  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
      unsigned long val;
      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
      return val;
  }
 
#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))

  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
      unsigned long long retval;
      unsigned long junk;
      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
                  mftb    %L0\n\
                  mftbu   %0\n\
                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
                  bne     1b"
                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
      return retval;
  }

#else

  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.

  /*
  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
  ** least compile and run.
  */
SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }

#endif

#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */

/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/

static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
#define TIMER_START       g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
#define TIMER_END         g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
#define TIMER_ELAPSED     g_elapsed
#else
#define TIMER_START
#define TIMER_END
#define TIMER_ELAPSED     ((sqlite_uint64)0)
#endif

/*
** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;            /* Total number of I/O Errors */
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0;        /* Number of non-benign errors */
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;        /* Count down to first I/O error */
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;        /* True if I/O errors persist */
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0;         /* True if errors are benign */
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
  if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
       || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 )  \
              { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
static void local_ioerr(){
  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
  sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
  if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
}
#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
       local_ioerr(); \
       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
       CODE; \
     }else{ \
       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
     } \
   }
#else
#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
#define SimulateIOError(A)
#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
#endif

/*
** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
#else
#define OpenCounter(X)
#endif

#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */

/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in os_unix.c ********************/

/*
** Define various macros that are missing from some systems.
*/
#ifndef O_LARGEFILE
# define O_LARGEFILE 0
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
# undef O_LARGEFILE
# define O_LARGEFILE 0
#endif
#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
#endif
#ifndef O_BINARY
# define O_BINARY 0
#endif

/*
** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0.  Used for
** testing and debugging only.
*/
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
#define threadid pthread_self()
#else
#define threadid 0
#endif

/*
** HAVE_MREMAP defaults to true on Linux and false everywhere else.
*/
#if !defined(HAVE_MREMAP)
# if defined(__linux__) && defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
#  define HAVE_MREMAP 1
# else
#  define HAVE_MREMAP 0
# endif
#endif

/*
** Different Unix systems declare open() in different ways.  Same use
** open(const char*,int,mode_t).  Others use open(const char*,int,...).
** The difference is important when using a pointer to the function.
**
** The safest way to deal with the problem is to always use this wrapper
** which always has the same well-defined interface.
*/
static int posixOpen(const char *zFile, int flags, int mode){
  return open(zFile, flags, mode);
}

/*
** On some systems, calls to fchown() will trigger a message in a security
** log if they come from non-root processes.  So avoid calling fchown() if
** we are not running as root.
*/
static int posixFchown(int fd, uid_t uid, gid_t gid){
  return geteuid() ? 0 : fchown(fd,uid,gid);
}

/* Forward reference */
static int openDirectory(const char*, int*);

/*
** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that
** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during
** testing and sandboxing.  The following array holds the names and pointers
** to all overrideable system calls.
*/
static struct unix_syscall {
  const char *zName;            /* Name of the system call */
  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */
  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */
} aSyscall[] = {
  { "open",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixOpen,  0  },
#define osOpen      ((int(*)(const char*,int,int))aSyscall[0].pCurrent)

  { "close",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)close,      0  },
#define osClose     ((int(*)(int))aSyscall[1].pCurrent)

  { "access",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)access,     0  },
#define osAccess    ((int(*)(const char*,int))aSyscall[2].pCurrent)

  { "getcwd",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)getcwd,     0  },
#define osGetcwd    ((char*(*)(char*,size_t))aSyscall[3].pCurrent)

  { "stat",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)stat,       0  },
#define osStat      ((int(*)(const char*,struct stat*))aSyscall[4].pCurrent)

/*
** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it
** lacks the fcntl() system call.  So redefine fcntl() to be something
** that always succeeds.  This means that locking does not occur under
** DJGPP.  But it is DOS - what did you expect?
*/
#ifdef __DJGPP__
  { "fstat",        0,                 0  },
#define osFstat(a,b,c)    0
#else     
  { "fstat",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fstat,      0  },
#define osFstat     ((int(*)(int,struct stat*))aSyscall[5].pCurrent)
#endif

  { "ftruncate",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ftruncate,  0  },
#define osFtruncate ((int(*)(int,off_t))aSyscall[6].pCurrent)

  { "fcntl",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fcntl,      0  },
#define osFcntl     ((int(*)(int,int,...))aSyscall[7].pCurrent)

  { "read",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)read,       0  },
#define osRead      ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t))aSyscall[8].pCurrent)

#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  { "pread",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread,      0  },
#else
  { "pread",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
#endif
#define osPread     ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[9].pCurrent)

#if defined(USE_PREAD64)
  { "pread64",      (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread64,    0  },
#else
  { "pread64",      (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
#endif
#define osPread64   ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[10].pCurrent)

  { "write",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)write,      0  },
#define osWrite     ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t))aSyscall[11].pCurrent)

#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  { "pwrite",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite,     0  },
#else
  { "pwrite",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
#endif
#define osPwrite    ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\
                    aSyscall[12].pCurrent)

#if defined(USE_PREAD64)
  { "pwrite64",     (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite64,   0  },
#else
  { "pwrite64",     (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
#endif
#define osPwrite64  ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\
                    aSyscall[13].pCurrent)

  { "fchmod",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fchmod,     0  },
#define osFchmod    ((int(*)(int,mode_t))aSyscall[14].pCurrent)

#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
  { "fallocate",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posix_fallocate,  0 },
#else
  { "fallocate",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,                0 },
#endif
#define osFallocate ((int(*)(int,off_t,off_t))aSyscall[15].pCurrent)

  { "unlink",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unlink,           0 },
#define osUnlink    ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[16].pCurrent)

  { "openDirectory",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)openDirectory,      0 },
#define osOpenDirectory ((int(*)(const char*,int*))aSyscall[17].pCurrent)

  { "mkdir",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mkdir,           0 },
#define osMkdir     ((int(*)(const char*,mode_t))aSyscall[18].pCurrent)

  { "rmdir",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)rmdir,           0 },
#define osRmdir     ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[19].pCurrent)

  { "fchown",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixFchown,     0 },
#define osFchown    ((int(*)(int,uid_t,gid_t))aSyscall[20].pCurrent)

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  { "mmap",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mmap,     0 },
#define osMmap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,int,int,int,off_t))aSyscall[21].pCurrent)

  { "munmap",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)munmap,          0 },
#define osMunmap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t))aSyscall[22].pCurrent)

#if HAVE_MREMAP
  { "mremap",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mremap,          0 },
#else
  { "mremap",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,               0 },
#endif
#define osMremap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,size_t,int,...))aSyscall[23].pCurrent)
#endif

}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */

/*
** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
** "unix" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
** system call named zName.
*/
static int unixSetSystemCall(
  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,        /* The VFS pointer.  Not used */
  const char *zName,            /* Name of system call to override */
  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc  /* Pointer to new system call value */
){
  unsigned int i;
  int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
  if( zName==0 ){
    /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default
    ** settings and return NULL
    */
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
      if( aSyscall[i].pDefault ){
        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
      }
    }
  }else{
    /* If zName is specified, operate on only the one system call
    ** specified.
    */
    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ){
        if( aSyscall[i].pDefault==0 ){
          aSyscall[i].pDefault = aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
        }
        rc = SQLITE_OK;
        if( pNewFunc==0 ) pNewFunc = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = pNewFunc;
        break;
      }
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Return the value of a system call.  Return NULL if zName is not a
** recognized system call name.  NULL is also returned if the system call
** is currently undefined.
*/
static sqlite3_syscall_ptr unixGetSystemCall(
  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,
  const char *zName
){
  unsigned int i;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
    if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) return aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Return the name of the first system call after zName.  If zName==NULL
** then return the name of the first system call.  Return NULL if zName
** is the last system call or if zName is not the name of a valid
** system call.
*/
static const char *unixNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){
  int i = -1;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
  if( zName ){
    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aSyscall)-1; i++){
      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) break;
    }
  }
  for(i++; i<ArraySize(aSyscall); i++){
    if( aSyscall[i].pCurrent!=0 ) return aSyscall[i].zName;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Do not accept any file descriptor less than this value, in order to avoid
** opening database file using file descriptors that are commonly used for 
** standard input, output, and error.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR
# define SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR 3
#endif

/*
** Invoke open().  Do so multiple times, until it either succeeds or
** fails for some reason other than EINTR.
**
** If the file creation mode "m" is 0 then set it to the default for
** SQLite.  The default is SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS (normally
** 0644) as modified by the system umask.  If m is not 0, then
** make the file creation mode be exactly m ignoring the umask.
**
** The m parameter will be non-zero only when creating -wal, -journal,
** and -shm files.  We want those files to have *exactly* the same
** permissions as their original database, unadulterated by the umask.
** In that way, if a database file is -rw-rw-rw or -rw-rw-r-, and a
** transaction crashes and leaves behind hot journals, then any
** process that is able to write to the database will also be able to
** recover the hot journals.
*/
static int robust_open(const char *z, int f, mode_t m){
  int fd;
  mode_t m2 = m ? m : SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS;
  while(1){
#if defined(O_CLOEXEC)
    fd = osOpen(z,f|O_CLOEXEC,m2);
#else
    fd = osOpen(z,f,m2);
#endif
    if( fd<0 ){
      if( errno==EINTR ) continue;
      break;
    }
    if( fd>=SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR ) break;
    osClose(fd);
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, 
                "attempt to open \"%s\" as file descriptor %d", z, fd);
    fd = -1;
    if( osOpen("/dev/null", f, m)<0 ) break;
  }
  if( fd>=0 ){
    if( m!=0 ){
      struct stat statbuf;
      if( osFstat(fd, &statbuf)==0 
       && statbuf.st_size==0
       && (statbuf.st_mode&0777)!=m 
      ){
        osFchmod(fd, m);
      }
    }
#if defined(FD_CLOEXEC) && (!defined(O_CLOEXEC) || O_CLOEXEC==0)
    osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
#endif
  }
  return fd;
}

/*
** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
** global mutex is used to protect the unixInodeInfo and
** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be 
** shared by multiple threads.
**
** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex 
** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() 
** statements. e.g.
**
**   unixEnterMutex()
**     assert( unixMutexHeld() );
**   unixEnterLeave()
*/
static void unixEnterMutex(void){
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
}
static void unixLeaveMutex(void){
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
}
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
static int unixMutexHeld(void) {
  return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
}
#endif


#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied
** integer lock-type.
*/
static const char *azFileLock(int eFileLock){
  switch( eFileLock ){
    case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
    case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
    case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
    case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING";
    case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE";
  }
  return "ERROR";
}
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
/*
** Print out information about all locking operations.
**
** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded
** platforms.  Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
** command-line option on the compiler.  This code is normally
** turned off.
*/
static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){
  char *zOpName, *zType;
  int s;
  int savedErrno;
  if( op==F_GETLK ){
    zOpName = "GETLK";
  }else if( op==F_SETLK ){
    zOpName = "SETLK";
  }else{
    s = osFcntl(fd, op, p);
    sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s);
    return s;
  }
  if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){
    zType = "RDLCK";
  }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){
    zType = "WRLCK";
  }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){
    zType = "UNLCK";
  }else{
    assert( 0 );
  }
  assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET );
  s = osFcntl(fd, op, p);
  savedErrno = errno;
  sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n",
     threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len,
     (int)p->l_pid, s);
  if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){
    struct flock l2;
    l2 = *p;
    osFcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2);
    if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){
      zType = "RDLCK";
    }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){
      zType = "WRLCK";
    }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){
      zType = "UNLCK";
    }else{
      assert( 0 );
    }
    sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n",
       zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid);
  }
  errno = savedErrno;
  return s;
}
#undef osFcntl
#define osFcntl lockTrace
#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */

/*
** Retry ftruncate() calls that fail due to EINTR
*/
static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){
  int rc;
  do{ rc = osFtruncate(h,sz); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
  return rc;
}

/*
** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something
** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions.  Specifically, it is
** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY
** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into 
** SQLITE_IOERR
** 
** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks,
** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately.
*/
static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) {
  switch (posixError) {
#if 0
  /* At one point this code was not commented out. In theory, this branch
  ** should never be hit, as this function should only be called after
  ** a locking-related function (i.e. fcntl()) has returned non-zero with
  ** the value of errno as the first argument. Since a system call has failed,
  ** errno should be non-zero.
  **
  ** Despite this, if errno really is zero, we still don't want to return
  ** SQLITE_OK. The system call failed, and *some* SQLite error should be
  ** propagated back to the caller. Commenting this branch out means errno==0
  ** will be handled by the "default:" case below.
  */
  case 0: 
    return SQLITE_OK;
#endif

  case EAGAIN:
  case ETIMEDOUT:
  case EBUSY:
  case EINTR:
  case ENOLCK:  
    /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support 
     * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
    return SQLITE_BUSY;
    
  case EACCES: 
    /* EACCES is like EAGAIN during locking operations, but not any other time*/
    if( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || 
        (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || 
        (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) ||
        (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ){
      return SQLITE_BUSY;
    }
    /* else fall through */
  case EPERM: 
    return SQLITE_PERM;
    
  /* EDEADLK is only possible if a call to fcntl(F_SETLKW) is made. And
  ** this module never makes such a call. And the code in SQLite itself 
  ** asserts that SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED is never returned. For these reasons
  ** this case is also commented out. If the system does set errno to EDEADLK,
  ** the default SQLITE_IOERR_XXX code will be returned. */
#if 0
  case EDEADLK:
    return SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED;
#endif
    
#if EOPNOTSUPP!=ENOTSUP
  case EOPNOTSUPP: 
    /* something went terribly awry, unless during file system support 
     * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
#endif
#ifdef ENOTSUP
  case ENOTSUP: 
    /* invalid fd, unless during file system support introspection, in which 
     * it actually means what it says */
#endif
  case EIO:
  case EBADF:
  case EINVAL:
  case ENOTCONN:
  case ENODEV:
  case ENXIO:
  case ENOENT:
#ifdef ESTALE                     /* ESTALE is not defined on Interix systems */
  case ESTALE:
#endif
  case ENOSYS:
    /* these should force the client to close the file and reconnect */
    
  default: 
    return sqliteIOErr;
  }
}


/******************************************************************************
****************** Begin Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks ***************
**
** On most versions of unix, we can get a unique ID for a file by concatenating
** the device number and the inode number.  But this does not work on VxWorks.
** On VxWorks, a unique file id must be based on the canonical filename.
**
** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a
** unique file ID in VxWorks.  Each instance of this structure contains
** a copy of the canonical filename.  There is also a reference count.  
** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to
** zero.
**
** There are never very many files open at one time and lookups are not
** a performance-critical path, so it is sufficient to put these
** structures on a linked list.
*/
struct vxworksFileId {
  struct vxworksFileId *pNext;  /* Next in a list of them all */
  int nRef;                     /* Number of references to this one */
  int nName;                    /* Length of the zCanonicalName[] string */
  char *zCanonicalName;         /* Canonical filename */
};

#if OS_VXWORKS
/* 
** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this
** variable:
*/
static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFileList = 0;

/*
** Simplify a filename into its canonical form
** by making the following changes:
**
**  * removing any trailing and duplicate /
**  * convert /./ into just /
**  * convert /A/../ where A is any simple name into just /
**
** Changes are made in-place.  Return the new name length.
**
** The original filename is in z[0..n-1].  Return the number of
** characters in the simplified name.
*/
static int vxworksSimplifyName(char *z, int n){
  int i, j;
  while( n>1 && z[n-1]=='/' ){ n--; }
  for(i=j=0; i<n; i++){
    if( z[i]=='/' ){
      if( z[i+1]=='/' ) continue;
      if( z[i+1]=='.' && i+2<n && z[i+2]=='/' ){
        i += 1;
        continue;
      }
      if( z[i+1]=='.' && i+3<n && z[i+2]=='.' && z[i+3]=='/' ){
        while( j>0 && z[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; }
        if( j>0 ){ j--; }
        i += 2;
        continue;
      }
    }
    z[j++] = z[i];
  }
  z[j] = 0;
  return j;
}

/*
** Find a unique file ID for the given absolute pathname.  Return
** a pointer to the vxworksFileId object.  This pointer is the unique
** file ID.
**
** The nRef field of the vxworksFileId object is incremented before
** the object is returned.  A new vxworksFileId object is created
** and added to the global list if necessary.
**
** If a memory allocation error occurs, return NULL.
*/
static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFindFileId(const char *zAbsoluteName){
  struct vxworksFileId *pNew;         /* search key and new file ID */
  struct vxworksFileId *pCandidate;   /* For looping over existing file IDs */
  int n;                              /* Length of zAbsoluteName string */

  assert( zAbsoluteName[0]=='/' );
  n = (int)strlen(zAbsoluteName);
  pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) + (n+1) );
  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
  pNew->zCanonicalName = (char*)&pNew[1];
  memcpy(pNew->zCanonicalName, zAbsoluteName, n+1);
  n = vxworksSimplifyName(pNew->zCanonicalName, n);

  /* Search for an existing entry that matching the canonical name.
  ** If found, increment the reference count and return a pointer to
  ** the existing file ID.
  */
  unixEnterMutex();
  for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){
    if( pCandidate->nName==n 
     && memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0
    ){
       sqlite3_free(pNew);
       pCandidate->nRef++;
       unixLeaveMutex();
       return pCandidate;
    }
  }

  /* No match was found.  We will make a new file ID */
  pNew->nRef = 1;
  pNew->nName = n;
  pNew->pNext = vxworksFileList;
  vxworksFileList = pNew;
  unixLeaveMutex();
  return pNew;
}

/*
** Decrement the reference count on a vxworksFileId object.  Free
** the object when the reference count reaches zero.
*/
static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){
  unixEnterMutex();
  assert( pId->nRef>0 );
  pId->nRef--;
  if( pId->nRef==0 ){
    struct vxworksFileId **pp;
    for(pp=&vxworksFileList; *pp && *pp!=pId; pp = &((*pp)->pNext)){}
    assert( *pp==pId );
    *pp = pId->pNext;
    sqlite3_free(pId);
  }
  unixLeaveMutex();
}
#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
/*************** End of Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks ****************
******************************************************************************/


/******************************************************************************
*************************** Posix Advisory Locking ****************************
**
** POSIX advisory locks are broken by design.  ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996)
** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process
** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set
** by the same process.  It does not explicitly say so, but this implies
** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different
** file descriptor.  Consider this test case:
**
**       int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
**       int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
**
** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because
** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set
** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock
** on fd2, it works.  I would have expected the second lock to
** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1.
** But not so.  Since both locks came from the same process, the
** second overrides the first, even though they were on different
** file descriptors opened on different file names.
**
** This means that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access
** among competing threads of the same process.  POSIX locks will work fine
** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not
** threads within the same process.
**
** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally
** on its own.  Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the
** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the
** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in)
** and check for locks already existing on that inode.  When locks are
** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the
** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same
** inode.
**
** (Aside: The use of inode numbers as unique IDs does not work on VxWorks.
** For VxWorks, we have to use the alternative unique ID system based on
** canonical filename and implemented in the previous division.)
**
** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file
** descriptor.  It is now a structure that holds the integer file
** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal
** locks on the corresponding inode.  There is one locking structure
** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both unixFile structures
** point to the same locking structure.  The locking structure keeps
** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt"
** field that tells us its internal lock status.  cnt==0 means the
** file is unlocked.  cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock.
** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file.
**
** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking
** structure.  The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a 
** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
** a locked and an unlocked state.
**
** But wait:  there are yet more problems with POSIX advisory locks.
**
** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks,
** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are
** released.  To work around this problem, each unixInodeInfo object
** maintains a count of the number of pending locks on tha inode.
** When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are
** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call
** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear.
** The unixInodeInfo structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock
** clears.
**
** Yet another problem:  LinuxThreads do not play well with posix locks.
**
** Many older versions of linux use the LinuxThreads library which is
** not posix compliant.  Under LinuxThreads, a lock created by thread
** A cannot be modified or overridden by a different thread B.
** Only thread A can modify the lock.  Locking behavior is correct
** if the appliation uses the newer Native Posix Thread Library (NPTL)
** on linux - with NPTL a lock created by thread A can override locks
** in thread B.  But there is no way to know at compile-time which
** threading library is being used.  So there is no way to know at
** compile-time whether or not thread A can override locks on thread B.
** One has to do a run-time check to discover the behavior of the
** current process.
**
** SQLite used to support LinuxThreads.  But support for LinuxThreads
** was dropped beginning with version 3.7.0.  SQLite will still work with
** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection 
** per database file in the same process and (2) database connections
** do not move across threads.
*/

/*
** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
** to locate a particular unixInodeInfo object.
*/
struct unixFileId {
  dev_t dev;                  /* Device number */
#if OS_VXWORKS
  struct vxworksFileId *pId;  /* Unique file ID for vxworks. */
#else
  ino_t ino;                  /* Inode number */
#endif
};

/*
** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
** inode.  Or, on LinuxThreads, there is one of these structures for
** each inode opened by each thread.
**
** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each unixFile
** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this
** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it.
*/
struct unixInodeInfo {
  struct unixFileId fileId;       /* The lookup key */
  int nShared;                    /* Number of SHARED locks held */
  unsigned char eFileLock;        /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */
  unsigned char bProcessLock;     /* An exclusive process lock is held */
  int nRef;                       /* Number of pointers to this structure */
  unixShmNode *pShmNode;          /* Shared memory associated with this inode */
  int nLock;                      /* Number of outstanding file locks */
  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;          /* Unused file descriptors to close */
  unixInodeInfo *pNext;           /* List of all unixInodeInfo objects */
  unixInodeInfo *pPrev;           /*    .... doubly linked */
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  unsigned long long sharedByte;  /* for AFP simulated shared lock */
#endif
#if OS_VXWORKS
  sem_t *pSem;                    /* Named POSIX semaphore */
  char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+2];  /* Name of that semaphore */
#endif
};

/*
** A lists of all unixInodeInfo objects.
*/
static unixInodeInfo *inodeList = 0;

/*
**
** This function - unixLogError_x(), is only ever called via the macro
** unixLogError().
**
** It is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function and errno has been
** set. It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of
** errno and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from strerror() or
** strerror_r().
**
** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). 
** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
** failed (e.g. "unlink", "open") and the associated file-system path,
** if any.
*/
#define unixLogError(a,b,c)     unixLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,__LINE__)
static int unixLogErrorAtLine(
  int errcode,                    /* SQLite error code */
  const char *zFunc,              /* Name of OS function that failed */
  const char *zPath,              /* File path associated with error */
  int iLine                       /* Source line number where error occurred */
){
  char *zErr;                     /* Message from strerror() or equivalent */
  int iErrno = errno;             /* Saved syscall error number */

  /* If this is not a threadsafe build (SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0), then use
  ** the strerror() function to obtain the human-readable error message
  ** equivalent to errno. Otherwise, use strerror_r().
  */ 
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R)
  char aErr[80];
  memset(aErr, 0, sizeof(aErr));
  zErr = aErr;

  /* If STRERROR_R_CHAR_P (set by autoconf scripts) or __USE_GNU is defined,
  ** assume that the system provides the GNU version of strerror_r() that
  ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer 
  ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere. 
  ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of 
  ** strerror_r(), which always writes an error message into aErr[].
  **
  ** If the code incorrectly assumes that it is the POSIX version that is
  ** available, the error message will often be an empty string. Not a
  ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available 
  ** could lead to a segfault though.
  */
#if defined(STRERROR_R_CHAR_P) || defined(__USE_GNU)
  zErr = 
# endif
  strerror_r(iErrno, aErr, sizeof(aErr)-1);

#elif SQLITE_THREADSAFE
  /* This is a threadsafe build, but strerror_r() is not available. */
  zErr = "";
#else
  /* Non-threadsafe build, use strerror(). */
  zErr = strerror(iErrno);
#endif

  if( zPath==0 ) zPath = "";
  sqlite3_log(errcode,
      "os_unix.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s",
      iLine, iErrno, zFunc, zPath, zErr
  );

  return errcode;
}

/*
** Close a file descriptor.
**
** We assume that close() almost always works, since it is only in a
** very sick application or on a very sick platform that it might fail.
** If it does fail, simply leak the file descriptor, but do log the
** error.
**
** Note that it is not safe to retry close() after EINTR since the
** file descriptor might have already been reused by another thread.
** So we don't even try to recover from an EINTR.  Just log the error
** and move on.
*/
static void robust_close(unixFile *pFile, int h, int lineno){
  if( osClose(h) ){
    unixLogErrorAtLine(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, "close",
                       pFile ? pFile->zPath : 0, lineno);
  }
}

/*
** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list.
*/ 
static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){
  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
  UnixUnusedFd *p;
  UnixUnusedFd *pNext;
  for(p=pInode->pUnused; p; p=pNext){
    pNext = p->pNext;
    robust_close(pFile, p->fd, __LINE__);
    sqlite3_free(p);
  }
  pInode->pUnused = 0;
}

/*
** Release a unixInodeInfo structure previously allocated by findInodeInfo().
**
** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
** when this function is called.
*/
static void releaseInodeInfo(unixFile *pFile){
  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
  if( ALWAYS(pInode) ){
    pInode->nRef--;
    if( pInode->nRef==0 ){
      assert( pInode->pShmNode==0 );
      closePendingFds(pFile);
      if( pInode->pPrev ){
        assert( pInode->pPrev->pNext==pInode );
        pInode->pPrev->pNext = pInode->pNext;
      }else{
        assert( inodeList==pInode );
        inodeList = pInode->pNext;
      }
      if( pInode->pNext ){
        assert( pInode->pNext->pPrev==pInode );
        pInode->pNext->pPrev = pInode->pPrev;
      }
      sqlite3_free(pInode);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Given a file descriptor, locate the unixInodeInfo object that
** describes that file descriptor.  Create a new one if necessary.  The
** return value might be uninitialized if an error occurs.
**
** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
** when this function is called.
**
** Return an appropriate error code.
*/
static int findInodeInfo(
  unixFile *pFile,               /* Unix file with file desc used in the key */
  unixInodeInfo **ppInode        /* Return the unixInodeInfo object here */
){
  int rc;                        /* System call return code */
  int fd;                        /* The file descriptor for pFile */
  struct unixFileId fileId;      /* Lookup key for the unixInodeInfo */
  struct stat statbuf;           /* Low-level file information */
  unixInodeInfo *pInode = 0;     /* Candidate unixInodeInfo object */

  assert( unixMutexHeld() );

  /* Get low-level information about the file that we can used to
  ** create a unique name for the file.
  */
  fd = pFile->h;
  rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf);
  if( rc!=0 ){
    pFile->lastErrno = errno;
#ifdef EOVERFLOW
    if( pFile->lastErrno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS;
#endif
    return SQLITE_IOERR;
  }

#ifdef __APPLE__
  /* On OS X on an msdos filesystem, the inode number is reported
  ** incorrectly for zero-size files.  See ticket #3260.  To work
  ** around this problem (we consider it a bug in OS X, not SQLite)
  ** we always increase the file size to 1 by writing a single byte
  ** prior to accessing the inode number.  The one byte written is
  ** an ASCII 'S' character which also happens to be the first byte
  ** in the header of every SQLite database.  In this way, if there
  ** is a race condition such that another thread has already populated
  ** the first page of the database, no damage is done.
  */
  if( statbuf.st_size==0 && (pFile->fsFlags & SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS)!=0 ){
    do{ rc = osWrite(fd, "S", 1); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
    if( rc!=1 ){
      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
      return SQLITE_IOERR;
    }
    rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf);
    if( rc!=0 ){
      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
      return SQLITE_IOERR;
    }
  }
#endif

  memset(&fileId, 0, sizeof(fileId));
  fileId.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
#if OS_VXWORKS
  fileId.pId = pFile->pId;
#else
  fileId.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
#endif
  pInode = inodeList;
  while( pInode && memcmp(&fileId, &pInode->fileId, sizeof(fileId)) ){
    pInode = pInode->pNext;
  }
  if( pInode==0 ){
    pInode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pInode) );
    if( pInode==0 ){
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    memset(pInode, 0, sizeof(*pInode));
    memcpy(&pInode->fileId, &fileId, sizeof(fileId));
    pInode->nRef = 1;
    pInode->pNext = inodeList;
    pInode->pPrev = 0;
    if( inodeList ) inodeList->pPrev = pInode;
    inodeList = pInode;
  }else{
    pInode->nRef++;
  }
  *ppInode = pInode;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}


/*
** Check a unixFile that is a database.  Verify the following:
**
** (1) There is exactly one hard link on the file
** (2) The file is not a symbolic link
** (3) The file has not been renamed or unlinked
**
** Issue sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING,...) messages if anything is not right.
*/
static void verifyDbFile(unixFile *pFile){
  struct stat buf;
  int rc;
  if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_WARNED ){
    /* One or more of the following warnings have already been issued.  Do not
    ** repeat them so as not to clutter the error log */
    return;
  }
  rc = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf);
  if( rc!=0 ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "cannot fstat db file %s", pFile->zPath);
    pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED;
    return;
  }
  if( buf.st_nlink==0 && (pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE)==0 ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "file unlinked while open: %s", pFile->zPath);
    pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED;
    return;
  }
  if( buf.st_nlink>1 ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "multiple links to file: %s", pFile->zPath);
    pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED;
    return;
  }
  if( pFile->pInode!=0
   && ((rc = osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf))!=0
       || buf.st_ino!=pFile->pInode->fileId.ino)
  ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "file renamed while open: %s", pFile->zPath);
    pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED;
    return;
  }
}


/*
** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
*/
static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int reserved = 0;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;

  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );

  assert( pFile );
  unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */

  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
  if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
    reserved = 1;
  }

  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
  */
#ifndef __DJGPP__
  if( !reserved && !pFile->pInode->bProcessLock ){
    struct flock lock;
    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
    lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
    lock.l_len = 1;
    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
    if( osFcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock) ){
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK;
      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
    } else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
      reserved = 1;
    }
  }
#endif
  
  unixLeaveMutex();
  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));

  *pResOut = reserved;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile.  The lock is 
** described by pLock.
**
** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock
** ever obtained is an exclusive lock, and it is obtained exactly once
** the first time any lock is attempted.  All subsequent system locking
** operations become no-ops.  Locking operations still happen internally,
** in order to coordinate access between separate database connections
** within this process, but all of that is handled in memory and the
** operating system does not participate.
**
** This function is a pass-through to fcntl(F_SETLK) if pFile is using
** any VFS other than "unix-excl" or if pFile is opened on "unix-excl"
** and is read-only.
**
** Zero is returned if the call completes successfully, or -1 if a call
** to fcntl() fails. In this case, errno is set appropriately (by fcntl()).
*/
static int unixFileLock(unixFile *pFile, struct flock *pLock){
  int rc;
  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
  assert( pInode!=0 );
  if( ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_EXCL)!=0 || pInode->bProcessLock)
   && ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0)
  ){
    if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
      struct flock lock;
      assert( pInode->nLock==0 );
      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
      lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
      rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
      if( rc<0 ) return rc;
      pInode->bProcessLock = 1;
      pInode->nLock++;
    }else{
      rc = 0;
    }
  }else{
    rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, pLock);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
** of the following:
**
**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
**
** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
**
**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
**    SHARED -> RESERVED
**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
**
** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
** routine to lower a locking level.
*/
static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
  /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and
  ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive
  ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid
  ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated
  ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously
  ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required.
  **
  ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved
  ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte
  ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset.
  **
  ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending
  ** byte'.  If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte
  ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released.
  **
  ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock.
  ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the
  ** 'reserved byte'. 
  **
  ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a
  ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock
  ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be
  ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process
  ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock.
  ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file
  ** after a crash.
  **
  ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is
  ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte
  ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes
  ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the
  ** database. 
  **
  ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte
  ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By
  ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist
  ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock.
  */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  unixInodeInfo *pInode;
  struct flock lock;
  int tErrno = 0;

  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h,
      azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock),
      azFileLock(pFile->pInode->eFileLock), pFile->pInode->nShared , getpid()));

  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
  ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
  ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
  */
  if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){
    OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held) (unix)\n", pFile->h,
            azFileLock(eFileLock)));
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct.
  **  (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock.
  **  (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock.
  **  (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested.
  */
  assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
  assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
  assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );

  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads
  */
  unixEnterMutex();
  pInode = pFile->pInode;

  /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
  ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
  */
  if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && 
          (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
  ){
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
    goto end_lock;
  }

  /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
  ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
  ** return SQLITE_OK.
  */
  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && 
      (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
    assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
    assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
    assert( pInode->nShared>0 );
    pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
    pInode->nShared++;
    pInode->nLock++;
    goto end_lock;
  }


  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
  ** be released.
  */
  lock.l_len = 1L;
  lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK 
      || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
  ){
    lock.l_type = (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
      tErrno = errno;
      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
      }
      goto end_lock;
    }
  }


  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
  */
  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
    assert( pInode->nShared==0 );
    assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 );
    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );

    /* Now get the read-lock */
    lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
    lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
      tErrno = errno;
      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
    }

    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
    lock.l_len = 1L;
    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      /* This could happen with a network mount */
      tErrno = errno;
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; 
    }

    if( rc ){
      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
      }
      goto end_lock;
    }else{
      pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
      pInode->nLock++;
      pInode->nShared = 1;
    }
  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){
    /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
    ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
  }else{
    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
    ** already.
    */
    assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock );
    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;

    assert( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
    if( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK ){
      lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
      lock.l_len = 1L;
    }else{
      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
    }

    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
      tErrno = errno;
      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
      }
    }
  }
  

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when
  ** transitioning from a SHARED to a RESERVED lock.  The change
  ** from SHARED to RESERVED marks the beginning of a normal
  ** write operation (not a hot journal rollback).
  */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK
   && pFile->eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK
   && eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK
  ){
    pFile->transCntrChng = 0;
    pFile->dbUpdate = 0;
    pFile->inNormalWrite = 1;
  }
#endif


  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
    pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock;
  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
    pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
    pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
  }

end_lock:
  unixLeaveMutex();
  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
      rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
  return rc;
}

/*
** Add the file descriptor used by file handle pFile to the corresponding
** pUnused list.
*/
static void setPendingFd(unixFile *pFile){
  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
  UnixUnusedFd *p = pFile->pUnused;
  p->pNext = pInode->pUnused;
  pInode->pUnused = p;
  pFile->h = -1;
  pFile->pUnused = 0;
}

/*
** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
** 
** If handleNFSUnlock is true, then on downgrading an EXCLUSIVE_LOCK to SHARED
** the byte range is divided into 2 parts and the first part is unlocked then
** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked.  This works 
** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to 
** remove the write lock on a region when a read lock is set.
*/
static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  unixInodeInfo *pInode;
  struct flock lock;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
      pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared,
      getpid()));

  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
  if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  unixEnterMutex();
  pInode = pFile->pInode;
  assert( pInode->nShared!=0 );
  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
    assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock );

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start
    ** reading the database file again, make sure that the
    ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database
    ** file changed.  If the transaction counter is not updated,
    ** other connections to the same file might not realize that
    ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their
    ** cache.  The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption.
    */
    pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
#endif

    /* downgrading to a shared lock on NFS involves clearing the write lock
    ** before establishing the readlock - to avoid a race condition we downgrade
    ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a 
    ** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock:
    **  1:   [WWWWW]
    **  2:   [....W]
    **  3:   [RRRRW]
    **  4:   [RRRR.]
    */
    if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){

#if !defined(__APPLE__) || !SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
      (void)handleNFSUnlock;
      assert( handleNFSUnlock==0 );
#endif
#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
      if( handleNFSUnlock ){
        int tErrno;               /* Error code from system call errors */
        off_t divSize = SHARED_SIZE - 1;
        
        lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
        lock.l_len = divSize;
        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
          tErrno = errno;
          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
          if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
            pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
          }
          goto end_unlock;
        }
        lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
        lock.l_len = divSize;
        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
          tErrno = errno;
          rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK);
          if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
            pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
          }
          goto end_unlock;
        }
        lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST+divSize;
        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE-divSize;
        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
          tErrno = errno;
          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
          if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
            pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
          }
          goto end_unlock;
        }
      }else
#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
      {
        lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
          /* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another
          ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this 
          ** indicates that the other process is not following the locking
          ** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning
          ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes 
          ** an assert to fail). */ 
          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK;
          pFile->lastErrno = errno;
          goto end_unlock;
        }
      }
    }
    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
    lock.l_len = 2L;  assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE );
    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){
      pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
      goto end_unlock;
    }
  }
  if( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){
    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
    ** the lock.
    */
    pInode->nShared--;
    if( pInode->nShared==0 ){
      lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
      lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L;
      if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){
        pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
      }else{
        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
        pFile->lastErrno = errno;
        pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
        pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
      }
    }

    /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file.  When the
    ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close
    ** was deferred because of outstanding locks.
    */
    pInode->nLock--;
    assert( pInode->nLock>=0 );
    if( pInode->nLock==0 ){
      closePendingFds(pFile);
    }
  }

end_unlock:
  unixLeaveMutex();
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
*/
static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || ((unixFile *)id)->nFetchOut==0 );
#endif
  return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 0);
}

#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nByte);
static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd);
#endif

/*
** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation 
** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file
** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile
** structure to 0.
**
** It is *not* necessary to hold the mutex when this routine is called,
** even on VxWorks.  A mutex will be acquired on VxWorks by the
** vxworksReleaseFileId() routine.
*/
static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  unixUnmapfile(pFile);
#endif
  if( pFile->h>=0 ){
    robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__);
    pFile->h = -1;
  }
#if OS_VXWORKS
  if( pFile->pId ){
    if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE ){
      osUnlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName);
    }
    vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId);
    pFile->pId = 0;
  }
#endif
  OSTRACE(("CLOSE   %-3d\n", pFile->h));
  OpenCounter(-1);
  sqlite3_free(pFile->pUnused);
  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Close a file.
*/
static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
  verifyDbFile(pFile);
  unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
  unixEnterMutex();

  /* unixFile.pInode is always valid here. Otherwise, a different close
  ** routine (e.g. nolockClose()) would be called instead.
  */
  assert( pFile->pInode->nLock>0 || pFile->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
  if( ALWAYS(pFile->pInode) && pFile->pInode->nLock ){
    /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
    ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
    ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list.  It will be automatically closed 
    ** when the last lock is cleared.
    */
    setPendingFd(pFile);
  }
  releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
  rc = closeUnixFile(id);
  unixLeaveMutex();
  return rc;
}

/************** End of the posix advisory lock implementation *****************
******************************************************************************/

/******************************************************************************
****************************** No-op Locking **********************************
**
** Of the various locking implementations available, this is by far the
** simplest:  locking is ignored.  No attempt is made to lock the database
** file for reading or writing.
**
** This locking mode is appropriate for use on read-only databases
** (ex: databases that are burned into CD-ROM, for example.)  It can
** also be used if the application employs some external mechanism to
** prevent simultaneous access of the same database by two or more
** database connections.  But there is a serious risk of database
** corruption if this locking mode is used in situations where multiple
** database connections are accessing the same database file at the same
** time and one or more of those connections are writing.
*/

static int nolockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int *pResOut){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  *pResOut = 0;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}
static int nolockLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}
static int nolockUnlock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Close the file.
*/
static int nolockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
  return closeUnixFile(id);
}

/******************* End of the no-op lock implementation *********************
******************************************************************************/

/******************************************************************************
************************* Begin dot-file Locking ******************************
**
** The dotfile locking implementation uses the existence of separate lock
** files (really a directory) to control access to the database.  This works
** on just about every filesystem imaginable.  But there are serious downsides:
**
**    (1)  There is zero concurrency.  A single reader blocks all other
**         connections from reading or writing the database.
**
**    (2)  An application crash or power loss can leave stale lock files
**         sitting around that need to be cleared manually.
**
** Nevertheless, a dotlock is an appropriate locking mode for use if no
** other locking strategy is available.
**
** Dotfile locking works by creating a subdirectory in the same directory as
** the database and with the same name but with a ".lock" extension added.
** The existence of a lock directory implies an EXCLUSIVE lock.  All other
** lock types (SHARED, RESERVED, PENDING) are mapped into EXCLUSIVE.
*/

/*
** The file suffix added to the data base filename in order to create the
** lock directory.
*/
#define DOTLOCK_SUFFIX ".lock"

/*
** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
**
** In dotfile locking, either a lock exists or it does not.  So in this
** variation of CheckReservedLock(), *pResOut is set to true if any lock
** is held on the file and false if the file is unlocked.
*/
static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int reserved = 0;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;

  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
  
  assert( pFile );

  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
    /* Either this connection or some other connection in the same process
    ** holds a lock on the file.  No need to check further. */
    reserved = 1;
  }else{
    /* The lock is held if and only if the lockfile exists */
    const char *zLockFile = (const char*)pFile->lockingContext;
    reserved = osAccess(zLockFile, 0)==0;
  }
  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
  *pResOut = reserved;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
** of the following:
**
**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
**
** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
**
**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
**    SHARED -> RESERVED
**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
**
** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
** routine to lower a locking level.
**
** With dotfile locking, we really only support state (4): EXCLUSIVE.
** But we track the other locking levels internally.
*/
static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;


  /* If we have any lock, then the lock file already exists.  All we have
  ** to do is adjust our internal record of the lock level.
  */
  if( pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK ){
    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
    /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */
#ifdef HAVE_UTIME
    utime(zLockFile, NULL);
#else
    utimes(zLockFile, NULL);
#endif
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  
  /* grab an exclusive lock */
  rc = osMkdir(zLockFile, 0777);
  if( rc<0 ){
    /* failed to open/create the lock directory */
    int tErrno = errno;
    if( EEXIST == tErrno ){
      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
    } else {
      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
      }
    }
    return rc;
  } 
  
  /* got it, set the type and return ok */
  pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
**
** When the locking level reaches NO_LOCK, delete the lock file.
*/
static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
  int rc;

  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
           pFile->eFileLock, getpid()));
  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
  
  /* no-op if possible */
  if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* To downgrade to shared, simply update our internal notion of the
  ** lock state.  No need to mess with the file on disk.
  */
  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
    pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  
  /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */
  assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK );
  rc = osRmdir(zLockFile);
  if( rc<0 && errno==ENOTDIR ) rc = osUnlink(zLockFile);
  if( rc<0 ){
    int tErrno = errno;
    rc = 0;
    if( ENOENT != tErrno ){
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
    }
    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
    }
    return rc; 
  }
  pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Close a file.  Make sure the lock has been released before closing.
*/
static int dotlockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( id ){
    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
    dotlockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
    sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
    rc = closeUnixFile(id);
  }
  return rc;
}
/****************** End of the dot-file lock implementation *******************
******************************************************************************/

/******************************************************************************
************************** Begin flock Locking ********************************
**
** Use the flock() system call to do file locking.
**
** flock() locking is like dot-file locking in that the various
** fine-grain locking levels supported by SQLite are collapsed into
** a single exclusive lock.  In other words, SHARED, RESERVED, and
** PENDING locks are the same thing as an EXCLUSIVE lock.  SQLite
** still works when you do this, but concurrency is reduced since
** only a single process can be reading the database at a time.
**
** Omit this section if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is turned off or if
** compiling for VXWORKS.
*/
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS

/*
** Retry flock() calls that fail with EINTR
*/
#ifdef EINTR
static int robust_flock(int fd, int op){
  int rc;
  do{ rc = flock(fd,op); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
  return rc;
}
#else
# define robust_flock(a,b) flock(a,b)
#endif
     

/*
** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
*/
static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int reserved = 0;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
  
  assert( pFile );
  
  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
    reserved = 1;
  }
  
  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
  if( !reserved ){
    /* attempt to get the lock */
    int lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
    if( !lrc ){
      /* got the lock, unlock it */
      lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
      if ( lrc ) {
        int tErrno = errno;
        /* unlock failed with an error */
        lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; 
        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
          pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
          rc = lrc;
        }
      }
    } else {
      int tErrno = errno;
      reserved = 1;
      /* someone else might have it reserved */
      lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); 
      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
        rc = lrc;
      }
    }
  }
  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (flock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));

#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
  if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
    reserved=1;
  }
#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
  *pResOut = reserved;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
** of the following:
**
**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
**
** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
**
**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
**    SHARED -> RESERVED
**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
**
** flock() only really support EXCLUSIVE locks.  We track intermediate
** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or
** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from
** access the file.
**
** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
** routine to lower a locking level.
*/
static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;

  assert( pFile );

  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
  ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
  if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  
  /* grab an exclusive lock */
  
  if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) {
    int tErrno = errno;
    /* didn't get, must be busy */
    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
    }
  } else {
    /* got it, set the type and return ok */
    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
  }
  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
           rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
  if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
  }
#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
  return rc;
}


/*
** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
*/
static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  
  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d (flock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
           pFile->eFileLock, getpid()));
  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
  
  /* no-op if possible */
  if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  
  /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
  if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  
  /* no, really, unlock. */
  if( robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN) ){
#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
    return SQLITE_OK;
#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
    return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
  }else{
    pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
}

/*
** Close a file.
*/
static int flockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( id ){
    flockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
    rc = closeUnixFile(id);
  }
  return rc;
}

#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORK */

/******************* End of the flock lock implementation *********************
******************************************************************************/

/******************************************************************************
************************ Begin Named Semaphore Locking ************************
**
** Named semaphore locking is only supported on VxWorks.
**
** Semaphore locking is like dot-lock and flock in that it really only
** supports EXCLUSIVE locking.  Only a single process can read or write
** the database file at a time.  This reduces potential concurrency, but
** makes the lock implementation much easier.
*/
#if OS_VXWORKS

/*
** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
*/
static int semCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int reserved = 0;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;

  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
  
  assert( pFile );

  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
    reserved = 1;
  }
  
  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
  if( !reserved ){
    sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
    struct stat statBuf;

    if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
      int tErrno = errno;
      if( EAGAIN != tErrno ){
        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK);
        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
      } else {
        /* someone else has the lock when we are in NO_LOCK */
        reserved = (pFile->eFileLock < SHARED_LOCK);
      }
    }else{
      /* we could have it if we want it */
      sem_post(pSem);
    }
  }
  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (sem)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));

  *pResOut = reserved;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
** of the following:
**
**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
**
** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
**
**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
**    SHARED -> RESERVED
**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
**
** Semaphore locks only really support EXCLUSIVE locks.  We track intermediate
** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or
** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from
** access the file.
**
** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
** routine to lower a locking level.
*/
static int semLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  int fd;
  sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
  ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
  if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
    goto sem_end_lock;
  }
  
  /* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */
  if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
    goto sem_end_lock;
  }

  /* got it, set the type and return ok */
  pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;

 sem_end_lock:
  return rc;
}

/*
** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
*/
static int semUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;

  assert( pFile );
  assert( pSem );
  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d (sem)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
           pFile->eFileLock, getpid()));
  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
  
  /* no-op if possible */
  if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  
  /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
  if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  
  /* no, really unlock. */
  if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) {
    int rc, tErrno = errno;
    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
    }
    return rc; 
  }
  pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
 ** Close a file.
 */
static int semClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
  if( id ){
    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
    semUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
    assert( pFile );
    unixEnterMutex();
    releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
    unixLeaveMutex();
    closeUnixFile(id);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
/*
** Named semaphore locking is only available on VxWorks.
**
*************** End of the named semaphore lock implementation ****************
******************************************************************************/


/******************************************************************************
*************************** Begin AFP Locking *********************************
**
** AFP is the Apple Filing Protocol.  AFP is a network filesystem found
** on Apple Macintosh computers - both OS9 and OSX.
**
** Third-party implementations of AFP are available.  But this code here
** only works on OSX.
*/

#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/*
** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state
*/
typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext;
struct afpLockingContext {
  int reserved;
  const char *dbPath;             /* Name of the open file */
};

struct ByteRangeLockPB2
{
  unsigned long long offset;        /* offset to first byte to lock */
  unsigned long long length;        /* nbr of bytes to lock */
  unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */
  unsigned char unLockFlag;         /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */
  unsigned char startEndFlag;       /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */
  int fd;                           /* file desc to assoc this lock with */
};

#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL        _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2)

/*
** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an
** AFP filesystem.
** 
** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure.
*/
static int afpSetLock(
  const char *path,              /* Name of the file to be locked or unlocked */
  unixFile *pFile,               /* Open file descriptor on path */
  unsigned long long offset,     /* First byte to be locked */
  unsigned long long length,     /* Number of bytes to lock */
  int setLockFlag                /* True to set lock.  False to clear lock */
){
  struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb;
  int err;
  
  pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1;
  pb.startEndFlag = 0;
  pb.offset = offset;
  pb.length = length; 
  pb.fd = pFile->h;
  
  OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n", 
    (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""),
    offset, length));
  err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0);
  if ( err==-1 ) {
    int rc;
    int tErrno = errno;
    OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n",
             path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno)));
#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
#else
    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno,
                    setLockFlag ? SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK : SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS */
    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
    }
    return rc;
  } else {
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
}

/*
** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
*/
static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int reserved = 0;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  afpLockingContext *context;
  
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
  
  assert( pFile );
  context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
  if( context->reserved ){
    *pResOut = 1;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */
  
  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
  if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
    reserved = 1;
  }
  
  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
   */
  if( !reserved ){
    /* lock the RESERVED byte */
    int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);  
    if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){
      /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore
      ** the original state */
      lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
    } else {
      /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */
      reserved = 1;
    }
    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
      rc=lrc;
    }
  }
  
  unixLeaveMutex();
  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (afp)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
  
  *pResOut = reserved;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
** of the following:
**
**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
**
** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
**
**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
**    SHARED -> RESERVED
**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
**
** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
** routine to lower a locking level.
*/
static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
  
  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h,
           azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock),
           azFileLock(pInode->eFileLock), pInode->nShared , getpid()));

  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
  ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as
  ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
  */
  if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){
    OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held) (afp)\n", pFile->h,
           azFileLock(eFileLock)));
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
  **  (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock.
  **  (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock.
  **  (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested.
  */
  assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
  assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
  assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
  
  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads
  */
  unixEnterMutex();
  pInode = pFile->pInode;

  /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
  ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
  */
  if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && 
       (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
     ){
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
    goto afp_end_lock;
  }
  
  /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
  ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
  ** return SQLITE_OK.
  */
  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && 
     (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
    assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
    assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
    assert( pInode->nShared>0 );
    pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
    pInode->nShared++;
    pInode->nLock++;
    goto afp_end_lock;
  }
    
  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
  ** be released.
  */
  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK 
      || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
  ){
    int failed;
    failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1);
    if (failed) {
      rc = failed;
      goto afp_end_lock;
    }
  }
  
  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
  */
  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
    int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno = 0;
    long lk, mask;
    
    assert( pInode->nShared==0 );
    assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 );
        
    mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff;
    /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */
    /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */
    lk = random(); 
    pInode->sharedByte = (lk & mask)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
    lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, 
          SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1);
    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){
      lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno;
    }
    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
    lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
    
    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) {
      pFile->lastErrno = lrc1Errno;
      rc = lrc1;
      goto afp_end_lock;
    } else if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc2) ){
      rc = lrc2;
      goto afp_end_lock;
    } else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) {
      rc = lrc1;
    } else {
      pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
      pInode->nLock++;
      pInode->nShared = 1;
    }
  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){
    /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
     ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
  }else{
    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
    ** already.
    */
    int failed = 0;
    assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock );
    if (eFileLock >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock < RESERVED_LOCK) {
        /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */
        failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
      if( !failed ){
        context->reserved = 1;
      }
    }
    if (!failed && eFileLock == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
      /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */
        
      /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range.  we'll need to 
      ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the  afpUnlock
      */
      if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST +
                         pInode->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){
        int failed2 = SQLITE_OK;
        /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */
        failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, 
                               SHARED_SIZE, 1);
        if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, 
                       SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){
          /* Can't reestablish the shared lock.  Sqlite can't deal, this is
          ** a critical I/O error
          */
          rc = ((failed & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 : 
               SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
          goto afp_end_lock;
        } 
      }else{
        rc = failed; 
      }
    }
    if( failed ){
      rc = failed;
    }
  }
  
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
    pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock;
  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
    pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
    pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
  }
  
afp_end_lock:
  unixLeaveMutex();
  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
         rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
  return rc;
}

/*
** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
*/
static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  unixInodeInfo *pInode;
  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
  int skipShared = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  int h = pFile->h;
#endif

  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
           pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared,
           getpid()));

  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
  if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  unixEnterMutex();
  pInode = pFile->pInode;
  assert( pInode->nShared!=0 );
  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
    assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock );
    SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
    SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
    SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
    
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start
    ** reading the database file again, make sure that the
    ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database
    ** file changed.  If the transaction counter is not updated,
    ** other connections to the same file might not realize that
    ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their
    ** cache.  The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption.
    */
    assert( pFile->inNormalWrite==0
           || pFile->dbUpdate==0
           || pFile->transCntrChng==1 );
    pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
#endif
    
    if( pFile->eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
      rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1) ){
        /* only re-establish the shared lock if necessary */
        int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte;
        rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 1);
      } else {
        skipShared = 1;
      }
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK ){
      rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
    } 
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=RESERVED_LOCK && context->reserved ){
      rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
      if( !rc ){ 
        context->reserved = 0; 
      }
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1)){
      pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
    }
  }
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){

    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
    ** the lock.
    */
    unsigned long long sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte;
    pInode->nShared--;
    if( pInode->nShared==0 ){
      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
      SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
      if( !skipShared ){
        rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 0);
      }
      if( !rc ){
        pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
        pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
      }
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      pInode->nLock--;
      assert( pInode->nLock>=0 );
      if( pInode->nLock==0 ){
        closePendingFds(pFile);
      }
    }
  }
  
  unixLeaveMutex();
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context 
*/
static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( id ){
    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
    afpUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
    unixEnterMutex();
    if( pFile->pInode && pFile->pInode->nLock ){
      /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
      ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
      ** descriptor to pInode->aPending.  It will be automatically closed when
      ** the last lock is cleared.
      */
      setPendingFd(pFile);
    }
    releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
    sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
    rc = closeUnixFile(id);
    unixLeaveMutex();
  }
  return rc;
}

#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
/*
** The code above is the AFP lock implementation.  The code is specific
** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms.  No alternative
** is available.  If you don't compile for a mac, then the "unix-afp"
** VFS is not available.
**
********************* End of the AFP lock implementation **********************
******************************************************************************/

/******************************************************************************
*************************** Begin NFS Locking ********************************/

#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/*
 ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
 ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
 **
 ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
 ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
 */
static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
  return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 1);
}

#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
/*
** The code above is the NFS lock implementation.  The code is specific
** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms.  No alternative
** is available.  
**
********************* End of the NFS lock implementation **********************
******************************************************************************/

/******************************************************************************
**************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods *****************************
**
** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the 
** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods.  The locking
** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per
** division).  Those methods that are common to all locking modes
** are gather together into this division.
*/

/*
** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt 
** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read.
**
** NB:  If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also
** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500.  This varies from
** one system to another.  Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD
** any any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE.
** See tickets #2741 and #2681.
**
** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed read the lastErrno value
** is set before returning.
*/
static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){
  int got;
  int prior = 0;
#if (!defined(USE_PREAD) && !defined(USE_PREAD64))
  i64 newOffset;
#endif
  TIMER_START;
  assert( cnt==(cnt&0x1ffff) );
  assert( id->h>2 );
  cnt &= 0x1ffff;
  do{
#if defined(USE_PREAD)
    got = osPread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
    SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
    got = osPread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
    SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
#else
    newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
    SimulateIOError( newOffset-- );
    if( newOffset!=offset ){
      if( newOffset == -1 ){
        ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
      }else{
        ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0;
      }
      return -1;
    }
    got = osRead(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
#endif
    if( got==cnt ) break;
    if( got<0 ){
      if( errno==EINTR ){ got = 1; continue; }
      prior = 0;
      ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
      break;
    }else if( got>0 ){
      cnt -= got;
      offset += got;
      prior += got;
      pBuf = (void*)(got + (char*)pBuf);
    }
  }while( got>0 );
  TIMER_END;
  OSTRACE(("READ    %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n",
            id->h, got+prior, offset-prior, TIMER_ELAPSED));
  return got+prior;
}

/*
** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
** wrong.
*/
static int unixRead(
  sqlite3_file *id, 
  void *pBuf, 
  int amt,
  sqlite3_int64 offset
){
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
  int got;
  assert( id );
  assert( offset>=0 );
  assert( amt>0 );

  /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
  ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
#if 0
  assert( pFile->pUnused==0
       || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
       || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE 
  );
#endif

#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering
  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
      memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], amt);
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }else{
      int nCopy = pFile->mmapSize - offset;
      memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], nCopy);
      pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
      amt -= nCopy;
      offset += nCopy;
    }
  }
#endif

  got = seekAndRead(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt);
  if( got==amt ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }else if( got<0 ){
    /* lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
  }else{
    pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */
    /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
  }
}

/*
** Attempt to seek the file-descriptor passed as the first argument to
** absolute offset iOff, then attempt to write nBuf bytes of data from
** pBuf to it. If an error occurs, return -1 and set *piErrno. Otherwise, 
** return the actual number of bytes written (which may be less than
** nBuf).
*/
static int seekAndWriteFd(
  int fd,                         /* File descriptor to write to */
  i64 iOff,                       /* File offset to begin writing at */
  const void *pBuf,               /* Copy data from this buffer to the file */
  int nBuf,                       /* Size of buffer pBuf in bytes */
  int *piErrno                    /* OUT: Error number if error occurs */
){
  int rc = 0;                     /* Value returned by system call */

  assert( nBuf==(nBuf&0x1ffff) );
  assert( fd>2 );
  nBuf &= 0x1ffff;
  TIMER_START;

#if defined(USE_PREAD)
  do{ rc = osPwrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
  do{ rc = osPwrite64(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff);}while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR);
#else
  do{
    i64 iSeek = lseek(fd, iOff, SEEK_SET);
    SimulateIOError( iSeek-- );

    if( iSeek!=iOff ){
      if( piErrno ) *piErrno = (iSeek==-1 ? errno : 0);
      return -1;
    }
    rc = osWrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf);
  }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
#endif

  TIMER_END;
  OSTRACE(("WRITE   %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", fd, rc, iOff, TIMER_ELAPSED));

  if( rc<0 && piErrno ) *piErrno = errno;
  return rc;
}


/*
** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf.
** Return the number of bytes actually read.  Update the offset.
**
** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed write the lastErrno value
** is set before returning.
*/
static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){
  return seekAndWriteFd(id->h, offset, pBuf, cnt, &id->lastErrno);
}


/*
** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
** or some other error code on failure.
*/
static int unixWrite(
  sqlite3_file *id, 
  const void *pBuf, 
  int amt,
  sqlite3_int64 offset 
){
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  int wrote = 0;
  assert( id );
  assert( amt>0 );

  /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
  ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
#if 0
  assert( pFile->pUnused==0
       || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
       || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE 
  );
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
  ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
  ** normal database file) then record the fact that the database
  ** has changed.  If the transaction counter is modified, record that
  ** fact too.
  */
  if( pFile->inNormalWrite ){
    pFile->dbUpdate = 1;  /* The database has been modified */
    if( offset<=24 && offset+amt>=27 ){
      int rc;
      char oldCntr[4];
      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
      rc = seekAndRead(pFile, 24, oldCntr, 4);
      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
      if( rc!=4 || memcmp(oldCntr, &((char*)pBuf)[24-offset], 4)!=0 ){
        pFile->transCntrChng = 1;  /* The transaction counter has changed */
      }
    }
  }
#endif

#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering
  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt);
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }else{
      int nCopy = pFile->mmapSize - offset;
      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, nCopy);
      pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
      amt -= nCopy;
      offset += nCopy;
    }
  }
#endif

  while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt))>0 ){
    amt -= wrote;
    offset += wrote;
    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
  }
  SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 ));
  SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 ));

  if( amt>0 ){
    if( wrote<0 && pFile->lastErrno!=ENOSPC ){
      /* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */
      return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
    }else{
      pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */
      return SQLITE_FULL;
    }
  }

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
** that syncs and fullsyncs are occurring at the right times.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
#endif

/*
** We do not trust systems to provide a working fdatasync().  Some do.
** Others do no.  To be safe, we will stick with the (slightly slower)
** fsync(). If you know that your system does support fdatasync() correctly,
** then simply compile with -Dfdatasync=fdatasync
*/
#if !defined(fdatasync)
# define fdatasync fsync
#endif

/*
** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not
** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined.  F_FULLFSYNC is currently
** only available on Mac OS X.  But that could change.
*/
#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC
# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1
#else
# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0
#endif


/*
** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many
** unix systems.  The following procedure is an attempt to make
** it work better.
**
** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s.  This is useful
** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly.
** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC
** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash
** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file.
**
** SQLite sets the dataOnly flag if the size of the file is unchanged.
** The idea behind dataOnly is that it should only write the file content
** to disk, not the inode.  We only set dataOnly if the file size is 
** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode.  However, 
** Ted Ts'o tells us that fdatasync() will also write the inode if the
** file size has changed.  The only real difference between fdatasync()
** and fsync(), Ted tells us, is that fdatasync() will not flush the
** inode if the mtime or owner or other inode attributes have changed.
** We only care about the file size, not the other file attributes, so
** as far as SQLite is concerned, an fdatasync() is always adequate.
** So, we always use fdatasync() if it is available, regardless of
** the value of the dataOnly flag.
*/
static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){
  int rc;

  /* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as
  ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering 
  ** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros.
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
#else
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
#endif

  /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and 
  ** FULLSYNC.  This is used during testing to verify that this procedure
  ** gets called with the correct arguments.
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
  sqlite3_sync_count++;
#endif

  /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
  ** no-op
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
  rc = SQLITE_OK;
#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC
  if( fullSync ){
    rc = osFcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0);
  }else{
    rc = 1;
  }
  /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync().
  ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local 
  ** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC
  ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync 
  ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.  
  ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid 
  ** the fcntl call every time sync is called.
  */
  if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);

#elif defined(__APPLE__)
  /* fdatasync() on HFS+ doesn't yet flush the file size if it changed correctly
  ** so currently we default to the macro that redefines fdatasync to fsync
  */
  rc = fsync(fd);
#else 
  rc = fdatasync(fd);
#if OS_VXWORKS
  if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){
    rc = fsync(fd);
  }
#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC */

  if( OS_VXWORKS && rc!= -1 ){
    rc = 0;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename.
** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and
** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM
** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined
** value.
**
** The directory file descriptor is used for only one thing - to
** fsync() a directory to make sure file creation and deletion events
** are flushed to disk.  Such fsyncs are not needed on newer
** journaling filesystems, but are required on older filesystems.
**
** This routine can be overridden using the xSetSysCall interface.
** The ability to override this routine was added in support of the
** chromium sandbox.  Opening a directory is a security risk (we are
** told) so making it overrideable allows the chromium sandbox to
** replace this routine with a harmless no-op.  To make this routine
** a no-op, replace it with a stub that returns SQLITE_OK but leaves
** *pFd set to a negative number.
**
** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing
** the file descriptor *pFd using close().
*/
static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){
  int ii;
  int fd = -1;
  char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1];

  sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename);
  for(ii=(int)strlen(zDirname); ii>1 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--);
  if( ii>0 ){
    zDirname[ii] = '\0';
    fd = robust_open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
    if( fd>=0 ){
      OSTRACE(("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname));
    }
  }
  *pFd = fd;
  return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zDirname));
}

/*
** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
**
** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file
** size, access time, etc) are synced.  If dataOnly!=0 then only the
** file data is synced.
**
** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot.  The next
** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
*/
static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
  int rc;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;

  int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY);
  int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;

  /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
  assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
      || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
  );

  /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This
  ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems.
  */
  SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );

  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE(("SYNC    %-3d\n", pFile->h));
  rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly);
  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
  if( rc ){
    pFile->lastErrno = errno;
    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "full_fsync", pFile->zPath);
  }

  /* Also fsync the directory containing the file if the DIRSYNC flag
  ** is set.  This is a one-time occurrence.  Many systems (examples: AIX)
  ** are unable to fsync a directory, so ignore errors on the fsync.
  */
  if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC ){
    int dirfd;
    OSTRACE(("DIRSYNC %s (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->zPath,
            HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync));
    rc = osOpenDirectory(pFile->zPath, &dirfd);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && dirfd>=0 ){
      full_fsync(dirfd, 0, 0);
      robust_close(pFile, dirfd, __LINE__);
    }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }
    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Truncate an open file to a specified size
*/
static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
  int rc;
  assert( pFile );
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE );

  /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the
  ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the
  ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
  ** size).
  */
  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
    nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
  }

  rc = robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, (off_t)nByte);
  if( rc ){
    pFile->lastErrno = errno;
    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
  }else{
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
    ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
    ** normal database file) and we truncate the file to zero length,
    ** that effectively updates the change counter.  This might happen
    ** when restoring a database using the backup API from a zero-length
    ** source.
    */
    if( pFile->inNormalWrite && nByte==0 ){
      pFile->transCntrChng = 1;
    }
#endif

#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
    /* If the file was just truncated to a size smaller than the currently
    ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will
    ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on.  
    */
    if( nByte<pFile->mmapSize ){
      pFile->mmapSize = nByte;
    }
#endif

    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
}

/*
** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
*/
static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
  int rc;
  struct stat buf;
  assert( id );
  rc = osFstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf);
  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
  if( rc!=0 ){
    ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
    return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
  }
  *pSize = buf.st_size;

  /* When opening a zero-size database, the findInodeInfo() procedure
  ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug
  ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem.  In order to avoid problems with upper
  ** layers, we need to report this file size as zero even though it is
  ** really 1.   Ticket #3260.
  */
  if( *pSize==1 ) *pSize = 0;


  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
/*
** Handler for proxy-locking file-control verbs.  Defined below in the
** proxying locking division.
*/
static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
#endif

/* 
** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 
** file-control operation.  Enlarge the database to nBytes in size
** (rounded up to the next chunk-size).  If the database is already
** nBytes or larger, this routine is a no-op.
*/
static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){
  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
    i64 nSize;                    /* Required file size */
    struct stat buf;              /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */
   
    if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;

    nSize = ((nByte+pFile->szChunk-1) / pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
    if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){

#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
      /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate() 
      ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success, 
      ** or an error number on  failure". See the manpage for details. */
      int err;
      do{
        err = osFallocate(pFile->h, buf.st_size, nSize-buf.st_size);
      }while( err==EINTR );
      if( err ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
#else
      /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. First use
      ** ftruncate() to set the file size, then write a single byte to
      ** the last byte in each block within the extended region. This
      ** is the same technique used by glibc to implement posix_fallocate()
      ** on systems that do not have a real fallocate() system call.
      */
      int nBlk = buf.st_blksize;  /* File-system block size */
      i64 iWrite;                 /* Next offset to write to */

      if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nSize) ){
        pFile->lastErrno = errno;
        return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
      }
      iWrite = ((buf.st_size + 2*nBlk - 1)/nBlk)*nBlk-1;
      while( iWrite<nSize ){
        int nWrite = seekAndWrite(pFile, iWrite, "", 1);
        if( nWrite!=1 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
        iWrite += nBlk;
      }
#endif
    }
  }

#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  if( pFile->mmapSizeMax>0 && nByte>pFile->mmapSize ){
    int rc;
    if( pFile->szChunk<=0 ){
      if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nByte) ){
        pFile->lastErrno = errno;
        return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
      }
    }

    rc = unixMapfile(pFile, nByte);
    return rc;
  }
#endif

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** If *pArg is inititially negative then this is a query.  Set *pArg to
** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set.
**
** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags.
*/
static void unixModeBit(unixFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){
  if( *pArg<0 ){
    *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0;
  }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){
    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask;
  }else{
    pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask;
  }
}

/* Forward declaration */
static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf);

/*
** Information and control of an open file handle.
*/
static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  switch( op ){
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
      *(int*)pArg = pFile->eFileLock;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: {
      *(int*)pArg = pFile->lastErrno;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
      pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
      int rc;
      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
      rc = fcntlSizeHint(pFile, *(i64 *)pArg);
      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
      return rc;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: {
      unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg);
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: {
      unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg);
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: {
      *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName);
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: {
      char *zTFile = sqlite3_malloc( pFile->pVfs->mxPathname );
      if( zTFile ){
        unixGetTempname(pFile->pVfs->mxPathname, zTFile);
        *(char**)pArg = zTFile;
      }
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: {
      i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg;
      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
      if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){
        newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap;
      }
      *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax;
      if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){
        pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit;
        if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){
          unixUnmapfile(pFile);
          rc = unixMapfile(pFile, -1);
        }
      }
      return rc;
    }
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    /* The pager calls this method to signal that it has done
    ** a rollback and that the database is therefore unchanged and
    ** it hence it is OK for the transaction change counter to be
    ** unchanged.
    */
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED: {
      ((unixFile*)id)->dbUpdate = 0;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
    case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE:
    case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
      return proxyFileControl(id,op,pArg);
    }
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) */
  }
  return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
}

/*
** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
** larger for some devices.
**
** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
** same for both.
*/
#ifndef __QNXNTO__ 
static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *NotUsed){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
}
#endif

/*
** The following version of unixSectorSize() is optimized for QNX.
*/
#ifdef __QNXNTO__
#include <sys/dcmd_blk.h>
#include <sys/statvfs.h>
static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  if( pFile->sectorSize == 0 ){
    struct statvfs fsInfo;
       
    /* Set defaults for non-supported filesystems */
    pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
    pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0;
    if( fstatvfs(pFile->h, &fsInfo) == -1 ) {
      return pFile->sectorSize;
    }

    if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "tmp") ) {
      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
        SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K |       /* All ram filesystem writes are atomic */
        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
                                      ** the write succeeds */
        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
                                      ** so it is ordered */
        0;
    }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "etfs") ){
      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
        /* etfs cluster size writes are atomic */
        (pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) |
        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
                                      ** the write succeeds */
        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
                                      ** so it is ordered */
        0;
    }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx6") ){
      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
        SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC |         /* All filesystem writes are atomic */
        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
                                      ** the write succeeds */
        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
                                      ** so it is ordered */
        0;
    }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx4") ){
      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
        /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */
        ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 |
        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
                                      ** so it is ordered */
        0;
    }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "dos") ){
      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
        /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */
        ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 |
        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
                                      ** so it is ordered */
        0;
    }else{
      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
        SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 |      /* blocks are atomic */
        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
                                      ** the write succeeds */
        0;
    }
  }
  /* Last chance verification.  If the sector size isn't a multiple of 512
  ** then it isn't valid.*/
  if( pFile->sectorSize % 512 != 0 ){
    pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0;
    pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
  }
  return pFile->sectorSize;
}
#endif /* __QNXNTO__ */

/*
** Return the device characteristics for the file.
**
** This VFS is set up to return SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE by default.
** However, that choice is contraversial since technically the underlying
** file system does not always provide powersafe overwrites.  (In other
** words, after a power-loss event, parts of the file that were never
** written might end up being altered.)  However, non-PSOW behavior is very,
** very rare.  And asserting PSOW makes a large reduction in the amount
** of required I/O for journaling, since a lot of padding is eliminated.
**  Hence, while POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is on by default, there is a file-control
** available to turn it off and URI query parameter available to turn it off.
*/
static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
  unixFile *p = (unixFile*)id;
  int rc = 0;
#ifdef __QNXNTO__
  if( p->sectorSize==0 ) unixSectorSize(id);
  rc = p->deviceCharacteristics;
#endif
  if( p->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_PSOW ){
    rc |= SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE;
  }
  return rc;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL


/*
** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer.  
**
** When multiple threads all reference the same wal-index, each thread
** has its own unixShm object, but they all point to a single instance
** of this unixShmNode object.  In other words, each wal-index is opened
** only once per process.
**
** Each unixShmNode object is connected to a single unixInodeInfo object.
** We could coalesce this object into unixInodeInfo, but that would mean
** every open file that does not use shared memory (in other words, most
** open files) would have to carry around this extra information.  So
** the unixInodeInfo object contains a pointer to this unixShmNode object
** and the unixShmNode object is created only when needed.
**
** unixMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying
** this object or while reading or writing the following fields:
**
**      nRef
**
** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
** 
**      fid
**      zFilename
**
** Either unixShmNode.mutex must be held or unixShmNode.nRef==0 and
** unixMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field
** in this structure.
*/
struct unixShmNode {
  unixInodeInfo *pInode;     /* unixInodeInfo that owns this SHM node */
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;      /* Mutex to access this object */
  char *zFilename;           /* Name of the mmapped file */
  int h;                     /* Open file descriptor */
  int szRegion;              /* Size of shared-memory regions */
  u16 nRegion;               /* Size of array apRegion */
  u8 isReadonly;             /* True if read-only */
  char **apRegion;           /* Array of mapped shared-memory regions */
  int nRef;                  /* Number of unixShm objects pointing to this */
  unixShm *pFirst;           /* All unixShm objects pointing to this */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  u8 exclMask;               /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
  u8 sharedMask;             /* Mask of shared locks held */
  u8 nextShmId;              /* Next available unixShm.id value */
#endif
};

/*
** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an
** open shared memory connection.
**
** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and
** are read-only thereafter:
**
**    unixShm.pFile
**    unixShm.id
**
** All other fields are read/write.  The unixShm.pFile->mutex must be held
** while accessing any read/write fields.
*/
struct unixShm {
  unixShmNode *pShmNode;     /* The underlying unixShmNode object */
  unixShm *pNext;            /* Next unixShm with the same unixShmNode */
  u8 hasMutex;               /* True if holding the unixShmNode mutex */
  u8 id;                     /* Id of this connection within its unixShmNode */
  u16 sharedMask;            /* Mask of shared locks held */
  u16 exclMask;              /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
};

/*
** Constants used for locking
*/
#define UNIX_SHM_BASE   ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4)         /* first lock byte */
#define UNIX_SHM_DMS    (UNIX_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)  /* deadman switch */

/*
** Apply posix advisory locks for all bytes from ofst through ofst+n-1.
**
** Locks block if the mask is exactly UNIX_SHM_C and are non-blocking
** otherwise.
*/
static int unixShmSystemLock(
  unixShmNode *pShmNode, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */
  int lockType,          /* F_UNLCK, F_RDLCK, or F_WRLCK */
  int ofst,              /* First byte of the locking range */
  int n                  /* Number of bytes to lock */
){
  struct flock f;       /* The posix advisory locking structure */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;   /* Result code form fcntl() */

  /* Access to the unixShmNode object is serialized by the caller */
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pShmNode->mutex) || pShmNode->nRef==0 );

  /* Shared locks never span more than one byte */
  assert( n==1 || lockType!=F_RDLCK );

  /* Locks are within range */
  assert( n>=1 && n<SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );

  if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
    /* Initialize the locking parameters */
    memset(&f, 0, sizeof(f));
    f.l_type = lockType;
    f.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
    f.l_start = ofst;
    f.l_len = n;

    rc = osFcntl(pShmNode->h, F_SETLK, &f);
    rc = (rc!=(-1)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY;
  }

  /* Update the global lock state and do debug tracing */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  { u16 mask;
  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK "));
  mask = ofst>31 ? 0xffffffff : (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){
      OSTRACE(("unlock %d ok", ofst));
      pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask;
      pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask;
    }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){
      OSTRACE(("read-lock %d ok", ofst));
      pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask;
      pShmNode->sharedMask |= mask;
    }else{
      assert( lockType==F_WRLCK );
      OSTRACE(("write-lock %d ok", ofst));
      pShmNode->exclMask |= mask;
      pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask;
    }
  }else{
    if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){
      OSTRACE(("unlock %d failed", ofst));
    }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){
      OSTRACE(("read-lock failed"));
    }else{
      assert( lockType==F_WRLCK );
      OSTRACE(("write-lock %d failed", ofst));
    }
  }
  OSTRACE((" - afterwards %03x,%03x\n",
           pShmNode->sharedMask, pShmNode->exclMask));
  }
#endif

  return rc;        
}


/*
** Purge the unixShmNodeList list of all entries with unixShmNode.nRef==0.
**
** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
** by VFS shared-memory methods.
*/
static void unixShmPurge(unixFile *pFd){
  unixShmNode *p = pFd->pInode->pShmNode;
  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
  if( p && p->nRef==0 ){
    int i;
    assert( p->pInode==pFd->pInode );
    sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex);
    for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i++){
      if( p->h>=0 ){
        osMunmap(p->apRegion[i], p->szRegion);
      }else{
        sqlite3_free(p->apRegion[i]);
      }
    }
    sqlite3_free(p->apRegion);
    if( p->h>=0 ){
      robust_close(pFd, p->h, __LINE__);
      p->h = -1;
    }
    p->pInode->pShmNode = 0;
    sqlite3_free(p);
  }
}

/*
** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd.  
** This particular implementation uses mmapped files.
**
** The file used to implement shared-memory is in the same directory
** as the open database file and has the same name as the open database
** file with the "-shm" suffix added.  For example, if the database file
** is "/home/user1/config.db" then the file that is created and mmapped
** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm".  
**
** Another approach to is to use files in /dev/shm or /dev/tmp or an
** some other tmpfs mount. But if a file in a different directory
** from the database file is used, then differing access permissions
** or a chroot() might cause two different processes on the same
** database to end up using different files for shared memory - 
** meaning that their memory would not really be shared - resulting
** in database corruption.  Nevertheless, this tmpfs file usage
** can be enabled at compile-time using -DSQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY="/dev/shm"
** or the equivalent.  The use of the SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time
** option results in an incompatible build of SQLite;  builds of SQLite
** that with differing SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY settings attempt to use the
** same database file at the same time, database corruption will likely
** result. The SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time option is considered
** "unsupported" and may go away in a future SQLite release.
**
** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that
** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then
** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared.
**
** If the original database file (pDbFd) is using the "unix-excl" VFS
** that means that an exclusive lock is held on the database file and
** that no other processes are able to read or write the database.  In
** that case, we do not really need shared memory.  No shared memory
** file is created.  The shared memory will be simulated with heap memory.
*/
static int unixOpenSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd){
  struct unixShm *p = 0;          /* The connection to be opened */
  struct unixShmNode *pShmNode;   /* The underlying mmapped file */
  int rc;                         /* Result code */
  unixInodeInfo *pInode;          /* The inode of fd */
  char *zShmFilename;             /* Name of the file used for SHM */
  int nShmFilename;               /* Size of the SHM filename in bytes */

  /* Allocate space for the new unixShm object. */
  p = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*p) );
  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
  assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 );

  /* Check to see if a unixShmNode object already exists. Reuse an existing
  ** one if present. Create a new one if necessary.
  */
  unixEnterMutex();
  pInode = pDbFd->pInode;
  pShmNode = pInode->pShmNode;
  if( pShmNode==0 ){
    struct stat sStat;                 /* fstat() info for database file */

    /* Call fstat() to figure out the permissions on the database file. If
    ** a new *-shm file is created, an attempt will be made to create it
    ** with the same permissions.
    */
    if( osFstat(pDbFd->h, &sStat) && pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
      goto shm_open_err;
    }

#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
    nShmFilename = sizeof(SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY) + 31;
#else
    nShmFilename = 6 + (int)strlen(pDbFd->zPath);
#endif
    pShmNode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nShmFilename );
    if( pShmNode==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
      goto shm_open_err;
    }
    memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode)+nShmFilename);
    zShmFilename = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1];
#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
    sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, 
                     SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x",
                     (u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev);
#else
    sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath);
    sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, zShmFilename);
#endif
    pShmNode->h = -1;
    pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode = pShmNode;
    pShmNode->pInode = pDbFd->pInode;
    pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
    if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
      goto shm_open_err;
    }

    if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
      int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
      if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(pDbFd->zPath, "readonly_shm", 0) ){
        openFlags = O_RDONLY;
        pShmNode->isReadonly = 1;
      }
      pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShmFilename, openFlags, (sStat.st_mode&0777));
      if( pShmNode->h<0 ){
        rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zShmFilename);
        goto shm_open_err;
      }

      /* If this process is running as root, make sure that the SHM file
      ** is owned by the same user that owns the original database.  Otherwise,
      ** the original owner will not be able to connect.
      */
      osFchown(pShmNode->h, sStat.st_uid, sStat.st_gid);
  
      /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch.
      ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. 
      */
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
      if( unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_WRLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){
        if( robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, 0) ){
          rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, "ftruncate", zShmFilename);
        }
      }
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_RDLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1);
      }
      if( rc ) goto shm_open_err;
    }
  }

  /* Make the new connection a child of the unixShmNode */
  p->pShmNode = pShmNode;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++;
#endif
  pShmNode->nRef++;
  pDbFd->pShm = p;
  unixLeaveMutex();

  /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under
  ** the cover of the unixEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the
  ** new (struct unixShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is
  ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting
  ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex 
  ** mutex.
  */
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
  p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst;
  pShmNode->pFirst = p;
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
  return SQLITE_OK;

  /* Jump here on any error */
shm_open_err:
  unixShmPurge(pDbFd);       /* This call frees pShmNode if required */
  sqlite3_free(p);
  unixLeaveMutex();
  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the 
** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions 
** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion 
** bytes in size.
**
** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
**
** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If 
** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet 
** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
**
** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes 
** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped 
** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
*/
static int unixShmMap(
  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* Handle open on database file */
  int iRegion,                    /* Region to retrieve */
  int szRegion,                   /* Size of regions */
  int bExtend,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Mapped memory */
){
  unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;
  unixShm *p;
  unixShmNode *pShmNode;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  /* If the shared-memory file has not yet been opened, open it now. */
  if( pDbFd->pShm==0 ){
    rc = unixOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  }

  p = pDbFd->pShm;
  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
  assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 );
  assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
  assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 );
  assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );

  if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
    char **apNew;                      /* New apRegion[] array */
    int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion;  /* Minimum required file size */
    struct stat sStat;                 /* Used by fstat() */

    pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion;

    if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
      /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space.
      ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is
      ** large enough to contain the requested region).
      */
      if( osFstat(pShmNode->h, &sStat) ){
        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE;
        goto shmpage_out;
      }
  
      if( sStat.st_size<nByte ){
        /* The requested memory region does not exist. If bExtend is set to
        ** false, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
        */
        if( !bExtend ){
          goto shmpage_out;
        }

        /* Alternatively, if bExtend is true, extend the file. Do this by
        ** writing a single byte to the end of each (OS) page being
        ** allocated or extended. Technically, we need only write to the
        ** last page in order to extend the file. But writing to all new
        ** pages forces the OS to allocate them immediately, which reduces
        ** the chances of SIGBUS while accessing the mapped region later on.
        */
        else{
          static const int pgsz = 4096;
          int iPg;

          /* Write to the last byte of each newly allocated or extended page */
          assert( (nByte % pgsz)==0 );
          for(iPg=(sStat.st_size/pgsz); iPg<(nByte/pgsz); iPg++){
            if( seekAndWriteFd(pShmNode->h, iPg*pgsz + pgsz-1, "", 1, 0)!=1 ){
              const char *zFile = pShmNode->zFilename;
              rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "write", zFile);
              goto shmpage_out;
            }
          }
        }
      }
    }

    /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */
    apNew = (char **)sqlite3_realloc(
        pShmNode->apRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(char *)
    );
    if( !apNew ){
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
      goto shmpage_out;
    }
    pShmNode->apRegion = apNew;
    while(pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion){
      void *pMem;
      if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
        pMem = osMmap(0, szRegion,
            pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, 
            MAP_SHARED, pShmNode->h, szRegion*(i64)pShmNode->nRegion
        );
        if( pMem==MAP_FAILED ){
          rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, "mmap", pShmNode->zFilename);
          goto shmpage_out;
        }
      }else{
        pMem = sqlite3_malloc(szRegion);
        if( pMem==0 ){
          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
          goto shmpage_out;
        }
        memset(pMem, 0, szRegion);
      }
      pShmNode->apRegion[pShmNode->nRegion] = pMem;
      pShmNode->nRegion++;
    }
  }

shmpage_out:
  if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){
    *pp = pShmNode->apRegion[iRegion];
  }else{
    *pp = 0;
  }
  if( pShmNode->isReadonly && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment.
**
** Note that the relationship between SHAREd and EXCLUSIVE locks is a little
** different here than in posix.  In xShmLock(), one can go from unlocked
** to shared and back or from unlocked to exclusive and back.  But one may
** not go from shared to exclusive or from exclusive to shared.
*/
static int unixShmLock(
  sqlite3_file *fd,          /* Database file holding the shared memory */
  int ofst,                  /* First lock to acquire or release */
  int n,                     /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
  int flags                  /* What to do with the lock */
){
  unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;      /* Connection holding shared memory */
  unixShm *p = pDbFd->pShm;             /* The shared memory being locked */
  unixShm *pX;                          /* For looping over all siblings */
  unixShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode;  /* The underlying file iNode */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                   /* Result code */
  u16 mask;                             /* Mask of locks to take or release */

  assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode );
  assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
  assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
  assert( n>=1 );
  assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)
       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) );
  assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 );
  assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 );
  assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );

  mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst);
  assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) );
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
  if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){
    u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */

    /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */
    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
      if( pX==p ) continue;
      assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 );
      allMask |= pX->sharedMask;
    }

    /* Unlock the system-level locks */
    if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){
      rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_UNLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }

    /* Undo the local locks */
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      p->exclMask &= ~mask;
      p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
    } 
  }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
    u16 allShared = 0;  /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */

    /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections.
    ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return
    ** SQLITE_BUSY.
    */
    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){
        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
        break;
      }
      allShared |= pX->sharedMask;
    }

    /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){
        rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_RDLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
      }else{
        rc = SQLITE_OK;
      }
    }

    /* Get the local shared locks */
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      p->sharedMask |= mask;
    }
  }else{
    /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this
    ** lock.  If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away.
    */
    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){
        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
        break;
      }
    }
  
    /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level.  Then if successful
    ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
    */
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_WRLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 );
        p->exclMask |= mask;
      }
    }
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x\n",
           p->id, getpid(), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask));
  return rc;
}

/*
** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.  
**
** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
** any load or store begun after the barrier.
*/
static void unixShmBarrier(
  sqlite3_file *fd                /* Database file holding the shared memory */
){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
  unixEnterMutex();
  unixLeaveMutex();
}

/*
** Close a connection to shared-memory.  Delete the underlying 
** storage if deleteFlag is true.
**
** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this
** routine is a harmless no-op.
*/
static int unixShmUnmap(
  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* The underlying database file */
  int deleteFlag                  /* Delete shared-memory if true */
){
  unixShm *p;                     /* The connection to be closed */
  unixShmNode *pShmNode;          /* The underlying shared-memory file */
  unixShm **pp;                   /* For looping over sibling connections */
  unixFile *pDbFd;                /* The underlying database file */

  pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;
  p = pDbFd->pShm;
  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;

  assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode );
  assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );

  /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated
  ** with pShmNode */
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
  for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){}
  *pp = p->pNext;

  /* Free the connection p */
  sqlite3_free(p);
  pDbFd->pShm = 0;
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);

  /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
  ** shared-memory file, too */
  unixEnterMutex();
  assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 );
  pShmNode->nRef--;
  if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){
    if( deleteFlag && pShmNode->h>=0 ) osUnlink(pShmNode->zFilename);
    unixShmPurge(pDbFd);
  }
  unixLeaveMutex();

  return SQLITE_OK;
}


#else
# define unixShmMap     0
# define unixShmLock    0
# define unixShmBarrier 0
# define unixShmUnmap   0
#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */

#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
/*
** If it is currently memory mapped, unmap file pFd.
*/
static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd){
  assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
  if( pFd->pMapRegion ){
    osMunmap(pFd->pMapRegion, pFd->mmapSizeActual);
    pFd->pMapRegion = 0;
    pFd->mmapSize = 0;
    pFd->mmapSizeActual = 0;
  }
}

/*
** Return the system page size.
*/
static int unixGetPagesize(void){
#if HAVE_MREMAP
  return 512;
#elif defined(_BSD_SOURCE)
  return getpagesize();
#else
  return (int)sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE);
#endif
}

/*
** Attempt to set the size of the memory mapping maintained by file 
** descriptor pFd to nNew bytes. Any existing mapping is discarded.
**
** If successful, this function sets the following variables:
**
**       unixFile.pMapRegion
**       unixFile.mmapSize
**       unixFile.mmapSizeActual
**
** If unsuccessful, an error message is logged via sqlite3_log() and
** the three variables above are zeroed. In this case SQLite should
** continue accessing the database using the xRead() and xWrite()
** methods.
*/
static void unixRemapfile(
  unixFile *pFd,                  /* File descriptor object */
  i64 nNew                        /* Required mapping size */
){
  const char *zErr = "mmap";
  int h = pFd->h;                      /* File descriptor open on db file */
  u8 *pOrig = (u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion;   /* Pointer to current file mapping */
  i64 nOrig = pFd->mmapSizeActual;     /* Size of pOrig region in bytes */
  u8 *pNew = 0;                        /* Location of new mapping */
  int flags = PROT_READ;               /* Flags to pass to mmap() */

  assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
  assert( nNew>pFd->mmapSize );
  assert( nNew<=pFd->mmapSizeMax );
  assert( nNew>0 );
  assert( pFd->mmapSizeActual>=pFd->mmapSize );
  assert( MAP_FAILED!=0 );

  if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0 ) flags |= PROT_WRITE;

  if( pOrig ){
    const int szSyspage = unixGetPagesize();
    i64 nReuse = (pFd->mmapSize & ~(szSyspage-1));
    u8 *pReq = &pOrig[nReuse];

    /* Unmap any pages of the existing mapping that cannot be reused. */
    if( nReuse!=nOrig ){
      osMunmap(pReq, nOrig-nReuse);
    }

#if HAVE_MREMAP
    pNew = osMremap(pOrig, nReuse, nNew, MREMAP_MAYMOVE);
    zErr = "mremap";
#else
    pNew = osMmap(pReq, nNew-nReuse, flags, MAP_SHARED, h, nReuse);
    if( pNew!=MAP_FAILED ){
      if( pNew!=pReq ){
        osMunmap(pNew, nNew - nReuse);
        pNew = 0;
      }else{
        pNew = pOrig;
      }
    }
#endif

    /* The attempt to extend the existing mapping failed. Free it. */
    if( pNew==MAP_FAILED || pNew==0 ){
      osMunmap(pOrig, nReuse);
    }
  }

  /* If pNew is still NULL, try to create an entirely new mapping. */
  if( pNew==0 ){
    pNew = osMmap(0, nNew, flags, MAP_SHARED, h, 0);
  }

  if( pNew==MAP_FAILED ){
    pNew = 0;
    nNew = 0;
    unixLogError(SQLITE_OK, zErr, pFd->zPath);

    /* If the mmap() above failed, assume that all subsequent mmap() calls
    ** will probably fail too. Fall back to using xRead/xWrite exclusively
    ** in this case.  */
    pFd->mmapSizeMax = 0;
  }
  pFd->pMapRegion = (void *)pNew;
  pFd->mmapSize = pFd->mmapSizeActual = nNew;
}

/*
** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file
** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if 
** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still 
** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op.
**
** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of 
** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the 
** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the
** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured 
** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_LIMIT, whichever is smaller.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not
** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error
** code otherwise.
*/
static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nByte){
  i64 nMap = nByte;
  int rc;

  assert( nMap>=0 || pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
  if( pFd->nFetchOut>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;

  if( nMap<0 ){
    struct stat statbuf;          /* Low-level file information */
    rc = osFstat(pFd->h, &statbuf);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
    }
    nMap = statbuf.st_size;
  }
  if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){
    nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax;
  }

  if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){
    if( nMap>0 ){
      unixRemapfile(pFd, nMap);
    }else{
      unixUnmapfile(pFd);
    }
  }

  return SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */

/*
** If possible, return a pointer to a mapping of file fd starting at offset
** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes.
**
** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK.
** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK.
** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final
** value of *pp is undefined in this case.
**
** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually 
** release the reference by calling unixUnfetch().
*/
static int unixFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd;   /* The underlying database file */
#endif
  *pp = 0;

#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  if( pFd->mmapSizeMax>0 ){
    if( pFd->pMapRegion==0 ){
      int rc = unixMapfile(pFd, -1);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
    }
    if( pFd->mmapSize >= iOff+nAmt ){
      *pp = &((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff];
      pFd->nFetchOut++;
    }
  }
#endif
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a 
** reference obtained by an earlier call to unixFetch(). The second
** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding
** argument that was passed to the unixFetch() invocation. 
**
** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called 
** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping 
** may now be invalid and should be unmapped.
*/
static int unixUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){
  unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd;   /* The underlying database file */
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff);

#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding 
  ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference),
  ** then there must be at least one outstanding.  */
  assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) );

  /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */
  assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] );

  if( p ){
    pFd->nFetchOut--;
  }else{
    unixUnmapfile(pFd);
  }

  assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 );
#endif
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods.
**
********************** End sqlite3_file Methods *******************************
******************************************************************************/

/*
** This division contains definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects that
** implement various file locking strategies.  It also contains definitions
** of "finder" functions.  A finder-function is used to locate the appropriate
** sqlite3_io_methods object for a particular database file.  The pAppData
** field of the sqlite3_vfs VFS objects are initialized to be pointers to
** the correct finder-function for that VFS.
**
** Most finder functions return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
** object.  The only interesting finder-function is autolockIoFinder, which
** looks at the filesystem type and tries to guess the best locking
** strategy from that.
**
** For finder-funtion F, two objects are created:
**
**    (1) The real finder-function named "FImpt()".
**
**    (2) A constant pointer to this function named just "F".
**
**
** A pointer to the F pointer is used as the pAppData value for VFS
** objects.  We have to do this instead of letting pAppData point
** directly at the finder-function since C90 rules prevent a void*
** from be cast into a function pointer.
**
**
** Each instance of this macro generates two objects:
**
**   *  A constant sqlite3_io_methods object call METHOD that has locking
**      methods CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKRESLOCK.
**
**   *  An I/O method finder function called FINDER that returns a pointer
**      to the METHOD object in the previous bullet.
*/
#define IOMETHODS(FINDER, METHOD, VERSION, CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKLOCK)      \
static const sqlite3_io_methods METHOD = {                                   \
   VERSION,                    /* iVersion */                                \
   CLOSE,                      /* xClose */                                  \
   unixRead,                   /* xRead */                                   \
   unixWrite,                  /* xWrite */                                  \
   unixTruncate,               /* xTruncate */                               \
   unixSync,                   /* xSync */                                   \
   unixFileSize,               /* xFileSize */                               \
   LOCK,                       /* xLock */                                   \
   UNLOCK,                     /* xUnlock */                                 \
   CKLOCK,                     /* xCheckReservedLock */                      \
   unixFileControl,            /* xFileControl */                            \
   unixSectorSize,             /* xSectorSize */                             \
   unixDeviceCharacteristics,  /* xDeviceCapabilities */                     \
   unixShmMap,                 /* xShmMap */                                 \
   unixShmLock,                /* xShmLock */                                \
   unixShmBarrier,             /* xShmBarrier */                             \
   unixShmUnmap,               /* xShmUnmap */                               \
   unixFetch,                  /* xFetch */                                  \
   unixUnfetch,                /* xUnfetch */                                \
};                                                                           \
static const sqlite3_io_methods *FINDER##Impl(const char *z, unixFile *p){   \
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(z); UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);                                  \
  return &METHOD;                                                            \
}                                                                            \
static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const FINDER)(const char*,unixFile *p)    \
    = FINDER##Impl;

/*
** Here are all of the sqlite3_io_methods objects for each of the
** locking strategies.  Functions that return pointers to these methods
** are also created.
*/
IOMETHODS(
  posixIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
  posixIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
  3,                        /* shared memory and mmap are enabled */
  unixClose,                /* xClose method */
  unixLock,                 /* xLock method */
  unixUnlock,               /* xUnlock method */
  unixCheckReservedLock     /* xCheckReservedLock method */
)
IOMETHODS(
  nolockIoFinder,           /* Finder function name */
  nolockIoMethods,          /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
  nolockClose,              /* xClose method */
  nolockLock,               /* xLock method */
  nolockUnlock,             /* xUnlock method */
  nolockCheckReservedLock   /* xCheckReservedLock method */
)
IOMETHODS(
  dotlockIoFinder,          /* Finder function name */
  dotlockIoMethods,         /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
  dotlockClose,             /* xClose method */
  dotlockLock,              /* xLock method */
  dotlockUnlock,            /* xUnlock method */
  dotlockCheckReservedLock  /* xCheckReservedLock method */
)

#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS
IOMETHODS(
  flockIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
  flockIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
  flockClose,               /* xClose method */
  flockLock,                /* xLock method */
  flockUnlock,              /* xUnlock method */
  flockCheckReservedLock    /* xCheckReservedLock method */
)
#endif

#if OS_VXWORKS
IOMETHODS(
  semIoFinder,              /* Finder function name */
  semIoMethods,             /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
  semClose,                 /* xClose method */
  semLock,                  /* xLock method */
  semUnlock,                /* xUnlock method */
  semCheckReservedLock      /* xCheckReservedLock method */
)
#endif

#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
IOMETHODS(
  afpIoFinder,              /* Finder function name */
  afpIoMethods,             /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
  afpClose,                 /* xClose method */
  afpLock,                  /* xLock method */
  afpUnlock,                /* xUnlock method */
  afpCheckReservedLock      /* xCheckReservedLock method */
)
#endif

/*
** The proxy locking method is a "super-method" in the sense that it
** opens secondary file descriptors for the conch and lock files and
** it uses proxy, dot-file, AFP, and flock() locking methods on those
** secondary files.  For this reason, the division that implements
** proxy locking is located much further down in the file.  But we need
** to go ahead and define the sqlite3_io_methods and finder function
** for proxy locking here.  So we forward declare the I/O methods.
*/
#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file*);
static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int*);
IOMETHODS(
  proxyIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
  proxyIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
  proxyClose,               /* xClose method */
  proxyLock,                /* xLock method */
  proxyUnlock,              /* xUnlock method */
  proxyCheckReservedLock    /* xCheckReservedLock method */
)
#endif

/* nfs lockd on OSX 10.3+ doesn't clear write locks when a read lock is set */
#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
IOMETHODS(
  nfsIoFinder,               /* Finder function name */
  nfsIoMethods,              /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
  1,                         /* shared memory is disabled */
  unixClose,                 /* xClose method */
  unixLock,                  /* xLock method */
  nfsUnlock,                 /* xUnlock method */
  unixCheckReservedLock      /* xCheckReservedLock method */
)
#endif

#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/* 
** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy 
** for the database file "filePath".  It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
** object that implements that strategy.
**
** This is for MacOSX only.
*/
static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
  const char *filePath,    /* name of the database file */
  unixFile *pNew           /* open file object for the database file */
){
  static const struct Mapping {
    const char *zFilesystem;              /* Filesystem type name */
    const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;   /* Appropriate locking method */
  } aMap[] = {
    { "hfs",    &posixIoMethods },
    { "ufs",    &posixIoMethods },
    { "afpfs",  &afpIoMethods },
    { "smbfs",  &afpIoMethods },
    { "webdav", &nolockIoMethods },
    { 0, 0 }
  };
  int i;
  struct statfs fsInfo;
  struct flock lockInfo;

  if( !filePath ){
    /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file
    ** that does not need to be locked. */
    return &nolockIoMethods;
  }
  if( statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) != -1 ){
    if( fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY ){
      return &nolockIoMethods;
    }
    for(i=0; aMap[i].zFilesystem; i++){
      if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, aMap[i].zFilesystem)==0 ){
        return aMap[i].pMethods;
      }
    }
  }

  /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs".
  ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, 
  ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. 
  */
  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
  if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
    if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs")==0 ){
      return &nfsIoMethods;
    } else {
      return &posixIoMethods;
    }
  }else{
    return &dotlockIoMethods;
  }
}
static const sqlite3_io_methods 
  *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;

#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

#if OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/* 
** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy 
** for the database file "filePath".  It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
** object that implements that strategy.
**
** This is for VXWorks only.
*/
static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
  const char *filePath,    /* name of the database file */
  unixFile *pNew           /* the open file object */
){
  struct flock lockInfo;

  if( !filePath ){
    /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file
    ** that does not need to be locked. */
    return &nolockIoMethods;
  }

  /* Test if fcntl() is supported and use POSIX style locks.
  ** Otherwise fall back to the named semaphore method.
  */
  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
  if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
    return &posixIoMethods;
  }else{
    return &semIoMethods;
  }
}
static const sqlite3_io_methods 
  *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;

#endif /* OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

/*
** An abstract type for a pointer to a IO method finder function:
*/
typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,unixFile*);


/****************************************************************************
**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
**
** This division contains the implementation of methods on the
** sqlite3_vfs object.
*/

/*
** Initialize the contents of the unixFile structure pointed to by pId.
*/
static int fillInUnixFile(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,      /* Pointer to vfs object */
  int h,                  /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */
  sqlite3_file *pId,      /* Write to the unixFile structure here */
  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file being opened */
  int ctrlFlags           /* Zero or more UNIXFILE_* values */
){
  const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle;
  unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  assert( pNew->pInode==NULL );

  /* Usually the path zFilename should not be a relative pathname. The
  ** exception is when opening the proxy "conch" file in builds that
  ** include the special Apple locking styles.
  */
#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' 
    || pVfs->pAppData==(void*)&autolockIoFinder );
#else
  assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' );
#endif

  /* No locking occurs in temporary files */
  assert( zFilename!=0 || (ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK)!=0 );

  OSTRACE(("OPEN    %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename));
  pNew->h = h;
  pNew->pVfs = pVfs;
  pNew->zPath = zFilename;
  pNew->ctrlFlags = (u8)ctrlFlags;
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  pNew->mmapSizeMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
#endif
  if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(((ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_URI) ? zFilename : 0),
                           "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){
    pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_PSOW;
  }
  if( strcmp(pVfs->zName,"unix-excl")==0 ){
    pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_EXCL;
  }

#if OS_VXWORKS
  pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename);
  if( pNew->pId==0 ){
    ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK;
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
#endif

  if( ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK ){
    pLockingStyle = &nolockIoMethods;
  }else{
    pLockingStyle = (**(finder_type*)pVfs->pAppData)(zFilename, pNew);
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
    /* Cache zFilename in the locking context (AFP and dotlock override) for
    ** proxyLock activation is possible (remote proxy is based on db name)
    ** zFilename remains valid until file is closed, to support */
    pNew->lockingContext = (void*)zFilename;
#endif
  }

  if( pLockingStyle == &posixIoMethods
#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
    || pLockingStyle == &nfsIoMethods
#endif
  ){
    unixEnterMutex();
    rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      /* If an error occurred in findInodeInfo(), close the file descriptor
      ** immediately, before releasing the mutex. findInodeInfo() may fail
      ** in two scenarios:
      **
      **   (a) A call to fstat() failed.
      **   (b) A malloc failed.
      **
      ** Scenario (b) may only occur if the process is holding no other
      ** file descriptors open on the same file. If there were other file
      ** descriptors on this file, then no malloc would be required by
      ** findInodeInfo(). If this is the case, it is quite safe to close
      ** handle h - as it is guaranteed that no posix locks will be released
      ** by doing so.
      **
      ** If scenario (a) caused the error then things are not so safe. The
      ** implicit assumption here is that if fstat() fails, things are in
      ** such bad shape that dropping a lock or two doesn't matter much.
      */
      robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
      h = -1;
    }
    unixLeaveMutex();
  }

#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
  else if( pLockingStyle == &afpIoMethods ){
    /* AFP locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
    ** the afpLockingContext.
    */
    afpLockingContext *pCtx;
    pNew->lockingContext = pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) );
    if( pCtx==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else{
      /* NB: zFilename exists and remains valid until the file is closed
      ** according to requirement F11141.  So we do not need to make a
      ** copy of the filename. */
      pCtx->dbPath = zFilename;
      pCtx->reserved = 0;
      srandomdev();
      unixEnterMutex();
      rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        sqlite3_free(pNew->lockingContext);
        robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
        h = -1;
      }
      unixLeaveMutex();        
    }
  }
#endif

  else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){
    /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
    ** the dotlockLockingContext 
    */
    char *zLockFile;
    int nFilename;
    assert( zFilename!=0 );
    nFilename = (int)strlen(zFilename) + 6;
    zLockFile = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nFilename);
    if( zLockFile==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else{
      sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, zLockFile, "%s" DOTLOCK_SUFFIX, zFilename);
    }
    pNew->lockingContext = zLockFile;
  }

#if OS_VXWORKS
  else if( pLockingStyle == &semIoMethods ){
    /* Named semaphore locking uses the file path so it needs to be
    ** included in the semLockingContext
    */
    unixEnterMutex();
    rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
    if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pInode->pSem==NULL) ){
      char *zSemName = pNew->pInode->aSemName;
      int n;
      sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zSemName, "/%s.sem",
                       pNew->pId->zCanonicalName);
      for( n=1; zSemName[n]; n++ )
        if( zSemName[n]=='/' ) zSemName[n] = '_';
      pNew->pInode->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1);
      if( pNew->pInode->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){
        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
        pNew->pInode->aSemName[0] = '\0';
      }
    }
    unixLeaveMutex();
  }
#endif
  
  pNew->lastErrno = 0;
#if OS_VXWORKS
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
    h = -1;
    osUnlink(zFilename);
    pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE;
  }
#endif
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
  }else{
    pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle;
    OpenCounter(+1);
    verifyDbFile(pNew);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Return the name of a directory in which to put temporary files.
** If no suitable temporary file directory can be found, return NULL.
*/
static const char *unixTempFileDir(void){
  static const char *azDirs[] = {
     0,
     0,
     0,
     "/var/tmp",
     "/usr/tmp",
     "/tmp",
     0        /* List terminator */
  };
  unsigned int i;
  struct stat buf;
  const char *zDir = 0;

  azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory;
  if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR");
  if( !azDirs[2] ) azDirs[2] = getenv("TMPDIR");
  for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); zDir=azDirs[i++]){
    if( zDir==0 ) continue;
    if( osStat(zDir, &buf) ) continue;
    if( !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) ) continue;
    if( osAccess(zDir, 07) ) continue;
    break;
  }
  return zDir;
}

/*
** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be allocated
** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least
** pVfs->mxPathname bytes.
*/
static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
    "0123456789";
  unsigned int i, j;
  const char *zDir;

  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
  ** function failing. 
  */
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );

  zDir = unixTempFileDir();
  if( zDir==0 ) zDir = ".";

  /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file 
  ** name. If it is not, return SQLITE_ERROR.
  */
  if( (strlen(zDir) + strlen(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX) + 18) >= (size_t)nBuf ){
    return SQLITE_ERROR;
  }

  do{
    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-18, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir);
    j = (int)strlen(zBuf);
    sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
    for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
      zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
    }
    zBuf[j] = 0;
    zBuf[j+1] = 0;
  }while( osAccess(zBuf,0)==0 );
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
/*
** Routine to transform a unixFile into a proxy-locking unixFile.
** Implementation in the proxy-lock division, but used by unixOpen()
** if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING is defined.
*/
static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*);
#endif

/*
** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database 
** file (not a journal or master-journal file) identified by pathname
** zPath with SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags matching those passed as the second
** argument to this function.
**
** Such a file descriptor may exist if a database connection was closed
** but the associated file descriptor could not be closed because some
** other file descriptor open on the same file is holding a file-lock.
** Refer to comments in the unixClose() function and the lengthy comment
** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for 
** further details. Also, ticket #4018.
**
** If a suitable file descriptor is found, then it is returned. If no
** such file descriptor is located, -1 is returned.
*/
static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){
  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = 0;

  /* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because
  ** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure),
  ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better 
  ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure 
  ** feature.  */
#if !OS_VXWORKS
  struct stat sStat;                   /* Results of stat() call */

  /* A stat() call may fail for various reasons. If this happens, it is
  ** almost certain that an open() call on the same path will also fail.
  ** For this reason, if an error occurs in the stat() call here, it is
  ** ignored and -1 is returned. The caller will try to open a new file
  ** descriptor on the same path, fail, and return an error to SQLite.
  **
  ** Even if a subsequent open() call does succeed, the consequences of
  ** not searching for a resusable file descriptor are not dire.  */
  if( 0==osStat(zPath, &sStat) ){
    unixInodeInfo *pInode;

    unixEnterMutex();
    pInode = inodeList;
    while( pInode && (pInode->fileId.dev!=sStat.st_dev
                     || pInode->fileId.ino!=sStat.st_ino) ){
       pInode = pInode->pNext;
    }
    if( pInode ){
      UnixUnusedFd **pp;
      for(pp=&pInode->pUnused; *pp && (*pp)->flags!=flags; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
      pUnused = *pp;
      if( pUnused ){
        *pp = pUnused->pNext;
      }
    }
    unixLeaveMutex();
  }
#endif    /* if !OS_VXWORKS */
  return pUnused;
}

/*
** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions
** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned
** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is
** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is 
** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified.
**
** In most cases cases, this routine sets *pMode to 0, which will become
** an indication to robust_open() to create the file using
** SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS adjusted by the umask.
** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then 
** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the 
** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever 
** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions 
** as the associated database file.
**
** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES option is enabled, then the
** original filename is unavailable.  But 8_3_NAMES is only used for
** FAT filesystems and permissions do not matter there, so just use
** the default permissions.
*/
static int findCreateFileMode(
  const char *zPath,              /* Path of file (possibly) being created */
  int flags,                      /* Flags passed as 4th argument to xOpen() */
  mode_t *pMode,                  /* OUT: Permissions to open file with */
  uid_t *pUid,                    /* OUT: uid to set on the file */
  gid_t *pGid                     /* OUT: gid to set on the file */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
  *pMode = 0;
  *pUid = 0;
  *pGid = 0;
  if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){
    char zDb[MAX_PATHNAME+1];     /* Database file path */
    int nDb;                      /* Number of valid bytes in zDb */
    struct stat sStat;            /* Output of stat() on database file */

    /* zPath is a path to a WAL or journal file. The following block derives
    ** the path to the associated database file from zPath. This block handles
    ** the following naming conventions:
    **
    **   "<path to db>-journal"
    **   "<path to db>-wal"
    **   "<path to db>-journalNN"
    **   "<path to db>-walNN"
    **
    ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are 
    ** used by the test_multiplex.c module.
    */
    nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1; 
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
    while( nDb>0 && sqlite3Isalnum(zPath[nDb]) ) nDb--;
    if( nDb==0 || zPath[nDb]!='-' ) return SQLITE_OK;
#else
    while( zPath[nDb]!='-' ){
      assert( nDb>0 );
      assert( zPath[nDb]!='\n' );
      nDb--;
    }
#endif
    memcpy(zDb, zPath, nDb);
    zDb[nDb] = '\0';

    if( 0==osStat(zDb, &sStat) ){
      *pMode = sStat.st_mode & 0777;
      *pUid = sStat.st_uid;
      *pGid = sStat.st_gid;
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
    }
  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
    *pMode = 0600;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Open the file zPath.
** 
** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this
** one:
**
**     sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite();
**     sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly();
**     sqlite3OsOpenExclusive();
**
** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags:
**
**     ReadWrite() ->     (READWRITE | CREATE)
**     ReadOnly()  ->     (READONLY) 
**     OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE)
**
** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If
** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the
** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new 
** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for 
** OpenExclusive().
*/
static int unixOpen(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,           /* The VFS for which this is the xOpen method */
  const char *zPath,           /* Pathname of file to be opened */
  sqlite3_file *pFile,         /* The file descriptor to be filled in */
  int flags,                   /* Input flags to control the opening */
  int *pOutFlags               /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */
){
  unixFile *p = (unixFile *)pFile;
  int fd = -1;                   /* File descriptor returned by open() */
  int openFlags = 0;             /* Flags to pass to open() */
  int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00;  /* Type of file to open */
  int noLock;                    /* True to omit locking primitives */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Function Return Code */
  int ctrlFlags = 0;             /* UNIXFILE_* flags */

  int isExclusive  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
  int isDelete     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
  int isCreate     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
  int isReadonly   = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
  int isReadWrite  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  int isAutoProxy  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY);
#endif
#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  struct statfs fsInfo;
#endif

  /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open
  ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync()
  ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d.
  */
  int syncDir = (isCreate && (
        eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 
     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
  ));

  /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
  ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
  */
  char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+2];
  const char *zName = zPath;

  /* Check the following statements are true: 
  **
  **   (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and 
  **   (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
  **   (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
  **   (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
  */
  assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
  assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
  assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
  assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);

  /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never 
  ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files.  */
  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );

  /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
  assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 
       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 
       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
  );

  memset(p, 0, sizeof(unixFile));

  if( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
    UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;
    pUnused = findReusableFd(zName, flags);
    if( pUnused ){
      fd = pUnused->fd;
    }else{
      pUnused = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pUnused));
      if( !pUnused ){
        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
      }
    }
    p->pUnused = pUnused;

    /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not
    ** URIs with parameters.  Hence, they can always be passed into
    ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */
    assert( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 );

  }else if( !zName ){
    /* If zName is NULL, the upper layer is requesting a temp file. */
    assert(isDelete && !syncDir);
    rc = unixGetTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+2, zTmpname);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }
    zName = zTmpname;

    /* Generated temporary filenames are always double-zero terminated
    ** for use by sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */
    assert( zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 );
  }

  /* Determine the value of the flags parameter passed to POSIX function
  ** open(). These must be calculated even if open() is not called, as
  ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the 
  ** 'conch file' locking functions later on.  */
  if( isReadonly )  openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
  if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR;
  if( isCreate )    openFlags |= O_CREAT;
  if( isExclusive ) openFlags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW);
  openFlags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);

  if( fd<0 ){
    mode_t openMode;              /* Permissions to create file with */
    uid_t uid;                    /* Userid for the file */
    gid_t gid;                    /* Groupid for the file */
    rc = findCreateFileMode(zName, flags, &openMode, &uid, &gid);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      assert( !p->pUnused );
      assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
      return rc;
    }
    fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
    OSTRACE(("OPENX   %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags));
    if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
      /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */
      flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
      openFlags &= ~(O_RDWR|O_CREAT);
      flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
      openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
      isReadonly = 1;
      fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
    }
    if( fd<0 ){
      rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zName);
      goto open_finished;
    }

    /* If this process is running as root and if creating a new rollback
    ** journal or WAL file, set the ownership of the journal or WAL to be
    ** the same as the original database.
    */
    if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){
      osFchown(fd, uid, gid);
    }
  }
  assert( fd>=0 );
  if( pOutFlags ){
    *pOutFlags = flags;
  }

  if( p->pUnused ){
    p->pUnused->fd = fd;
    p->pUnused->flags = flags;
  }

  if( isDelete ){
#if OS_VXWORKS
    zPath = zName;
#else
    osUnlink(zName);
#endif
  }
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  else{
    p->openFlags = openFlags;
  }
#endif

  noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;

  
#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
    ((unixFile*)pFile)->lastErrno = errno;
    robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
    return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
  }
  if (0 == strncmp("msdos", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) {
    ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS;
  }
#endif

  /* Set up appropriate ctrlFlags */
  if( isDelete )                ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE;
  if( isReadonly )              ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_RDONLY;
  if( noLock )                  ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK;
  if( syncDir )                 ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC;
  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_URI;

#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
#if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
  isAutoProxy = 1;
#endif
  if( isAutoProxy && (zPath!=NULL) && (!noLock) && pVfs->xOpen ){
    char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING");
    int useProxy = 0;

    /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means 
    ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only.  */
    if( envforce!=NULL ){
      useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0;
    }else{
      if( statfs(zPath, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
        /* In theory, the close(fd) call is sub-optimal. If the file opened
        ** with fd is a database file, and there are other connections open
        ** on that file that are currently holding advisory locks on it,
        ** then the call to close() will cancel those locks. In practice,
        ** we're assuming that statfs() doesn't fail very often. At least
        ** not while other file descriptors opened by the same process on
        ** the same file are working.  */
        p->lastErrno = errno;
        robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
        goto open_finished;
      }
      useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL);
    }
    if( useProxy ){
      rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:");
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
          /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile 
          ** and clear all the structure's references.  Specifically, 
          ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op 
          */
          unixClose(pFile);
          return rc;
        }
      }
      goto open_finished;
    }
  }
#endif
  
  rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags);

open_finished:
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3_free(p->pUnused);
  }
  return rc;
}


/*
** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync()
** the directory after deleting the file.
*/
static int unixDelete(
  sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed,     /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */
  const char *zPath,        /* Name of file to be deleted */
  int dirSync               /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
  if( osUnlink(zPath)==(-1) ){
    if( errno==ENOENT ){
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT;
    }else{
      rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "unlink", zPath);
    }
    return rc;
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
  if( (dirSync & 1)!=0 ){
    int fd;
    rc = osOpenDirectory(zPath, &fd);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
#if OS_VXWORKS
      if( fsync(fd)==-1 )
#else
      if( fsync(fd) )
#endif
      {
        rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC, "fsync", zPath);
      }
      robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__);
    }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }
  }
#endif
  return rc;
}

/*
** Test the existence of or access permissions of file zPath. The
** test performed depends on the value of flags:
**
**     SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists
**     SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable.
**     SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable.
**
** Otherwise return 0.
*/
static int unixAccess(
  sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed,   /* The VFS containing this xAccess method */
  const char *zPath,      /* Path of the file to examine */
  int flags,              /* What do we want to learn about the zPath file? */
  int *pResOut            /* Write result boolean here */
){
  int amode = 0;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
  switch( flags ){
    case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
      amode = F_OK;
      break;
    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
      amode = W_OK|R_OK;
      break;
    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
      amode = R_OK;
      break;

    default:
      assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
  }
  *pResOut = (osAccess(zPath, amode)==0);
  if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS && *pResOut ){
    struct stat buf;
    if( 0==osStat(zPath, &buf) && buf.st_size==0 ){
      *pResOut = 0;
    }
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}


/*
** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path
** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by
** zPath. 
**
** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes 
** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to
** this buffer before returning.
*/
static int unixFullPathname(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
  const char *zPath,            /* Possibly relative input path */
  int nOut,                     /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
  char *zOut                    /* Output buffer */
){

  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
  ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
  ** current working directory has been unlinked.
  */
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );

  assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME );
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);

  zOut[nOut-1] = '\0';
  if( zPath[0]=='/' ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath);
  }else{
    int nCwd;
    if( osGetcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){
      return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "getcwd", zPath);
    }
    nCwd = (int)strlen(zOut);
    sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}


#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
/*
** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
*/
#include <dlfcn.h>
static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, const char *zFilename){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
}

/*
** SQLite calls this function immediately after a call to unixDlSym() or
** unixDlOpen() fails (returns a null pointer). If a more detailed error
** message is available, it is written to zBufOut. If no error message
** is available, zBufOut is left unmodified and SQLite uses a default
** error message.
*/
static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
  const char *zErr;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  unixEnterMutex();
  zErr = dlerror();
  if( zErr ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "%s", zErr);
  }
  unixLeaveMutex();
}
static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){
  /* 
  ** GCC with -pedantic-errors says that C90 does not allow a void* to be
  ** cast into a pointer to a function.  And yet the library dlsym() routine
  ** returns a void* which is really a pointer to a function.  So how do we
  ** use dlsym() with -pedantic-errors?
  **
  ** Variable x below is defined to be a pointer to a function taking
  ** parameters void* and const char* and returning a pointer to a function.
  ** We initialize x by assigning it a pointer to the dlsym() function.
  ** (That assignment requires a cast.)  Then we call the function that
  ** x points to.  
  **
  ** This work-around is unlikely to work correctly on any system where
  ** you really cannot cast a function pointer into void*.  But then, on the
  ** other hand, dlsym() will not work on such a system either, so we have
  ** not really lost anything.
  */
  void (*(*x)(void*,const char*))(void);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  x = (void(*(*)(void*,const char*))(void))dlsym;
  return (*x)(p, zSym);
}
static void unixDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *pHandle){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  dlclose(pHandle);
}
#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
  #define unixDlOpen  0
  #define unixDlError 0
  #define unixDlSym   0
  #define unixDlClose 0
#endif

/*
** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf.
*/
static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  assert((size_t)nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int)));

  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
  ** in the random seed.
  **
  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
  ** that we always use the same random number sequence.  This makes the
  ** tests repeatable.
  */
  memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST)
  {
    int pid, fd, got;
    fd = robust_open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY, 0);
    if( fd<0 ){
      time_t t;
      time(&t);
      memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t));
      pid = getpid();
      memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &pid, sizeof(pid));
      assert( sizeof(t)+sizeof(pid)<=(size_t)nBuf );
      nBuf = sizeof(t) + sizeof(pid);
    }else{
      do{ got = osRead(fd, zBuf, nBuf); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR );
      robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__);
    }
  }
#endif
  return nBuf;
}


/*
** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep.
** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually
** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which
** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less
** than the argument.
*/
static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int microseconds){
#if OS_VXWORKS
  struct timespec sp;

  sp.tv_sec = microseconds / 1000000;
  sp.tv_nsec = (microseconds % 1000000) * 1000;
  nanosleep(&sp, NULL);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  return microseconds;
#elif defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
  usleep(microseconds);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  return microseconds;
#else
  int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000;
  sleep(seconds);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  return seconds*1000000;
#endif
}

/*
** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as
** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of
** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;  /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */
#endif

/*
** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write into *piNow
** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000.  In
** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian
** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
**
** On success, return SQLITE_OK.  Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date 
** cannot be found.
*/
static int unixCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
  static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
#if defined(NO_GETTOD)
  time_t t;
  time(&t);
  *piNow = ((sqlite3_int64)t)*1000 + unixEpoch;
#elif OS_VXWORKS
  struct timespec sNow;
  clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &sNow);
  *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_nsec/1000000;
#else
  struct timeval sNow;
  if( gettimeofday(&sNow, 0)==0 ){
    *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_usec/1000;
  }else{
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
    *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch;
  }
#endif
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
*/
static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, double *prNow){
  sqlite3_int64 i = 0;
  int rc;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  rc = unixCurrentTimeInt64(0, &i);
  *prNow = i/86400000.0;
  return rc;
}

/*
** We added the xGetLastError() method with the intention of providing
** better low-level error messages when operating-system problems come up
** during SQLite operation.  But so far, none of that has been implemented
** in the core.  So this routine is never called.  For now, it is merely
** a place-holder.
*/
static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed2);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed3);
  return 0;
}


/*
************************ End of sqlite3_vfs methods ***************************
******************************************************************************/

/******************************************************************************
************************** Begin Proxy Locking ********************************
**
** Proxy locking is a "uber-locking-method" in this sense:  It uses the
** other locking methods on secondary lock files.  Proxy locking is a
** meta-layer over top of the primitive locking implemented above.  For
** this reason, the division that implements of proxy locking is deferred
** until late in the file (here) after all of the other I/O methods have
** been defined - so that the primitive locking methods are available
** as services to help with the implementation of proxy locking.
**
****
**
** The default locking schemes in SQLite use byte-range locks on the
** database file to coordinate safe, concurrent access by multiple readers
** and writers [http://sqlite.org/lockingv3.html].  The five file locking
** states (UNLOCKED, PENDING, SHARED, RESERVED, EXCLUSIVE) are implemented
** as POSIX read & write locks over fixed set of locations (via fsctl),
** on AFP and SMB only exclusive byte-range locks are available via fsctl
** with _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) to track the same 5 states.
** To simulate a F_RDLCK on the shared range, on AFP a randomly selected
** address in the shared range is taken for a SHARED lock, the entire
** shared range is taken for an EXCLUSIVE lock):
**
**      PENDING_BYTE        0x40000000
**      RESERVED_BYTE       0x40000001
**      SHARED_RANGE        0x40000002 -> 0x40000200
**
** This works well on the local file system, but shows a nearly 100x
** slowdown in read performance on AFP because the AFP client disables
** the read cache when byte-range locks are present.  Enabling the read
** cache exposes a cache coherency problem that is present on all OS X
** supported network file systems.  NFS and AFP both observe the
** close-to-open semantics for ensuring cache coherency
** [http://nfs.sourceforge.net/#faq_a8], which does not effectively
** address the requirements for concurrent database access by multiple
** readers and writers
** [http://www.nabble.com/SQLite-on-NFS-cache-coherency-td15655701.html].
**
** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking
** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a
** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file
** and onto a proxy file on the local file system.  
**
**
** Using proxy locks
** -----------------
**
** C APIs
**
**  sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
**                       <proxy_path> | ":auto:");
**  sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, &<proxy_path>);
**
**
** SQL pragmas
**
**  PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file=<proxy_path> | :auto:
**  PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file
**
** Specifying ":auto:" means that if there is a conch file with a matching
** host ID in it, the proxy path in the conch file will be used, otherwise
** a proxy path based on the user's temp dir
** (via confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR,...)) will be used and the
** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the
** database file.  For example:
**
**       For database path "/Users/me/foo.db" 
**       The lock path will be "<tmpdir>/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:")
**
** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not
** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via
** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another
** connection or process). 
**
**
** How proxy locking works
** -----------------------
**
** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files: 
**
**   *  conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host
**      at a time
**
**   *  proxy file to act as a proxy for the advisory locks normally
**      taken on the database
**
** The conch file - to use a proxy file, sqlite must first "hold the conch"
** by taking an sqlite-style shared lock on the conch file, reading the
** contents and comparing the host's unique host ID (see below) and lock
** proxy path against the values stored in the conch.  The conch file is
** stored in the same directory as the database file and the file name
** is patterned after the database file name as ".<databasename>-conch".
** If the conch file does not exist, or it's contents do not match the
** host ID and/or proxy path, then the lock is escalated to an exclusive
** lock and the conch file contents is updated with the host ID and proxy
** path and the lock is downgraded to a shared lock again.  If the conch
** is held by another process (with a shared lock), the exclusive lock
** will fail and SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
**
** The proxy file - a single-byte file used for all advisory file locks
** normally taken on the database file.   This allows for safe sharing
** of the database file for multiple readers and writers on the same
** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file).
**
** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is
** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made.  
** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where
** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it.
** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until 
** the connection to the database is closed. 
**
** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need
** to be created the first time they are used.
**
** Configuration options
** ---------------------
**
**  SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
**
**       Database files accessed on non-local file systems are
**       automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are
**       named automatically using the same logic as
**       PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:"
**    
**  SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
**
**       Enables the logging of error messages during host id file
**       retrieval and creation
**
**  LOCKPROXYDIR
**
**       Overrides the default directory used for lock proxy files that
**       are named automatically via the ":auto:" setting
**
**  SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS
**
**       Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the
**       lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set.
**    
**    
** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING,
** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will
** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0
** will force automatic proxy locking to be disabled for all database
** files (explicity calling the SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE pragma or
** sqlite_file_control API is not affected by SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING).
*/

/*
** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX 
*/
#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE

/*
** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote 
** and local proxy files in it
*/
typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext;
struct proxyLockingContext {
  unixFile *conchFile;         /* Open conch file */
  char *conchFilePath;         /* Name of the conch file */
  unixFile *lockProxy;         /* Open proxy lock file */
  char *lockProxyPath;         /* Name of the proxy lock file */
  char *dbPath;                /* Name of the open file */
  int conchHeld;               /* 1 if the conch is held, -1 if lockless */
  void *oldLockingContext;     /* Original lockingcontext to restore on close */
  sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod;     /* Original I/O methods for close */
};

/* 
** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath, 
** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length
** file path. 
*/
static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){
  int len;
  int dbLen;
  int i;

#ifdef LOCKPROXYDIR
  len = strlcpy(lPath, LOCKPROXYDIR, maxLen);
#else
# ifdef _CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR
  {
    if( !confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR, lPath, maxLen) ){
      OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH  failed %s errno=%d pid=%d\n",
               lPath, errno, getpid()));
      return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
    }
    len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen);    
  }
# else
  len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen);
# endif
#endif

  if( lPath[len-1]!='/' ){
    len = strlcat(lPath, "/", maxLen);
  }
  
  /* transform the db path to a unique cache name */
  dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath);
  for( i=0; i<dbLen && (i+len+7)<(int)maxLen; i++){
    char c = dbPath[i];
    lPath[i+len] = (c=='/')?'_':c;
  }
  lPath[i+len]='\0';
  strlcat(lPath, ":auto:", maxLen);
  OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH  proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lPath, getpid()));
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/* 
 ** Creates the lock file and any missing directories in lockPath
 */
static int proxyCreateLockPath(const char *lockPath){
  int i, len;
  char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
  int start = 0;
  
  assert(lockPath!=NULL);
  /* try to create all the intermediate directories */
  len = (int)strlen(lockPath);
  buf[0] = lockPath[0];
  for( i=1; i<len; i++ ){
    if( lockPath[i] == '/' && (i - start > 0) ){
      /* only mkdir if leaf dir != "." or "/" or ".." */
      if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/') 
         || (i-start==2 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start+1] != '.') ){
        buf[i]='\0';
        if( osMkdir(buf, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){
          int err=errno;
          if( err!=EEXIST ) {
            OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH  FAILED creating %s, "
                     "'%s' proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n",
                     buf, strerror(err), lockPath, getpid()));
            return err;
          }
        }
      }
      start=i+1;
    }
    buf[i] = lockPath[i];
  }
  OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH  proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lockPath, getpid()));
  return 0;
}

/*
** Create a new VFS file descriptor (stored in memory obtained from
** sqlite3_malloc) and open the file named "path" in the file descriptor.
**
** The caller is responsible not only for closing the file descriptor
** but also for freeing the memory associated with the file descriptor.
*/
static int proxyCreateUnixFile(
    const char *path,        /* path for the new unixFile */
    unixFile **ppFile,       /* unixFile created and returned by ref */
    int islockfile           /* if non zero missing dirs will be created */
) {
  int fd = -1;
  unixFile *pNew;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
  sqlite3_vfs dummyVfs;
  int terrno = 0;
  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = NULL;

  /* 1. first try to open/create the file
  ** 2. if that fails, and this is a lock file (not-conch), try creating
  ** the parent directories and then try again.
  ** 3. if that fails, try to open the file read-only
  ** otherwise return BUSY (if lock file) or CANTOPEN for the conch file
  */
  pUnused = findReusableFd(path, openFlags);
  if( pUnused ){
    fd = pUnused->fd;
  }else{
    pUnused = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pUnused));
    if( !pUnused ){
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  }
  if( fd<0 ){
    fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0);
    terrno = errno;
    if( fd<0 && errno==ENOENT && islockfile ){
      if( proxyCreateLockPath(path) == SQLITE_OK ){
        fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0);
      }
    }
  }
  if( fd<0 ){
    openFlags = O_RDONLY;
    fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0);
    terrno = errno;
  }
  if( fd<0 ){
    if( islockfile ){
      return SQLITE_BUSY;
    }
    switch (terrno) {
      case EACCES:
        return SQLITE_PERM;
      case EIO: 
        return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; /* even though it is the conch */
      default:
        return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
    }
  }
  
  pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pNew));
  if( pNew==NULL ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    goto end_create_proxy;
  }
  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
  pNew->openFlags = openFlags;
  memset(&dummyVfs, 0, sizeof(dummyVfs));
  dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder;
  dummyVfs.zName = "dummy";
  pUnused->fd = fd;
  pUnused->flags = openFlags;
  pNew->pUnused = pUnused;
  
  rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    *ppFile = pNew;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
end_create_proxy:    
  robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__);
  sqlite3_free(pNew);
  sqlite3_free(pUnused);
  return rc;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0;
#endif

#define PROXY_HOSTIDLEN    16  /* conch file host id length */

/* Not always defined in the headers as it ought to be */
extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait);

/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN 
** bytes of writable memory.
*/
static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){
  assert(PROXY_HOSTIDLEN == sizeof(uuid_t));
  memset(pHostID, 0, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
#if defined(__MAX_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED)\
               && __MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED<1050
  {
    static const struct timespec timeout = {1, 0}; /* 1 sec timeout */
    if( gethostuuid(pHostID, &timeout) ){
      int err = errno;
      if( pError ){
        *pError = err;
      }
      return SQLITE_IOERR;
    }
  }
#else
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pError);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  /* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
  if( sqlite3_hostid_num != 0){
    pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF));
  }
#endif
  
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/* The conch file contains the header, host id and lock file path
 */
#define PROXY_CONCHVERSION 2   /* 1-byte header, 16-byte host id, path */
#define PROXY_HEADERLEN    1   /* conch file header length */
#define PROXY_PATHINDEX    (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN)
#define PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN  (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN+MAXPATHLEN)

/* 
** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves 
** it back.  The newly created file's file descriptor is assigned to the
** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is 
** closed.  Returns zero if successful.
*/
static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){
  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
  unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
  char tPath[MAXPATHLEN];
  char buf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
  char *cPath = pCtx->conchFilePath;
  size_t readLen = 0;
  size_t pathLen = 0;
  char errmsg[64] = "";
  int fd = -1;
  int rc = -1;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(myHostID);

  /* create a new path by replace the trailing '-conch' with '-break' */
  pathLen = strlcpy(tPath, cPath, MAXPATHLEN);
  if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 || 
     (strlcpy(&tPath[pathLen-5], "break", 6) != 5) ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"path error (len %d)",(int)pathLen);
    goto end_breaklock;
  }
  /* read the conch content */
  readLen = osPread(conchFile->h, buf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
  if( readLen<PROXY_PATHINDEX ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"read error (len %d)",(int)readLen);
    goto end_breaklock;
  }
  /* write it out to the temporary break file */
  fd = robust_open(tPath, (O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL), 0);
  if( fd<0 ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "create failed (%d)", errno);
    goto end_breaklock;
  }
  if( osPwrite(fd, buf, readLen, 0) != (ssize_t)readLen ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "write failed (%d)", errno);
    goto end_breaklock;
  }
  if( rename(tPath, cPath) ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "rename failed (%d)", errno);
    goto end_breaklock;
  }
  rc = 0;
  fprintf(stderr, "broke stale lock on %s\n", cPath);
  robust_close(pFile, conchFile->h, __LINE__);
  conchFile->h = fd;
  conchFile->openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;

end_breaklock:
  if( rc ){
    if( fd>=0 ){
      osUnlink(tPath);
      robust_close(pFile, fd, __LINE__);
    }
    fprintf(stderr, "failed to break stale lock on %s, %s\n", cPath, errmsg);
  }
  return rc;
}

/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the 
** host id matches.
*/
static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){
  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
  unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int nTries = 0;
  struct timespec conchModTime;
  
  memset(&conchModTime, 0, sizeof(conchModTime));
  do {
    rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
    nTries ++;
    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
      /* If the lock failed (busy):
       * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. 
       * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait 
       *           10 sec and try again
       * 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed.
       */
      struct stat buf;
      if( osFstat(conchFile->h, &buf) ){
        pFile->lastErrno = errno;
        return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
      }
      
      if( nTries==1 ){
        conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec;
        usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/
        continue;  
      }

      assert( nTries>1 );
      if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec || 
         conchModTime.tv_nsec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_nsec ){
        return SQLITE_BUSY;
      }
      
      if( nTries==2 ){  
        char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
        int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
        if( len<0 ){
          pFile->lastErrno = errno;
          return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
        }
        if( len>PROXY_PATHINDEX && tBuf[0]==(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION){
          /* don't break the lock if the host id doesn't match */
          if( 0!=memcmp(&tBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ){
            return SQLITE_BUSY;
          }
        }else{
          /* don't break the lock on short read or a version mismatch */
          return SQLITE_BUSY;
        }
        usleep(10000000); /* wait 10 sec and try the lock again */
        continue; 
      }
      
      assert( nTries==3 );
      if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){
        rc = SQLITE_OK;
        if( lockType==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
          rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);          
        }
        if( !rc ){
          rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
        }
      }
    }
  } while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 );
  
  return rc;
}

/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if 
** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match.  A NULL 
** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the 
** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically 
** and written to the conch file.
*/
static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
  
  if( pCtx->conchHeld!=0 ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
    uuid_t myHostID;
    int pError = 0;
    char readBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
    char lockPath[MAXPATHLEN];
    char *tempLockPath = NULL;
    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
    int createConch = 0;
    int hostIdMatch = 0;
    int readLen = 0;
    int tryOldLockPath = 0;
    int forceNewLockPath = 0;
    
    OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH  %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
             (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), getpid()));

    rc = proxyGetHostID(myHostID, &pError);
    if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){
      pFile->lastErrno = pError;
      goto end_takeconch;
    }
    rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, SHARED_LOCK);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      goto end_takeconch;
    }
    /* read the existing conch file */
    readLen = seekAndRead((unixFile*)conchFile, 0, readBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN);
    if( readLen<0 ){
      /* I/O error: lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
      pFile->lastErrno = conchFile->lastErrno;
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
      goto end_takeconch;
    }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) || 
             readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){
      /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new 
      ** conch file. 
      */
      createConch = 1;
    }
    /* if the host id matches and the lock path already exists in the conch
    ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll 
    ** retry with a new auto-generated path 
    */
    do { /* in case we need to try again for an :auto: named lock file */

      if( !createConch && !forceNewLockPath ){
        hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, 
                                  PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
        /* if the conch has data compare the contents */
        if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
          /* for auto-named local lock file, just check the host ID and we'll
           ** use the local lock file path that's already in there
           */
          if( hostIdMatch ){
            size_t pathLen = (readLen - PROXY_PATHINDEX);
            
            if( pathLen>=MAXPATHLEN ){
              pathLen=MAXPATHLEN-1;
            }
            memcpy(lockPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pathLen);
            lockPath[pathLen] = 0;
            tempLockPath = lockPath;
            tryOldLockPath = 1;
            /* create a copy of the lock path if the conch is taken */
            goto end_takeconch;
          }
        }else if( hostIdMatch
               && !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX],
                           readLen-PROXY_PATHINDEX)
        ){
          /* conch host and lock path match */
          goto end_takeconch; 
        }
      }
      
      /* if the conch isn't writable and doesn't match, we can't take it */
      if( (conchFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0 ){
        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
        goto end_takeconch;
      }
      
      /* either the conch didn't match or we need to create a new one */
      if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
        proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
        tempLockPath = lockPath;
        /* create a copy of the lock path _only_ if the conch is taken */
      }
      
      /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process
      ** has a shared lock already), if the host id matches, use the big
      ** stick.
      */
      futimes(conchFile->h, NULL);
      if( hostIdMatch && !createConch ){
        if( conchFile->pInode && conchFile->pInode->nShared>1 ){
          /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
           ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
          rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
        } else {          
          rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
        }
      }else{
        rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
      }
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
        int writeSize = 0;
        
        writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION;
        memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
        if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){
          strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pCtx->lockProxyPath, MAXPATHLEN);
        }else{
          strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], tempLockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
        }
        writeSize = PROXY_PATHINDEX + strlen(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX]);
        robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize);
        rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0);
        fsync(conchFile->h);
        /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a 
         ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database 
         */
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && createConch ){
          struct stat buf;
          int err = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf);
          if( err==0 ){
            mode_t cmode = buf.st_mode&(S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP |
                                        S_IROTH|S_IWOTH);
            /* try to match the database file R/W permissions, ignore failure */
#ifndef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
            osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode);
#else
            do{
              rc = osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode);
            }while( rc==(-1) && errno==EINTR );
            if( rc!=0 ){
              int code = errno;
              fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o FAILED with %d %s\n",
                      cmode, code, strerror(code));
            } else {
              fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o SUCCEDED\n",cmode);
            }
          }else{
            int code = errno;
            fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n", 
                    err, code, strerror(code));
#endif
          }
        }
      }
      conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
      
    end_takeconch:
      OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE  %d\n", pFile->h));
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){
        int fd;
        if( pFile->h>=0 ){
          robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__);
        }
        pFile->h = -1;
        fd = robust_open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags, 0);
        OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: OPEN  %d\n", fd));
        if( fd>=0 ){
          pFile->h = fd;
        }else{
          rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; /* SQLITE_BUSY? proxyTakeConch called
           during locking */
        }
      }
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCtx->lockProxy ){
        char *path = tempLockPath ? tempLockPath : pCtx->lockProxyPath;
        rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy, 1);
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && tryOldLockPath ){
          /* we couldn't create the proxy lock file with the old lock file path
           ** so try again via auto-naming 
           */
          forceNewLockPath = 1;
          tryOldLockPath = 0;
          continue; /* go back to the do {} while start point, try again */
        }
      }
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        /* Need to make a copy of path if we extracted the value
         ** from the conch file or the path was allocated on the stack
         */
        if( tempLockPath ){
          pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, tempLockPath);
          if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
          }
        }
      }
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        pCtx->conchHeld = 1;
        
        if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
          afpLockingContext *afpCtx;
          afpCtx = (afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext;
          afpCtx->dbPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
        }
      } else {
        conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
      }
      OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH  %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
               rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed"));
      return rc;
    } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file - 
                 ** we should never get here except via the 'continue' call. */
  }
}

/*
** If pFile holds a lock on a conch file, then release that lock.
*/
static int proxyReleaseConch(unixFile *pFile){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;         /* Subroutine return code */
  proxyLockingContext *pCtx;  /* The locking context for the proxy lock */
  unixFile *conchFile;        /* Name of the conch file */

  pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
  conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
  OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH  %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
           (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), 
           getpid()));
  if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
    rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
  }
  pCtx->conchHeld = 0;
  OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH  %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
           (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")));
  return rc;
}

/*
** Given the name of a database file, compute the name of its conch file.
** Store the conch filename in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
** Make *pConchPath point to the new name.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
** or SQLITE_NOMEM if unable to obtain memory.
**
** The caller is responsible for ensuring that the allocated memory
** space is eventually freed.
**
** *pConchPath is set to NULL if a memory allocation error occurs.
*/
static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){
  int i;                        /* Loop counter */
  int len = (int)strlen(dbPath); /* Length of database filename - dbPath */
  char *conchPath;              /* buffer in which to construct conch name */

  /* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to
  ** the name of the original database file. */  
  *pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(len + 8);
  if( conchPath==0 ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1);
  
  /* now insert a "." before the last / character */
  for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){
    if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){
      i++;
      break;
    }
  }
  conchPath[i]='.';
  while ( i<len ){
    conchPath[i+1]=dbPath[i];
    i++;
  }

  /* append the "-conch" suffix to the file */
  memcpy(&conchPath[i+1], "-conch", 7);
  assert( (int)strlen(conchPath) == len+7 );

  return SQLITE_OK;
}


/* Takes a fully configured proxy locking-style unix file and switches
** the local lock file path 
*/
static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
  char *oldPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
    return SQLITE_BUSY;
  }  

  /* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */
  if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ||
    (oldPath && !strncmp(oldPath, path, MAXPATHLEN)) ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
    pCtx->lockProxy=NULL;
    pCtx->conchHeld = 0;
    if( lockProxy!=NULL ){
      rc=lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)lockProxy);
      if( rc ) return rc;
      sqlite3_free(lockProxy);
    }
    sqlite3_free(oldPath);
    pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path);
  }
  
  return rc;
}

/*
** pFile is a file that has been opened by a prior xOpen call.  dbPath
** is a string buffer at least MAXPATHLEN+1 characters in size.
**
** This routine find the filename associated with pFile and writes it
** int dbPath.
*/
static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){
#if defined(__APPLE__)
  if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
    /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field 
    ** of the struct */
    assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
    strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath, MAXPATHLEN);
  } else
#endif
  if( pFile->pMethod == &dotlockIoMethods ){
    /* dot lock style uses the locking context to store the dot lock
    ** file path */
    int len = strlen((char *)pFile->lockingContext) - strlen(DOTLOCK_SUFFIX);
    memcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, len + 1);
  }else{
    /* all other styles use the locking context to store the db file path */
    assert( strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
    strlcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, MAXPATHLEN);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking 
** will be performed on the local proxy lock file.  The following fields
** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and 
** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time:
**  ->lockingContext
**  ->pMethod
*/
static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
  proxyLockingContext *pCtx;
  char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1];       /* Name of the database file */
  char *lockPath=NULL;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  
  if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
    return SQLITE_BUSY;
  }
  proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(pFile, dbPath);
  if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ){
    lockPath=NULL;
  }else{
    lockPath=(char *)path;
  }
  
  OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY  %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
           (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), getpid()));

  pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) );
  if( pCtx==0 ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  memset(pCtx, 0, sizeof(*pCtx));

  rc = proxyCreateConchPathname(dbPath, &pCtx->conchFilePath);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(pCtx->conchFilePath, &pCtx->conchFile, 0);
    if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN && ((pFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0) ){
      /* if (a) the open flags are not O_RDWR, (b) the conch isn't there, and
      ** (c) the file system is read-only, then enable no-locking access.
      ** Ugh, since O_RDONLY==0x0000 we test for !O_RDWR since unixOpen asserts
      ** that openFlags will have only one of O_RDONLY or O_RDWR.
      */
      struct statfs fsInfo;
      struct stat conchInfo;
      int goLockless = 0;

      if( osStat(pCtx->conchFilePath, &conchInfo) == -1 ) {
        int err = errno;
        if( (err==ENOENT) && (statfs(dbPath, &fsInfo) != -1) ){
          goLockless = (fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_RDONLY) == MNT_RDONLY;
        }
      }
      if( goLockless ){
        pCtx->conchHeld = -1; /* read only FS/ lockless */
        rc = SQLITE_OK;
      }
    }
  }  
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){
    pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath);
  }

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    pCtx->dbPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, dbPath);
    if( pCtx->dbPath==NULL ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  }
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned, 
    ** switch the locking context and pMethod then return.
    */
    pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext;
    pFile->lockingContext = pCtx;
    pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod;
    pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods;
  }else{
    if( pCtx->conchFile ){ 
      pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile);
      sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile);
    }
    sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath);
    sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); 
    sqlite3_free(pCtx);
  }
  OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY  %d %s\n", pFile->h,
           (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")));
  return rc;
}


/*
** This routine handles sqlite3_file_control() calls that are specific
** to proxy locking.
*/
static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
  switch( op ){
    case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
      unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
      if( pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods ){
        proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
        proxyTakeConch(pFile);
        if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
          *(const char **)pArg = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
        }else{
          *(const char **)pArg = ":auto: (not held)";
        }
      } else {
        *(const char **)pArg = NULL;
      }
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
      unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
      int isProxyStyle = (pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods);
      if( pArg==NULL || (const char *)pArg==0 ){
        if( isProxyStyle ){
          /* turn off proxy locking - not supported */
          rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/;
        }else{
          /* turn off proxy locking - already off - NOOP */
          rc = SQLITE_OK;
        }
      }else{
        const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg;
        if( isProxyStyle ){
          proxyLockingContext *pCtx = 
            (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
          if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:") 
           || (pCtx->lockProxyPath &&
               !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN))
          ){
            rc = SQLITE_OK;
          }else{
            rc = switchLockProxyPath(pFile, proxyPath);
          }
        }else{
          /* turn on proxy file locking */
          rc = proxyTransformUnixFile(pFile, proxyPath);
        }
      }
      return rc;
    }
    default: {
      assert( 0 );  /* The call assures that only valid opcodes are sent */
    }
  }
  /*NOTREACHED*/
  return SQLITE_ERROR;
}

/*
** Within this division (the proxying locking implementation) the procedures
** above this point are all utilities.  The lock-related methods of the
** proxy-locking sqlite3_io_method object follow.
*/


/*
** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
*/
static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
    if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
      unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
      return proxy->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, pResOut);
    }else{ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
      pResOut=0;
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
** of the following:
**
**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
**
** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
**
**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
**    SHARED -> RESERVED
**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
**
** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
** routine to lower a locking level.
*/
static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
    if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
      unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
      rc = proxy->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock);
      pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock;
    }else{
      /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
    }
  }
  return rc;
}


/*
** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
*/
static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
    if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
      unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
      rc = proxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock);
      pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock;
    }else{
      /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Close a file that uses proxy locks.
*/
static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
  if( id ){
    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
    unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
    unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
    
    if( lockProxy ){
      rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK);
      if( rc ) return rc;
      rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy);
      if( rc ) return rc;
      sqlite3_free(lockProxy);
      pCtx->lockProxy = 0;
    }
    if( conchFile ){
      if( pCtx->conchHeld ){
        rc = proxyReleaseConch(pFile);
        if( rc ) return rc;
      }
      rc = conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)conchFile);
      if( rc ) return rc;
      sqlite3_free(conchFile);
    }
    sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath);
    sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath);
    sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->dbPath);
    /* restore the original locking context and pMethod then close it */
    pFile->lockingContext = pCtx->oldLockingContext;
    pFile->pMethod = pCtx->pOldMethod;
    sqlite3_free(pCtx);
    return pFile->pMethod->xClose(id);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}



#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
/*
** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems.
** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also
** restricted to MacOSX.
** 
**
******************* End of the proxy lock implementation **********************
******************************************************************************/

/*
** Initialize the operating system interface.
**
** This routine registers all VFS implementations for unix-like operating
** systems.  This routine, and the sqlite3_os_end() routine that follows,
** should be the only routines in this file that are visible from other
** files.
**
** This routine is called once during SQLite initialization and by a
** single thread.  The memory allocation and mutex subsystems have not
** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they
** should not be used.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ 
  /* 
  ** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object.
  ** The name of the VFS is NAME.  The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer
  ** to the "finder" function.  (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because
  ** silly C90 rules prohibit a void* from being cast to a function pointer
  ** and so we have to go through the intermediate pointer to avoid problems
  ** when compiling with -pedantic-errors on GCC.)
  **
  ** The FINDER parameter to this macro is the name of the pointer to the
  ** finder-function.  The finder-function returns a pointer to the
  ** sqlite_io_methods object that implements the desired locking
  ** behaviors.  See the division above that contains the IOMETHODS
  ** macro for addition information on finder-functions.
  **
  ** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
  ** object.  But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little
  ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the 
  ** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for
  ** that filesystem time.
  */
  #define UNIXVFS(VFSNAME, FINDER) {                        \
    3,                    /* iVersion */                    \
    sizeof(unixFile),     /* szOsFile */                    \
    MAX_PATHNAME,         /* mxPathname */                  \
    0,                    /* pNext */                       \
    VFSNAME,              /* zName */                       \
    (void*)&FINDER,       /* pAppData */                    \
    unixOpen,             /* xOpen */                       \
    unixDelete,           /* xDelete */                     \
    unixAccess,           /* xAccess */                     \
    unixFullPathname,     /* xFullPathname */               \
    unixDlOpen,           /* xDlOpen */                     \
    unixDlError,          /* xDlError */                    \
    unixDlSym,            /* xDlSym */                      \
    unixDlClose,          /* xDlClose */                    \
    unixRandomness,       /* xRandomness */                 \
    unixSleep,            /* xSleep */                      \
    unixCurrentTime,      /* xCurrentTime */                \
    unixGetLastError,     /* xGetLastError */               \
    unixCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */           \
    unixSetSystemCall,    /* xSetSystemCall */              \
    unixGetSystemCall,    /* xGetSystemCall */              \
    unixNextSystemCall,   /* xNextSystemCall */             \
  }

  /*
  ** All default VFSes for unix are contained in the following array.
  **
  ** Note that the sqlite3_vfs.pNext field of the VFS object is modified
  ** by the SQLite core when the VFS is registered.  So the following
  ** array cannot be const.
  */
  static sqlite3_vfs aVfs[] = {
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && (OS_VXWORKS || defined(__APPLE__))
    UNIXVFS("unix",          autolockIoFinder ),
#else
    UNIXVFS("unix",          posixIoFinder ),
#endif
    UNIXVFS("unix-none",     nolockIoFinder ),
    UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile",  dotlockIoFinder ),
    UNIXVFS("unix-excl",     posixIoFinder ),
#if OS_VXWORKS
    UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ),
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
    UNIXVFS("unix-posix",    posixIoFinder ),
#if !OS_VXWORKS
    UNIXVFS("unix-flock",    flockIoFinder ),
#endif
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
    UNIXVFS("unix-afp",      afpIoFinder ),
    UNIXVFS("unix-nfs",      nfsIoFinder ),
    UNIXVFS("unix-proxy",    proxyIoFinder ),
#endif
  };
  unsigned int i;          /* Loop counter */

  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==24 );

  /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */
  for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){
    sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK; 
}

/*
** Shutdown the operating system interface.
**
** Some operating systems might need to do some cleanup in this routine,
** to release dynamically allocated objects.  But not on unix.
** This routine is a no-op for unix.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ 
  return SQLITE_OK; 
}
 
#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */

/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2004 May 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code that is specific to Windows.
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN               /* This file is used for Windows only */

#ifdef __CYGWIN__
# include <sys/cygwin.h>
# include <errno.h> /* amalgamator: keep */
#endif

/*
** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
*/
/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_win.c ****************/
/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
/*
** 2004 May 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
** files.
**
** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
** general purpose header file.
*/
#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
#define _OS_COMMON_H_

/*
** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
*/
#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
#endif

#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE
#   define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0
# endif
  int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE;
# define OSTRACE(X)          if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
#else
# define OSTRACE(X)
#endif

/*
** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
** on i486 hardware.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE

/* 
** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
** high-performance timing routines.
*/
/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
/*
** 2008 May 27
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
** counters for x86 class CPUs.
*/
#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
#define _HWTIME_H_

/*
** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
** profiling.
*/
#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))

  #if defined(__GNUC__)

  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
     unsigned int lo, hi;
     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
  }

  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)

  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
     __asm {
        rdtsc
        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
     }
  }

  #endif

#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))

  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
      unsigned long val;
      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
      return val;
  }
 
#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))

  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
      unsigned long long retval;
      unsigned long junk;
      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
                  mftb    %L0\n\
                  mftbu   %0\n\
                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
                  bne     1b"
                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
      return retval;
  }

#else

  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.

  /*
  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
  ** least compile and run.
  */
SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }

#endif

#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */

/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/

static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
#define TIMER_START       g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
#define TIMER_END         g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
#define TIMER_ELAPSED     g_elapsed
#else
#define TIMER_START
#define TIMER_END
#define TIMER_ELAPSED     ((sqlite_uint64)0)
#endif

/*
** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;            /* Total number of I/O Errors */
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0;        /* Number of non-benign errors */
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;        /* Count down to first I/O error */
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;        /* True if I/O errors persist */
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0;         /* True if errors are benign */
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
  if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
       || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 )  \
              { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
static void local_ioerr(){
  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
  sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
  if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
}
#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
       local_ioerr(); \
       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
       CODE; \
     }else{ \
       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
     } \
   }
#else
#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
#define SimulateIOError(A)
#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
#endif

/*
** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
#else
#define OpenCounter(X)
#endif

#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */

/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in os_win.c *********************/

/*
** Compiling and using WAL mode requires several APIs that are only
** available in Windows platforms based on the NT kernel.
*/
#if !SQLITE_OS_WINNT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
#  error "WAL mode requires support from the Windows NT kernel, compile\
 with SQLITE_OMIT_WAL."
#endif

/*
** Are most of the Win32 ANSI APIs available (i.e. with certain exceptions
** based on the sub-platform)?
*/
#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_ANSI)
#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
#endif

/*
** Are most of the Win32 Unicode APIs available (i.e. with certain exceptions
** based on the sub-platform)?
*/
#if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINNT || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && \
    !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_WIDE)
#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE
#endif

/*
** Make sure at least one set of Win32 APIs is available.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
#  error "At least one of SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI and SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE\
 must be defined."
#endif

/*
** Define the required Windows SDK version constants if they are not
** already available.
*/
#ifndef NTDDI_WIN8
#  define NTDDI_WIN8                        0x06020000
#endif

#ifndef NTDDI_WINBLUE
#  define NTDDI_WINBLUE                     0x06030000
#endif

/*
** Check if the GetVersionEx[AW] functions should be considered deprecated
** and avoid using them in that case.  It should be noted here that if the
** value of the SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX pre-processor macro is zero
** (whether via this block or via being manually specified), that implies
** the underlying operating system will always be based on the Windows NT
** Kernel.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
#  if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINBLUE
#    define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX   0
#  else
#    define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX   1
#  endif
#endif

/*
** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinDef.h" SDK file).
*/
#ifndef MAX_PATH
#  define MAX_PATH                      (260)
#endif

/*
** Maximum pathname length (in chars) for Win32.  This should normally be
** MAX_PATH.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS
#  define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS   (MAX_PATH)
#endif

/*
** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinNT.h" SDK file).
*/
#ifndef UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS
#  define UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS      (32767)
#endif

/*
** Maximum pathname length (in chars) for WinNT.  This should normally be
** UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS
#  define SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS   (UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS)
#endif

/*
** Maximum pathname length (in bytes) for Win32.  The MAX_PATH macro is in
** characters, so we allocate 4 bytes per character assuming worst-case of
** 4-bytes-per-character for UTF8.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES
#  define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES   (SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS*4)
#endif

/*
** Maximum pathname length (in bytes) for WinNT.  This should normally be
** UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS * sizeof(WCHAR).
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES
#  define SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES   \
                            (sizeof(WCHAR) * SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS)
#endif

/*
** Maximum error message length (in chars) for WinRT.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS
#  define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS (1024)
#endif

/*
** Returns non-zero if the character should be treated as a directory
** separator.
*/
#ifndef winIsDirSep
#  define winIsDirSep(a)                (((a) == '/') || ((a) == '\\'))
#endif

/*
** This macro is used when a local variable is set to a value that is
** [sometimes] not used by the code (e.g. via conditional compilation).
*/
#ifndef UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE
#  define UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(x) (void)(x)
#endif

/*
** Returns the character that should be used as the directory separator.
*/
#ifndef winGetDirSep
#  define winGetDirSep()                '\\'
#endif

/*
** Do we need to manually define the Win32 file mapping APIs for use with WAL
** mode (e.g. these APIs are available in the Windows CE SDK; however, they
** are not present in the header file)?
*/
#if SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
/*
** Two of the file mapping APIs are different under WinRT.  Figure out which
** set we need.
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingFromApp(HANDLE, \
        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, ULONG, ULONG64, LPCWSTR);

WINBASEAPI LPVOID WINAPI MapViewOfFileFromApp(HANDLE, ULONG, ULONG64, SIZE_T);
#else
#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingA(HANDLE, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
        DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, LPCSTR);
#endif /* defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) */

#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingW(HANDLE, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
        DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, LPCWSTR);
#endif /* defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) */

WINBASEAPI LPVOID WINAPI MapViewOfFile(HANDLE, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, SIZE_T);
#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINRT */

/*
** This file mapping API is common to both Win32 and WinRT.
*/
WINBASEAPI BOOL WINAPI UnmapViewOfFile(LPCVOID);
#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) */

/*
** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition.
*/
#ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
# define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1) 
#endif

#ifndef FILE_FLAG_MASK
# define FILE_FLAG_MASK          (0xFF3C0000)
#endif

#ifndef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK
# define FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK     (0x0003FFF7)
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
/* Forward references to structures used for WAL */
typedef struct winShm winShm;           /* A connection to shared-memory */
typedef struct winShmNode winShmNode;   /* A region of shared-memory */
#endif

/*
** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it
** with some code of our own.
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
typedef struct winceLock {
  int nReaders;       /* Number of reader locks obtained */
  BOOL bPending;      /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */
  BOOL bReserved;     /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */
  BOOL bExclusive;    /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */
} winceLock;
#endif

/*
** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32
** portability layer.
*/
typedef struct winFile winFile;
struct winFile {
  const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /*** Must be first ***/
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;      /* The VFS used to open this file */
  HANDLE h;               /* Handle for accessing the file */
  u8 locktype;            /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
  short sharedLockByte;   /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */
  u8 ctrlFlags;           /* Flags.  See WINFILE_* below */
  DWORD lastErrno;        /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  winShm *pShm;           /* Instance of shared memory on this file */
#endif
  const char *zPath;      /* Full pathname of this file */
  int szChunk;            /* Chunk size configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  LPWSTR zDeleteOnClose;  /* Name of file to delete when closing */
  HANDLE hMutex;          /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */  
  HANDLE hShared;         /* Shared memory segment used for locking */
  winceLock local;        /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */
  winceLock *shared;      /* Global shared lock memory for the file  */
#endif
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  int nFetchOut;                /* Number of outstanding xFetch references */
  HANDLE hMap;                  /* Handle for accessing memory mapping */
  void *pMapRegion;             /* Area memory mapped */
  sqlite3_int64 mmapSize;       /* Usable size of mapped region */
  sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual; /* Actual size of mapped region */
  sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax;    /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */
#endif
};

/*
** Allowed values for winFile.ctrlFlags
*/
#define WINFILE_RDONLY          0x02   /* Connection is read only */
#define WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL     0x04   /* Persistent WAL mode */
#define WINFILE_PSOW            0x10   /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */

/*
 * The size of the buffer used by sqlite3_win32_write_debug().
 */
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE
#  define SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE   ((int)(4096-sizeof(DWORD)))
#endif

/*
 * The value used with sqlite3_win32_set_directory() to specify that
 * the data directory should be changed.
 */
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE
#  define SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE (1)
#endif

/*
 * The value used with sqlite3_win32_set_directory() to specify that
 * the temporary directory should be changed.
 */
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE
#  define SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE (2)
#endif

/*
 * If compiled with SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC on Windows, we will use the
 * various Win32 API heap functions instead of our own.
 */
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC

/*
 * If this is non-zero, an isolated heap will be created by the native Win32
 * allocator subsystem; otherwise, the default process heap will be used.  This
 * setting has no effect when compiling for WinRT.  By default, this is enabled
 * and an isolated heap will be created to store all allocated data.
 *
 ******************************************************************************
 * WARNING: It is important to note that when this setting is non-zero and the
 *          winMemShutdown function is called (e.g. by the sqlite3_shutdown
 *          function), all data that was allocated using the isolated heap will
 *          be freed immediately and any attempt to access any of that freed
 *          data will almost certainly result in an immediate access violation.
 ******************************************************************************
 */
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE
#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE    (TRUE)
#endif

/*
 * The initial size of the Win32-specific heap.  This value may be zero.
 */
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE
#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE ((SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE) * \
                                       (SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE) + 4194304)
#endif

/*
 * The maximum size of the Win32-specific heap.  This value may be zero.
 */
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE
#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE  (0)
#endif

/*
 * The extra flags to use in calls to the Win32 heap APIs.  This value may be
 * zero for the default behavior.
 */
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS
#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS     (0)
#endif


/*
** The winMemData structure stores information required by the Win32-specific
** sqlite3_mem_methods implementation.
*/
typedef struct winMemData winMemData;
struct winMemData {
#ifndef NDEBUG
  u32 magic1;   /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */
#endif
  HANDLE hHeap; /* The handle to our heap. */
  BOOL bOwned;  /* Do we own the heap (i.e. destroy it on shutdown)? */
#ifndef NDEBUG
  u32 magic2;   /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */
#endif
};

#ifndef NDEBUG
#define WINMEM_MAGIC1     0x42b2830b
#define WINMEM_MAGIC2     0xbd4d7cf4
#endif

static struct winMemData win_mem_data = {
#ifndef NDEBUG
  WINMEM_MAGIC1,
#endif
  NULL, FALSE
#ifndef NDEBUG
  ,WINMEM_MAGIC2
#endif
};

#ifndef NDEBUG
#define winMemAssertMagic1() assert( win_mem_data.magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 )
#define winMemAssertMagic2() assert( win_mem_data.magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 )
#define winMemAssertMagic()  winMemAssertMagic1(); winMemAssertMagic2();
#else
#define winMemAssertMagic()
#endif

#define winMemGetDataPtr()  &win_mem_data
#define winMemGetHeap()     win_mem_data.hHeap
#define winMemGetOwned()    win_mem_data.bOwned

static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes);
static void winMemFree(void *pPrior);
static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes);
static int winMemSize(void *p);
static int winMemRoundup(int n);
static int winMemInit(void *pAppData);
static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData);

SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void);
#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */

/*
** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes
** thereafter.  It records whether the operating system is Win9x
** or WinNT.
**
** 0:   Operating system unknown.
** 1:   Operating system is Win9x.
** 2:   Operating system is WinNT.
**
** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
#elif !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \
      defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
static int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
#endif

#ifndef SYSCALL
#  define SYSCALL sqlite3_syscall_ptr
#endif

/*
** This function is not available on Windows CE or WinRT.
 */

#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT
#  define osAreFileApisANSI()       1
#endif

/*
** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that
** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during
** testing and sandboxing.  The following array holds the names and pointers
** to all overrideable system calls.
*/
static struct win_syscall {
  const char *zName;            /* Name of the system call */
  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */
  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */
} aSyscall[] = {
#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  { "AreFileApisANSI",         (SYSCALL)AreFileApisANSI,         0 },
#else
  { "AreFileApisANSI",         (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#ifndef osAreFileApisANSI
#define osAreFileApisANSI ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[0].pCurrent)
#endif

#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
  { "CharLowerW",              (SYSCALL)CharLowerW,              0 },
#else
  { "CharLowerW",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osCharLowerW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[1].pCurrent)

#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
  { "CharUpperW",              (SYSCALL)CharUpperW,              0 },
#else
  { "CharUpperW",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osCharUpperW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[2].pCurrent)

  { "CloseHandle",             (SYSCALL)CloseHandle,             0 },

#define osCloseHandle ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[3].pCurrent)

#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
  { "CreateFileA",             (SYSCALL)CreateFileA,             0 },
#else
  { "CreateFileA",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osCreateFileA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \
        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[4].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
  { "CreateFileW",             (SYSCALL)CreateFileW,             0 },
#else
  { "CreateFileW",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osCreateFileW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \
        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[5].pCurrent)

#if (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && \
        !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL))
  { "CreateFileMappingA",      (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingA,      0 },
#else
  { "CreateFileMappingA",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osCreateFileMappingA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
        DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCSTR))aSyscall[6].pCurrent)

#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \
        !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL))
  { "CreateFileMappingW",      (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingW,      0 },
#else
  { "CreateFileMappingW",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osCreateFileMappingW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
        DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[7].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
  { "CreateMutexW",            (SYSCALL)CreateMutexW,            0 },
#else
  { "CreateMutexW",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osCreateMutexW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,BOOL, \
        LPCWSTR))aSyscall[8].pCurrent)

#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
  { "DeleteFileA",             (SYSCALL)DeleteFileA,             0 },
#else
  { "DeleteFileA",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osDeleteFileA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[9].pCurrent)

#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
  { "DeleteFileW",             (SYSCALL)DeleteFileW,             0 },
#else
  { "DeleteFileW",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osDeleteFileW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[10].pCurrent)

#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)FileTimeToLocalFileTime, 0 },
#else
  { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osFileTimeToLocalFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \
        LPFILETIME))aSyscall[11].pCurrent)

#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  { "FileTimeToSystemTime",    (SYSCALL)FileTimeToSystemTime,    0 },
#else
  { "FileTimeToSystemTime",    (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osFileTimeToSystemTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \
        LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[12].pCurrent)

  { "FlushFileBuffers",        (SYSCALL)FlushFileBuffers,        0 },

#define osFlushFileBuffers ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[13].pCurrent)

#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
  { "FormatMessageA",          (SYSCALL)FormatMessageA,          0 },
#else
  { "FormatMessageA",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osFormatMessageA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPSTR, \
        DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[14].pCurrent)

#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
  { "FormatMessageW",          (SYSCALL)FormatMessageW,          0 },
#else
  { "FormatMessageW",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osFormatMessageW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPWSTR, \
        DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[15].pCurrent)

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
  { "FreeLibrary",             (SYSCALL)FreeLibrary,             0 },
#else
  { "FreeLibrary",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osFreeLibrary ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HMODULE))aSyscall[16].pCurrent)

  { "GetCurrentProcessId",     (SYSCALL)GetCurrentProcessId,     0 },

#define osGetCurrentProcessId ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[17].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA",       (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceA,       0 },
#else
  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA",       (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osGetDiskFreeSpaceA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \
        LPDWORD))aSyscall[18].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW",       (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceW,       0 },
#else
  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW",       (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osGetDiskFreeSpaceW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \
        LPDWORD))aSyscall[19].pCurrent)

#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
  { "GetFileAttributesA",      (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesA,      0 },
#else
  { "GetFileAttributesA",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osGetFileAttributesA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[20].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
  { "GetFileAttributesW",      (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesW,      0 },
#else
  { "GetFileAttributesW",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osGetFileAttributesW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[21].pCurrent)

#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
  { "GetFileAttributesExW",    (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesExW,    0 },
#else
  { "GetFileAttributesExW",    (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osGetFileAttributesExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,GET_FILEEX_INFO_LEVELS, \
        LPVOID))aSyscall[22].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  { "GetFileSize",             (SYSCALL)GetFileSize,             0 },
#else
  { "GetFileSize",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osGetFileSize ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPDWORD))aSyscall[23].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
  { "GetFullPathNameA",        (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameA,        0 },
#else
  { "GetFullPathNameA",        (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osGetFullPathNameA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,LPSTR, \
        LPSTR*))aSyscall[24].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
  { "GetFullPathNameW",        (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameW,        0 },
#else
  { "GetFullPathNameW",        (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osGetFullPathNameW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,LPWSTR, \
        LPWSTR*))aSyscall[25].pCurrent)

  { "GetLastError",            (SYSCALL)GetLastError,            0 },

#define osGetLastError ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[26].pCurrent)

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on Windows CE. */
  { "GetProcAddressA",         (SYSCALL)GetProcAddressA,         0 },
#else
  /* All other Windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take
  ** an ANSI string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */
  { "GetProcAddressA",         (SYSCALL)GetProcAddress,          0 },
#endif
#else
  { "GetProcAddressA",         (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osGetProcAddressA ((FARPROC(WINAPI*)(HMODULE, \
        LPCSTR))aSyscall[27].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  { "GetSystemInfo",           (SYSCALL)GetSystemInfo,           0 },
#else
  { "GetSystemInfo",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osGetSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[28].pCurrent)

  { "GetSystemTime",           (SYSCALL)GetSystemTime,           0 },

#define osGetSystemTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[29].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)GetSystemTimeAsFileTime, 0 },
#else
  { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \
        LPFILETIME))aSyscall[30].pCurrent)

#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
  { "GetTempPathA",            (SYSCALL)GetTempPathA,            0 },
#else
  { "GetTempPathA",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osGetTempPathA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPSTR))aSyscall[31].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
  { "GetTempPathW",            (SYSCALL)GetTempPathW,            0 },
#else
  { "GetTempPathW",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osGetTempPathW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPWSTR))aSyscall[32].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  { "GetTickCount",            (SYSCALL)GetTickCount,            0 },
#else
  { "GetTickCount",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osGetTickCount ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[33].pCurrent)

#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) && \
        SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
  { "GetVersionExA",           (SYSCALL)GetVersionExA,           0 },
#else
  { "GetVersionExA",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osGetVersionExA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \
        LPOSVERSIONINFOA))aSyscall[34].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \
        defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) && SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
  { "GetVersionExW",           (SYSCALL)GetVersionExW,           0 },
#else
  { "GetVersionExW",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osGetVersionExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \
        LPOSVERSIONINFOW))aSyscall[35].pCurrent)

  { "HeapAlloc",               (SYSCALL)HeapAlloc,               0 },

#define osHeapAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
        SIZE_T))aSyscall[36].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  { "HeapCreate",              (SYSCALL)HeapCreate,              0 },
#else
  { "HeapCreate",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osHeapCreate ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(DWORD,SIZE_T, \
        SIZE_T))aSyscall[37].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  { "HeapDestroy",             (SYSCALL)HeapDestroy,             0 },
#else
  { "HeapDestroy",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osHeapDestroy ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[38].pCurrent)

  { "HeapFree",                (SYSCALL)HeapFree,                0 },

#define osHeapFree ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID))aSyscall[39].pCurrent)

  { "HeapReAlloc",             (SYSCALL)HeapReAlloc,             0 },

#define osHeapReAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID, \
        SIZE_T))aSyscall[40].pCurrent)

  { "HeapSize",                (SYSCALL)HeapSize,                0 },

#define osHeapSize ((SIZE_T(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
        LPCVOID))aSyscall[41].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  { "HeapValidate",            (SYSCALL)HeapValidate,            0 },
#else
  { "HeapValidate",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osHeapValidate ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
        LPCVOID))aSyscall[42].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  { "HeapCompact",             (SYSCALL)HeapCompact,             0 },
#else
  { "HeapCompact",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osHeapCompact ((UINT(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD))aSyscall[43].pCurrent)

#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
  { "LoadLibraryA",            (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryA,            0 },
#else
  { "LoadLibraryA",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osLoadLibraryA ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[44].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \
        !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
  { "LoadLibraryW",            (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryW,            0 },
#else
  { "LoadLibraryW",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osLoadLibraryW ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[45].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  { "LocalFree",               (SYSCALL)LocalFree,               0 },
#else
  { "LocalFree",               (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osLocalFree ((HLOCAL(WINAPI*)(HLOCAL))aSyscall[46].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  { "LockFile",                (SYSCALL)LockFile,                0 },
#else
  { "LockFile",                (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#ifndef osLockFile
#define osLockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
        DWORD))aSyscall[47].pCurrent)
#endif

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  { "LockFileEx",              (SYSCALL)LockFileEx,              0 },
#else
  { "LockFileEx",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#ifndef osLockFileEx
#define osLockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[48].pCurrent)
#endif

#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL))
  { "MapViewOfFile",           (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFile,           0 },
#else
  { "MapViewOfFile",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osMapViewOfFile ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
        SIZE_T))aSyscall[49].pCurrent)

  { "MultiByteToWideChar",     (SYSCALL)MultiByteToWideChar,     0 },

#define osMultiByteToWideChar ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCSTR,int,LPWSTR, \
        int))aSyscall[50].pCurrent)

  { "QueryPerformanceCounter", (SYSCALL)QueryPerformanceCounter, 0 },

#define osQueryPerformanceCounter ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \
        LARGE_INTEGER*))aSyscall[51].pCurrent)

  { "ReadFile",                (SYSCALL)ReadFile,                0 },

#define osReadFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \
        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[52].pCurrent)

  { "SetEndOfFile",            (SYSCALL)SetEndOfFile,            0 },

#define osSetEndOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[53].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  { "SetFilePointer",          (SYSCALL)SetFilePointer,          0 },
#else
  { "SetFilePointer",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osSetFilePointer ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LONG,PLONG, \
        DWORD))aSyscall[54].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  { "Sleep",                   (SYSCALL)Sleep,                   0 },
#else
  { "Sleep",                   (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osSleep ((VOID(WINAPI*)(DWORD))aSyscall[55].pCurrent)

  { "SystemTimeToFileTime",    (SYSCALL)SystemTimeToFileTime,    0 },

#define osSystemTimeToFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST SYSTEMTIME*, \
        LPFILETIME))aSyscall[56].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  { "UnlockFile",              (SYSCALL)UnlockFile,              0 },
#else
  { "UnlockFile",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#ifndef osUnlockFile
#define osUnlockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
        DWORD))aSyscall[57].pCurrent)
#endif

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  { "UnlockFileEx",            (SYSCALL)UnlockFileEx,            0 },
#else
  { "UnlockFileEx",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osUnlockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[58].pCurrent)

#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
  { "UnmapViewOfFile",         (SYSCALL)UnmapViewOfFile,         0 },
#else
  { "UnmapViewOfFile",         (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osUnmapViewOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCVOID))aSyscall[59].pCurrent)

  { "WideCharToMultiByte",     (SYSCALL)WideCharToMultiByte,     0 },

#define osWideCharToMultiByte ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCWSTR,int,LPSTR,int, \
        LPCSTR,LPBOOL))aSyscall[60].pCurrent)

  { "WriteFile",               (SYSCALL)WriteFile,               0 },

#define osWriteFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPCVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \
        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[61].pCurrent)

#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  { "CreateEventExW",          (SYSCALL)CreateEventExW,          0 },
#else
  { "CreateEventExW",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osCreateEventExW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,LPCWSTR, \
        DWORD,DWORD))aSyscall[62].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  { "WaitForSingleObject",     (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObject,     0 },
#else
  { "WaitForSingleObject",     (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osWaitForSingleObject ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
        DWORD))aSyscall[63].pCurrent)

#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  { "WaitForSingleObjectEx",   (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObjectEx,   0 },
#else
  { "WaitForSingleObjectEx",   (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osWaitForSingleObjectEx ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
        BOOL))aSyscall[64].pCurrent)

#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  { "SetFilePointerEx",        (SYSCALL)SetFilePointerEx,        0 },
#else
  { "SetFilePointerEx",        (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osSetFilePointerEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LARGE_INTEGER, \
        PLARGE_INTEGER,DWORD))aSyscall[65].pCurrent)

#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)GetFileInformationByHandleEx, 0 },
#else
  { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)0,                  0 },
#endif

#define osGetFileInformationByHandleEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
        FILE_INFO_BY_HANDLE_CLASS,LPVOID,DWORD))aSyscall[66].pCurrent)

#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
  { "MapViewOfFileFromApp",    (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFileFromApp,    0 },
#else
  { "MapViewOfFileFromApp",    (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osMapViewOfFileFromApp ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,ULONG,ULONG64, \
        SIZE_T))aSyscall[67].pCurrent)

#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  { "CreateFile2",             (SYSCALL)CreateFile2,             0 },
#else
  { "CreateFile2",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osCreateFile2 ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
        LPCREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS))aSyscall[68].pCurrent)

#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
  { "LoadPackagedLibrary",     (SYSCALL)LoadPackagedLibrary,     0 },
#else
  { "LoadPackagedLibrary",     (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osLoadPackagedLibrary ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR, \
        DWORD))aSyscall[69].pCurrent)

#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  { "GetTickCount64",          (SYSCALL)GetTickCount64,          0 },
#else
  { "GetTickCount64",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osGetTickCount64 ((ULONGLONG(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[70].pCurrent)

#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  { "GetNativeSystemInfo",     (SYSCALL)GetNativeSystemInfo,     0 },
#else
  { "GetNativeSystemInfo",     (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osGetNativeSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \
        LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[71].pCurrent)

#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
  { "OutputDebugStringA",      (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringA,      0 },
#else
  { "OutputDebugStringA",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osOutputDebugStringA ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[72].pCurrent)

#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
  { "OutputDebugStringW",      (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringW,      0 },
#else
  { "OutputDebugStringW",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
#endif

#define osOutputDebugStringW ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[73].pCurrent)

  { "GetProcessHeap",          (SYSCALL)GetProcessHeap,          0 },

#define osGetProcessHeap ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[74].pCurrent)

#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
  { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingFromApp, 0 },
#else
  { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)0,                      0 },
#endif

#define osCreateFileMappingFromApp ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,ULONG,ULONG64,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[75].pCurrent)

}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */

/*
** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
** "win32" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
** system call named zName.
*/
static int winSetSystemCall(
  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,        /* The VFS pointer.  Not used */
  const char *zName,            /* Name of system call to override */
  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc  /* Pointer to new system call value */
){
  unsigned int i;
  int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
  if( zName==0 ){
    /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default
    ** settings and return NULL
    */
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
      if( aSyscall[i].pDefault ){
        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
      }
    }
  }else{
    /* If zName is specified, operate on only the one system call
    ** specified.
    */
    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ){
        if( aSyscall[i].pDefault==0 ){
          aSyscall[i].pDefault = aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
        }
        rc = SQLITE_OK;
        if( pNewFunc==0 ) pNewFunc = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = pNewFunc;
        break;
      }
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Return the value of a system call.  Return NULL if zName is not a
** recognized system call name.  NULL is also returned if the system call
** is currently undefined.
*/
static sqlite3_syscall_ptr winGetSystemCall(
  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,
  const char *zName
){
  unsigned int i;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
    if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) return aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Return the name of the first system call after zName.  If zName==NULL
** then return the name of the first system call.  Return NULL if zName
** is the last system call or if zName is not the name of a valid
** system call.
*/
static const char *winNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){
  int i = -1;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
  if( zName ){
    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aSyscall)-1; i++){
      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) break;
    }
  }
  for(i++; i<ArraySize(aSyscall); i++){
    if( aSyscall[i].pCurrent!=0 ) return aSyscall[i].zName;
  }
  return 0;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
/*
** If a Win32 native heap has been configured, this function will attempt to
** compact it.  Upon success, SQLITE_OK will be returned.  Upon failure, one
** of SQLITE_NOMEM, SQLITE_ERROR, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND will be returned.  The
** "pnLargest" argument, if non-zero, will be used to return the size of the
** largest committed free block in the heap, in bytes.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_compact_heap(LPUINT pnLargest){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  UINT nLargest = 0;
  HANDLE hHeap;

  winMemAssertMagic();
  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
  assert( hHeap!=0 );
  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
#endif
#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  if( (nLargest=osHeapCompact(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS))==0 ){
    DWORD lastErrno = osGetLastError();
    if( lastErrno==NO_ERROR ){
      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapCompact (no space), heap=%p",
                  (void*)hHeap);
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else{
      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_ERROR, "failed to HeapCompact (%lu), heap=%p",
                  osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    }
  }
#else
  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTFOUND, "failed to HeapCompact, heap=%p",
              (void*)hHeap);
  rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
#endif
  if( pnLargest ) *pnLargest = nLargest;
  return rc;
}

/*
** If a Win32 native heap has been configured, this function will attempt to
** destroy and recreate it.  If the Win32 native heap is not isolated and/or
** the sqlite3_memory_used() function does not return zero, SQLITE_BUSY will
** be returned and no changes will be made to the Win32 native heap.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_reset_heap(){
  int rc;
  MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) /* The main static mutex */
  MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMem; )    /* The memsys static mutex */
  MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
  MUTEX_LOGIC( pMem = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); )
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMem);
  winMemAssertMagic();
  if( winMemGetHeap()!=NULL && winMemGetOwned() && sqlite3_memory_used()==0 ){
    /*
    ** At this point, there should be no outstanding memory allocations on
    ** the heap.  Also, since both the master and memsys locks are currently
    ** being held by us, no other function (i.e. from another thread) should
    ** be able to even access the heap.  Attempt to destroy and recreate our
    ** isolated Win32 native heap now.
    */
    assert( winMemGetHeap()!=NULL );
    assert( winMemGetOwned() );
    assert( sqlite3_memory_used()==0 );
    winMemShutdown(winMemGetDataPtr());
    assert( winMemGetHeap()==NULL );
    assert( !winMemGetOwned() );
    assert( sqlite3_memory_used()==0 );
    rc = winMemInit(winMemGetDataPtr());
    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || winMemGetHeap()!=NULL );
    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || winMemGetOwned() );
    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3_memory_used()==0 );
  }else{
    /*
    ** The Win32 native heap cannot be modified because it may be in use.
    */
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMem);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
  return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */

/*
** This function outputs the specified (ANSI) string to the Win32 debugger
** (if available).
*/

SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_write_debug(const char *zBuf, int nBuf){
  char zDbgBuf[SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE];
  int nMin = MIN(nBuf, (SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE - 1)); /* may be negative. */
  if( nMin<-1 ) nMin = -1; /* all negative values become -1. */
  assert( nMin==-1 || nMin==0 || nMin<SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE );
#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
  if( nMin>0 ){
    memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE);
    memcpy(zDbgBuf, zBuf, nMin);
    osOutputDebugStringA(zDbgBuf);
  }else{
    osOutputDebugStringA(zBuf);
  }
#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
  memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE);
  if ( osMultiByteToWideChar(
          osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP, 0, zBuf,
          nMin, (LPWSTR)zDbgBuf, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE/sizeof(WCHAR))<=0 ){
    return;
  }
  osOutputDebugStringW((LPCWSTR)zDbgBuf);
#else
  if( nMin>0 ){
    memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE);
    memcpy(zDbgBuf, zBuf, nMin);
    fprintf(stderr, "%s", zDbgBuf);
  }else{
    fprintf(stderr, "%s", zBuf);
  }
#endif
}

/*
** The following routine suspends the current thread for at least ms
** milliseconds.  This is equivalent to the Win32 Sleep() interface.
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
static HANDLE sleepObj = NULL;
#endif

SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds){
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  if ( sleepObj==NULL ){
    sleepObj = osCreateEventExW(NULL, NULL, CREATE_EVENT_MANUAL_RESET,
                                SYNCHRONIZE);
  }
  assert( sleepObj!=NULL );
  osWaitForSingleObjectEx(sleepObj, milliseconds, FALSE);
#else
  osSleep(milliseconds);
#endif
}

/*
** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
** or WinCE.  Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
**
** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
** API as long as we don't call it when running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
** the LockFileEx() API.
*/

#if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) || !SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
# define osIsNT()  (1)
#elif SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT || !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
# define osIsNT()  (1)
#elif !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
# define osIsNT()  (0)
#else
  static int osIsNT(void){
    if( sqlite3_os_type==0 ){
#if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WIN8
      OSVERSIONINFOW sInfo;
      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
      osGetVersionExW(&sInfo);
#else
      OSVERSIONINFOA sInfo;
      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
      osGetVersionExA(&sInfo);
#endif
      sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
    }
    return sqlite3_os_type==2;
  }
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
/*
** Allocate nBytes of memory.
*/
static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes){
  HANDLE hHeap;
  void *p;

  winMemAssertMagic();
  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
  assert( hHeap!=0 );
  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
#endif
  assert( nBytes>=0 );
  p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
  if( !p ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapAlloc %u bytes (%lu), heap=%p",
                nBytes, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Free memory.
*/
static void winMemFree(void *pPrior){
  HANDLE hHeap;

  winMemAssertMagic();
  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
  assert( hHeap!=0 );
  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) );
#endif
  if( !pPrior ) return; /* Passing NULL to HeapFree is undefined. */
  if( !osHeapFree(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapFree block %p (%lu), heap=%p",
                pPrior, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
  }
}

/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
*/
static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
  HANDLE hHeap;
  void *p;

  winMemAssertMagic();
  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
  assert( hHeap!=0 );
  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) );
#endif
  assert( nBytes>=0 );
  if( !pPrior ){
    p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
  }else{
    p = osHeapReAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
  }
  if( !p ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to %s %u bytes (%lu), heap=%p",
                pPrior ? "HeapReAlloc" : "HeapAlloc", nBytes, osGetLastError(),
                (void*)hHeap);
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.
*/
static int winMemSize(void *p){
  HANDLE hHeap;
  SIZE_T n;

  winMemAssertMagic();
  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
  assert( hHeap!=0 );
  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p) );
#endif
  if( !p ) return 0;
  n = osHeapSize(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p);
  if( n==(SIZE_T)-1 ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapSize block %p (%lu), heap=%p",
                p, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
    return 0;
  }
  return (int)n;
}

/*
** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
*/
static int winMemRoundup(int n){
  return n;
}

/*
** Initialize this module.
*/
static int winMemInit(void *pAppData){
  winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData;

  if( !pWinMemData ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
  assert( pWinMemData->magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 );
  assert( pWinMemData->magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 );

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE
  if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
    DWORD dwInitialSize = SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE;
    DWORD dwMaximumSize = (DWORD)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap;
    if( dwMaximumSize==0 ){
      dwMaximumSize = SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE;
    }else if( dwInitialSize>dwMaximumSize ){
      dwInitialSize = dwMaximumSize;
    }
    pWinMemData->hHeap = osHeapCreate(SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS,
                                      dwInitialSize, dwMaximumSize);
    if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
          "failed to HeapCreate (%lu), flags=%u, initSize=%lu, maxSize=%lu",
          osGetLastError(), SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, dwInitialSize,
          dwMaximumSize);
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    pWinMemData->bOwned = TRUE;
    assert( pWinMemData->bOwned );
  }
#else
  pWinMemData->hHeap = osGetProcessHeap();
  if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
        "failed to GetProcessHeap (%lu)", osGetLastError());
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE;
  assert( !pWinMemData->bOwned );
#endif
  assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=0 );
  assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
  assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
#endif
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Deinitialize this module.
*/
static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData){
  winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData;

  if( !pWinMemData ) return;
  assert( pWinMemData->magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 );
  assert( pWinMemData->magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 );

  if( pWinMemData->hHeap ){
    assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
    assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
#endif
    if( pWinMemData->bOwned ){
      if( !osHeapDestroy(pWinMemData->hHeap) ){
        sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapDestroy (%lu), heap=%p",
                    osGetLastError(), (void*)pWinMemData->hHeap);
      }
      pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE;
    }
    pWinMemData->hHeap = NULL;
  }
}

/*
** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The
** arguments specify the block of memory to manage.
**
** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore
** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void){
  static const sqlite3_mem_methods winMemMethods = {
    winMemMalloc,
    winMemFree,
    winMemRealloc,
    winMemSize,
    winMemRoundup,
    winMemInit,
    winMemShutdown,
    &win_mem_data
  };
  return &winMemMethods;
}

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetWin32());
}
#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */

/*
** Convert a UTF-8 string to Microsoft Unicode (UTF-16?). 
**
** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc.
*/
static LPWSTR winUtf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
  int nChar;
  LPWSTR zWideFilename;

  nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0);
  if( nChar==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  zWideFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) );
  if( zWideFilename==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename,
                                nChar);
  if( nChar==0 ){
    sqlite3_free(zWideFilename);
    zWideFilename = 0;
  }
  return zWideFilename;
}

/*
** Convert Microsoft Unicode to UTF-8.  Space to hold the returned string is
** obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
*/
static char *winUnicodeToUtf8(LPCWSTR zWideFilename){
  int nByte;
  char *zFilename;

  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
  if( nByte == 0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  zFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte );
  if( zFilename==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
                                0, 0);
  if( nByte == 0 ){
    sqlite3_free(zFilename);
    zFilename = 0;
  }
  return zFilename;
}

/*
** Convert an ANSI string to Microsoft Unicode, based on the
** current codepage settings for file apis.
** 
** Space to hold the returned string is obtained
** from sqlite3_malloc.
*/
static LPWSTR winMbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
  int nByte;
  LPWSTR zMbcsFilename;
  int codepage = osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;

  nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL,
                                0)*sizeof(WCHAR);
  if( nByte==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  zMbcsFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) );
  if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename,
                                nByte);
  if( nByte==0 ){
    sqlite3_free(zMbcsFilename);
    zMbcsFilename = 0;
  }
  return zMbcsFilename;
}

/*
** Convert Microsoft Unicode to multi-byte character string, based on the
** user's ANSI codepage.
**
** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from
** sqlite3_malloc().
*/
static char *winUnicodeToMbcs(LPCWSTR zWideFilename){
  int nByte;
  char *zFilename;
  int codepage = osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;

  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
  if( nByte == 0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  zFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte );
  if( zFilename==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename,
                                nByte, 0, 0);
  if( nByte == 0 ){
    sqlite3_free(zFilename);
    zFilename = 0;
  }
  return zFilename;
}

/*
** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8.  Space to hold the
** returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
*/
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(const char *zFilename){
  char *zFilenameUtf8;
  LPWSTR zTmpWide;

  zTmpWide = winMbcsToUnicode(zFilename);
  if( zTmpWide==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  zFilenameUtf8 = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide);
  sqlite3_free(zTmpWide);
  return zFilenameUtf8;
}

/*
** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string.  Space to hold the 
** returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
*/
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(const char *zFilename){
  char *zFilenameMbcs;
  LPWSTR zTmpWide;

  zTmpWide = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
  if( zTmpWide==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  zFilenameMbcs = winUnicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide);
  sqlite3_free(zTmpWide);
  return zFilenameMbcs;
}

/*
** This function sets the data directory or the temporary directory based on
** the provided arguments.  The type argument must be 1 in order to set the
** data directory or 2 in order to set the temporary directory.  The zValue
** argument is the name of the directory to use.  The return value will be
** SQLITE_OK if successful.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory(DWORD type, LPCWSTR zValue){
  char **ppDirectory = 0;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
  if( rc ) return rc;
#endif
  if( type==SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE ){
    ppDirectory = &sqlite3_data_directory;
  }else if( type==SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE ){
    ppDirectory = &sqlite3_temp_directory;
  }
  assert( !ppDirectory || type==SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE
          || type==SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE
  );
  assert( !ppDirectory || sqlite3MemdebugHasType(*ppDirectory, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
  if( ppDirectory ){
    char *zValueUtf8 = 0;
    if( zValue && zValue[0] ){
      zValueUtf8 = winUnicodeToUtf8(zValue);
      if ( zValueUtf8==0 ){
        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
      }
    }
    sqlite3_free(*ppDirectory);
    *ppDirectory = zValueUtf8;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  return SQLITE_ERROR;
}

/*
** The return value of winGetLastErrorMsg
** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
** otherwise (if the message was truncated).
*/
static int winGetLastErrorMsg(DWORD lastErrno, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
  /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure.  Otherwise it
  ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output
  ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char.
  */
  DWORD dwLen = 0;
  char *zOut = 0;

  if( osIsNT() ){
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
    WCHAR zTempWide[SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS+1];
    dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
                             NULL,
                             lastErrno,
                             0,
                             zTempWide,
                             SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS,
                             0);
#else
    LPWSTR zTempWide = NULL;
    dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER |
                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
                             NULL,
                             lastErrno,
                             0,
                             (LPWSTR) &zTempWide,
                             0,
                             0);
#endif
    if( dwLen > 0 ){
      /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */
      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
      zOut = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTempWide);
      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
      /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */
      osLocalFree(zTempWide);
#endif
    }
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
  else{
    char *zTemp = NULL;
    dwLen = osFormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER |
                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
                             NULL,
                             lastErrno,
                             0,
                             (LPSTR) &zTemp,
                             0,
                             0);
    if( dwLen > 0 ){
      /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */
      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
      zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp);
      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
      /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */
      osLocalFree(zTemp);
    }
  }
#endif
  if( 0 == dwLen ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%lx (%lu)", lastErrno, lastErrno);
  }else{
    /* copy a maximum of nBuf chars to output buffer */
    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "%s", zOut);
    /* free the UTF8 buffer */
    sqlite3_free(zOut);
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
**
** This function - winLogErrorAtLine() - is only ever called via the macro
** winLogError().
**
** This routine is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function.
** It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of
** error code and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from 
** FormatMessage.
**
** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). 
** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
** failed and the associated file-system path, if any.
*/
#define winLogError(a,b,c,d)   winLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,d,__LINE__)
static int winLogErrorAtLine(
  int errcode,                    /* SQLite error code */
  DWORD lastErrno,                /* Win32 last error */
  const char *zFunc,              /* Name of OS function that failed */
  const char *zPath,              /* File path associated with error */
  int iLine                       /* Source line number where error occurred */
){
  char zMsg[500];                 /* Human readable error text */
  int i;                          /* Loop counter */

  zMsg[0] = 0;
  winGetLastErrorMsg(lastErrno, sizeof(zMsg), zMsg);
  assert( errcode!=SQLITE_OK );
  if( zPath==0 ) zPath = "";
  for(i=0; zMsg[i] && zMsg[i]!='\r' && zMsg[i]!='\n'; i++){}
  zMsg[i] = 0;
  sqlite3_log(errcode,
      "os_win.c:%d: (%lu) %s(%s) - %s",
      iLine, lastErrno, zFunc, zPath, zMsg
  );

  return errcode;
}

/*
** The number of times that a ReadFile(), WriteFile(), and DeleteFile()
** will be retried following a locking error - probably caused by 
** antivirus software.  Also the initial delay before the first retry.
** The delay increases linearly with each retry.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY
# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY 10
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY
# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY 25
#endif
static int winIoerrRetry = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY;
static int winIoerrRetryDelay = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY;

/*
** If a ReadFile() or WriteFile() error occurs, invoke this routine
** to see if it should be retried.  Return TRUE to retry.  Return FALSE
** to give up with an error.
*/
static int winRetryIoerr(int *pnRetry, DWORD *pError){
  DWORD e = osGetLastError();
  if( *pnRetry>=winIoerrRetry ){
    if( pError ){
      *pError = e;
    }
    return 0;
  }
  if( e==ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED ||
      e==ERROR_LOCK_VIOLATION ||
      e==ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION ){
    sqlite3_win32_sleep(winIoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry));
    ++*pnRetry;
    return 1;
  }
  if( pError ){
    *pError = e;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Log a I/O error retry episode.
*/
static void winLogIoerr(int nRetry){
  if( nRetry ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_IOERR, 
      "delayed %dms for lock/sharing conflict",
      winIoerrRetryDelay*nRetry*(nRetry+1)/2
    );
  }
}

#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
/*************************************************************************
** This section contains code for WinCE only.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API) || !SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API
/*
** The MSVC CRT on Windows CE may not have a localtime() function.  So
** create a substitute.
*/
/* #include <time.h> */
struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t)
{
  static struct tm y;
  FILETIME uTm, lTm;
  SYSTEMTIME pTm;
  sqlite3_int64 t64;
  t64 = *t;
  t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000;
  uTm.dwLowDateTime = (DWORD)(t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF);
  uTm.dwHighDateTime= (DWORD)(t64 >> 32);
  osFileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm);
  osFileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm);
  y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900;
  y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1;
  y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek;
  y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay;
  y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour;
  y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute;
  y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond;
  return &y;
}
#endif

#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-(int)offsetof(winFile,h)]

/*
** Acquire a lock on the handle h
*/
static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){
   DWORD dwErr;
   do {
     dwErr = osWaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE);
   } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED);
}
/*
** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire()
*/
#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h)

/*
** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file
** descriptor pFile
*/
static int winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){
  LPWSTR zTok;
  LPWSTR zName;
  DWORD lastErrno;
  BOOL bLogged = FALSE;
  BOOL bInit = TRUE;

  zName = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
  if( zName==0 ){
    /* out of memory */
    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
  }

  /* Initialize the local lockdata */
  memset(&pFile->local, 0, sizeof(pFile->local));

  /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it
  ** to derive a mutex name. */
  zTok = osCharLowerW(zName);
  for (;*zTok;zTok++){
    if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_';
  }

  /* Create/open the named mutex */
  pFile->hMutex = osCreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName);
  if (!pFile->hMutex){
    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
    sqlite3_free(zName);
    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno,
                       "winceCreateLock1", zFilename);
  }

  /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */
  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
  
  /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are 
  ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name
  ** and using that as the shared filemapping name.
  */
  osCharUpperW(zName);
  pFile->hShared = osCreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL,
                                        PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock),
                                        zName);  

  /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it 
  ** must be zero-initialized */
  lastErrno = osGetLastError();
  if (lastErrno == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){
    bInit = FALSE;
  }

  sqlite3_free(zName);

  /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */
  if( pFile->hShared ){
    pFile->shared = (winceLock*)osMapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared, 
             FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
    /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */
    if( !pFile->shared ){
      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
      winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno,
                  "winceCreateLock2", zFilename);
      bLogged = TRUE;
      osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
      pFile->hShared = NULL;
    }
  }

  /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */
  if( pFile->hShared==NULL ){
    if( !bLogged ){
      pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
      winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno,
                  "winceCreateLock3", zFilename);
      bLogged = TRUE;
    }
    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
    osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
    return SQLITE_IOERR;
  }
  
  /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */
  if( bInit ){
    memset(pFile->shared, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
  }

  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks
*/
static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){
  if (pFile->hMutex){
    /* Acquire the mutex */
    winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);

    /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they
       are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */
    if (pFile->local.nReaders){
      pFile->shared->nReaders --;
    }
    if (pFile->local.bReserved){
      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
    }
    if (pFile->local.bPending){
      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
    }
    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
    }

    /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */
    osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared);
    osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared);

    /* Done with the mutex */
    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);    
    osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
  }
}

/* 
** An implementation of the LockFile() API of Windows for CE
*/
static BOOL winceLockFile(
  LPHANDLE phFile,
  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh
){
  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh);

  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);

  /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */
  if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST
       && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE){
    if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
       pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE;
       pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE;
       bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

  /* Want a read-only lock? */
  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST &&
           nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
    if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
      pFile->local.nReaders ++;
      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){
        pFile->shared->nReaders ++;
      }
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

  /* Want a pending lock? */
  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE
           && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
    /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */
    if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) {
      pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE;
      pFile->local.bPending = TRUE;
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

  /* Want a reserved lock? */
  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE
           && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
    if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) {
      pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE;
      pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE;
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
  return bReturn;
}

/*
** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of Windows for CE
*/
static BOOL winceUnlockFile(
  LPHANDLE phFile,
  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh
){
  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh);

  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);

  /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */
  if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST){
    /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */
    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
      assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE);
      pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE;
      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }

    /* Did we just have a reader lock? */
    else if (pFile->local.nReaders){
      assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE
             || nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1);
      pFile->local.nReaders --;
      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0)
      {
        pFile->shared->nReaders --;
      }
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

  /* Releasing a pending lock */
  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE
           && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
    if (pFile->local.bPending){
      pFile->local.bPending = FALSE;
      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }
  /* Releasing a reserved lock */
  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE
           && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
    if (pFile->local.bReserved) {
      pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE;
      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
  return bReturn;
}
/*
** End of the special code for wince
*****************************************************************************/
#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */

/*
** Lock a file region.
*/
static BOOL winLockFile(
  LPHANDLE phFile,
  DWORD flags,
  DWORD offsetLow,
  DWORD offsetHigh,
  DWORD numBytesLow,
  DWORD numBytesHigh
){
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  /*
  ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32
  **       API LockFile.
  */
  return winceLockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh,
                       numBytesLow, numBytesHigh);
#else
  if( osIsNT() ){
    OVERLAPPED ovlp;
    memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
    ovlp.Offset = offsetLow;
    ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh;
    return osLockFileEx(*phFile, flags, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp);
  }else{
    return osLockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow,
                      numBytesHigh);
  }
#endif
}

/*
** Unlock a file region.
 */
static BOOL winUnlockFile(
  LPHANDLE phFile,
  DWORD offsetLow,
  DWORD offsetHigh,
  DWORD numBytesLow,
  DWORD numBytesHigh
){
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  /*
  ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32
  **       API UnlockFile.
  */
  return winceUnlockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh,
                         numBytesLow, numBytesHigh);
#else
  if( osIsNT() ){
    OVERLAPPED ovlp;
    memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
    ovlp.Offset = offsetLow;
    ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh;
    return osUnlockFileEx(*phFile, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp);
  }else{
    return osUnlockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow,
                        numBytesHigh);
  }
#endif
}

/*****************************************************************************
** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified
** by the sqlite3_io_methods object.
******************************************************************************/

/*
** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition.
*/
#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1)
#endif

/*
** Move the current position of the file handle passed as the first 
** argument to offset iOffset within the file. If successful, return 0. 
** Otherwise, set pFile->lastErrno and return non-zero.
*/
static int winSeekFile(winFile *pFile, sqlite3_int64 iOffset){
#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  LONG upperBits;                 /* Most sig. 32 bits of new offset */
  LONG lowerBits;                 /* Least sig. 32 bits of new offset */
  DWORD dwRet;                    /* Value returned by SetFilePointer() */
  DWORD lastErrno;                /* Value returned by GetLastError() */

  OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, offset=%lld\n", pFile->h, iOffset));

  upperBits = (LONG)((iOffset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
  lowerBits = (LONG)(iOffset & 0xffffffff);

  /* API oddity: If successful, SetFilePointer() returns a dword 
  ** containing the lower 32-bits of the new file-offset. Or, if it fails,
  ** it returns INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER. However according to MSDN, 
  ** INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER may also be a valid new offset. So to determine 
  ** whether an error has actually occurred, it is also necessary to call 
  ** GetLastError().
  */
  dwRet = osSetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);

  if( (dwRet==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
      && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR)) ){
    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
    winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno,
                "winSeekFile", pFile->zPath);
    OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK\n", pFile->h));
    return 1;
  }

  OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
  return 0;
#else
  /*
  ** Same as above, except that this implementation works for WinRT.
  */

  LARGE_INTEGER x;                /* The new offset */
  BOOL bRet;                      /* Value returned by SetFilePointerEx() */

  x.QuadPart = iOffset;
  bRet = osSetFilePointerEx(pFile->h, x, 0, FILE_BEGIN);

  if(!bRet){
    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
    winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno,
                "winSeekFile", pFile->zPath);
    OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK\n", pFile->h));
    return 1;
  }

  OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
  return 0;
#endif
}

#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
/* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for memory mapped files */
static int winMapfile(winFile*, sqlite3_int64);
static int winUnmapfile(winFile*);
#endif

/*
** Close a file.
**
** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes
** fail.  This is a very unreasonable result, but Windows is notorious
** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen.  If
** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again.  As
** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before
** giving up and returning an error.
*/
#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3
static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){
  int rc, cnt = 0;
  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;

  assert( id!=0 );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  assert( pFile->pShm==0 );
#endif
  assert( pFile->h!=NULL && pFile->h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
  OSTRACE(("CLOSE file=%p\n", pFile->h));

#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  winUnmapfile(pFile);
#endif

  do{
    rc = osCloseHandle(pFile->h);
    /* SimulateIOError( rc=0; cnt=MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT; ); */
  }while( rc==0 && ++cnt < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (sqlite3_win32_sleep(100), 1) );
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
#define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3
  winceDestroyLock(pFile);
  if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){
    int cnt = 0;
    while(
           osDeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0
        && osGetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff 
        && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS
    ){
       sqlite3_win32_sleep(100);  /* Wait a little before trying again */
    }
    sqlite3_free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose);
  }
#endif
  if( rc ){
    pFile->h = NULL;
  }
  OpenCounter(-1);
  OSTRACE(("CLOSE file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, rc ? "ok" : "failed"));
  return rc ? SQLITE_OK
            : winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, osGetLastError(),
                          "winClose", pFile->zPath);
}

/*
** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
** wrong.
*/
static int winRead(
  sqlite3_file *id,          /* File to read from */
  void *pBuf,                /* Write content into this buffer */
  int amt,                   /* Number of bytes to read */
  sqlite3_int64 offset       /* Begin reading at this offset */
){
#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  OVERLAPPED overlapped;          /* The offset for ReadFile. */
#endif
  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;  /* file handle */
  DWORD nRead;                    /* Number of bytes actually read from file */
  int nRetry = 0;                 /* Number of retrys */

  assert( id!=0 );
  assert( amt>0 );
  assert( offset>=0 );
  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
  OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, offset=%lld, lock=%d\n",
           pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype));

#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering
  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
      memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], amt);
      OSTRACE(("READ-MMAP file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }else{
      int nCopy = (int)(pFile->mmapSize - offset);
      memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], nCopy);
      pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
      amt -= nCopy;
      offset += nCopy;
    }
  }
#endif

#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  if( winSeekFile(pFile, offset) ){
    OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_FULL\n", pFile->h));
    return SQLITE_FULL;
  }
  while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, 0) ){
#else
  memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
  overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
  overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
  while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, &overlapped) &&
         osGetLastError()!=ERROR_HANDLE_EOF ){
#endif
    DWORD lastErrno;
    if( winRetryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue;
    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
    OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_READ\n", pFile->h));
    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_READ, pFile->lastErrno,
                       "winRead", pFile->zPath);
  }
  winLogIoerr(nRetry);
  if( nRead<(DWORD)amt ){
    /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[nRead], 0, amt-nRead);
    OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ\n", pFile->h));
    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
  }

  OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
** or some other error code on failure.
*/
static int winWrite(
  sqlite3_file *id,               /* File to write into */
  const void *pBuf,               /* The bytes to be written */
  int amt,                        /* Number of bytes to write */
  sqlite3_int64 offset            /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */
){
  int rc = 0;                     /* True if error has occurred, else false */
  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;  /* File handle */
  int nRetry = 0;                 /* Number of retries */

  assert( amt>0 );
  assert( pFile );
  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE);
  SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);

  OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, offset=%lld, lock=%d\n",
           pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype));

#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering
  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt);
      OSTRACE(("WRITE-MMAP file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }else{
      int nCopy = (int)(pFile->mmapSize - offset);
      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, nCopy);
      pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
      amt -= nCopy;
      offset += nCopy;
    }
  }
#endif

#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  rc = winSeekFile(pFile, offset);
  if( rc==0 ){
#else
  {
#endif
#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
    OVERLAPPED overlapped;        /* The offset for WriteFile. */
#endif
    u8 *aRem = (u8 *)pBuf;        /* Data yet to be written */
    int nRem = amt;               /* Number of bytes yet to be written */
    DWORD nWrite;                 /* Bytes written by each WriteFile() call */
    DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR;   /* Value returned by GetLastError() */

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
    memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
    overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
    overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
#endif

    while( nRem>0 ){
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
      if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, 0) ){
#else
      if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, &overlapped) ){
#endif
        if( winRetryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue;
        break;
      }
      assert( nWrite==0 || nWrite<=(DWORD)nRem );
      if( nWrite==0 || nWrite>(DWORD)nRem ){
        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
        break;
      }
#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
      offset += nWrite;
      overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
      overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
#endif
      aRem += nWrite;
      nRem -= nWrite;
    }
    if( nRem>0 ){
      pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
      rc = 1;
    }
  }

  if( rc ){
    if(   ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL )
       || ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_DISK_FULL )){
      OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, rc=SQLITE_FULL\n", pFile->h));
      return winLogError(SQLITE_FULL, pFile->lastErrno,
                         "winWrite1", pFile->zPath);
    }
    OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE\n", pFile->h));
    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE, pFile->lastErrno,
                       "winWrite2", pFile->zPath);
  }else{
    winLogIoerr(nRetry);
  }
  OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Truncate an open file to a specified size
*/
static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;  /* File handle object */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code for this function */
  DWORD lastErrno;

  assert( pFile );
  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE);
  OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE file=%p, size=%lld, lock=%d\n",
           pFile->h, nByte, pFile->locktype));

  /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the
  ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the
  ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
  ** size).
  */
  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
    nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
  }

  /* SetEndOfFile() returns non-zero when successful, or zero when it fails. */
  if( winSeekFile(pFile, nByte) ){
    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno,
                     "winTruncate1", pFile->zPath);
  }else if( 0==osSetEndOfFile(pFile->h) &&
            ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_USER_MAPPED_FILE) ){
    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno,
                     "winTruncate2", pFile->zPath);
  }

#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  /* If the file was truncated to a size smaller than the currently
  ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will
  ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on.
  */
  if( pFile->pMapRegion && nByte<pFile->mmapSize ){
    pFile->mmapSize = nByte;
  }
#endif

  OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
  return rc;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
#endif

/*
** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
*/
static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
#ifndef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
  /*
  ** Used only when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined.
   */
  BOOL rc;
#endif
#if !defined(NDEBUG) || !defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) || \
    (defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG))
  /*
  ** Used when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined and by the assert() and/or
  ** OSTRACE() macros.
   */
  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
#else
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
#endif

  assert( pFile );
  /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
  assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
      || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
  );

  /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This
  ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems.
  */
  SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );

  OSTRACE(("SYNC file=%p, flags=%x, lock=%d\n",
           pFile->h, flags, pFile->locktype));

#ifndef SQLITE_TEST
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
#else
  if( (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){
    sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
  }
  sqlite3_sync_count++;
#endif

  /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
  ** no-op
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
  OSTRACE(("SYNC-NOP file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
  return SQLITE_OK;
#else
  rc = osFlushFileBuffers(pFile->h);
  SimulateIOError( rc=FALSE );
  if( rc ){
    OSTRACE(("SYNC file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
    OSTRACE(("SYNC file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC\n", pFile->h));
    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, pFile->lastErrno,
                       "winSync", pFile->zPath);
  }
#endif
}

/*
** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
*/
static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){
  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  assert( id!=0 );
  assert( pSize!=0 );
  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT);
  OSTRACE(("SIZE file=%p, pSize=%p\n", pFile->h, pSize));

#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  {
    FILE_STANDARD_INFO info;
    if( osGetFileInformationByHandleEx(pFile->h, FileStandardInfo,
                                     &info, sizeof(info)) ){
      *pSize = info.EndOfFile.QuadPart;
    }else{
      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno,
                       "winFileSize", pFile->zPath);
    }
  }
#else
  {
    DWORD upperBits;
    DWORD lowerBits;
    DWORD lastErrno;

    lowerBits = osGetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits);
    *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits;
    if(   (lowerBits == INVALID_FILE_SIZE)
       && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR) ){
      pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno,
                       "winFileSize", pFile->zPath);
    }
  }
#endif
  OSTRACE(("SIZE file=%p, pSize=%p, *pSize=%lld, rc=%s\n",
           pFile->h, pSize, *pSize, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
  return rc;
}

/*
** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems.
*/
#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY
# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1
#endif

#ifndef LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
# define LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 2
#endif

/*
** Historically, SQLite has used both the LockFile and LockFileEx functions.
** When the LockFile function was used, it was always expected to fail
** immediately if the lock could not be obtained.  Also, it always expected to
** obtain an exclusive lock.  These flags are used with the LockFileEx function
** and reflect those expectations; therefore, they should not be changed.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS
# define SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS   (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY | \
                                  LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
#endif

/*
** Currently, SQLite never calls the LockFileEx function without wanting the
** call to fail immediately if the lock cannot be obtained.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS
# define SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY)
#endif

/*
** Acquire a reader lock.
** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this
** is Win9x or WinNT.
*/
static int winGetReadLock(winFile *pFile){
  int res;
  OSTRACE(("READ-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
  if( osIsNT() ){
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
    /*
    ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32
    **       API LockFileEx.
    */
    res = winceLockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0);
#else
    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0,
                      SHARED_SIZE, 0);
#endif
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
  else{
    int lk;
    sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk);
    pFile->sharedLockByte = (short)((lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1));
    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS,
                      SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
  }
#endif
  if( res == 0 ){
    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
    /* No need to log a failure to lock */
  }
  OSTRACE(("READ-LOCK file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(res)));
  return res;
}

/*
** Undo a readlock
*/
static int winUnlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){
  int res;
  DWORD lastErrno;
  OSTRACE(("READ-UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
  if( osIsNT() ){
    res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
  else{
    res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
  }
#endif
  if( res==0 && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_NOT_LOCKED) ){
    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
    winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, pFile->lastErrno,
                "winUnlockReadLock", pFile->zPath);
  }
  OSTRACE(("READ-UNLOCK file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(res)));
  return res;
}

/*
** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
** of the following:
**
**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
**
** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
**
**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
**    SHARED -> RESERVED
**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
**
** This routine will only increase a lock.  The winUnlock() routine
** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time.  You
** must go straight to locking level 0.
*/
static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;    /* Return code from subroutines */
  int res = 1;           /* Result of a Windows lock call */
  int newLocktype;       /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */
  int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
  DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR;

  assert( id!=0 );
  OSTRACE(("LOCK file=%p, oldLock=%d(%d), newLock=%d\n",
           pFile->h, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte, locktype));

  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
  ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
  ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
  */
  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
    OSTRACE(("LOCK-HELD file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
  */
  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );

  /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
  ** a SHARED lock.  If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
  ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
  */
  newLocktype = pFile->locktype;
  if(   (pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK)
     || (   (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
         && (pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK))
  ){
    int cnt = 3;
    while( cnt-->0 && (res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS,
                                         PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){
      /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock.  This is needed to work
      ** around problems caused by indexing and/or anti-virus software on
      ** Windows systems.
      ** If you are using this code as a model for alternative VFSes, do not
      ** copy this retry logic.  It is a hack intended for Windows only.
      */
      OSTRACE(("LOCK-PENDING-FAIL file=%p, count=%d, rc=%s\n",
               pFile->h, cnt, sqlite3ErrName(res)));
      if( cnt ) sqlite3_win32_sleep(1);
    }
    gotPendingLock = res;
    if( !res ){
      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
    }
  }

  /* Acquire a shared lock
  */
  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){
    assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK );
    res = winGetReadLock(pFile);
    if( res ){
      newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
    }else{
      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
    }
  }

  /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
  */
  if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){
    assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
    if( res ){
      newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
    }else{
      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
    }
  }

  /* Acquire a PENDING lock
  */
  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
    newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
    gotPendingLock = 0;
  }

  /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
  */
  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
    assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
    res = winUnlockReadLock(pFile);
    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0,
                      SHARED_SIZE, 0);
    if( res ){
      newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
    }else{
      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
      winGetReadLock(pFile);
    }
  }

  /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
  ** release it now.
  */
  if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
  }

  /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
  ** return the appropriate result code.
  */
  if( res ){
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
    OSTRACE(("LOCK-FAIL file=%p, wanted=%d, got=%d\n",
             pFile->h, locktype, newLocktype));
  }
  pFile->locktype = (u8)newLocktype;
  OSTRACE(("LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n",
           pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
  return rc;
}

/*
** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
** non-zero, otherwise zero.
*/
static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
  int rc;
  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;

  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
  OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, pResOut=%p\n", pFile->h, pResOut));

  assert( id!=0 );
  if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
    rc = 1;
    OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, rc=%d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc));
  }else{
    rc = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS,RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
    if( rc ){
      winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
    }
    rc = !rc;
    OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, rc=%d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc));
  }
  *pResOut = rc;
  OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, pResOut=%p, *pResOut=%d, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
           pFile->h, pResOut, *pResOut));
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype.  locktype
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
**
** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
*/
static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
  int type;
  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  assert( pFile!=0 );
  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, oldLock=%d(%d), newLock=%d\n",
           pFile->h, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte, locktype));
  type = pFile->locktype;
  if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !winGetReadLock(pFile) ){
      /* This should never happen.  We should always be able to
      ** reacquire the read lock */
      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, osGetLastError(),
                       "winUnlock", pFile->zPath);
    }
  }
  if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
  }
  if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
    winUnlockReadLock(pFile);
  }
  if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
  }
  pFile->locktype = (u8)locktype;
  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n",
           pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
  return rc;
}

/*
** If *pArg is inititially negative then this is a query.  Set *pArg to
** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set.
**
** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags.
*/
static void winModeBit(winFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){
  if( *pArg<0 ){
    *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0;
  }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){
    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask;
  }else{
    pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask;
  }
}

/* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for temporary files */
static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *, char **);
static int winIsDir(const void *);
static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon(const char *);

/*
** Control and query of the open file handle.
*/
static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
  OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, op=%d, pArg=%p\n", pFile->h, op, pArg));
  switch( op ){
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
      *(int*)pArg = pFile->locktype;
      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: {
      *(int*)pArg = (int)pFile->lastErrno;
      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
      pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
      if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
        sqlite3_int64 oldSz;
        int rc = winFileSize(id, &oldSz);
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          sqlite3_int64 newSz = *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg;
          if( newSz>oldSz ){
            SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
            rc = winTruncate(id, newSz);
            SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
          }
        }
        OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
        return rc;
      }
      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: {
      winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg);
      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: {
      winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg);
      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: {
      *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("win32");
      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY: {
      int *a = (int*)pArg;
      if( a[0]>0 ){
        winIoerrRetry = a[0];
      }else{
        a[0] = winIoerrRetry;
      }
      if( a[1]>0 ){
        winIoerrRetryDelay = a[1];
      }else{
        a[1] = winIoerrRetryDelay;
      }
      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: {
      char *zTFile = 0;
      int rc = winGetTempname(pFile->pVfs, &zTFile);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        *(char**)pArg = zTFile;
      }
      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
      return rc;
    }
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: {
      i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg;
      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
      if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){
        newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap;
      }
      *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax;
      if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){
        pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit;
        if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){
          winUnmapfile(pFile);
          rc = winMapfile(pFile, -1);
        }
      }
      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
      return rc;
    }
#endif
  }
  OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_NOTFOUND\n", pFile->h));
  return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
}

/*
** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
** larger for some devices.
**
** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
** same for both.
*/
static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
  (void)id;
  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
}

/*
** Return a vector of device characteristics.
*/
static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
  winFile *p = (winFile*)id;
  return SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN |
         ((p->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_PSOW)?SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE:0);
}

/* 
** Windows will only let you create file view mappings
** on allocation size granularity boundaries.
** During sqlite3_os_init() we do a GetSystemInfo()
** to get the granularity size.
*/
SYSTEM_INFO winSysInfo;

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL

/*
** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
** global mutex is used to protect the winLockInfo objects used by 
** this file, all of which may be shared by multiple threads.
**
** Function winShmMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex 
** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() 
** statements. e.g.
**
**   winShmEnterMutex()
**     assert( winShmMutexHeld() );
**   winShmLeaveMutex()
*/
static void winShmEnterMutex(void){
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
}
static void winShmLeaveMutex(void){
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
}
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
static int winShmMutexHeld(void) {
  return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
}
#endif

/*
** Object used to represent a single file opened and mmapped to provide
** shared memory.  When multiple threads all reference the same
** log-summary, each thread has its own winFile object, but they all
** point to a single instance of this object.  In other words, each
** log-summary is opened only once per process.
**
** winShmMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying
** this object or while reading or writing the following fields:
**
**      nRef
**      pNext 
**
** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
** 
**      fid
**      zFilename
**
** Either winShmNode.mutex must be held or winShmNode.nRef==0 and
** winShmMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field
** in this structure.
**
*/
struct winShmNode {
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;      /* Mutex to access this object */
  char *zFilename;           /* Name of the file */
  winFile hFile;             /* File handle from winOpen */

  int szRegion;              /* Size of shared-memory regions */
  int nRegion;               /* Size of array apRegion */
  struct ShmRegion {
    HANDLE hMap;             /* File handle from CreateFileMapping */
    void *pMap;
  } *aRegion;
  DWORD lastErrno;           /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */

  int nRef;                  /* Number of winShm objects pointing to this */
  winShm *pFirst;            /* All winShm objects pointing to this */
  winShmNode *pNext;         /* Next in list of all winShmNode objects */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  u8 nextShmId;              /* Next available winShm.id value */
#endif
};

/*
** A global array of all winShmNode objects.
**
** The winShmMutexHeld() must be true while reading or writing this list.
*/
static winShmNode *winShmNodeList = 0;

/*
** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an
** open shared memory connection.
**
** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and
** are read-only thereafter:
**
**    winShm.pShmNode
**    winShm.id
**
** All other fields are read/write.  The winShm.pShmNode->mutex must be held
** while accessing any read/write fields.
*/
struct winShm {
  winShmNode *pShmNode;      /* The underlying winShmNode object */
  winShm *pNext;             /* Next winShm with the same winShmNode */
  u8 hasMutex;               /* True if holding the winShmNode mutex */
  u16 sharedMask;            /* Mask of shared locks held */
  u16 exclMask;              /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  u8 id;                     /* Id of this connection with its winShmNode */
#endif
};

/*
** Constants used for locking
*/
#define WIN_SHM_BASE   ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4)        /* first lock byte */
#define WIN_SHM_DMS    (WIN_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)  /* deadman switch */

/*
** Apply advisory locks for all n bytes beginning at ofst.
*/
#define _SHM_UNLCK  1
#define _SHM_RDLCK  2
#define _SHM_WRLCK  3
static int winShmSystemLock(
  winShmNode *pFile,    /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */
  int lockType,         /* _SHM_UNLCK, _SHM_RDLCK, or _SHM_WRLCK */
  int ofst,             /* Offset to first byte to be locked/unlocked */
  int nByte             /* Number of bytes to lock or unlock */
){
  int rc = 0;           /* Result code form Lock/UnlockFileEx() */

  /* Access to the winShmNode object is serialized by the caller */
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pFile->mutex) || pFile->nRef==0 );

  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, offset=%d, size=%d\n",
           pFile->hFile.h, lockType, ofst, nByte));

  /* Release/Acquire the system-level lock */
  if( lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ){
    rc = winUnlockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, ofst, 0, nByte, 0);
  }else{
    /* Initialize the locking parameters */
    DWORD dwFlags = LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY;
    if( lockType == _SHM_WRLCK ) dwFlags |= LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
    rc = winLockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, dwFlags, ofst, 0, nByte, 0);
  }
  
  if( rc!= 0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    pFile->lastErrno =  osGetLastError();
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
  }

  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, func=%s, errno=%lu, rc=%s\n",
           pFile->hFile.h, (lockType == _SHM_UNLCK) ? "winUnlockFile" :
           "winLockFile", pFile->lastErrno, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));

  return rc;
}

/* Forward references to VFS methods */
static int winOpen(sqlite3_vfs*,const char*,sqlite3_file*,int,int*);
static int winDelete(sqlite3_vfs *,const char*,int);

/*
** Purge the winShmNodeList list of all entries with winShmNode.nRef==0.
**
** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
** by VFS shared-memory methods.
*/
static void winShmPurge(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int deleteFlag){
  winShmNode **pp;
  winShmNode *p;
  assert( winShmMutexHeld() );
  OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid=%lu, deleteFlag=%d\n",
           osGetCurrentProcessId(), deleteFlag));
  pp = &winShmNodeList;
  while( (p = *pp)!=0 ){
    if( p->nRef==0 ){
      int i;
      if( p->mutex ){ sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex); }
      for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i++){
        BOOL bRc = osUnmapViewOfFile(p->aRegion[i].pMap);
        OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE-UNMAP pid=%lu, region=%d, rc=%s\n",
                 osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed"));
        UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(bRc);
        bRc = osCloseHandle(p->aRegion[i].hMap);
        OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE-CLOSE pid=%lu, region=%d, rc=%s\n",
                 osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed"));
        UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(bRc);
      }
      if( p->hFile.h!=NULL && p->hFile.h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
        SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
        winClose((sqlite3_file *)&p->hFile);
        SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
      }
      if( deleteFlag ){
        SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
        sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
        winDelete(pVfs, p->zFilename, 0);
        sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
        SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
      }
      *pp = p->pNext;
      sqlite3_free(p->aRegion);
      sqlite3_free(p);
    }else{
      pp = &p->pNext;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Open the shared-memory area associated with database file pDbFd.
**
** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that
** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then
** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared.
*/
static int winOpenSharedMemory(winFile *pDbFd){
  struct winShm *p;                  /* The connection to be opened */
  struct winShmNode *pShmNode = 0;   /* The underlying mmapped file */
  int rc;                            /* Result code */
  struct winShmNode *pNew;           /* Newly allocated winShmNode */
  int nName;                         /* Size of zName in bytes */

  assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 );    /* Not previously opened */

  /* Allocate space for the new sqlite3_shm object.  Also speculatively
  ** allocate space for a new winShmNode and filename.
  */
  p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDbFd->zPath);
  pNew = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nName + 17 );
  if( pNew==0 ){
    sqlite3_free(p);
    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
  }
  pNew->zFilename = (char*)&pNew[1];
  sqlite3_snprintf(nName+15, pNew->zFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath);
  sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, pNew->zFilename); 

  /* Look to see if there is an existing winShmNode that can be used.
  ** If no matching winShmNode currently exists, create a new one.
  */
  winShmEnterMutex();
  for(pShmNode = winShmNodeList; pShmNode; pShmNode=pShmNode->pNext){
    /* TBD need to come up with better match here.  Perhaps
    ** use FILE_ID_BOTH_DIR_INFO Structure.
    */
    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pShmNode->zFilename, pNew->zFilename)==0 ) break;
  }
  if( pShmNode ){
    sqlite3_free(pNew);
  }else{
    pShmNode = pNew;
    pNew = 0;
    ((winFile*)(&pShmNode->hFile))->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
    pShmNode->pNext = winShmNodeList;
    winShmNodeList = pShmNode;

    pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
    if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
      goto shm_open_err;
    }

    rc = winOpen(pDbFd->pVfs,
                 pShmNode->zFilename,             /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
                 (sqlite3_file*)&pShmNode->hFile,  /* File handle here */
                 SQLITE_OPEN_WAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE,
                 0);
    if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
      goto shm_open_err;
    }

    /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch.
    ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. 
    */
    if( winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, 0);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, osGetLastError(),
                         "winOpenShm", pDbFd->zPath);
      }
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
      rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
    }
    if( rc ) goto shm_open_err;
  }

  /* Make the new connection a child of the winShmNode */
  p->pShmNode = pShmNode;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++;
#endif
  pShmNode->nRef++;
  pDbFd->pShm = p;
  winShmLeaveMutex();

  /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under
  ** the cover of the winShmEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the
  ** new (struct winShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is
  ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting
  ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex 
  ** mutex.
  */
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
  p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst;
  pShmNode->pFirst = p;
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
  return SQLITE_OK;

  /* Jump here on any error */
shm_open_err:
  winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
  winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, 0);      /* This call frees pShmNode if required */
  sqlite3_free(p);
  sqlite3_free(pNew);
  winShmLeaveMutex();
  return rc;
}

/*
** Close a connection to shared-memory.  Delete the underlying 
** storage if deleteFlag is true.
*/
static int winShmUnmap(
  sqlite3_file *fd,          /* Database holding shared memory */
  int deleteFlag             /* Delete after closing if true */
){
  winFile *pDbFd;       /* Database holding shared-memory */
  winShm *p;            /* The connection to be closed */
  winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */
  winShm **pp;          /* For looping over sibling connections */

  pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;
  p = pDbFd->pShm;
  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;

  /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated
  ** with pShmNode */
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
  for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){}
  *pp = p->pNext;

  /* Free the connection p */
  sqlite3_free(p);
  pDbFd->pShm = 0;
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);

  /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
  ** shared-memory file, too */
  winShmEnterMutex();
  assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 );
  pShmNode->nRef--;
  if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){
    winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, deleteFlag);
  }
  winShmLeaveMutex();

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment.
*/
static int winShmLock(
  sqlite3_file *fd,          /* Database file holding the shared memory */
  int ofst,                  /* First lock to acquire or release */
  int n,                     /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
  int flags                  /* What to do with the lock */
){
  winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;        /* Connection holding shared memory */
  winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm;              /* The shared memory being locked */
  winShm *pX;                           /* For looping over all siblings */
  winShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                   /* Result code */
  u16 mask;                             /* Mask of locks to take or release */

  assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
  assert( n>=1 );
  assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)
       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) );
  assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 );

  mask = (u16)((1U<<(ofst+n)) - (1U<<ofst));
  assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) );
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
  if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){
    u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */

    /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */
    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
      if( pX==p ) continue;
      assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 );
      allMask |= pX->sharedMask;
    }

    /* Unlock the system-level locks */
    if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){
      rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }

    /* Undo the local locks */
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      p->exclMask &= ~mask;
      p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
    } 
  }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
    u16 allShared = 0;  /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */

    /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections.
    ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return
    ** SQLITE_BUSY.
    */
    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){
        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
        break;
      }
      allShared |= pX->sharedMask;
    }

    /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){
        rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
      }else{
        rc = SQLITE_OK;
      }
    }

    /* Get the local shared locks */
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      p->sharedMask |= mask;
    }
  }else{
    /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this
    ** lock.  If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away.
    */
    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){
        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
        break;
      }
    }
  
    /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level.  Then if successful
    ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
    */
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 );
        p->exclMask |= mask;
      }
    }
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK pid=%lu, id=%d, sharedMask=%03x, exclMask=%03x, rc=%s\n",
           osGetCurrentProcessId(), p->id, p->sharedMask, p->exclMask,
           sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
  return rc;
}

/*
** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.  
**
** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
** any load or store begun after the barrier.
*/
static void winShmBarrier(
  sqlite3_file *fd          /* Database holding the shared memory */
){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
  /* MemoryBarrier(); // does not work -- do not know why not */
  winShmEnterMutex();
  winShmLeaveMutex();
}

/*
** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the 
** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions 
** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion 
** bytes in size.
**
** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
**
** Otherwise, if the isWrite parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If 
** isWrite is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet 
** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
**
** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes 
** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped 
** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
*/
static int winShmMap(
  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* Handle open on database file */
  int iRegion,                    /* Region to retrieve */
  int szRegion,                   /* Size of regions */
  int isWrite,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Mapped memory */
){
  winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;
  winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm;
  winShmNode *pShmNode;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  if( !p ){
    rc = winOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
    p = pDbFd->pShm;
  }
  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
  assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 );

  if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
    struct ShmRegion *apNew;           /* New aRegion[] array */
    int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion;  /* Minimum required file size */
    sqlite3_int64 sz;                  /* Current size of wal-index file */

    pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion;

    /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space.
    ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is
    ** large enough to contain the requested region).
    */
    rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, &sz);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(),
                       "winShmMap1", pDbFd->zPath);
      goto shmpage_out;
    }

    if( sz<nByte ){
      /* The requested memory region does not exist. If isWrite is set to
      ** zero, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
      **
      ** Alternatively, if isWrite is non-zero, use ftruncate() to allocate
      ** the requested memory region.
      */
      if( !isWrite ) goto shmpage_out;
      rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, nByte);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(),
                         "winShmMap2", pDbFd->zPath);
        goto shmpage_out;
      }
    }

    /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */
    apNew = (struct ShmRegion *)sqlite3_realloc(
        pShmNode->aRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(apNew[0])
    );
    if( !apNew ){
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
      goto shmpage_out;
    }
    pShmNode->aRegion = apNew;

    while( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
      HANDLE hMap = NULL;         /* file-mapping handle */
      void *pMap = 0;             /* Mapped memory region */
     
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
      hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pShmNode->hFile.h,
          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, nByte, NULL
      );
#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
      hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pShmNode->hFile.h, 
          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL
      );
#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
      hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pShmNode->hFile.h, 
          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL
      );
#endif
      OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-CREATE pid=%lu, region=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n",
               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, nByte,
               hMap ? "ok" : "failed"));
      if( hMap ){
        int iOffset = pShmNode->nRegion*szRegion;
        int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity;
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
        pMap = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ,
            iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift
        );
#else
        pMap = osMapViewOfFile(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ,
            0, iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift
        );
#endif
        OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-MAP pid=%lu, region=%d, offset=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n",
                 osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, iOffset,
                 szRegion, pMap ? "ok" : "failed"));
      }
      if( !pMap ){
        pShmNode->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
        rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, pShmNode->lastErrno,
                         "winShmMap3", pDbFd->zPath);
        if( hMap ) osCloseHandle(hMap);
        goto shmpage_out;
      }

      pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].pMap = pMap;
      pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].hMap = hMap;
      pShmNode->nRegion++;
    }
  }

shmpage_out:
  if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){
    int iOffset = iRegion*szRegion;
    int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity;
    char *p = (char *)pShmNode->aRegion[iRegion].pMap;
    *pp = (void *)&p[iOffsetShift];
  }else{
    *pp = 0;
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
  return rc;
}

#else
# define winShmMap     0
# define winShmLock    0
# define winShmBarrier 0
# define winShmUnmap   0
#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */

/*
** Cleans up the mapped region of the specified file, if any.
*/
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
static int winUnmapfile(winFile *pFile){
  assert( pFile!=0 );
  OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, hMap=%p, pMapRegion=%p, "
           "mmapSize=%lld, mmapSizeActual=%lld, mmapSizeMax=%lld\n",
           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->hMap, pFile->pMapRegion,
           pFile->mmapSize, pFile->mmapSizeActual, pFile->mmapSizeMax));
  if( pFile->pMapRegion ){
    if( !osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->pMapRegion) ){
      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
      OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pMapRegion=%p, "
               "rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile,
               pFile->pMapRegion));
      return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno,
                         "winUnmapfile1", pFile->zPath);
    }
    pFile->pMapRegion = 0;
    pFile->mmapSize = 0;
    pFile->mmapSizeActual = 0;
  }
  if( pFile->hMap!=NULL ){
    if( !osCloseHandle(pFile->hMap) ){
      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
      OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, hMap=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n",
               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->hMap));
      return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno,
                         "winUnmapfile2", pFile->zPath);
    }
    pFile->hMap = NULL;
  }
  OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile));
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file
** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if 
** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still 
** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op.
**
** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of 
** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the 
** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the
** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured 
** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, whichever is smaller.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not
** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error
** code otherwise.
*/
static int winMapfile(winFile *pFd, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
  sqlite3_int64 nMap = nByte;
  int rc;

  assert( nMap>=0 || pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
  OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, size=%lld\n",
           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, nByte));

  if( pFd->nFetchOut>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;

  if( nMap<0 ){
    rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file*)pFd, &nMap);
    if( rc ){
      OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT\n",
               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd));
      return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
    }
  }
  if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){
    nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax;
  }
  nMap &= ~(sqlite3_int64)(winSysInfo.dwPageSize - 1);
 
  if( nMap==0 && pFd->mmapSize>0 ){
    winUnmapfile(pFd);
  }
  if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){
    void *pNew = 0;
    DWORD protect = PAGE_READONLY;
    DWORD flags = FILE_MAP_READ;

    winUnmapfile(pFd);
    if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_RDONLY)==0 ){
      protect = PAGE_READWRITE;
      flags |= FILE_MAP_WRITE;
    }
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
    pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pFd->h, NULL, protect, nMap, NULL);
#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
    pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pFd->h, NULL, protect,
                                (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff),
                                (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL);
#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
    pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pFd->h, NULL, protect,
                                (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff),
                                (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL);
#endif
    if( pFd->hMap==NULL ){
      pFd->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFd->lastErrno,
                       "winMapfile1", pFd->zPath);
      /* Log the error, but continue normal operation using xRead/xWrite */
      OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE-CREATE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n",
               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    assert( (nMap % winSysInfo.dwPageSize)==0 );
    assert( sizeof(SIZE_T)==sizeof(sqlite3_int64) || nMap<=0xffffffff );
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
    pNew = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(pFd->hMap, flags, 0, (SIZE_T)nMap);
#else
    pNew = osMapViewOfFile(pFd->hMap, flags, 0, 0, (SIZE_T)nMap);
#endif
    if( pNew==NULL ){
      osCloseHandle(pFd->hMap);
      pFd->hMap = NULL;
      pFd->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFd->lastErrno,
                       "winMapfile2", pFd->zPath);
      /* Log the error, but continue normal operation using xRead/xWrite */
      OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE-MAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n",
               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    pFd->pMapRegion = pNew;
    pFd->mmapSize = nMap;
    pFd->mmapSizeActual = nMap;
  }

  OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd));
  return SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */

/*
** If possible, return a pointer to a mapping of file fd starting at offset
** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes.
**
** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK.
** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK.
** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final
** value of *pp is undefined in this case.
**
** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually 
** release the reference by calling winUnfetch().
*/
static int winFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd;   /* The underlying database file */
#endif
  *pp = 0;

  OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, offset=%lld, amount=%d, pp=%p\n",
           osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, iOff, nAmt, pp));

#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  if( pFd->mmapSizeMax>0 ){
    if( pFd->pMapRegion==0 ){
      int rc = winMapfile(pFd, -1);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n",
                 osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
        return rc;
      }
    }
    if( pFd->mmapSize >= iOff+nAmt ){
      *pp = &((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff];
      pFd->nFetchOut++;
    }
  }
#endif

  OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pp=%p, *pp=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
           osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, pp, *pp));
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a 
** reference obtained by an earlier call to winFetch(). The second
** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding
** argument that was passed to the winFetch() invocation. 
**
** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called 
** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping 
** may now be invalid and should be unmapped.
*/
static int winUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd;   /* The underlying database file */

  /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding 
  ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference),
  ** then there must be at least one outstanding.  */
  assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) );

  /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */
  assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] );

  OSTRACE(("UNFETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, offset=%lld, p=%p\n",
           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, iOff, p));

  if( p ){
    pFd->nFetchOut--;
  }else{
    /* FIXME:  If Windows truly always prevents truncating or deleting a
    ** file while a mapping is held, then the following winUnmapfile() call
    ** is unnecessary can can be omitted - potentially improving
    ** performance.  */
    winUnmapfile(pFd);
  }

  assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 );
#endif

  OSTRACE(("UNFETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
           osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd));
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods.
**
********************** End sqlite3_file Methods *******************************
******************************************************************************/

/*
** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an
** sqlite3_file for win32.
*/
static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = {
  3,                              /* iVersion */
  winClose,                       /* xClose */
  winRead,                        /* xRead */
  winWrite,                       /* xWrite */
  winTruncate,                    /* xTruncate */
  winSync,                        /* xSync */
  winFileSize,                    /* xFileSize */
  winLock,                        /* xLock */
  winUnlock,                      /* xUnlock */
  winCheckReservedLock,           /* xCheckReservedLock */
  winFileControl,                 /* xFileControl */
  winSectorSize,                  /* xSectorSize */
  winDeviceCharacteristics,       /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
  winShmMap,                      /* xShmMap */
  winShmLock,                     /* xShmLock */
  winShmBarrier,                  /* xShmBarrier */
  winShmUnmap,                    /* xShmUnmap */
  winFetch,                       /* xFetch */
  winUnfetch                      /* xUnfetch */
};

/****************************************************************************
**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
**
** This division contains the implementation of methods on the
** sqlite3_vfs object.
*/

#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
/*
** Convert a filename from whatever the underlying operating system
** supports for filenames into UTF-8.  Space to hold the result is
** obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling function.
*/
static char *winConvertToUtf8Filename(const void *zFilename){
  char *zConverted = 0;
  if( osIsNT() ){
    zConverted = winUnicodeToUtf8(zFilename);
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
  else{
    zConverted = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zFilename);
  }
#endif
  /* caller will handle out of memory */
  return zConverted;
}
#endif

/*
** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying
** operating system wants filenames in.  Space to hold the result
** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling
** function.
*/
static void *winConvertFromUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){
  void *zConverted = 0;
  if( osIsNT() ){
    zConverted = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
  else{
    zConverted = sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(zFilename);
  }
#endif
  /* caller will handle out of memory */
  return zConverted;
}

/*
** This function returns non-zero if the specified UTF-8 string buffer
** ends with a directory separator character or one was successfully
** added to it.
*/
static int winMakeEndInDirSep(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
  if( zBuf ){
    int nLen = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
    if( nLen>0 ){
      if( winIsDirSep(zBuf[nLen-1]) ){
        return 1;
      }else if( nLen+1<nBuf ){
        zBuf[nLen] = winGetDirSep();
        zBuf[nLen+1] = '\0';
        return 1;
      }
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Create a temporary file name and store the resulting pointer into pzBuf.
** The pointer returned in pzBuf must be freed via sqlite3_free().
*/
static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, char **pzBuf){
  static char zChars[] =
    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
    "0123456789";
  size_t i, j;
  int nPre = sqlite3Strlen30(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX);
  int nMax, nBuf, nDir, nLen;
  char *zBuf;

  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
  ** function failing. 
  */
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );

  /* Allocate a temporary buffer to store the fully qualified file
  ** name for the temporary file.  If this fails, we cannot continue.
  */
  nMax = pVfs->mxPathname; nBuf = nMax + 2;
  zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero( nBuf );
  if( !zBuf ){
    OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
  }

  /* Figure out the effective temporary directory.  First, check if one
  ** has been explicitly set by the application; otherwise, use the one
  ** configured by the operating system.
  */
  nDir = nMax - (nPre + 15);
  assert( nDir>0 );
  if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
    int nDirLen = sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_temp_directory);
    if( nDirLen>0 ){
      if( !winIsDirSep(sqlite3_temp_directory[nDirLen-1]) ){
        nDirLen++;
      }
      if( nDirLen>nDir ){
        sqlite3_free(zBuf);
        OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n"));
        return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname1", 0);
      }
      sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory);
    }
  }
#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
  else{
    static const char *azDirs[] = {
       0, /* getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR") */
       0, /* getenv("TMPDIR") */
       0, /* getenv("TMP") */
       0, /* getenv("TEMP") */
       0, /* getenv("USERPROFILE") */
       "/var/tmp",
       "/usr/tmp",
       "/tmp",
       ".",
       0        /* List terminator */
    };
    unsigned int i;
    const char *zDir = 0;

    if( !azDirs[0] ) azDirs[0] = getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR");
    if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR");
    if( !azDirs[2] ) azDirs[2] = getenv("TMP");
    if( !azDirs[3] ) azDirs[3] = getenv("TEMP");
    if( !azDirs[4] ) azDirs[4] = getenv("USERPROFILE");
    for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); zDir=azDirs[i++]){
      void *zConverted;
      if( zDir==0 ) continue;
      /* If the path starts with a drive letter followed by the colon
      ** character, assume it is already a native Win32 path; otherwise,
      ** it must be converted to a native Win32 path via the Cygwin API
      ** prior to using it.
      */
      if( winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zDir) ){
        zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zDir);
        if( !zConverted ){
          sqlite3_free(zBuf);
          OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
          return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
        }
        if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){
          sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zDir);
          sqlite3_free(zConverted);
          break;
        }
        sqlite3_free(zConverted);
      }else{
        zConverted = sqlite3MallocZero( nMax+1 );
        if( !zConverted ){
          sqlite3_free(zBuf);
          OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
          return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
        }
        if( cygwin_conv_path(
                osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A, zDir,
                zConverted, nMax+1)<0 ){
          sqlite3_free(zConverted);
          sqlite3_free(zBuf);
          OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH\n"));
          return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno,
                             "winGetTempname2", zDir);
        }
        if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){
          /* At this point, we know the candidate directory exists and should
          ** be used.  However, we may need to convert the string containing
          ** its name into UTF-8 (i.e. if it is UTF-16 right now).
          */
          char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zConverted);
          if( !zUtf8 ){
            sqlite3_free(zConverted);
            sqlite3_free(zBuf);
            OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
            return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
          }
          sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zUtf8);
          sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
          sqlite3_free(zConverted);
          break;
        }
        sqlite3_free(zConverted);
      }
    }
  }
#elif !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
  else if( osIsNT() ){
    char *zMulti;
    LPWSTR zWidePath = sqlite3MallocZero( nMax*sizeof(WCHAR) );
    if( !zWidePath ){
      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
    }
    if( osGetTempPathW(nMax, zWidePath)==0 ){
      sqlite3_free(zWidePath);
      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH\n"));
      return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH, osGetLastError(),
                         "winGetTempname2", 0);
    }
    zMulti = winUnicodeToUtf8(zWidePath);
    if( zMulti ){
      sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zMulti);
      sqlite3_free(zMulti);
      sqlite3_free(zWidePath);
    }else{
      sqlite3_free(zWidePath);
      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
    }
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
  else{
    char *zUtf8;
    char *zMbcsPath = sqlite3MallocZero( nMax );
    if( !zMbcsPath ){
      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
    }
    if( osGetTempPathA(nMax, zMbcsPath)==0 ){
      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH\n"));
      return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH, osGetLastError(),
                         "winGetTempname3", 0);
    }
    zUtf8 = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zMbcsPath);
    if( zUtf8 ){
      sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zUtf8);
      sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
    }else{
      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
    }
  }
#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI */
#endif /* !SQLITE_OS_WINRT */

  /*
  ** Check to make sure the temporary directory ends with an appropriate
  ** separator.  If it does not and there is not enough space left to add
  ** one, fail.
  */
  if( !winMakeEndInDirSep(nDir+1, zBuf) ){
    sqlite3_free(zBuf);
    OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n"));
    return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname4", 0);
  }

  /*
  ** Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file 
  ** name in the following format:
  **
  **   "<temporary_directory>/etilqs_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX\0\0"
  **
  ** If not, return SQLITE_ERROR.  The number 17 is used here in order to
  ** account for the space used by the 15 character random suffix and the
  ** two trailing NUL characters.  The final directory separator character
  ** has already added if it was not already present.
  */
  nLen = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
  if( (nLen + nPre + 17) > nBuf ){
    sqlite3_free(zBuf);
    OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n"));
    return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname5", 0);
  }

  sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-16-nLen, zBuf+nLen, SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX);

  j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
  sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
  for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
    zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
  }
  zBuf[j] = 0;
  zBuf[j+1] = 0;
  *pzBuf = zBuf;

  OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME name=%s, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", zBuf));
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the named file is really a directory.  Return false if
** it is something other than a directory, or if there is any kind of memory
** allocation failure.
*/
static int winIsDir(const void *zConverted){
  DWORD attr;
  int rc = 0;
  DWORD lastErrno;

  if( osIsNT() ){
    int cnt = 0;
    WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
    memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
    while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
                             GetFileExInfoStandard,
                             &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){}
    if( !rc ){
      return 0; /* Invalid name? */
    }
    attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
  }else{
    attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
#endif
  }
  return (attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) && (attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY);
}

/*
** Open a file.
*/
static int winOpen(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,        /* Used to get maximum path name length */
  const char *zName,        /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
  sqlite3_file *id,         /* Write the SQLite file handle here */
  int flags,                /* Open mode flags */
  int *pOutFlags            /* Status return flags */
){
  HANDLE h;
  DWORD lastErrno = 0;
  DWORD dwDesiredAccess;
  DWORD dwShareMode;
  DWORD dwCreationDisposition;
  DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0;
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  int isTemp = 0;
#endif
  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
  void *zConverted;              /* Filename in OS encoding */
  const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */
  int cnt = 0;

  /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
  ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
  */
  char *zTmpname = 0; /* For temporary filename, if necessary. */

  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Function Return Code */
#if !defined(NDEBUG) || SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00;  /* Type of file to open */
#endif

  int isExclusive  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
  int isDelete     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
  int isCreate     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
  int isReadonly   = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
  int isReadWrite  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);

#ifndef NDEBUG
  int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && (
        eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 
     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
  ));
#endif

  OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, pFile=%p, flags=%x, pOutFlags=%p\n",
           zUtf8Name, id, flags, pOutFlags));

  /* Check the following statements are true: 
  **
  **   (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and 
  **   (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
  **   (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
  **   (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
  */
  assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
  assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
  assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
  assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);

  /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never 
  ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files.  */
  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );

  /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
  assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 
       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 
       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
  );

  assert( pFile!=0 );
  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(winFile));
  pFile->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;

#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  if( !zUtf8Name && !sqlite3_temp_directory ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_ERROR,
        "sqlite3_temp_directory variable should be set for WinRT");
  }
#endif

  /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a 
  ** temporary file name to use 
  */
  if( !zUtf8Name ){
    assert( isDelete && !isOpenJournal );
    rc = winGetTempname(pVfs, &zTmpname);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=%s", zUtf8Name, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
      return rc;
    }
    zUtf8Name = zTmpname;
  }

  /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not
  ** URIs with parameters.  Hence, they can always be passed into
  ** sqlite3_uri_parameter().
  */
  assert( (eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) || (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) ||
       zUtf8Name[sqlite3Strlen30(zUtf8Name)+1]==0 );

  /* Convert the filename to the system encoding. */
  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zUtf8Name);
  if( zConverted==0 ){
    sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
    OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM", zUtf8Name));
    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
  }

  if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){
    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
    sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
    OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR", zUtf8Name));
    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR;
  }

  if( isReadWrite ){
    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE;
  }else{
    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ;
  }

  /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is 
  ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access" 
  ** as it is usually understood.
  */
  if( isExclusive ){
    /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */
    /* If the file exists, it fails. */
    dwCreationDisposition = CREATE_NEW;
  }else if( isCreate ){
    /* Open existing file, or create if it doesn't exist */
    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS;
  }else{
    /* Opens a file, only if it exists. */
    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING;
  }

  dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE;

  if( isDelete ){
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN;
    isTemp = 1;
#else
    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY
                               | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
                               | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE;
#endif
  }else{
    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL;
  }
  /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always
  ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used.  Ticket #2699. */
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS;
#endif

  if( osIsNT() ){
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
    CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS extendedParameters;
    extendedParameters.dwSize = sizeof(CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS);
    extendedParameters.dwFileAttributes =
            dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK;
    extendedParameters.dwFileFlags = dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_FLAG_MASK;
    extendedParameters.dwSecurityQosFlags = SECURITY_ANONYMOUS;
    extendedParameters.lpSecurityAttributes = NULL;
    extendedParameters.hTemplateFile = NULL;
    while( (h = osCreateFile2((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
                              dwDesiredAccess,
                              dwShareMode,
                              dwCreationDisposition,
                              &extendedParameters))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
                              winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
               /* Noop */
    }
#else
    while( (h = osCreateFileW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
                              dwDesiredAccess,
                              dwShareMode, NULL,
                              dwCreationDisposition,
                              dwFlagsAndAttributes,
                              NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
                              winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
               /* Noop */
    }
#endif
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
  else{
    while( (h = osCreateFileA((LPCSTR)zConverted,
                              dwDesiredAccess,
                              dwShareMode, NULL,
                              dwCreationDisposition,
                              dwFlagsAndAttributes,
                              NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
                              winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
               /* Noop */
    }
  }
#endif
  winLogIoerr(cnt);

  OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name,
           dwDesiredAccess, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok"));

  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
    winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, pFile->lastErrno, "winOpen", zUtf8Name);
    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
    sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
    if( isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
      return winOpen(pVfs, zName, id, 
         ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) &
                     ~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)),
         pOutFlags);
    }else{
      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
    }
  }

  if( pOutFlags ){
    if( isReadWrite ){
      *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE;
    }else{
      *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
    }
  }

  OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, pOutFlags=%p, *pOutFlags=%d, "
           "rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name, dwDesiredAccess, pOutFlags, pOutFlags ?
           *pOutFlags : 0, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok"));

#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  if( isReadWrite && eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB
       && (rc = winceCreateLock(zName, pFile))!=SQLITE_OK
  ){
    osCloseHandle(h);
    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
    sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
    OSTRACE(("OPEN-CE-LOCK name=%s, rc=%s\n", zName, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
    return rc;
  }
  if( isTemp ){
    pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted;
  }else
#endif
  {
    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
  }

  sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
  pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod;
  pFile->pVfs = pVfs;
  pFile->h = h;
  if( isReadonly ){
    pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_RDONLY;
  }
  if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){
    pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_PSOW;
  }
  pFile->lastErrno = NO_ERROR;
  pFile->zPath = zName;
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  pFile->hMap = NULL;
  pFile->pMapRegion = 0;
  pFile->mmapSize = 0;
  pFile->mmapSizeActual = 0;
  pFile->mmapSizeMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
#endif

  OpenCounter(+1);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Delete the named file.
**
** Note that Windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other
** process has it open.  Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program
** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do
** whatever it does.  While this other process is holding the
** file open, we will be unable to delete it.  To work around this
** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again.  Up
** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving
** up and returning an error.
*/
static int winDelete(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,          /* Not used on win32 */
  const char *zFilename,      /* Name of file to delete */
  int syncDir                 /* Not used on win32 */
){
  int cnt = 0;
  int rc;
  DWORD attr;
  DWORD lastErrno = 0;
  void *zConverted;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(syncDir);

  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
  OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, syncDir=%d\n", zFilename, syncDir));

  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename);
  if( zConverted==0 ){
    OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n", zFilename));
    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
  }
  if( osIsNT() ){
    do {
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
      WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
      memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
      if ( osGetFileAttributesExW(zConverted, GetFileExInfoStandard,
                                  &sAttrData) ){
        attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
      }else{
        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
        if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
         || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */
        }else{
          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
        }
        break;
      }
#else
      attr = osGetFileAttributesW(zConverted);
#endif
      if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){
        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
        if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
         || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */
        }else{
          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
        }
        break;
      }
      if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){
        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */
        break;
      }
      if ( osDeleteFileW(zConverted) ){
        rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */
        break;
      }
      if ( !winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */
        break;
      }
    } while(1);
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
  else{
    do {
      attr = osGetFileAttributesA(zConverted);
      if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){
        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
        if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
         || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */
        }else{
          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
        }
        break;
      }
      if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){
        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */
        break;
      }
      if ( osDeleteFileA(zConverted) ){
        rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */
        break;
      }
      if ( !winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */
        break;
      }
    } while(1);
  }
#endif
  if( rc && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ){
    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, lastErrno, "winDelete", zFilename);
  }else{
    winLogIoerr(cnt);
  }
  sqlite3_free(zConverted);
  OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, rc=%s\n", zFilename, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
  return rc;
}

/*
** Check the existence and status of a file.
*/
static int winAccess(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* Not used on win32 */
  const char *zFilename,     /* Name of file to check */
  int flags,                 /* Type of test to make on this file */
  int *pResOut               /* OUT: Result */
){
  DWORD attr;
  int rc = 0;
  DWORD lastErrno = 0;
  void *zConverted;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);

  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
  OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, flags=%x, pResOut=%p\n",
           zFilename, flags, pResOut));

  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename);
  if( zConverted==0 ){
    OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n", zFilename));
    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
  }
  if( osIsNT() ){
    int cnt = 0;
    WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
    memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
    while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
                             GetFileExInfoStandard, 
                             &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){}
    if( rc ){
      /* For an SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS query, treat a zero-length file
      ** as if it does not exist.
      */
      if(    flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
          && sAttrData.nFileSizeHigh==0 
          && sAttrData.nFileSizeLow==0 ){
        attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
      }else{
        attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
      }
    }else{
      winLogIoerr(cnt);
      if( lastErrno!=ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND && lastErrno!=ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
        sqlite3_free(zConverted);
        return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS, lastErrno, "winAccess",
                           zFilename);
      }else{
        attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
      }
    }
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
  else{
    attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
  }
#endif
  sqlite3_free(zConverted);
  switch( flags ){
    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
    case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
      rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
      break;
    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
      rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES &&
             (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0;
      break;
    default:
      assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
  }
  *pResOut = rc;
  OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, pResOut=%p, *pResOut=%d, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
           zFilename, pResOut, *pResOut));
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Returns non-zero if the specified path name starts with a drive letter
** followed by a colon character.
*/
static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon(
  const char *zPathname
){
  return ( sqlite3Isalpha(zPathname[0]) && zPathname[1]==':' );
}

/*
** Returns non-zero if the specified path name should be used verbatim.  If
** non-zero is returned from this function, the calling function must simply
** use the provided path name verbatim -OR- resolve it into a full path name
** using the GetFullPathName Win32 API function (if available).
*/
static BOOL winIsVerbatimPathname(
  const char *zPathname
){
  /*
  ** If the path name starts with a forward slash or a backslash, it is either
  ** a legal UNC name, a volume relative path, or an absolute path name in the
  ** "Unix" format on Windows.  There is no easy way to differentiate between
  ** the final two cases; therefore, we return the safer return value of TRUE
  ** so that callers of this function will simply use it verbatim.
  */
  if ( winIsDirSep(zPathname[0]) ){
    return TRUE;
  }

  /*
  ** If the path name starts with a letter and a colon it is either a volume
  ** relative path or an absolute path.  Callers of this function must not
  ** attempt to treat it as a relative path name (i.e. they should simply use
  ** it verbatim).
  */
  if ( winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zPathname) ){
    return TRUE;
  }

  /*
  ** If we get to this point, the path name should almost certainly be a purely
  ** relative one (i.e. not a UNC name, not absolute, and not volume relative).
  */
  return FALSE;
}

/*
** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Write the full
** pathname into zOut[].  zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname
** bytes in size.
*/
static int winFullPathname(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
  const char *zRelative,        /* Possibly relative input path */
  int nFull,                    /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
  char *zFull                   /* Output buffer */
){
  
#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull);
  assert( nFull>=pVfs->mxPathname );
  if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
    /*
    ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
    **       directory has been set.  Therefore, use it as the basis
    **       for converting the relative path name to an absolute
    **       one by prepending the data directory and a slash.
    */
    char *zOut = sqlite3MallocZero( pVfs->mxPathname+1 );
    if( !zOut ){
      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
    }
    if( cygwin_conv_path(
            (osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A) |
            CCP_RELATIVE, zRelative, zOut, pVfs->mxPathname+1)<0 ){
      sqlite3_free(zOut);
      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno,
                         "winFullPathname1", zRelative);
    }else{
      char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zOut);
      if( !zUtf8 ){
        sqlite3_free(zOut);
        return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
      }
      sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s",
                       sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zUtf8);
      sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
      sqlite3_free(zOut);
    }
  }else{
    char *zOut = sqlite3MallocZero( pVfs->mxPathname+1 );
    if( !zOut ){
      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
    }
    if( cygwin_conv_path(
            (osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A),
            zRelative, zOut, pVfs->mxPathname+1)<0 ){
      sqlite3_free(zOut);
      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno,
                         "winFullPathname2", zRelative);
    }else{
      char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zOut);
      if( !zUtf8 ){
        sqlite3_free(zOut);
        return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
      }
      sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zUtf8);
      sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
      sqlite3_free(zOut);
    }
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
#endif

#if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
  /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */
  /* WinRT has no way to convert a relative path to an absolute one. */
  if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
    /*
    ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
    **       directory has been set.  Therefore, use it as the basis
    **       for converting the relative path name to an absolute
    **       one by prepending the data directory and a backslash.
    */
    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s",
                     sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zRelative);
  }else{
    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zRelative);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
#endif

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
  DWORD nByte;
  void *zConverted;
  char *zOut;

  /* If this path name begins with "/X:", where "X" is any alphabetic
  ** character, discard the initial "/" from the pathname.
  */
  if( zRelative[0]=='/' && winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zRelative+1) ){
    zRelative++;
  }

  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
  ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
  ** current working directory has been unlinked.
  */
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
  if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
    /*
    ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
    **       directory has been set.  Therefore, use it as the basis
    **       for converting the relative path name to an absolute
    **       one by prepending the data directory and a backslash.
    */
    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s",
                     sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zRelative);
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zRelative);
  if( zConverted==0 ){
    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
  }
  if( osIsNT() ){
    LPWSTR zTemp;
    nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0, 0, 0);
    if( nByte==0 ){
      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
                         "winFullPathname1", zRelative);
    }
    nByte += 3;
    zTemp = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
    if( zTemp==0 ){
      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
    }
    nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
    if( nByte==0 ){
      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
      sqlite3_free(zTemp);
      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
                         "winFullPathname2", zRelative);
    }
    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
    zOut = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTemp);
    sqlite3_free(zTemp);
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
  else{
    char *zTemp;
    nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0);
    if( nByte==0 ){
      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
                         "winFullPathname3", zRelative);
    }
    nByte += 3;
    zTemp = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
    if( zTemp==0 ){
      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
    }
    nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
    if( nByte==0 ){
      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
      sqlite3_free(zTemp);
      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
                         "winFullPathname4", zRelative);
    }
    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
    zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp);
    sqlite3_free(zTemp);
  }
#endif
  if( zOut ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zOut);
    sqlite3_free(zOut);
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
  }
#endif
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
/*
** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
*/
/*
** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
*/
static void *winDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
  HANDLE h;
  void *zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
  if( zConverted==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( osIsNT() ){
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
    h = osLoadPackagedLibrary((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0);
#else
    h = osLoadLibraryW((LPCWSTR)zConverted);
#endif
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
  else{
    h = osLoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted);
  }
#endif
  sqlite3_free(zConverted);
  return (void*)h;
}
static void winDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
  winGetLastErrorMsg(osGetLastError(), nBuf, zBufOut);
}
static void (*winDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,void *pH,const char *zSym))(void){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
  return (void(*)(void))osGetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pH, zSym);
}
static void winDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
  osFreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle);
}
#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
  #define winDlOpen  0
  #define winDlError 0
  #define winDlSym   0
  #define winDlClose 0
#endif


/*
** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf.
*/
static int winRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
  int n = 0;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
  n = nBuf;
  memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
#else
  if( sizeof(SYSTEMTIME)<=nBuf-n ){
    SYSTEMTIME x;
    osGetSystemTime(&x);
    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x));
    n += sizeof(x);
  }
  if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
    DWORD pid = osGetCurrentProcessId();
    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &pid, sizeof(pid));
    n += sizeof(pid);
  }
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  if( sizeof(ULONGLONG)<=nBuf-n ){
    ULONGLONG cnt = osGetTickCount64();
    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt));
    n += sizeof(cnt);
  }
#else
  if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
    DWORD cnt = osGetTickCount();
    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt));
    n += sizeof(cnt);
  }
#endif
  if( sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)<=nBuf-n ){
    LARGE_INTEGER i;
    osQueryPerformanceCounter(&i);
    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &i, sizeof(i));
    n += sizeof(i);
  }
#endif
  return n;
}


/*
** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
*/
static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){
  sqlite3_win32_sleep((microsec+999)/1000);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
  return ((microsec+999)/1000)*1000;
}

/*
** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as
** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of
** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;  /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */
#endif

/*
** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write into *piNow
** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000.  In
** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian
** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
**
** On success, return SQLITE_OK.  Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date 
** cannot be found.
*/
static int winCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
  /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of 
     100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). 
  */
  FILETIME ft;
  static const sqlite3_int64 winFiletimeEpoch = 23058135*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
#endif
  /* 2^32 - to avoid use of LL and warnings in gcc */
  static const sqlite3_int64 max32BitValue = 
      (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 +
      (sqlite3_int64)294967296;

#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  SYSTEMTIME time;
  osGetSystemTime(&time);
  /* if SystemTimeToFileTime() fails, it returns zero. */
  if (!osSystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft)){
    return SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
#else
  osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
#endif

  *piNow = winFiletimeEpoch +
            ((((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*max32BitValue) + 
               (sqlite3_int64)ft.dwLowDateTime)/(sqlite3_int64)10000;

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
    *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch;
  }
#endif
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
*/
static int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){
  int rc;
  sqlite3_int64 i;
  rc = winCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, &i);
  if( !rc ){
    *prNow = i/86400000.0;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** The idea is that this function works like a combination of
** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on Windows (or errno and
** strerror_r() on Unix). After an error is returned by an OS
** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to
** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the
** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message
** describing the last IO error to have occurred within the calling
** thread.
**
** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer,
** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError
** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned,
** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character
** in the output buffer.
**
** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect
** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never
** returns an error message:
**
**   int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
**     assert(zBuf[0]=='\0');
**     return 0;
**   }
**
** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated
** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using
** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug.
*/
static int winGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
  return winGetLastErrorMsg(osGetLastError(), nBuf, zBuf);
}

/*
** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
  static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = {
    3,                   /* iVersion */
    sizeof(winFile),     /* szOsFile */
    SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */
    0,                   /* pNext */
    "win32",             /* zName */
    0,                   /* pAppData */
    winOpen,             /* xOpen */
    winDelete,           /* xDelete */
    winAccess,           /* xAccess */
    winFullPathname,     /* xFullPathname */
    winDlOpen,           /* xDlOpen */
    winDlError,          /* xDlError */
    winDlSym,            /* xDlSym */
    winDlClose,          /* xDlClose */
    winRandomness,       /* xRandomness */
    winSleep,            /* xSleep */
    winCurrentTime,      /* xCurrentTime */
    winGetLastError,     /* xGetLastError */
    winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
    winSetSystemCall,    /* xSetSystemCall */
    winGetSystemCall,    /* xGetSystemCall */
    winNextSystemCall,   /* xNextSystemCall */
  };
#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
  static sqlite3_vfs winLongPathVfs = {
    3,                   /* iVersion */
    sizeof(winFile),     /* szOsFile */
    SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */
    0,                   /* pNext */
    "win32-longpath",    /* zName */
    0,                   /* pAppData */
    winOpen,             /* xOpen */
    winDelete,           /* xDelete */
    winAccess,           /* xAccess */
    winFullPathname,     /* xFullPathname */
    winDlOpen,           /* xDlOpen */
    winDlError,          /* xDlError */
    winDlSym,            /* xDlSym */
    winDlClose,          /* xDlClose */
    winRandomness,       /* xRandomness */
    winSleep,            /* xSleep */
    winCurrentTime,      /* xCurrentTime */
    winGetLastError,     /* xGetLastError */
    winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
    winSetSystemCall,    /* xSetSystemCall */
    winGetSystemCall,    /* xGetSystemCall */
    winNextSystemCall,   /* xNextSystemCall */
  };
#endif

  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==76 );

  /* get memory map allocation granularity */
  memset(&winSysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO));
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  osGetNativeSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
#else
  osGetSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
#endif
  assert( winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity>0 );
  assert( winSysInfo.dwPageSize>0 );

  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1);

#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winLongPathVfs, 0);
#endif

  return SQLITE_OK; 
}

SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ 
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  if( sleepObj!=NULL ){
    osCloseHandle(sleepObj);
    sleepObj = NULL;
  }
#endif
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */

/************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file bitvec.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2008 February 16
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file implements an object that represents a fixed-length
** bitmap.  Bits are numbered starting with 1.
**
** A bitmap is used to record which pages of a database file have been
** journalled during a transaction, or which pages have the "dont-write"
** property.  Usually only a few pages are meet either condition.
** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality.
** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most
** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled.  In those cases, 
** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality.  The algorithm needs 
** to handle both cases well.
**
** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created.
**
** All bits are clear when the bitmap is created.  Individual bits
** may be set or cleared one at a time.
**
** Test operations are about 100 times more common that set operations.
** Clear operations are exceedingly rare.  There are usually between
** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can
** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger.  The size of the
** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the
** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand,
** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database.
*/

/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */
#define BITVEC_SZ        512

/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how 
** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
#define BITVEC_USIZE     (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*))

/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation. 
** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE. 
** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve
** performance. */
#define BITVEC_TELEM     u8
/* Size, in bits, of the bitmap element. */
#define BITVEC_SZELEM    8
/* Number of elements in a bitmap array. */
#define BITVEC_NELEM     (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(BITVEC_TELEM))
/* Number of bits in the bitmap array. */
#define BITVEC_NBIT      (BITVEC_NELEM*BITVEC_SZELEM)

/* Number of u32 values in hash table. */
#define BITVEC_NINT      (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32))
/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before 
** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
#define BITVEC_MXHASH    (BITVEC_NINT/2)
/* Hashing function for the aHash representation.
** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier 
** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided 
** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */
#define BITVEC_HASH(X)   (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT)

#define BITVEC_NPTR      (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(Bitvec *))


/*
** A bitmap is an instance of the following structure.
**
** This bitmap records the existence of zero or more bits
** with values between 1 and iSize, inclusive.
**
** There are three possible representations of the bitmap.
** If iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT, then Bitvec.u.aBitmap[] is a straight
** bitmap.  The least significant bit is bit 1.
**
** If iSize>BITVEC_NBIT and iDivisor==0 then Bitvec.u.aHash[] is
** a hash table that will hold up to BITVEC_MXHASH distinct values.
**
** Otherwise, the value i is redirected into one of BITVEC_NPTR
** sub-bitmaps pointed to by Bitvec.u.apSub[].  Each subbitmap
** handles up to iDivisor separate values of i.  apSub[0] holds
** values between 1 and iDivisor.  apSub[1] holds values between
** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor.  apSub[N] holds values between
** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor.  Each subbitmap is normalized
** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor.
*/
struct Bitvec {
  u32 iSize;      /* Maximum bit index.  Max iSize is 4,294,967,296. */
  u32 nSet;       /* Number of bits that are set - only valid for aHash
                  ** element.  Max is BITVEC_NINT.  For BITVEC_SZ of 512,
                  ** this would be 125. */
  u32 iDivisor;   /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry. */
                  /* Should >=0 for apSub element. */
                  /* Max iDivisor is max(u32) / BITVEC_NPTR + 1.  */
                  /* For a BITVEC_SZ of 512, this would be 34,359,739. */
  union {
    BITVEC_TELEM aBitmap[BITVEC_NELEM];    /* Bitmap representation */
    u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT];      /* Hash table representation */
    Bitvec *apSub[BITVEC_NPTR];  /* Recursive representation */
  } u;
};

/*
** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize,
** inclusive.  Return a pointer to the new object.  Return NULL if 
** malloc fails.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){
  Bitvec *p;
  assert( sizeof(*p)==BITVEC_SZ );
  p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
  if( p ){
    p->iSize = iSize;
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Check to see if the i-th bit is set.  Return true or false.
** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if
** i is out of range, then return false.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
  if( p==0 ) return 0;
  if( i>p->iSize || i==0 ) return 0;
  i--;
  while( p->iDivisor ){
    u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
    i = i%p->iDivisor;
    p = p->u.apSub[bin];
    if (!p) {
      return 0;
    }
  }
  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
    return (p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] & (1<<(i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))))!=0;
  } else{
    u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(i++);
    while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
      if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return 1;
      h = (h+1) % BITVEC_NINT;
    }
    return 0;
  }
}

/*
** Set the i-th bit.  Return 0 on success and an error code if
** anything goes wrong.
**
** This routine might cause sub-bitmaps to be allocated.  Failing
** to get the memory needed to hold the sub-bitmap is the only
** that can go wrong with an insert, assuming p and i are valid.
**
** The calling function must ensure that p is a valid Bitvec object
** and that the value for "i" is within range of the Bitvec object.
** Otherwise the behavior is undefined.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
  u32 h;
  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
  assert( i>0 );
  assert( i<=p->iSize );
  i--;
  while((p->iSize > BITVEC_NBIT) && p->iDivisor) {
    u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
    i = i%p->iDivisor;
    if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ){
      p->u.apSub[bin] = sqlite3BitvecCreate( p->iDivisor );
      if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    p = p->u.apSub[bin];
  }
  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
    p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] |= 1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1));
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  h = BITVEC_HASH(i++);
  /* if there wasn't a hash collision, and this doesn't */
  /* completely fill the hash, then just add it without */
  /* worring about sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
  if( !p->u.aHash[h] ){
    if (p->nSet<(BITVEC_NINT-1)) {
      goto bitvec_set_end;
    } else {
      goto bitvec_set_rehash;
    }
  }
  /* there was a collision, check to see if it's already */
  /* in hash, if not, try to find a spot for it */
  do {
    if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return SQLITE_OK;
    h++;
    if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
  } while( p->u.aHash[h] );
  /* we didn't find it in the hash.  h points to the first */
  /* available free spot. check to see if this is going to */
  /* make our hash too "full".  */
bitvec_set_rehash:
  if( p->nSet>=BITVEC_MXHASH ){
    unsigned int j;
    int rc;
    u32 *aiValues = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(0, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
    if( aiValues==0 ){
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else{
      memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
      memset(p->u.apSub, 0, sizeof(p->u.apSub));
      p->iDivisor = (p->iSize + BITVEC_NPTR - 1)/BITVEC_NPTR;
      rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(p, i);
      for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
        if( aiValues[j] ) rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p, aiValues[j]);
      }
      sqlite3StackFree(0, aiValues);
      return rc;
    }
  }
bitvec_set_end:
  p->nSet++;
  p->u.aHash[h] = i;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Clear the i-th bit.
**
** pBuf must be a pointer to at least BITVEC_SZ bytes of temporary storage
** that BitvecClear can use to rebuilt its hash table.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec *p, u32 i, void *pBuf){
  if( p==0 ) return;
  assert( i>0 );
  i--;
  while( p->iDivisor ){
    u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
    i = i%p->iDivisor;
    p = p->u.apSub[bin];
    if (!p) {
      return;
    }
  }
  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
    p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] &= ~(1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1)));
  }else{
    unsigned int j;
    u32 *aiValues = pBuf;
    memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
    memset(p->u.aHash, 0, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
    p->nSet = 0;
    for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
      if( aiValues[j] && aiValues[j]!=(i+1) ){
        u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(aiValues[j]-1);
        p->nSet++;
        while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
          h++;
          if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
        }
        p->u.aHash[h] = aiValues[j];
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** Destroy a bitmap object.  Reclaim all memory used.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec *p){
  if( p==0 ) return;
  if( p->iDivisor ){
    unsigned int i;
    for(i=0; i<BITVEC_NPTR; i++){
      sqlite3BitvecDestroy(p->u.apSub[i]);
    }
  }
  sqlite3_free(p);
}

/*
** Return the value of the iSize parameter specified when Bitvec *p
** was created.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec *p){
  return p->iSize;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
/*
** Let V[] be an array of unsigned characters sufficient to hold
** up to N bits.  Let I be an integer between 0 and N.  0<=I<N.
** Then the following macros can be used to set, clear, or test
** individual bits within V.
*/
#define SETBIT(V,I)      V[I>>3] |= (1<<(I&7))
#define CLEARBIT(V,I)    V[I>>3] &= ~(1<<(I&7))
#define TESTBIT(V,I)     (V[I>>3]&(1<<(I&7)))!=0

/*
** This routine runs an extensive test of the Bitvec code.
**
** The input is an array of integers that acts as a program
** to test the Bitvec.  The integers are opcodes followed
** by 0, 1, or 3 operands, depending on the opcode.  Another
** opcode follows immediately after the last operand.
**
** There are 6 opcodes numbered from 0 through 5.  0 is the
** "halt" opcode and causes the test to end.
**
**    0          Halt and return the number of errors
**    1 N S X    Set N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
**    2 N S X    Clear N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
**    3 N        Set N randomly chosen bits
**    4 N        Clear N randomly chosen bits
**    5 N S X    Set N bits from S increment X in array only, not in bitvec
**
** The opcodes 1 through 4 perform set and clear operations are performed
** on both a Bitvec object and on a linear array of bits obtained from malloc.
** Opcode 5 works on the linear array only, not on the Bitvec.
** Opcode 5 is used to deliberately induce a fault in order to
** confirm that error detection works.
**
** At the conclusion of the test the linear array is compared
** against the Bitvec object.  If there are any differences,
** an error is returned.  If they are the same, zero is returned.
**
** If a memory allocation error occurs, return -1.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){
  Bitvec *pBitvec = 0;
  unsigned char *pV = 0;
  int rc = -1;
  int i, nx, pc, op;
  void *pTmpSpace;

  /* Allocate the Bitvec to be tested and a linear array of
  ** bits to act as the reference */
  pBitvec = sqlite3BitvecCreate( sz );
  pV = sqlite3MallocZero( (sz+7)/8 + 1 );
  pTmpSpace = sqlite3_malloc(BITVEC_SZ);
  if( pBitvec==0 || pV==0 || pTmpSpace==0  ) goto bitvec_end;

  /* NULL pBitvec tests */
  sqlite3BitvecSet(0, 1);
  sqlite3BitvecClear(0, 1, pTmpSpace);

  /* Run the program */
  pc = 0;
  while( (op = aOp[pc])!=0 ){
    switch( op ){
      case 1:
      case 2:
      case 5: {
        nx = 4;
        i = aOp[pc+2] - 1;
        aOp[pc+2] += aOp[pc+3];
        break;
      }
      case 3:
      case 4: 
      default: {
        nx = 2;
        sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i);
        break;
      }
    }
    if( (--aOp[pc+1]) > 0 ) nx = 0;
    pc += nx;
    i = (i & 0x7fffffff)%sz;
    if( (op & 1)!=0 ){
      SETBIT(pV, (i+1));
      if( op!=5 ){
        if( sqlite3BitvecSet(pBitvec, i+1) ) goto bitvec_end;
      }
    }else{
      CLEARBIT(pV, (i+1));
      sqlite3BitvecClear(pBitvec, i+1, pTmpSpace);
    }
  }

  /* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the
  ** Bitvec object.  Start with the assumption that they do
  ** match (rc==0).  Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy
  ** is found.
  */
  rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1)
          + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0)
          + (sqlite3BitvecSize(pBitvec) - sz);
  for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){
    if(  (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){
      rc = i;
      break;
    }
  }

  /* Free allocated structure */
bitvec_end:
  sqlite3_free(pTmpSpace);
  sqlite3_free(pV);
  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBitvec);
  return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */

/************** End of bitvec.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file pcache.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2008 August 05
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file implements that page cache.
*/

/*
** A complete page cache is an instance of this structure.
*/
struct PCache {
  PgHdr *pDirty, *pDirtyTail;         /* List of dirty pages in LRU order */
  PgHdr *pSynced;                     /* Last synced page in dirty page list */
  int nRef;                           /* Number of referenced pages */
  int szCache;                        /* Configured cache size */
  int szPage;                         /* Size of every page in this cache */
  int szExtra;                        /* Size of extra space for each page */
  int bPurgeable;                     /* True if pages are on backing store */
  int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*);       /* Call to try make a page clean */
  void *pStress;                      /* Argument to xStress */
  sqlite3_pcache *pCache;             /* Pluggable cache module */
  PgHdr *pPage1;                      /* Reference to page 1 */
};

/*
** Some of the assert() macros in this code are too expensive to run
** even during normal debugging.  Use them only rarely on long-running
** tests.  Enable the expensive asserts using the
** -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT=1 compile-time option.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
# define expensive_assert(X)  assert(X)
#else
# define expensive_assert(X)
#endif

/********************************** Linked List Management ********************/

#if !defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT)
/*
** Check that the pCache->pSynced variable is set correctly. If it
** is not, either fail an assert or return zero. Otherwise, return
** non-zero. This is only used in debugging builds, as follows:
**
**   expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
*/
static int pcacheCheckSynced(PCache *pCache){
  PgHdr *p;
  for(p=pCache->pDirtyTail; p!=pCache->pSynced; p=p->pDirtyPrev){
    assert( p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) );
  }
  return (p==0 || p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0);
}
#endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */

/*
** Remove page pPage from the list of dirty pages.
*/
static void pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){
  PCache *p = pPage->pCache;

  assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
  assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty );

  /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */
  if( p->pSynced==pPage ){
    PgHdr *pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
    while( pSynced && (pSynced->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
      pSynced = pSynced->pDirtyPrev;
    }
    p->pSynced = pSynced;
  }

  if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
    pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
  }else{
    assert( pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
    p->pDirtyTail = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
  }
  if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){
    pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext;
  }else{
    assert( pPage==p->pDirty );
    p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext;
  }
  pPage->pDirtyNext = 0;
  pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0;

  expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
}

/*
** Add page pPage to the head of the dirty list (PCache1.pDirty is set to
** pPage).
*/
static void pcacheAddToDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){
  PCache *p = pPage->pCache;

  assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage );

  pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty;
  if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
    assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 );
    pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage;
  }
  p->pDirty = pPage;
  if( !p->pDirtyTail ){
    p->pDirtyTail = pPage;
  }
  if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
    p->pSynced = pPage;
  }
  expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
}

/*
** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is
** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op.
*/
static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){
  PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
    if( p->pgno==1 ){
      pCache->pPage1 = 0;
    }
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 0);
  }
}

/*************************************************** General Interfaces ******
**
** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these 
** functions are threadsafe.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){
    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26801-64137 If the xInit() method is NULL, then the
    ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
    ** page cache. */
    sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
  }
  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void){
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown ){
    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26000-56589 The xShutdown() method may be NULL. */
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg);
  }
}

/*
** Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); }

/*
** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object
** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. 
** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by 
** calling sqlite3PcacheSize().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen(
  int szPage,                  /* Size of every page */
  int szExtra,                 /* Extra space associated with each page */
  int bPurgeable,              /* True if pages are on backing store */
  int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*),/* Call to try to make pages clean */
  void *pStress,               /* Argument to xStress */
  PCache *p                    /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
){
  memset(p, 0, sizeof(PCache));
  p->szPage = szPage;
  p->szExtra = szExtra;
  p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable;
  p->xStress = xStress;
  p->pStress = pStress;
  p->szCache = 100;
}

/*
** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there
** are no outstanding page references when this function is called.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *pCache, int szPage){
  assert( pCache->nRef==0 && pCache->pDirty==0 );
  if( pCache->pCache ){
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
    pCache->pCache = 0;
    pCache->pPage1 = 0;
  }
  pCache->szPage = szPage;
}

/*
** Compute the number of pages of cache requested.
*/
static int numberOfCachePages(PCache *p){
  if( p->szCache>=0 ){
    return p->szCache;
  }else{
    return (int)((-1024*(i64)p->szCache)/(p->szPage+p->szExtra));
  }
}

/*
** Try to obtain a page from the cache.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(
  PCache *pCache,       /* Obtain the page from this cache */
  Pgno pgno,            /* Page number to obtain */
  int createFlag,       /* If true, create page if it does not exist already */
  PgHdr **ppPage        /* Write the page here */
){
  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage = 0;
  PgHdr *pPgHdr = 0;
  int eCreate;

  assert( pCache!=0 );
  assert( createFlag==1 || createFlag==0 );
  assert( pgno>0 );

  /* If the pluggable cache (sqlite3_pcache*) has not been allocated,
  ** allocate it now.
  */
  if( !pCache->pCache && createFlag ){
    sqlite3_pcache *p;
    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCreate(
        pCache->szPage, pCache->szExtra + sizeof(PgHdr), pCache->bPurgeable
    );
    if( !p ){
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(p, numberOfCachePages(pCache));
    pCache->pCache = p;
  }

  eCreate = createFlag * (1 + (!pCache->bPurgeable || !pCache->pDirty));
  if( pCache->pCache ){
    pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, eCreate);
  }

  if( !pPage && eCreate==1 ){
    PgHdr *pPg;

    /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a 
    ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
    ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other 
    ** unreferenced dirty page.
    */
    expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
    for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; 
        pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 
        pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev
    );
    pCache->pSynced = pPg;
    if( !pPg ){
      for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev);
    }
    if( pPg ){
      int rc;
#ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL
      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, 
                  "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d",
                  pPg->pgno, pgno,
                  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache),
                  numberOfCachePages(pCache));
#endif
      rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
        return rc;
      }
    }

    pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, 2);
  }

  if( pPage ){
    pPgHdr = (PgHdr *)pPage->pExtra;

    if( !pPgHdr->pPage ){
      memset(pPgHdr, 0, sizeof(PgHdr));
      pPgHdr->pPage = pPage;
      pPgHdr->pData = pPage->pBuf;
      pPgHdr->pExtra = (void *)&pPgHdr[1];
      memset(pPgHdr->pExtra, 0, pCache->szExtra);
      pPgHdr->pCache = pCache;
      pPgHdr->pgno = pgno;
    }
    assert( pPgHdr->pCache==pCache );
    assert( pPgHdr->pgno==pgno );
    assert( pPgHdr->pData==pPage->pBuf );
    assert( pPgHdr->pExtra==(void *)&pPgHdr[1] );

    if( 0==pPgHdr->nRef ){
      pCache->nRef++;
    }
    pPgHdr->nRef++;
    if( pgno==1 ){
      pCache->pPage1 = pPgHdr;
    }
  }
  *ppPage = pPgHdr;
  return (pPgHdr==0 && eCreate) ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the
** reference count drops to 0, then it is made elible for recycling.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){
  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  p->nRef--;
  if( p->nRef==0 ){
    PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
    pCache->nRef--;
    if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 ){
      pcacheUnpin(p);
    }else{
      /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. */
      pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
      pcacheAddToDirtyList(p);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr *p){
  assert(p->nRef>0);
  p->nRef++;
}

/*
** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the
** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the
** page pointed to by p is invalid.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){
  PCache *pCache;
  assert( p->nRef==1 );
  if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){
    pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
  }
  pCache = p->pCache;
  pCache->nRef--;
  if( p->pgno==1 ){
    pCache->pPage1 = 0;
  }
  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 1);
}

/*
** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already,
** make it so.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){
  p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  if( 0==(p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
    p->flags |= PGHDR_DIRTY;
    pcacheAddToDirtyList( p);
  }
}

/*
** Make sure the page is marked as clean. If it isn't clean already,
** make it so.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){
  if( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
    pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
    p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
    if( p->nRef==0 ){
      pcacheUnpin(p);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Make every page in the cache clean.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache *pCache){
  PgHdr *p;
  while( (p = pCache->pDirty)!=0 ){
    sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
  }
}

/*
** Clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag from all dirty pages.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *pCache){
  PgHdr *p;
  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
    p->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
  }
  pCache->pSynced = pCache->pDirtyTail;
}

/*
** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. 
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){
  PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  assert( newPgno>0 );
  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xRekey(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, p->pgno,newPgno);
  p->pgno = newPgno;
  if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
    pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
    pcacheAddToDirtyList(p);
  }
}

/*
** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno". The
** caller must ensure that there are no outstanding references to any pages
** other than page 1 with a page number greater than pgno.
**
** If there is a reference to page 1 and the pgno parameter passed to this
** function is 0, then the data area associated with page 1 is zeroed, but
** the page object is not dropped.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache *pCache, Pgno pgno){
  if( pCache->pCache ){
    PgHdr *p;
    PgHdr *pNext;
    for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=pNext){
      pNext = p->pDirtyNext;
      /* This routine never gets call with a positive pgno except right
      ** after sqlite3PcacheCleanAll().  So if there are dirty pages,
      ** it must be that pgno==0.
      */
      assert( p->pgno>0 );
      if( ALWAYS(p->pgno>pgno) ){
        assert( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
        sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
      }
    }
    if( pgno==0 && pCache->pPage1 ){
      memset(pCache->pPage1->pData, 0, pCache->szPage);
      pgno = 1;
    }
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xTruncate(pCache->pCache, pgno+1);
  }
}

/*
** Close a cache.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){
  if( pCache->pCache ){
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
  }
}

/* 
** Discard the contents of the cache.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){
  sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pCache, 0);
}

/*
** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order.
** Do not both fixing the pDirtyPrev pointers.
*/
static PgHdr *pcacheMergeDirtyList(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){
  PgHdr result, *pTail;
  pTail = &result;
  while( pA && pB ){
    if( pA->pgno<pB->pgno ){
      pTail->pDirty = pA;
      pTail = pA;
      pA = pA->pDirty;
    }else{
      pTail->pDirty = pB;
      pTail = pB;
      pB = pB->pDirty;
    }
  }
  if( pA ){
    pTail->pDirty = pA;
  }else if( pB ){
    pTail->pDirty = pB;
  }else{
    pTail->pDirty = 0;
  }
  return result.pDirty;
}

/*
** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno.  Pages are
** connected by pDirty pointers.  The pDirtyPrev pointers are
** corrupted by this sort.
**
** Since there cannot be more than 2^31 distinct pages in a database,
** there cannot be more than 31 buckets required by the merge sorter.
** One extra bucket is added to catch overflow in case something
** ever changes to make the previous sentence incorrect.
*/
#define N_SORT_BUCKET  32
static PgHdr *pcacheSortDirtyList(PgHdr *pIn){
  PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET], *p;
  int i;
  memset(a, 0, sizeof(a));
  while( pIn ){
    p = pIn;
    pIn = p->pDirty;
    p->pDirty = 0;
    for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<N_SORT_BUCKET-1); i++){
      if( a[i]==0 ){
        a[i] = p;
        break;
      }else{
        p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p);
        a[i] = 0;
      }
    }
    if( NEVER(i==N_SORT_BUCKET-1) ){
      /* To get here, there need to be 2^(N_SORT_BUCKET) elements in
      ** the input list.  But that is impossible.
      */
      a[i] = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p);
    }
  }
  p = a[0];
  for(i=1; i<N_SORT_BUCKET; i++){
    p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(p, a[i]);
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Return a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache *pCache){
  PgHdr *p;
  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
    p->pDirty = p->pDirtyNext;
  }
  return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty);
}

/* 
** Return the total number of referenced pages held by the cache.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache *pCache){
  return pCache->nRef;
}

/*
** Return the number of references to the page supplied as an argument.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr *p){
  return p->nRef;
}

/* 
** Return the total number of pages in the cache.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){
  int nPage = 0;
  if( pCache->pCache ){
    nPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xPagecount(pCache->pCache);
  }
  return nPage;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
** Get the suggested cache-size value.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *pCache){
  return numberOfCachePages(pCache);
}
#endif

/*
** Set the suggested cache-size value.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){
  pCache->szCache = mxPage;
  if( pCache->pCache ){
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pCache->pCache,
                                           numberOfCachePages(pCache));
  }
}

/*
** Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache *pCache){
  if( pCache->pCache ){
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShrink(pCache->pCache);
  }
}

#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
** For all dirty pages currently in the cache, invoke the specified
** callback. This is only used if the SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES macro is
** defined.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)){
  PgHdr *pDirty;
  for(pDirty=pCache->pDirty; pDirty; pDirty=pDirty->pDirtyNext){
    xIter(pDirty);
  }
}
#endif

/************** End of pcache.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file pcache1.c *****************************************/
/*
** 2008 November 05
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file implements the default page cache implementation (the
** sqlite3_pcache interface). It also contains part of the implementation
** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features.
** If the default page cache implementation is overriden, then neither of
** these two features are available.
*/


typedef struct PCache1 PCache1;
typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1;
typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot;
typedef struct PGroup PGroup;

/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup.  A PGroup is a set 
** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each others unpinned
** pages when they are under memory pressure.  A PGroup is an instance of
** the following object.
**
** This page cache implementation works in one of two modes:
**
**   (1)  Every PCache is the sole member of its own PGroup.  There is
**        one PGroup per PCache.
**
**   (2)  There is a single global PGroup that all PCaches are a member
**        of.
**
** Mode 1 uses more memory (since PCache instances are not able to rob
** unused pages from other PCaches) but it also operates without a mutex,
** and is therefore often faster.  Mode 2 requires a mutex in order to be
** threadsafe, but recycles pages more efficiently.
**
** For mode (1), PGroup.mutex is NULL.  For mode (2) there is only a single
** PGroup which is the pcache1.grp global variable and its mutex is
** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU.
*/
struct PGroup {
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;          /* MUTEX_STATIC_LRU or NULL */
  unsigned int nMaxPage;         /* Sum of nMax for purgeable caches */
  unsigned int nMinPage;         /* Sum of nMin for purgeable caches */
  unsigned int mxPinned;         /* nMaxpage + 10 - nMinPage */
  unsigned int nCurrentPage;     /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */
  PgHdr1 *pLruHead, *pLruTail;   /* LRU list of unpinned pages */
};

/* Each page cache is an instance of the following object.  Every
** open database file (including each in-memory database and each
** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which
** is an instance of this object.
**
** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as 
** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles.
*/
struct PCache1 {
  /* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable
  ** flag (bPurgeable) are set when the cache is created. nMax may be 
  ** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1Cachesize() method.
  ** The PGroup mutex must be held when accessing nMax.
  */
  PGroup *pGroup;                     /* PGroup this cache belongs to */
  int szPage;                         /* Size of allocated pages in bytes */
  int szExtra;                        /* Size of extra space in bytes */
  int bPurgeable;                     /* True if cache is purgeable */
  unsigned int nMin;                  /* Minimum number of pages reserved */
  unsigned int nMax;                  /* Configured "cache_size" value */
  unsigned int n90pct;                /* nMax*9/10 */
  unsigned int iMaxKey;               /* Largest key seen since xTruncate() */

  /* Hash table of all pages. The following variables may only be accessed
  ** when the accessor is holding the PGroup mutex.
  */
  unsigned int nRecyclable;           /* Number of pages in the LRU list */
  unsigned int nPage;                 /* Total number of pages in apHash */
  unsigned int nHash;                 /* Number of slots in apHash[] */
  PgHdr1 **apHash;                    /* Hash table for fast lookup by key */
};

/*
** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following 
** structure. Unless SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, a buffer of
** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure 
** in memory.
*/
struct PgHdr1 {
  sqlite3_pcache_page page;
  unsigned int iKey;             /* Key value (page number) */
  PgHdr1 *pNext;                 /* Next in hash table chain */
  PCache1 *pCache;               /* Cache that currently owns this page */
  PgHdr1 *pLruNext;              /* Next in LRU list of unpinned pages */
  PgHdr1 *pLruPrev;              /* Previous in LRU list of unpinned pages */
};

/*
** Free slots in the allocator used to divide up the buffer provided using
** the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE mechanism.
*/
struct PgFreeslot {
  PgFreeslot *pNext;  /* Next free slot */
};

/*
** Global data used by this cache.
*/
static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal {
  PGroup grp;                    /* The global PGroup for mode (2) */

  /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings.  The
  ** szSlot, nSlot, pStart, pEnd, nReserve, and isInit values are all
  ** fixed at sqlite3_initialize() time and do not require mutex protection.
  ** The nFreeSlot and pFree values do require mutex protection.
  */
  int isInit;                    /* True if initialized */
  int szSlot;                    /* Size of each free slot */
  int nSlot;                     /* The number of pcache slots */
  int nReserve;                  /* Try to keep nFreeSlot above this */
  void *pStart, *pEnd;           /* Bounds of pagecache malloc range */
  /* Above requires no mutex.  Use mutex below for variable that follow. */
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;          /* Mutex for accessing the following: */
  PgFreeslot *pFree;             /* Free page blocks */
  int nFreeSlot;                 /* Number of unused pcache slots */
  /* The following value requires a mutex to change.  We skip the mutex on
  ** reading because (1) most platforms read a 32-bit integer atomically and
  ** (2) even if an incorrect value is read, no great harm is done since this
  ** is really just an optimization. */
  int bUnderPressure;            /* True if low on PAGECACHE memory */
} pcache1_g;

/*
** All code in this file should access the global structure above via the
** alias "pcache1". This ensures that the WSD emulation is used when
** compiling for systems that do not support real WSD.
*/
#define pcache1 (GLOBAL(struct PCacheGlobal, pcache1_g))

/*
** Macros to enter and leave the PCache LRU mutex.
*/
#define pcache1EnterMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_enter((X)->mutex)
#define pcache1LeaveMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_leave((X)->mutex)

/******************************************************************************/
/******** Page Allocation/SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE Related Functions **************/

/*
** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is 
** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large
** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each.
**
** This routine is called from sqlite3_initialize() and so it is guaranteed
** to be serialized already.  There is no need for further mutexing.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){
  if( pcache1.isInit ){
    PgFreeslot *p;
    sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz);
    pcache1.szSlot = sz;
    pcache1.nSlot = pcache1.nFreeSlot = n;
    pcache1.nReserve = n>90 ? 10 : (n/10 + 1);
    pcache1.pStart = pBuf;
    pcache1.pFree = 0;
    pcache1.bUnderPressure = 0;
    while( n-- ){
      p = (PgFreeslot*)pBuf;
      p->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
      pcache1.pFree = p;
      pBuf = (void*)&((char*)pBuf)[sz];
    }
    pcache1.pEnd = pBuf;
  }
}

/*
** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer
** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no 
** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls 
** back to sqlite3Malloc().
**
** Multiple threads can run this routine at the same time.  Global variables
** in pcache1 need to be protected via mutex.
*/
static void *pcache1Alloc(int nByte){
  void *p = 0;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) );
  sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte);
  if( nByte<=pcache1.szSlot ){
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
    p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1.pFree;
    if( p ){
      pcache1.pFree = pcache1.pFree->pNext;
      pcache1.nFreeSlot--;
      pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot<pcache1.nReserve;
      assert( pcache1.nFreeSlot>=0 );
      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1);
    }
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
  }
  if( p==0 ){
    /* Memory is not available in the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE pool.  Get
    ** it from sqlite3Malloc instead.
    */
    p = sqlite3Malloc(nByte);
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS
    if( p ){
      int sz = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz);
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
    }
#endif
    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE);
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Free an allocated buffer obtained from pcache1Alloc().
*/
static int pcache1Free(void *p){
  int nFreed = 0;
  if( p==0 ) return 0;
  if( p>=pcache1.pStart && p<pcache1.pEnd ){
    PgFreeslot *pSlot;
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, -1);
    pSlot = (PgFreeslot*)p;
    pSlot->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
    pcache1.pFree = pSlot;
    pcache1.nFreeSlot++;
    pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot<pcache1.nReserve;
    assert( pcache1.nFreeSlot<=pcache1.nSlot );
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
  }else{
    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE) );
    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
    nFreed = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, -nFreed);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
#endif
    sqlite3_free(p);
  }
  return nFreed;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
/*
** Return the size of a pcache allocation
*/
static int pcache1MemSize(void *p){
  if( p>=pcache1.pStart && p<pcache1.pEnd ){
    return pcache1.szSlot;
  }else{
    int iSize;
    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE) );
    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
    iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE);
    return iSize;
  }
}
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */

/*
** Allocate a new page object initially associated with cache pCache.
*/
static PgHdr1 *pcache1AllocPage(PCache1 *pCache){
  PgHdr1 *p = 0;
  void *pPg;

  /* The group mutex must be released before pcache1Alloc() is called. This
  ** is because it may call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that 
  ** this mutex is not held. */
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
  pPg = pcache1Alloc(pCache->szPage);
  p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szExtra);
  if( !pPg || !p ){
    pcache1Free(pPg);
    sqlite3_free(p);
    pPg = 0;
  }
#else
  pPg = pcache1Alloc(sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szPage + pCache->szExtra);
  p = (PgHdr1 *)&((u8 *)pPg)[pCache->szPage];
#endif
  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);

  if( pPg ){
    p->page.pBuf = pPg;
    p->page.pExtra = &p[1];
    if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
      pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage++;
    }
    return p;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Free a page object allocated by pcache1AllocPage().
**
** The pointer is allowed to be NULL, which is prudent.  But it turns out
** that the current implementation happens to never call this routine
** with a NULL pointer, so we mark the NULL test with ALWAYS().
*/
static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){
  if( ALWAYS(p) ){
    PCache1 *pCache = p->pCache;
    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
    pcache1Free(p->page.pBuf);
#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
    sqlite3_free(p);
#endif
    if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
      pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage--;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Malloc function used by SQLite to obtain space from the buffer configured
** using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no such buffer
** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int sz){
  return pcache1Alloc(sz);
}

/*
** Free an allocated buffer obtained from sqlite3PageMalloc().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){
  pcache1Free(p);
}


/*
** Return true if it desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache
** entry.
**
** If memory was allocated specifically to the page cache using
** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE but that memory has all been used, then
** it is desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache entry because
** presumably SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE was suppose to be sufficient
** for all page cache needs and we should not need to spill the
** allocation onto the heap.
**
** Or, the heap is used for all page cache memory but the heap is
** under memory pressure, then again it is desirable to avoid
** allocating a new page cache entry in order to avoid stressing
** the heap even further.
*/
static int pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(PCache1 *pCache){
  if( pcache1.nSlot && (pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra)<=pcache1.szSlot ){
    return pcache1.bUnderPressure;
  }else{
    return sqlite3HeapNearlyFull();
  }
}

/******************************************************************************/
/******** General Implementation Functions ************************************/

/*
** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed
** as the first argument.
**
** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
*/
static int pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){
  PgHdr1 **apNew;
  unsigned int nNew;
  unsigned int i;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pGroup->mutex) );

  nNew = p->nHash*2;
  if( nNew<256 ){
    nNew = 256;
  }

  pcache1LeaveMutex(p->pGroup);
  if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); }
  apNew = (PgHdr1 **)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew);
  if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); }
  pcache1EnterMutex(p->pGroup);
  if( apNew ){
    for(i=0; i<p->nHash; i++){
      PgHdr1 *pPage;
      PgHdr1 *pNext = p->apHash[i];
      while( (pPage = pNext)!=0 ){
        unsigned int h = pPage->iKey % nNew;
        pNext = pPage->pNext;
        pPage->pNext = apNew[h];
        apNew[h] = pPage;
      }
    }
    sqlite3_free(p->apHash);
    p->apHash = apNew;
    p->nHash = nNew;
  }

  return (p->apHash ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
}

/*
** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the 
** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup
** LRU list, then this function is a no-op.
**
** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called.
**
** If pPage is NULL then this routine is a no-op.
*/
static void pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){
  PCache1 *pCache;
  PGroup *pGroup;

  if( pPage==0 ) return;
  pCache = pPage->pCache;
  pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) );
  if( pPage->pLruNext || pPage==pGroup->pLruTail ){
    if( pPage->pLruPrev ){
      pPage->pLruPrev->pLruNext = pPage->pLruNext;
    }
    if( pPage->pLruNext ){
      pPage->pLruNext->pLruPrev = pPage->pLruPrev;
    }
    if( pGroup->pLruHead==pPage ){
      pGroup->pLruHead = pPage->pLruNext;
    }
    if( pGroup->pLruTail==pPage ){
      pGroup->pLruTail = pPage->pLruPrev;
    }
    pPage->pLruNext = 0;
    pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
    pPage->pCache->nRecyclable--;
  }
}


/*
** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table 
** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in.
**
** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called.
*/
static void pcache1RemoveFromHash(PgHdr1 *pPage){
  unsigned int h;
  PCache1 *pCache = pPage->pCache;
  PgHdr1 **pp;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
  h = pPage->iKey % pCache->nHash;
  for(pp=&pCache->apHash[h]; (*pp)!=pPage; pp=&(*pp)->pNext);
  *pp = (*pp)->pNext;

  pCache->nPage--;
}

/*
** If there are currently more than nMaxPage pages allocated, try
** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to nMaxPage.
*/
static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(PGroup *pGroup){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) );
  while( pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage && pGroup->pLruTail ){
    PgHdr1 *p = pGroup->pLruTail;
    assert( p->pCache->pGroup==pGroup );
    pcache1PinPage(p);
    pcache1RemoveFromHash(p);
    pcache1FreePage(p);
  }
}

/*
** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value) 
** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this 
** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded.
**
** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
*/
static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe(
  PCache1 *pCache,             /* The cache to truncate */
  unsigned int iLimit          /* Drop pages with this pgno or larger */
){
  TESTONLY( unsigned int nPage = 0; )  /* To assert pCache->nPage is correct */
  unsigned int h;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
  for(h=0; h<pCache->nHash; h++){
    PgHdr1 **pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; 
    PgHdr1 *pPage;
    while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){
      if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){
        pCache->nPage--;
        *pp = pPage->pNext;
        pcache1PinPage(pPage);
        pcache1FreePage(pPage);
      }else{
        pp = &pPage->pNext;
        TESTONLY( nPage++; )
      }
    }
  }
  assert( pCache->nPage==nPage );
}

/******************************************************************************/
/******** sqlite3_pcache Methods **********************************************/

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xInit method.
*/
static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  assert( pcache1.isInit==0 );
  memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
    pcache1.grp.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU);
    pcache1.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM);
  }
  pcache1.grp.mxPinned = 10;
  pcache1.isInit = 1;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method.
** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does 
** not need to be freed.
*/
static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  assert( pcache1.isInit!=0 );
  memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
}

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method.
**
** Allocate a new cache.
*/
static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable){
  PCache1 *pCache;      /* The newly created page cache */
  PGroup *pGroup;       /* The group the new page cache will belong to */
  int sz;               /* Bytes of memory required to allocate the new cache */

  /*
  ** The separateCache variable is true if each PCache has its own private
  ** PGroup.  In other words, separateCache is true for mode (1) where no
  ** mutexing is required.
  **
  **   *  Always use a unified cache (mode-2) if ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
  **
  **   *  Always use a unified cache in single-threaded applications
  **
  **   *  Otherwise (if multi-threaded and ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is off)
  **      use separate caches (mode-1)
  */
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0
  const int separateCache = 0;
#else
  int separateCache = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex>0;
#endif

  assert( (szPage & (szPage-1))==0 && szPage>=512 && szPage<=65536 );
  assert( szExtra < 300 );

  sz = sizeof(PCache1) + sizeof(PGroup)*separateCache;
  pCache = (PCache1 *)sqlite3MallocZero(sz);
  if( pCache ){
    if( separateCache ){
      pGroup = (PGroup*)&pCache[1];
      pGroup->mxPinned = 10;
    }else{
      pGroup = &pcache1.grp;
    }
    pCache->pGroup = pGroup;
    pCache->szPage = szPage;
    pCache->szExtra = szExtra;
    pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0);
    if( bPurgeable ){
      pCache->nMin = 10;
      pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
      pGroup->nMinPage += pCache->nMin;
      pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
      pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
    }
  }
  return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache;
}

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. 
**
** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache.
*/
static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){
  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
    PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
    pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
    pGroup->nMaxPage += (nMax - pCache->nMax);
    pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
    pCache->nMax = nMax;
    pCache->n90pct = pCache->nMax*9/10;
    pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup);
    pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
  }
}

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method. 
**
** Free up as much memory as possible.
*/
static void pcache1Shrink(sqlite3_pcache *p){
  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p;
  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
    PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
    int savedMaxPage;
    pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
    savedMaxPage = pGroup->nMaxPage;
    pGroup->nMaxPage = 0;
    pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup);
    pGroup->nMaxPage = savedMaxPage;
    pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
  }
}

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method. 
*/
static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){
  int n;
  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p;
  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
  n = pCache->nPage;
  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
  return n;
}

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. 
**
** Fetch a page by key value.
**
** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on
** the value of the createFlag argument.  0 means do not allocate a new
** page.  1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available.  2 
** means to try really hard to allocate a new page.
**
** For a non-purgeable cache (a cache used as the storage for an in-memory
** database) there is really no difference between createFlag 1 and 2.  So
** the calling function (pcache.c) will never have a createFlag of 1 on
** a non-purgeable cache.
**
** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page,
** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2).
**
**   1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a 
**      copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned.
**
**   2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is
**      returned.
**
**   3. If createFlag is 1, and the page is not already in the cache, then
**      return NULL (do not allocate a new page) if any of the following
**      conditions are true:
**
**       (a) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
**           PCache1.nMax, or
**
**       (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
**           the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of 
**           nMin for all other purgeable caches, or
**
**   4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked
**      as purgeable, and if one of the following is true:
**
**       (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already 
**           PCache1.nMax, or
**
**       (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is
**           already equal to or greater than the sum of nMax for all
**           purgeable caches,
**
**       (c) The system is under memory pressure and wants to avoid
**           unnecessary pages cache entry allocations
**
**      then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right
**      size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and
**      proceed to step 5. 
**
**   5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer.
*/
static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch(
  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
  unsigned int iKey, 
  int createFlag
){
  unsigned int nPinned;
  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
  PGroup *pGroup;
  PgHdr1 *pPage = 0;

  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || createFlag!=1 );
  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || pCache->nMin==0 );
  assert( pCache->bPurgeable==0 || pCache->nMin==10 );
  assert( pCache->nMin==0 || pCache->bPurgeable );
  pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup = pCache->pGroup);

  /* Step 1: Search the hash table for an existing entry. */
  if( pCache->nHash>0 ){
    unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
    for(pPage=pCache->apHash[h]; pPage&&pPage->iKey!=iKey; pPage=pPage->pNext);
  }

  /* Step 2: Abort if no existing page is found and createFlag is 0 */
  if( pPage || createFlag==0 ){
    pcache1PinPage(pPage);
    goto fetch_out;
  }

  /* The pGroup local variable will normally be initialized by the
  ** pcache1EnterMutex() macro above.  But if SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT is defined,
  ** then pcache1EnterMutex() is a no-op, so we have to initialize the
  ** local variable here.  Delaying the initialization of pGroup is an
  ** optimization:  The common case is to exit the module before reaching
  ** this point.
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
  pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
#endif

  /* Step 3: Abort if createFlag is 1 but the cache is nearly full */
  assert( pCache->nPage >= pCache->nRecyclable );
  nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable;
  assert( pGroup->mxPinned == pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage );
  assert( pCache->n90pct == pCache->nMax*9/10 );
  if( createFlag==1 && (
        nPinned>=pGroup->mxPinned
     || nPinned>=pCache->n90pct
     || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)
  )){
    goto fetch_out;
  }

  if( pCache->nPage>=pCache->nHash && pcache1ResizeHash(pCache) ){
    goto fetch_out;
  }
  assert( pCache->nHash>0 && pCache->apHash );

  /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page. */
  if( pCache->bPurgeable && pGroup->pLruTail && (
         (pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax)
      || pGroup->nCurrentPage>=pGroup->nMaxPage
      || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)
  )){
    PCache1 *pOther;
    pPage = pGroup->pLruTail;
    pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
    pcache1PinPage(pPage);
    pOther = pPage->pCache;

    /* We want to verify that szPage and szExtra are the same for pOther
    ** and pCache.  Assert that we can verify this by comparing sums. */
    assert( (pCache->szPage & (pCache->szPage-1))==0 && pCache->szPage>=512 );
    assert( pCache->szExtra<512 );
    assert( (pOther->szPage & (pOther->szPage-1))==0 && pOther->szPage>=512 );
    assert( pOther->szExtra<512 );

    if( pOther->szPage+pOther->szExtra != pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra ){
      pcache1FreePage(pPage);
      pPage = 0;
    }else{
      pGroup->nCurrentPage -= (pOther->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable);
    }
  }

  /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, 
  ** attempt to allocate a new one. 
  */
  if( !pPage ){
    if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
    pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache);
    if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
  }

  if( pPage ){
    unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
    pCache->nPage++;
    pPage->iKey = iKey;
    pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
    pPage->pCache = pCache;
    pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
    pPage->pLruNext = 0;
    *(void **)pPage->page.pExtra = 0;
    pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
  }

fetch_out:
  if( pPage && iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){
    pCache->iMaxKey = iKey;
  }
  pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
  return &pPage->page;
}


/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xUnpin method.
**
** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling).
*/
static void pcache1Unpin(
  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, 
  int reuseUnlikely
){
  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
  PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg;
  PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
 
  assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
  pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);

  /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already 
  ** part of the PGroup LRU list.
  */
  assert( pPage->pLruPrev==0 && pPage->pLruNext==0 );
  assert( pGroup->pLruHead!=pPage && pGroup->pLruTail!=pPage );

  if( reuseUnlikely || pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage ){
    pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
    pcache1FreePage(pPage);
  }else{
    /* Add the page to the PGroup LRU list. */
    if( pGroup->pLruHead ){
      pGroup->pLruHead->pLruPrev = pPage;
      pPage->pLruNext = pGroup->pLruHead;
      pGroup->pLruHead = pPage;
    }else{
      pGroup->pLruTail = pPage;
      pGroup->pLruHead = pPage;
    }
    pCache->nRecyclable++;
  }

  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
}

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method. 
*/
static void pcache1Rekey(
  sqlite3_pcache *p,
  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg,
  unsigned int iOld,
  unsigned int iNew
){
  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
  PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg;
  PgHdr1 **pp;
  unsigned int h; 
  assert( pPage->iKey==iOld );
  assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );

  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);

  h = iOld%pCache->nHash;
  pp = &pCache->apHash[h];
  while( (*pp)!=pPage ){
    pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
  }
  *pp = pPage->pNext;

  h = iNew%pCache->nHash;
  pPage->iKey = iNew;
  pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
  pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
  if( iNew>pCache->iMaxKey ){
    pCache->iMaxKey = iNew;
  }

  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
}

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method. 
**
** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to
** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number
** equal to or greater than iLimit are implicitly unpinned.
*/
static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){
  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
  if( iLimit<=pCache->iMaxKey ){
    pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, iLimit);
    pCache->iMaxKey = iLimit-1;
  }
  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
}

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method. 
**
** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create().
*/
static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p){
  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
  PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || (pCache->nMax==0 && pCache->nMin==0) );
  pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
  pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, 0);
  assert( pGroup->nMaxPage >= pCache->nMax );
  pGroup->nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax;
  assert( pGroup->nMinPage >= pCache->nMin );
  pGroup->nMinPage -= pCache->nMin;
  pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
  pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup);
  pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
  sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash);
  sqlite3_free(pCache);
}

/*
** This function is called during initialization (sqlite3_initialize()) to
** install the default pluggable cache module, assuming the user has not
** already provided an alternative.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void){
  static const sqlite3_pcache_methods2 defaultMethods = {
    1,                       /* iVersion */
    0,                       /* pArg */
    pcache1Init,             /* xInit */
    pcache1Shutdown,         /* xShutdown */
    pcache1Create,           /* xCreate */
    pcache1Cachesize,        /* xCachesize */
    pcache1Pagecount,        /* xPagecount */
    pcache1Fetch,            /* xFetch */
    pcache1Unpin,            /* xUnpin */
    pcache1Rekey,            /* xRekey */
    pcache1Truncate,         /* xTruncate */
    pcache1Destroy,          /* xDestroy */
    pcache1Shrink            /* xShrink */
  };
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2, &defaultMethods);
}

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
/*
** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory
** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated
** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed.
**
** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has
** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number 
** of bytes of memory released.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){
  int nFree = 0;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.mutex) );
  if( pcache1.pStart==0 ){
    PgHdr1 *p;
    pcache1EnterMutex(&pcache1.grp);
    while( (nReq<0 || nFree<nReq) && ((p=pcache1.grp.pLruTail)!=0) ){
      nFree += pcache1MemSize(p->page.pBuf);
#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
      nFree += sqlite3MemSize(p);
#endif
      pcache1PinPage(p);
      pcache1RemoveFromHash(p);
      pcache1FreePage(p);
    }
    pcache1LeaveMutex(&pcache1.grp);
  }
  return nFree;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
** This function is used by test procedures to inspect the internal state
** of the global cache.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(
  int *pnCurrent,      /* OUT: Total number of pages cached */
  int *pnMax,          /* OUT: Global maximum cache size */
  int *pnMin,          /* OUT: Sum of PCache1.nMin for purgeable caches */
  int *pnRecyclable    /* OUT: Total number of pages available for recycling */
){
  PgHdr1 *p;
  int nRecyclable = 0;
  for(p=pcache1.grp.pLruHead; p; p=p->pLruNext){
    nRecyclable++;
  }
  *pnCurrent = pcache1.grp.nCurrentPage;
  *pnMax = (int)pcache1.grp.nMaxPage;
  *pnMin = (int)pcache1.grp.nMinPage;
  *pnRecyclable = nRecyclable;
}
#endif

/************** End of pcache1.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file rowset.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2008 December 3
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This module implements an object we call a "RowSet".
**
** The RowSet object is a collection of rowids.  Rowids
** are inserted into the RowSet in an arbitrary order.  Inserts
** can be intermixed with tests to see if a given rowid has been
** previously inserted into the RowSet.
**
** After all inserts are finished, it is possible to extract the
** elements of the RowSet in sorted order.  Once this extraction
** process has started, no new elements may be inserted.
**
** Hence, the primitive operations for a RowSet are:
**
**    CREATE
**    INSERT
**    TEST
**    SMALLEST
**    DESTROY
**
** The CREATE and DESTROY primitives are the constructor and destructor,
** obviously.  The INSERT primitive adds a new element to the RowSet.
** TEST checks to see if an element is already in the RowSet.  SMALLEST
** extracts the least value from the RowSet.
**
** The INSERT primitive might allocate additional memory.  Memory is
** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation.  There is an 
** upper bound on the size of allocated memory.  No memory is freed
** until DESTROY.
**
** The TEST primitive includes a "batch" number.  The TEST primitive
** will only see elements that were inserted before the last change
** in the batch number.  In other words, if an INSERT occurs between
** two TESTs where the TESTs have the same batch nubmer, then the
** value added by the INSERT will not be visible to the second TEST.
** The initial batch number is zero, so if the very first TEST contains
** a non-zero batch number, it will see all prior INSERTs.
**
** No INSERTs may occurs after a SMALLEST.  An assertion will fail if
** that is attempted.
**
** The cost of an INSERT is roughly constant.  (Sometime new memory
** has to be allocated on an INSERT.)  The cost of a TEST with a new
** batch number is O(NlogN) where N is the number of elements in the RowSet.
** The cost of a TEST using the same batch number is O(logN).  The cost
** of the first SMALLEST is O(NlogN).  Second and subsequent SMALLEST
** primitives are constant time.  The cost of DESTROY is O(N).
**
** There is an added cost of O(N) when switching between TEST and
** SMALLEST primitives.
*/


/*
** Target size for allocation chunks.
*/
#define ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE 1024

/*
** The number of rowset entries per allocation chunk.
*/
#define ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK  \
                       ((ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE-8)/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry))

/*
** Each entry in a RowSet is an instance of the following object.
**
** This same object is reused to store a linked list of trees of RowSetEntry
** objects.  In that alternative use, pRight points to the next entry
** in the list, pLeft points to the tree, and v is unused.  The
** RowSet.pForest value points to the head of this forest list.
*/
struct RowSetEntry {            
  i64 v;                        /* ROWID value for this entry */
  struct RowSetEntry *pRight;   /* Right subtree (larger entries) or list */
  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;    /* Left subtree (smaller entries) */
};

/*
** RowSetEntry objects are allocated in large chunks (instances of the
** following structure) to reduce memory allocation overhead.  The
** chunks are kept on a linked list so that they can be deallocated
** when the RowSet is destroyed.
*/
struct RowSetChunk {
  struct RowSetChunk *pNextChunk;        /* Next chunk on list of them all */
  struct RowSetEntry aEntry[ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK]; /* Allocated entries */
};

/*
** A RowSet in an instance of the following structure.
**
** A typedef of this structure if found in sqliteInt.h.
*/
struct RowSet {
  struct RowSetChunk *pChunk;    /* List of all chunk allocations */
  sqlite3 *db;                   /* The database connection */
  struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;    /* List of entries using pRight */
  struct RowSetEntry *pLast;     /* Last entry on the pEntry list */
  struct RowSetEntry *pFresh;    /* Source of new entry objects */
  struct RowSetEntry *pForest;   /* List of binary trees of entries */
  u16 nFresh;                    /* Number of objects on pFresh */
  u8 rsFlags;                    /* Various flags */
  u8 iBatch;                     /* Current insert batch */
};

/*
** Allowed values for RowSet.rsFlags
*/
#define ROWSET_SORTED  0x01   /* True if RowSet.pEntry is sorted */
#define ROWSET_NEXT    0x02   /* True if sqlite3RowSetNext() has been called */

/*
** Turn bulk memory into a RowSet object.  N bytes of memory
** are available at pSpace.  The db pointer is used as a memory context
** for any subsequent allocations that need to occur.
** Return a pointer to the new RowSet object.
**
** It must be the case that N is sufficient to make a Rowset.  If not
** an assertion fault occurs.
** 
** If N is larger than the minimum, use the surplus as an initial
** allocation of entries available to be filled.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3 *db, void *pSpace, unsigned int N){
  RowSet *p;
  assert( N >= ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) );
  p = pSpace;
  p->pChunk = 0;
  p->db = db;
  p->pEntry = 0;
  p->pLast = 0;
  p->pForest = 0;
  p->pFresh = (struct RowSetEntry*)(ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) + (char*)p);
  p->nFresh = (u16)((N - ROUND8(sizeof(*p)))/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry));
  p->rsFlags = ROWSET_SORTED;
  p->iBatch = 0;
  return p;
}

/*
** Deallocate all chunks from a RowSet.  This frees all memory that
** the RowSet has allocated over its lifetime.  This routine is
** the destructor for the RowSet.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet *p){
  struct RowSetChunk *pChunk, *pNextChunk;
  for(pChunk=p->pChunk; pChunk; pChunk = pNextChunk){
    pNextChunk = pChunk->pNextChunk;
    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pChunk);
  }
  p->pChunk = 0;
  p->nFresh = 0;
  p->pEntry = 0;
  p->pLast = 0;
  p->pForest = 0;
  p->rsFlags = ROWSET_SORTED;
}

/*
** Allocate a new RowSetEntry object that is associated with the
** given RowSet.  Return a pointer to the new and completely uninitialized
** objected.
**
** In an OOM situation, the RowSet.db->mallocFailed flag is set and this
** routine returns NULL.
*/
static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryAlloc(RowSet *p){
  assert( p!=0 );
  if( p->nFresh==0 ){
    struct RowSetChunk *pNew;
    pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, sizeof(*pNew));
    if( pNew==0 ){
      return 0;
    }
    pNew->pNextChunk = p->pChunk;
    p->pChunk = pNew;
    p->pFresh = pNew->aEntry;
    p->nFresh = ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK;
  }
  p->nFresh--;
  return p->pFresh++;
}

/*
** Insert a new value into a RowSet.
**
** The mallocFailed flag of the database connection is set if a
** memory allocation fails.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){
  struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;  /* The new entry */
  struct RowSetEntry *pLast;   /* The last prior entry */

  /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */
  assert( p!=0 && (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 );

  pEntry = rowSetEntryAlloc(p);
  if( pEntry==0 ) return;
  pEntry->v = rowid;
  pEntry->pRight = 0;
  pLast = p->pLast;
  if( pLast ){
    if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)!=0 && rowid<=pLast->v ){
      p->rsFlags &= ~ROWSET_SORTED;
    }
    pLast->pRight = pEntry;
  }else{
    p->pEntry = pEntry;
  }
  p->pLast = pEntry;
}

/*
** Merge two lists of RowSetEntry objects.  Remove duplicates.
**
** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are 
** assumed to each already be in sorted order.
*/
static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryMerge(
  struct RowSetEntry *pA,    /* First sorted list to be merged */
  struct RowSetEntry *pB     /* Second sorted list to be merged */
){
  struct RowSetEntry head;
  struct RowSetEntry *pTail;

  pTail = &head;
  while( pA && pB ){
    assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v );
    assert( pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v );
    if( pA->v<pB->v ){
      pTail->pRight = pA;
      pA = pA->pRight;
      pTail = pTail->pRight;
    }else if( pB->v<pA->v ){
      pTail->pRight = pB;
      pB = pB->pRight;
      pTail = pTail->pRight;
    }else{
      pA = pA->pRight;
    }
  }
  if( pA ){
    assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v );
    pTail->pRight = pA;
  }else{
    assert( pB==0 || pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v );
    pTail->pRight = pB;
  }
  return head.pRight;
}

/*
** Sort all elements on the list of RowSetEntry objects into order of
** increasing v.
*/ 
static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntrySort(struct RowSetEntry *pIn){
  unsigned int i;
  struct RowSetEntry *pNext, *aBucket[40];

  memset(aBucket, 0, sizeof(aBucket));
  while( pIn ){
    pNext = pIn->pRight;
    pIn->pRight = 0;
    for(i=0; aBucket[i]; i++){
      pIn = rowSetEntryMerge(aBucket[i], pIn);
      aBucket[i] = 0;
    }
    aBucket[i] = pIn;
    pIn = pNext;
  }
  pIn = 0;
  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aBucket)/sizeof(aBucket[0]); i++){
    pIn = rowSetEntryMerge(pIn, aBucket[i]);
  }
  return pIn;
}


/*
** The input, pIn, is a binary tree (or subtree) of RowSetEntry objects.
** Convert this tree into a linked list connected by the pRight pointers
** and return pointers to the first and last elements of the new list.
*/
static void rowSetTreeToList(
  struct RowSetEntry *pIn,         /* Root of the input tree */
  struct RowSetEntry **ppFirst,    /* Write head of the output list here */
  struct RowSetEntry **ppLast      /* Write tail of the output list here */
){
  assert( pIn!=0 );
  if( pIn->pLeft ){
    struct RowSetEntry *p;
    rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pLeft, ppFirst, &p);
    p->pRight = pIn;
  }else{
    *ppFirst = pIn;
  }
  if( pIn->pRight ){
    rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pRight, &pIn->pRight, ppLast);
  }else{
    *ppLast = pIn;
  }
  assert( (*ppLast)->pRight==0 );
}


/*
** Convert a sorted list of elements (connected by pRight) into a binary
** tree with depth of iDepth.  A depth of 1 means the tree contains a single
** node taken from the head of *ppList.  A depth of 2 means a tree with
** three nodes.  And so forth.
**
** Use as many entries from the input list as required and update the
** *ppList to point to the unused elements of the list.  If the input
** list contains too few elements, then construct an incomplete tree
** and leave *ppList set to NULL.
**
** Return a pointer to the root of the constructed binary tree.
*/
static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetNDeepTree(
  struct RowSetEntry **ppList,
  int iDepth
){
  struct RowSetEntry *p;         /* Root of the new tree */
  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;     /* Left subtree */
  if( *ppList==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( iDepth==1 ){
    p = *ppList;
    *ppList = p->pRight;
    p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0;
    return p;
  }
  pLeft = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1);
  p = *ppList;
  if( p==0 ){
    return pLeft;
  }
  p->pLeft = pLeft;
  *ppList = p->pRight;
  p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1);
  return p;
}

/*
** Convert a sorted list of elements into a binary tree. Make the tree
** as deep as it needs to be in order to contain the entire list.
*/
static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetListToTree(struct RowSetEntry *pList){
  int iDepth;           /* Depth of the tree so far */
  struct RowSetEntry *p;       /* Current tree root */
  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;   /* Left subtree */

  assert( pList!=0 );
  p = pList;
  pList = p->pRight;
  p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0;
  for(iDepth=1; pList; iDepth++){
    pLeft = p;
    p = pList;
    pList = p->pRight;
    p->pLeft = pLeft;
    p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(&pList, iDepth);
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Take all the entries on p->pEntry and on the trees in p->pForest and
** sort them all together into one big ordered list on p->pEntry.
**
** This routine should only be called once in the life of a RowSet.
*/
static void rowSetToList(RowSet *p){

  /* This routine is called only once */
  assert( p!=0 && (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 );

  if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){
    p->pEntry = rowSetEntrySort(p->pEntry);
  }

  /* While this module could theoretically support it, sqlite3RowSetNext()
  ** is never called after sqlite3RowSetText() for the same RowSet.  So
  ** there is never a forest to deal with.  Should this change, simply
  ** remove the assert() and the #if 0. */
  assert( p->pForest==0 );
#if 0
  while( p->pForest ){
    struct RowSetEntry *pTree = p->pForest->pLeft;
    if( pTree ){
      struct RowSetEntry *pHead, *pTail;
      rowSetTreeToList(pTree, &pHead, &pTail);
      p->pEntry = rowSetEntryMerge(p->pEntry, pHead);
    }
    p->pForest = p->pForest->pRight;
  }
#endif
  p->rsFlags |= ROWSET_NEXT;  /* Verify this routine is never called again */
}

/*
** Extract the smallest element from the RowSet.
** Write the element into *pRowid.  Return 1 on success.  Return
** 0 if the RowSet is already empty.
**
** After this routine has been called, the sqlite3RowSetInsert()
** routine may not be called again.  
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet *p, i64 *pRowid){
  assert( p!=0 );

  /* Merge the forest into a single sorted list on first call */
  if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 ) rowSetToList(p);

  /* Return the next entry on the list */
  if( p->pEntry ){
    *pRowid = p->pEntry->v;
    p->pEntry = p->pEntry->pRight;
    if( p->pEntry==0 ){
      sqlite3RowSetClear(p);
    }
    return 1;
  }else{
    return 0;
  }
}

/*
** Check to see if element iRowid was inserted into the rowset as
** part of any insert batch prior to iBatch.  Return 1 or 0.
**
** If this is the first test of a new batch and if there exist entires
** on pRowSet->pEntry, then sort those entires into the forest at
** pRowSet->pForest so that they can be tested.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, u8 iBatch, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){
  struct RowSetEntry *p, *pTree;

  /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */
  assert( pRowSet!=0 && (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 );

  /* Sort entries into the forest on the first test of a new batch 
  */
  if( iBatch!=pRowSet->iBatch ){
    p = pRowSet->pEntry;
    if( p ){
      struct RowSetEntry **ppPrevTree = &pRowSet->pForest;
      if( (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){
        p = rowSetEntrySort(p);
      }
      for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){
        ppPrevTree = &pTree->pRight;
        if( pTree->pLeft==0 ){
          pTree->pLeft = rowSetListToTree(p);
          break;
        }else{
          struct RowSetEntry *pAux, *pTail;
          rowSetTreeToList(pTree->pLeft, &pAux, &pTail);
          pTree->pLeft = 0;
          p = rowSetEntryMerge(pAux, p);
        }
      }
      if( pTree==0 ){
        *ppPrevTree = pTree = rowSetEntryAlloc(pRowSet);
        if( pTree ){
          pTree->v = 0;
          pTree->pRight = 0;
          pTree->pLeft = rowSetListToTree(p);
        }
      }
      pRowSet->pEntry = 0;
      pRowSet->pLast = 0;
      pRowSet->rsFlags |= ROWSET_SORTED;
    }
    pRowSet->iBatch = iBatch;
  }

  /* Test to see if the iRowid value appears anywhere in the forest.
  ** Return 1 if it does and 0 if not.
  */
  for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){
    p = pTree->pLeft;
    while( p ){
      if( p->v<iRowid ){
        p = p->pRight;
      }else if( p->v>iRowid ){
        p = p->pLeft;
      }else{
        return 1;
      }
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/************** End of rowset.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file pager.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
** 
** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
** another is writing.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
/************** Include wal.h in the middle of pager.c ***********************/
/************** Begin file wal.h *********************************************/
/*
** 2010 February 1
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging 
** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to 
** the implementation of each function in log.c for further details.
*/

#ifndef _WAL_H_
#define _WAL_H_


/* Additional values that can be added to the sync_flags argument of
** sqlite3WalFrames():
*/
#define WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS  0x20   /* Sync at the end of each transaction */
#define SQLITE_SYNC_MASK       0x13   /* Mask off the SQLITE_SYNC_* values */

#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
# define sqlite3WalOpen(x,y,z)                   0
# define sqlite3WalLimit(x,y)
# define sqlite3WalClose(w,x,y,z)                0
# define sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(y,z)     0
# define sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(z)
# define sqlite3WalDbsize(y)                     0
# define sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(y)      0
# define sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(x)        0
# define sqlite3WalUndo(x,y,z)                   0
# define sqlite3WalSavepoint(y,z)
# define sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(y,z)            0
# define sqlite3WalFrames(u,v,w,x,y,z)           0
# define sqlite3WalCheckpoint(r,s,t,u,v,w,x,y,z) 0
# define sqlite3WalCallback(z)                   0
# define sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(y,z)            0
# define sqlite3WalHeapMemory(z)                 0
# define sqlite3WalFramesize(z)                  0
# define sqlite3WalFindFrame(x,y,z)              0
#else

#define WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA 4

/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file. 
** There is one object of this type for each pager. 
*/
typedef struct Wal Wal;

/* Open and close a connection to a write-ahead log. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_file*, const char *, int, i64, Wal**);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(Wal *pWal, int sync_flags, int, u8 *);

/* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64);

/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot.  A 
** snapshot is like a read-transaction.  It is the state of the database
** at an instant in time.  sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and
** preserves the current state even if the other threads or processes
** write to or checkpoint the WAL.  sqlite3WalCloseSnapshot() closes the
** transaction and releases the lock.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal);

/* Read a page from the write-ahead log, if it is present. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame(Wal *, Pgno, u32 *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalReadFrame(Wal *, u32, int, u8 *);

/* If the WAL is not empty, return the size of the database. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal);

/* Obtain or release the WRITER lock. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal);

/* Undo any frames written (but not committed) to the log */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx);

/* Return an integer that records the current (uncommitted) write
** position in the WAL */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData);

/* Move the write position of the WAL back to iFrame.  Called in
** response to a ROLLBACK TO command. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData);

/* Write a frame or frames to the log. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int);

/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */ 
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
  Wal *pWal,                      /* Write-ahead log connection */
  int eMode,                      /* One of PASSIVE, FULL and RESTART */
  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */
  int nBuf,                       /* Size of buffer nBuf */
  u8 *zBuf,                       /* Temporary buffer to use */
  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */
  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */
);

/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the
** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since
** sqlite3WalCallback() was called.  If no commits have occurred since
** the last call, then return 0.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal);

/* Tell the wal layer that an EXCLUSIVE lock has been obtained (or released)
** by the pager layer on the database file.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op);

/* Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. 
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal);

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
/* If the WAL file is not empty, return the number of bytes of content
** stored in each frame (i.e. the db page-size when the WAL was created).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal);
#endif

#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
#endif /* _WAL_H_ */

/************** End of wal.h *************************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in pager.c **********************/


/******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
**
** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
**
** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
**
** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
** one or more of the following are true about the page:
** 
**     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
**          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
**          synced.
** 
**     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
** 
**     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
**          the database file at the start of the transaction.
** 
** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
**     following are true:
** 
**     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
** 
**     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
**         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
**         number consists of a single page change.
** 
** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
**     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
**     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
**     transaction.
** 
** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
**     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
** 
** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
**     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
**     first 100 bytes of the database file.
** 
** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
**     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
** 
** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
**     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
** 
** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
** pages can be changed arbitarily without effecting the logical equivalence
** of the database.
** 
** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
**     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 
**     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logical
**     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
** 
** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
**     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
**     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
**     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
**     invoke it.)
** 
** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
**     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
**     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
**     database to flush their caches.
**
** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
**      than one billion transactions.
**
** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
**      of every transaction.
**
** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
**      the database file.
**
** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
**      content out of the database file.
**
******************************************************************************/

/*
** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
*/
#if 0
int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
#define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
#define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
#else
#define PAGERTRACE(X)
#endif

/*
** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
** to print out file-descriptors. 
**
** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
** struct as its argument.
*/
#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)

/*
** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
** state diagram.
**
**                            OPEN <------+------+
**                              |         |      |
**                              V         |      |
**               +---------> READER-------+      |
**               |              |                |
**               |              V                |
**               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
**               |              |                ^  
**               |              V                |
**               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
**               |              |                |
**               |              V                |
**               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
**               |              |                |
**               |              V                |
**               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
**
**
** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
** 
**   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
**   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
**
**   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
**   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
**   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
**   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
**   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
**
**   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
**   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
** 
**
**  OPEN:
**
**    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
**    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
**    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
**
**    * No read or write transaction is active.
**    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
**    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
**
**  READER:
**
**    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 
**    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
**    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 
**    open. The database size is known in this state.
**
**    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
**    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
**    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
**    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
**    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
**    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
**    is via the ERROR state (see below).
** 
**    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
**    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
**    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 
**      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
**      may not be trusted at this point.
**    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
**    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 
**      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
**
**  WRITER_LOCKED:
**
**    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
**    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 
**    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 
**    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
**
**    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 
**    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
**    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 
**    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 
**    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 
**    file.
**
**    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
**    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
**    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
**
**    * A write transaction is active.
**    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 
**      lock is held on the database file.
**    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
**      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
**      called).
**    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
**    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
**    * The journal file may or may not be open.
**    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
**
**  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
**
**    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
**    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
**    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
**    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
**
**    * A write transaction is active.
**    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
**    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 
**      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
**    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
**
**  WRITER_DBMOD:
**
**    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
**    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
**    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
**    just the log file).
**
**    * A write transaction is active.
**    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
**    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 
**      and synced to disk.
**    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
**      written to disk).
**
**  WRITER_FINISHED:
**
**    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
**
**    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
**    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
**    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
**    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 
**    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 
**    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
**
**    * A write transaction is active.
**    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
**    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
**      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
**      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
**      to rollback the transaction. 
**
**  ERROR:
**
**    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
**    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 
**    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 
**    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
**
**    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
**    cannot.
**
**    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 
**    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
**    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
**    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
**    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
**    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
**    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
**    instead of READER following such an error.
**
**    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
**    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 
**    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
**    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 
**    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
**    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
**    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
**    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 
**    from the error.
**
**    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
**
**      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
**         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
**
**      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
**         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
**
**      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
**         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
**         memory.
**
**    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
**    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 
**    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
**
**    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
**    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
**    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
**    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
**    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 
**    state.
**
**    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
**    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
**      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
**    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
**    
**
** Notes:
**
**   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
**     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
**     of the first four states.
**
**   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
**     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
**     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 
**     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
**
**   * See also: assert_pager_state().
*/
#define PAGER_OPEN                  0
#define PAGER_READER                1
#define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
#define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
#define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
#define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
#define PAGER_ERROR                 6

/*
** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 
** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
**
** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
**
** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 
** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
**
** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 
** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of a OPEN->SHARED
** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
** of hot-journal detection.
**
** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 
** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 
** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
** without rolling it back.
**
** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 
** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
**
** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 
** PAGER_OPEN state.
*/
#define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)

/*
** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
    if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
    if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
    if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
#else
# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
#endif

/*
** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 
** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
*/
#define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000

/*
** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
**
** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 
** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
*/
typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
struct PagerSavepoint {
  i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
  i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
  Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
  Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
  Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
#endif
};

/*
** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
*/
#define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01      /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
#define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02      /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
#define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04      /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */

/*
** A open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
** some of the more important member variables follows:
**
** eState
**
**   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
**   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
**
** eLock
**
**   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
**   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
**
**   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
**   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
**   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
**   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
**   need (and no reason to release them).
**
**   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
**   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
**   details.
**
** changeCountDone
**
**   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 
**   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 
**   not updated more often than necessary. 
**
**   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 
**   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
**   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 
**   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
**   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
**   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
**
**   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 
**   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
**   committed.
**
** setMaster
**
**   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
**   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 
**   journal file before it is synced to disk.
**
**   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 
**   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 
**   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
**   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
**   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
**   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 
**   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 
**   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
**
**   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
**   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
**   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
**   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
**
**   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
**   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
**   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
**   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
**
** doNotSpill
**
**   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
**   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
**   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
**
**   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
**   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
**   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
**   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
**   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
**   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
**   case is a user preference.
** 
**   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from pagerStress()
**   is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. This flag is set
**   by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size is larger than
**   the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync from happening 
**   in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 
**
** subjInMemory
**
**   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
**   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
**   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
**
**   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 
**   write-transaction is opened.
**
** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
**
**   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
**   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
**   OPEN and ERROR). 
**
**   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 
**   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
**   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
**   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
**   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
**   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
**   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
**   to dbSize==1).
**
**   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
**   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
**   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 
**   dbSize is updated.
**
**   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 
**   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
**   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
**   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
**   being modified.
**
**   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
**   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
**   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
**   to write or truncate the database file on disk. 
**
**   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 
**   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 
**   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 
**   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 
**   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
**   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
**   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
**   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
**   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
**   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
**
** dbHintSize
**
**   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
**   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 
**
**   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
**   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
**   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
**   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
**   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 
**   details.
**
** errCode
**
**   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
**   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 
**   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 
**   sub-codes.
*/
struct Pager {
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
  u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
  u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
  u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
  u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
  u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
  u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
  u8 walSyncFlags;            /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */
  u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
  u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary file */
  u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
  u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */

  /**************************************************************************
  ** The following block contains those class members that change during
  ** routine opertion.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
  ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
  ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
  ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
  ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
  ** "configuration" of the pager.
  */
  u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
  u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
  u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
  u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
  u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
  u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
  Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
  Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
  Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
  Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
  int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
  int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
  u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
  u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
  Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
  sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
  sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
  sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
  i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
  i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
  sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
  PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
  int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
  char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */

  u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
  int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
  sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
  PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
  /*
  ** End of the routinely-changing class members
  ***************************************************************************/

  u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
  i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
  u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
  u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
  int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
  Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
  i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
  char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
  char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
  int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
  void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
  int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
#endif
  void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
  void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
  void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
  void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
#endif
  char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
  PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
  char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
#endif
};

/*
** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 
** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
*/
#define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
#define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
#define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2

/*
** The following global variables hold counters used for
** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
# define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
#else
# define PAGER_INCR(v)
#endif



/*
** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
**
** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
** journal and ignore it.
**
** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
*/
static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
  0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
};

/*
** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
** the following macro.
*/
#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)

/*
** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 
** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
*/
#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)

/*
** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
** out code that would never execute.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
# define MEMDB 0
#else
# define MEMDB pPager->memDb
#endif

/*
** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
*/
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
# define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
#else
# define USEFETCH(x) 0
#endif

/*
** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
*/
#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647

/*
** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
**
** This is so that expressions can be written as:
**
**   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
**
** instead of
**
**   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
*/
#define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods)

/*
** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
  return (pPager->pWal!=0);
}
#else
# define pagerUseWal(x) 0
# define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
# define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
# define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
# define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
#endif

#ifndef NDEBUG 
/*
** Usage:
**
**   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
**
** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
** the internal state of the Pager object.
*/
static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
  Pager *pPager = p;

  /* State must be valid. */
  assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
       || p->eState==PAGER_READER
       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
       || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
  );

  /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
  ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
  ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
  */
  assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
  assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );

  /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 
  ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
  */
  assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
  assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );

  /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 
  ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 
  ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 
  ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 
  ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 
  ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 
  ** state.
  */
  if( MEMDB ){
    assert( p->noSync );
    assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
         || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
    );
    assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
    assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
  }

  /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
  ** on the file.
  */
  assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
  assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );

  switch( p->eState ){
    case PAGER_OPEN:
      assert( !MEMDB );
      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
      assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
      break;

    case PAGER_READER:
      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
      assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
      assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
      break;

    case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
      assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
      if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
        assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
      }
      assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
      assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
      break;

    case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
      assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
      if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
        /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
        ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
        ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
        ** to journal_mode=wal.
        */
        assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
        assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
             || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
             || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
        );
      }
      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
      break;

    case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
      assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
      assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
      assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
      assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
      );
      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
      break;

    case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
      assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
      assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
      assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
      );
      break;

    case PAGER_ERROR:
      /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
      ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
      ** back to OPEN state.
      */
      assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
      assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
      break;
  }

  return 1;
}
#endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 
/*
** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
**
** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
*/
static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
  static char zRet[1024];

  sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
      "Filename:      %s\n"
      "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
      "Lock:          %s\n"
      "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
      "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
      "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
      "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
      "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
      , p->zFilename
      , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
        p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
        p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
      , (int)p->errCode
      , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
        p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
        p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
        p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
        p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
      , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
      , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
      , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
      , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
      , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
  );

  return zRet;
}
#endif

/*
** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
** or more open savepoints for which:
**
**   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
**   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
**     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
*/
static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
  PagerSavepoint *p;
  Pgno pgno;
  int i;
  if( pPager->nSavepoint ){
    pgno = pPg->pgno;
    for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
      p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
      if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
        return 1;
      }
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
*/
static int pageInJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
  return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPg->pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
}

/*
** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
** error code is something goes wrong.
**
** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
*/
static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
  unsigned char ac[4];
  int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
*/
#define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)


/*
** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
*/
static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
  char ac[4];
  put32bits(ac, val);
  return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
}

/*
** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
**
** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 
** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
*/
static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
  assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
  assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
    assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
    rc = sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
    if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
      pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
    }
    IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 
**
** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 
** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 
** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 
** of this.
*/
static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
  if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
    rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
      pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
      IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
**
**  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
**      a database page may be written atomically, and
**  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
**      to the page size.
**
** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
** database.
**
** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
  assert( !MEMDB );
  if( !pPager->tempFile ){
    int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
    int nSector;                      /* Sector size */
    int szPage;                       /* Page size */

    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
    dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
    nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
    szPage = pPager->pageSize;

    assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
    assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
    if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
      return 0;
    }
  }

  return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
}
#endif

/*
** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
** and debugging only.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
/*
** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
*/
static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
  u32 hash = 0;
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
    hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
  }
  return hash;
}
static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
  return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
}
static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
  pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
}

/*
** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
*/
#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
  assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
}

#else
#define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
#define pager_pagehash(X)  0
#define pager_set_pagehash(X)
#define CHECK_PAGE(x)
#endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */

/*
** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 
** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 
** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
**
** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
** were present in the journal.
**
** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
** journal file name.
**
** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 
** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
**
** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
** error code is returned.
*/
static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
  int rc;                    /* Return code */
  u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
  i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
  u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
  u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
  unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
  zMaster[0] = '\0';

  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
   || szJ<16
   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
   || len>=nMaster 
   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
   || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
  ){
    return rc;
  }

  /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
  for(u=0; u<len; u++){
    cksum -= zMaster[u];
  }
  if( cksum ){
    /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
    ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
    ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
    ** master-journal filename.
    */
    len = 0;
  }
  zMaster[len] = '\0';
   
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 
** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 
** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
**
** i.e for a sector size of 512:
**
**   Pager.journalOff          Return value
**   ---------------------------------------
**   0                         0
**   512                       512
**   100                       512
**   2000                      2048
** 
*/
static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
  i64 offset = 0;
  i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
  if( c ){
    offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
  }
  assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
  assert( offset>=c );
  assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
  return offset;
}

/*
** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
**
** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
**
** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 
** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 
** after writing or truncating it.
**
** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 
** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
** not need to be synced following this operation.
**
** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
*/
static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
  if( pPager->journalOff ){
    const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */

    IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
    if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
      rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
    }else{
      static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
    }

    /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 
    ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 
    ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
    ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
    ** to sync the file following this operation.
    */
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
      i64 sz;
      rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
      }
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
** current location.
**
** The format for the journal header is as follows:
** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
** 
** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
*/
static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
  char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
  u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
  u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
  int ii;                             /* Loop counter */

  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */

  if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
    nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
  }

  /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 
  ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 
  ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
  */
  for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
    if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
      pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
    }
  }

  pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);

  /* 
  ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
  ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
  ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 
  ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
  ** of records (see syncJournal()).
  **
  ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
  ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
  ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
  ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
  ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
  ** where this risk can be ignored:
  **
  **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
  **     power failure in this case anyway.
  **
  **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
  **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
  */
  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
  if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
   || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 
  ){
    memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
    put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
  }else{
    memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
  }

  /* The random check-hash initializer */ 
  sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
  /* The initial database size */
  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
  /* The assumed sector size for this process */
  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);

  /* The page size */
  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);

  /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
  ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
  ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
  ** take the performance hit.
  */
  memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
         nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));

  /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 
  ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 
  ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 
  ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
  ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
  **
  ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 
  ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
  ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 
  ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
  ** is done. 
  **
  ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 
  ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
  ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
  ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
  */ 
  for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
    IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
    assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
    pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
** a description of the journal header format.
**
** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
** in this case.
**
** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
*/
static int readJournalHdr(
  Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
  int isHot,
  i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
  u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
  u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
){
  int rc;                      /* Return code */
  unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
  i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */

  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */

  /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
  ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
  ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
  */
  pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
  if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
    return SQLITE_DONE;
  }
  iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;

  /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
  ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
  ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
  ** proceed.
  */
  if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
    if( rc ){
      return rc;
    }
    if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
      return SQLITE_DONE;
    }
  }

  /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
  ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
  ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
  */
  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
  ){
    return rc;
  }

  if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
    u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
    u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */

    /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
    if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
     || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
    ){
      return rc;
    }

    /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
    ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
    ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
    */
    if( iPageSize==0 ){
      iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
    }

    /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
    ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
    ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 
    ** respective compile time maximum limits.
    */
    if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
     || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
     || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 
    ){
      /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 
      ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 
      ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 
      ** the journal file here.
      */
      return SQLITE_DONE;
    }

    /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 
    ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 
    ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
    */
    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );

    /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 
    ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
    ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
    ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
    ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
    */
    pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
  }

  pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
  return rc;
}


/*
** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
** anything is written. The format is:
**
**   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
**   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
**   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
**   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
**   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
**
** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
**
** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 
** this call is a no-op.
*/
static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
  int rc;                          /* Return code */
  int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
  i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
  i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
  u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */

  assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
  assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );

  if( !zMaster 
   || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
   || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
  ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  pPager->setMaster = 1;
  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
  assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );

  /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
  for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
    cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
  }

  /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
  ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
  ** the journal has already been synced.
  */
  if( pPager->fullSync ){
    pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
  }
  iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;

  /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
  ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
  */
  if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
   || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
   || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
   || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
   || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
  ){
    return rc;
  }
  pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);

  /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 
  ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
  ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 
  ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
  ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 
  ** whether or not the journal is hot. 
  **
  ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 
  ** file to the required size.
  */ 
  if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
   && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
  ){
    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return
** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not 
** already in memory.
*/
static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
  PgHdr *p;                         /* Return value */

  /* It is not possible for a call to PcacheFetch() with createFlag==0 to
  ** fail, since no attempt to allocate dynamic memory will be made.
  */
  (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p);
  return p;
}

/*
** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
*/
static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
  sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
  sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
}

/*
** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
*/
static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
  int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
  for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
  }
  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
  }
  sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
  pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
  pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
  pPager->nSubRec = 0;
}

/*
** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 
** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
*/
static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
  int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */

  for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
    PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
    if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
      rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
      testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
** state.
**
** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
** closed (if it is open).
**
** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 
** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 
** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
*/
static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){

  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 
       || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 
       || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 
  );

  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
  pPager->pInJournal = 0;
  releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);

  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
    assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
    sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
    pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
  }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
    int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
    int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;

    /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
    ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
    ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
    ** out from under us.
    */
    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
    if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
     || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
    ){
      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
    }

    /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
    ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
    ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
    ** is necessary.
    */
    rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
      pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
    }

    /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
    ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
    ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
    */
    assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
    pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
    pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
  }

  /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
  ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
  ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
  ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
  */
  if( pPager->errCode ){
    assert( !MEMDB );
    pager_reset(pPager);
    pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
    pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
    pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
    if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
  }

  pPager->journalOff = 0;
  pPager->journalHdr = 0;
  pPager->setMaster = 0;
}

/*
** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 
** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 
** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 
**
** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
**
** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 
** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 
** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
** it were a hot-journal).
*/
static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
  int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
  assert(
       pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
       pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
       (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
  );
  if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
    pPager->errCode = rc;
    pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
  }
  return rc;
}

static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);

/*
** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 
** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 
** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
** database transaction.
** 
** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
**
** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
**
** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 
** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 
** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
**
**   journalMode==MEMORY
**     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 
**     in-memory journal.
**
**   journalMode==TRUNCATE
**     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
**
**   journalMode==PERSIST
**     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
**     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
**     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
**
**   journalMode==DELETE
**     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
**
**     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
**     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
**     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
**     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
**
** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 
** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 
** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
** returned.
*/
static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
  int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */

  /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
  ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
  ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
  ** held under two circumstances:
  **
  **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
  **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
  **
  **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 
  **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
  **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 
  **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
  */
  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
  if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
  if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
    assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );

    /* Finalize the journal file. */
    if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){
      assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
    }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
      if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
        rc = SQLITE_OK;
      }else{
        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
      }
      pPager->journalOff = 0;
    }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
      || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
    ){
      rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
      pPager->journalOff = 0;
    }else{
      /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
      ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
      ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
      ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 
      */
      int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd));
      assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 
           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
      );
      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
      if( bDelete ){
        rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
      }
    }
  }

#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
  sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
  if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
    PgHdr *p = pager_lookup(pPager, 1);
    if( p ){
      p->pageHash = 0;
      sqlite3PagerUnref(p);
    }
  }
#endif

  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
  pPager->pInJournal = 0;
  pPager->nRec = 0;
  sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
  sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);

  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
    /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 
    ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 
    ** lock held on the database file.
    */
    rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
    assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
    /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
    ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
    ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 
    ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
    ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
    ** required size.  */
    assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
    rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
  }

  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 
   && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
  ){
    rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
    pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
  }
  pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
  pPager->setMaster = 0;

  return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
}

/*
** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 
** database file. 
**
** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 
** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 
** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 
** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 
** will roll it back.
**
** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 
** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
*/
static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
  if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
    if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
      sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
    }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
      assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
      pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
    }
  }
  pager_unlock(pPager);
}

/*
** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 
** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
**
** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 
** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
**
** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
** incompatible journal file format.
**
** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 
** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 
** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
*/
static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
  u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
  int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
  while( i>0 ){
    cksum += aData[i];
    i -= 200;
  }
  return cksum;
}

/*
** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
** to the codec.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
  if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
    pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
                           (int)pPager->nReserve);
  }
}
#else
# define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
#endif

/*
** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
**
** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 
** not.
**
** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
**
** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
** prior to returning.
**
** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
** two circumstances:
** 
**   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
**   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
**     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
**
** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
**
** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
*/
static int pager_playback_one_page(
  Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
  i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
  Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
  int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
  int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
){
  int rc;
  PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
  Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
  u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
  char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
  sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
  int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */

  assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
  assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
  assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
  assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */

  aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
  assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );

  /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 
  ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
  ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
  ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
  ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
  */
  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
       || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
  );
  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );

  /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
  ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
  */
  jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
  rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;

  /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
  ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
  ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
  ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
  */
  if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
    assert( !isSavepnt );
    return SQLITE_DONE;
  }
  if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  if( isMainJrnl ){
    rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
      return SQLITE_DONE;
    }
  }

  /* If this page has already been played by before during the current
  ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
  */
  if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
    return rc;
  }

  /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
  */
  if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
    pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
    pagerReportSize(pPager);
  }

  /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
  ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
  ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
  **
  ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
  ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
  ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
  ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
  ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
  ** assert()able.
  **
  ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
  ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 
  ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
  ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
  ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
  **
  ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
  ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
  ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
  ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
  ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
  ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
  ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
  ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
  ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
  ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
  ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
  ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
  ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
  **
  ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
  ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
  ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
  */
  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
    pPg = 0;
  }else{
    pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
  }
  assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
  PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
           PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
           (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
  ));
  if( isMainJrnl ){
    isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
  }else{
    isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
  }
  if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
   && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
   && isSynced
  ){
    i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
    testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
    assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
    if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
      pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
    }
    if( pPager->pBackup ){
      CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
      sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
      CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData);
    }
  }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
    /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
    ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
    ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 
    ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 
    ** current. 
    **
    ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
    ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 
    ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
    ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
    **
    ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
    ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 
    ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 
    ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
    */
    assert( isSavepnt );
    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
    pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
    rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
    pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
    pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
    sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
  }
  if( pPg ){
    /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
    ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
    ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
    ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
    ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
    */
    void *pData;
    pData = pPg->pData;
    memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
    pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
    if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){
      /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main 
      ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the 
      ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page
      ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the
      ** database.
      **
      ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled
      ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an 
      ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe
      ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as
      ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is
      ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and
      ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to
      ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but
      ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially
      ** be written out into the database file before its journal file
      ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this,
      ** database corruption may ensue.
      */
      assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
      sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
    }
    pager_set_pagehash(pPg);

    /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
    ** Do this before any decoding. */
    if( pgno==1 ){
      memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
    }

    /* Decode the page just read from disk */
    CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
    sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
** and does so if it is.
**
** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 
** available for use within this function.
**
** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 
** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 
** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 
** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
**
**   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
**
** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 
** journals have been rolled back.
**
** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 
** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
** each child journal, it checks if:
**
**   * if the child journal exists, and if so
**   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 
**     file zMaster
**
** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
**
** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 
** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
**
** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 
** size.
*/
static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
  int rc;                   /* Return code */
  sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
  sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
  char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
  i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
  char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
  char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
  int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */

  /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
  ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
  */
  pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
  pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
  if( !pMaster ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
  }
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;

  /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
  ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
  ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
  ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
  */
  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
  nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
  zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
  if( !zMasterJournal ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    goto delmaster_out;
  }
  zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
  zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;

  zJournal = zMasterJournal;
  while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
    int exists;
    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      goto delmaster_out;
    }
    if( exists ){
      /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
      ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
      ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
      */
      int c;
      int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
      rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        goto delmaster_out;
      }

      rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
      sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        goto delmaster_out;
      }

      c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
      if( c ){
        /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
        goto delmaster_out;
      }
    }
    zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
  }
 
  sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
  rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);

delmaster_out:
  sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
  if( pMaster ){
    sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
    assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
    sqlite3_free(pMaster);
  }
  return rc;
}


/*
** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 
** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
**
** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 
** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 
** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
**
** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 
** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 
** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 
** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 
** the end of the new file instead.
**
** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
*/
static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
  
  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 
   && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 
  ){
    i64 currentSize, newSize;
    int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
    assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
    /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
    newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
      if( currentSize>newSize ){
        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
      }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
        char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
        memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
        testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
        testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
      }
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
      }
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
  int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
  if( iRet<32 ){
    iRet = 512;
  }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
    assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
    iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
  }
  return iRet;
}

/*
** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used 
** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 
** master journal pointers within created journal files.
**
** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
**
** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
**
** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
*/
static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );

  if( pPager->tempFile
   || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 
              SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
  ){
    /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
    ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
    ** call will segfault. */
    pPager->sectorSize = 512;
  }else{
    pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
  }
}

/*
** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
** the state it was in before we started making changes.  
**
** The journal file format is as follows: 
**
**  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
**  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
**       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
**       number of page records from the journal size.
**  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 
**       sanity checksum.
**  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
**       database to during a rollback.
**  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
**       is this many bytes in size.
**  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
**  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
**  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
**        +  4 byte page number.
**        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
**        +  4 byte checksum
**
** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
**
** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
**
** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.  
**
** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
** been encountered.
**
** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
** and an error code is returned.
**
** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is 
** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
** needed.
*/
static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
  i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
  u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
  u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
  Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
  int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
  int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
  char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
  int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
  int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */

  /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
  ** the journal is empty.
  */
  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    goto end_playback;
  }

  /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
  ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
  ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
  ** played back.
  **
  ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
  ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
  ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
  **  mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
  ** for pageSize.
  */
  zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
  rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
  }
  zMaster = 0;
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
    goto end_playback;
  }
  pPager->journalOff = 0;
  needPagerReset = isHot;

  /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 
  ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 
  ** occurs. 
  */
  while( 1 ){
    /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
    ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
    ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
    ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
    */
    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 
      if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
        rc = SQLITE_OK;
      }
      goto end_playback;
    }

    /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
    ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
    ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
    ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
    */
    if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
      assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
      nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
    }

    /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
    ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
    ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
    ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
    ** size of the file.
    **
    ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
    ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
    ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
    ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
    ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
    ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 
    ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
    */
    if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
        pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
      nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
    }

    /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
    ** database file back to its original size.
    */
    if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
      rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        goto end_playback;
      }
      pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
    }

    /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 
    ** database file and/or page cache.
    */
    for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
      if( needPagerReset ){
        pager_reset(pPager);
        needPagerReset = 0;
      }
      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        nPlayback++;
      }else{
        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
          pPager->journalOff = szJ;
          break;
        }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
          /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
          ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
          ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
          ** case, the database should have never been written in the
          ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
          rc = SQLITE_OK;
          goto end_playback;
        }else{
          /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
          ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
          ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
          ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
          */
          goto end_playback;
        }
      }
    }
  }
  /*NOTREACHED*/
  assert( 0 );

end_playback:
  /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
  ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
  ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
  ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
  }
#endif

  /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 
  ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 
  ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 
  ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 
  ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
  ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
  ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
  ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
  */
  pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
    rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
  }
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK
   && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
  ){
    rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager);
  }
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
  }
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
    /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
    ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
    */
    rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
  }
  if( isHot && nPlayback ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
                nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
  }

  /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
  ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
  ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
  */
  setSectorSize(pPager);
  return rc;
}


/*
** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into 
** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
** file before this function is called.
**
** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
** the value read from the database file.
**
** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
*/
static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){
  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
  Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
  int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */

  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  if( iFrame ){
    /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
    rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData);
  }else
#endif
  {
    i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }
  }

  if( pgno==1 ){
    if( rc ){
      /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
      ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
      ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
      ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
      ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
      ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
      **
      ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
      ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
      ** white noising equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
      ** we should still be ok.
      */
      memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
    }else{
      u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
      memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
    }
  }
  CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM);

  PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
  PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
  IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
  PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
               PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));

  return rc;
}

/*
** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
**
** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
*/
static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
  u32 change_counter;

  /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
  change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
  put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);

  /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
  ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
  ** is valid. */
  put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
  put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
/*
** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 
** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 
** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
**
** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 
** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
*/
static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
  PgHdr *pPg;

  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
  pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
  if( pPg ){
    if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
      sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
    }else{
      u32 iFrame = 0;
      rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
      }
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
      }
      sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
    }
  }

  /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
  ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
  ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
  ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
  ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 
  ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
  ** the backups must be restarted.
  */
  sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);

  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
*/
static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
  PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */

  /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
  ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 
  ** following:
  **
  **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
  **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
  */
  pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
  rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
  pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
  while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
    rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
    pList = pNext;
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
** changed. 
**
** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
*/ 
static int pagerWalFrames(
  Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
  PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
  Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
  int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
){
  int rc;                         /* Return code */
  int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES)
  PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
#endif

  assert( pPager->pWal );
  assert( pList );
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
  for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
    assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
  }
#endif

  assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
  if( isCommit ){
    /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
    ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
    ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
    ** list here. */
    PgHdr *p;
    PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
    nList = 0;
    for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
      if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
        ppNext = &p->pDirty;
        nList++;
      }
    }
    assert( pList );
  }else{
    nList = 1;
  }
  pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;

  if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
  rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 
      pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
  );
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
    PgHdr *p;
    for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
      sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
    }
  }

#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
  pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
  for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
    pager_set_pagehash(p);
  }
#endif

  return rc;
}

/*
** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
**
** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
** other writers or checkpointers.
*/
static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
  int rc;                         /* Return code */
  int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */

  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );

  /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
  ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
  ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
  ** the duplicate call is harmless.
  */
  sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);

  rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
    pager_reset(pPager);
    if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
  }

  return rc;
}
#endif

/*
** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
**
** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
*/
static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
  Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */

  /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
  ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
  ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
  ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
  ** contains no valid committed transactions.
  */
  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
  assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
  nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);

  /* If the database size was not available from the WAL sub-system,
  ** determine it based on the size of the database file. If the size
  ** of the database file is not an integer multiple of the page-size,
  ** round down to the nearest page. Except, any file larger than 0
  ** bytes in size is considered to contain at least one page.
  */
  if( nPage==0 ){
    i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
    if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
      int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        return rc;
      }
    }
    nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
  }

  /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
  ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
  ** that the file can be read.
  */
  if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
    pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
  }

  *pnPage = nPage;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
/*
** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
**
** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
**
** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 
** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 
** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 
** other connection.
*/
static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
  assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );

  if( !pPager->tempFile ){
    int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
    Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */

    rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    if( nPage==0 ){
      rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
      if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
      isWal = 0;
    }else{
      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
          pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
      );
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      if( isWal ){
        testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
        rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
      }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
        pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
      }
    }
  }
  return rc;
}
#endif

/*
** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 
** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 
** savepoint.
**
** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 
** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
** performed in the order specified:
**
**   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
**     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 
**     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
**     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
**
**   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
**     back starting from the journal header immediately following 
**     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
**
**   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
**     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
**     the journal file.
**
** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
**
** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
**
** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 
** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
*/
static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
  i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
  i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
  Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */

  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );

  /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
  if( pSavepoint ){
    pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
    if( !pDone ){
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  }

  /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 
  ** being reverted was opened.
  */
  pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
  pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;

  if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
    return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
  }

  /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
  ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
  ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
  ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
  */
  szJ = pPager->journalOff;
  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );

  /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
  ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
  ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
  ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
  ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
  ** are played back.
  */
  if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
    iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
    pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
    }
    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
  }else{
    pPager->journalOff = 0;
  }

  /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
  ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
  ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
  ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
  */
  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
    u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
    u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
    u32 dummy;
    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );

    /*
    ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
    ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
    ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
    */
    if( nJRec==0 
     && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
    ){
      nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
    }
    for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
    }
    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
  }
  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );

  /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
  ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
  ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
  */
  if( pSavepoint ){
    u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
    i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);

    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
      rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
    }
    for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
      assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
    }
    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
  }

  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    pPager->journalOff = szJ;
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
  sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
}

/*
** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
*/
static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
  if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
    sqlite3_int64 sz;
    sz = pPager->szMmap;
    pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
  }
#endif
}

/*
** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
  pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
  pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
}

/*
** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
  sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
}

/*
** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
**
** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
** There are three levels:
**
**    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
**              for temporary and transient files.
**
**    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
**              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
**              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
**              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
**              in a state which would cause damage to the database
**              when it is rolled back.
**
**    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
**              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
**              of the journal header - being written in between the two
**              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
**              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
**              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
**              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
**
** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
** syncs associated with NORMAL.
**
** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
**
** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
** and FULL=3.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
  Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */